sie Serer
pee

pay ee

St eee

na arsine

WA

hd nC)
M Ks

\

Waka ye
WN aN

A AL
ati}
Mi

BULLETIN OF ETE

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

VoL. XLVI JANUARY-APRIL, 194.7 _ Part 1

L.

CONTENTS

FEATHER WORKING AMONG THE AZTECS
Arthur Woodward -

A STATISTICAL STUDY OF THE METAPODIALS OF THE DIRE WOLF
GROUP
John O. Nigra and John F. Lance

NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES FROM CALIFORNIA
(Tipulidae, Diptera) III
Charles P, Alexander - = = =

THE FLORA AND FAUNA OF THE EL SEGUNDO SAND DUNES
16. A New Eucosma. J. F. Gates Clarke - - = - = = = = 651
17. Notes on the Early Stages of Eucosma hennei. John A Comstock 53

EGG LAYING OF THE EUROPEAN BROWN SNAIL IN TERRARIA
William Marcus Ingram - = ;

Issued June 12, 1947

aS

. wit C Gs Al
1é238N

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

OFFICERS and DIRECTORS

Dr. H. J. ANDREWS - - - sei Bet ey eiar a President
Dr. A. WetIR BELL - =o = Spy First Vice-President
Dr. WILLIAM L. Litoyp - - - Second Vice-President

Dr. JoHN A. CoMsTOCE. - Secretary and Treasurer
Dr. H. J. ANDREWS Dr. WILLIAM L. Lioyp
Dr. A, WEIR BELL Mr. THEODORE PAYNE
Dr. JoHN A. Comstock Dr. W. Dwight PROF
Dr. Rosert D. EMERY Dr. CHESTER STOCK
Dr. JOHN HERMAN Dr. Louis C. WHEELER

Meg. R. S. WocLum
ADVISORY BOARD

Mr. Frep BE. BurLew Dr. Howarp R. Hit
Mr. A. YoRK HSCALANTE Dr. R. H. Swirt
Mr. SAMUEL Moopy HASKINS Dr. SHERWIN FE. Woop

BOTANICAL SECTION
Dr. Grorce R. JOHNSTONE, Chairman

SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION
Dr. Ropert D. HMery, Chairman

SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Dr. A. WEIR BELL, Chairman

SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES
Magog Jos. B. FICKLEN III, Chairman

SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES
Dr. CHESTER STOCK, Chairman

SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Dr. Ler DeForest, Chairman

SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES
Mer. RussELL S. WoGLUM, Chairman

SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCE
Mr. A. YoRK, ESCALANTE, Chairman

ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. ARTHUR WOODWARD, Chairman

FINANCE COMMITTEER
Mr. Freep E. BURLEW, Chairman
Mr. SAMUEL Moopy HASsKINS Dr. Joun A. Comstock

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. Rosert L. RUTHERFORD, Chairman Dr. Howarp R. Hin

HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE
Dr. W. Dwicut PIERCE, Chairman
Mrs. EuNIcE KING Mr. Huen D. AUSTIN

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Chairman
Dr. CHESTER STock Dr. Howard R. HiLn Dr. WILLIAM L. Lioyp

COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION
Dr. JoHn A. Comstock, Chairman
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE
Pror. J. STANLEY Bropse

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif.

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME 46 miele rin ate sale - - - - Part 1, 1947

FEATHER WORKING AMONG THE AZTECS

By ArTHUR WooDWARD

When the Spaniards invaded Mexico in the early part of the
16th century they found many things to intrigue their interest,
not the least of which were gold smithing, wood carving, the mo-
saic art (the inlay of turquoise, jade, shell, etc., upon wood, shell,
gold, etc.) and the delicate art of featherworking.

Said Bernal Diaz del Castillo, an eyewitness of the conquest,
“Let us go on and speak of the skilled workmen Montezuma em-
ployed in every craft that was practised among them. We will
begin with the lapidaries and workers in gold and silver and all
the hollow work, which even the great goldsmiths in Spain were
forced to admire, and of these there were a great number of the
best in a town named Atzcapotzalco, a league from Mexico. Then
for working precious stones and chalchiuites, which are like em-
eralds, there were other great artists. Let us go on to the great
craftsmen in feather work, and painters and sculptors who were
most refined; then to the Indian women who did weaving and the
washing, who made such an immense quantity of fine fabrics with
wonderful feather work designs; the greater part of 1t was brought
daily from some towns of the province on the north coast near
_ Vera Cruz called Cotaxtla.’”’

Although the other arts were well advanced, the Aztecs them-
selves prized that of featherworking above all others. As Clavi-
jero said:

“Nothing was held in such high esteem among the Mexicans
as the mosaic work which they did with the most delicate and
beautiful plumes of the birds. For this purpose they raised many
species of the beautiful birds with which those regions abounded,
not only in the palaces of the kings, where the birds were kept, as

we have already said, along with all kinds of animals, but also in’

particular houses, where, at certain times of the year the birds
were plucked of their feathers to be used in that work or sold in
the open market. They preferred those marvelous little birds
which they called huitzitzilin, and the Spaniards called picaflores
(hummingbirds), not only for their beauty but for their fine
quality and variety of colors.”

1. Del Castillo, Bernal Diaz The Discovery and Conquest of Mexico 1517-1521,
edited by A. P. Maudslay, Harper and Bros., N. Y. 1928, pp. 295-296. ;

2. Terreros, M. Romero de, Las Artes Industriales en La Nueva Espana, Mexico,
1923, pp. 195-196.

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

The Indians used feathers to adorn a great variety of objects.
Hours were spent in selecting, trimming, and placing these feath-
ers in the proper place. As Clavijero further remarked :

“Each workman was charged with some portion of the work,
and they took such pains with it and applied themselves with such
patience to it that one might occupy the better part of an entire
day trying to place one feather in its proper position, trying suc-
cessively, many times to find the spot which would best suit it.””

Cortes and his men were greatly impressed by the great va-
riety and the richness of the feather work they encountered
among the Indians. Among the first gifts sent to the Great Cap-
tain by Montezuma were “ten loads of white cloth made of cotton
and feathers .. wonderful things to see.”* And, as Cortes neared
Mexico City. Montezuma went out to meet the Spaniards and
dismounted from his litter to stand beneath ‘‘a marvellously rich
canopy of green coloured feathers with much gold and silver em-
broidery and with pearls and chalchiuites suspended from a sort
of bordering, which was wonderful to look at.”

Later, after Cortes had sacked the city of Mexico, then known
by its Aztec name Tenochtitlan, he sent home to Spain great
quantities of treasure included in which were many elaborate
creations of the featherworker’s art. For example, in a box “For
Our Lady of Guadalupe,” was:

“First, a piece of feather-work like a cape, the center green
and the border of long green plumes, the neck part worked with
gold and blue feathers, lined with a tiger skin.

Item: a corslet of blue feathers and gold, open at the breast,
like those used in sacrificial ceremonies, as customary here, with
a girdle of green feathers.

Item: a shield, with a field of blue, with a man figured in the
center wrought of gold.

“For THE MONASTERIO DE LAS CUEVAS DE SEVILLA”

“A piece of featherwork of red feathers, the center and the
neck part blue and red, with some gold, and in the field are strewn
some ears of corn, with the border of green feathers and gold.

Item: a red shield with a blue field, and in the middle a head of
gold from which emanates shining lights.”

There were literally hundreds of these feathered objects,

shields, capes, fans, standards and head gear, as well as feathered
reproductions of birds ornamented with ‘gold, turquoise and jade.
In one box alone were seventy-two shields worked in green feath-
ers and ornamented with gold. These magnificent treasures went
into the monastaries and churches of Spain, they were distributed

. Terreros, id. p. 196.
. Bernal Diaz, id. p. 120.
. Bernal Diaz, id. p. 272.
6. Saville, Marshall H. The Goldsmith's Art in Ancient Mexico, Indian Notes and
Monographs, Mus. of the Amer. Ind. N. Y. 1920, p. 56-101.

> Ol 09

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

among the nobility of the Spanish court and of course a fifth of
the entire amount of the glittering avalanche poured into the
coffers of his Majesty, the Emperor, Charles the Fifth of Spain.
Of all these thousands of feathered articles and the untold quanti-
ties of gold, silver, turquoise and jade, but a handful of specimens
have survived to the present day. The gold was ruthlessly torn
from the feathered background and tossed into the melting pot
while the exquisite feathered pieces made good feasting for the
moths.

As a result of all this vandalism our only knowledge of this
virtually “lost art’? of feather working, as well as of the many
beautiful specimens which came from the dextrous fingers of
those brown skinned artists of four centuries and more ago, is to
be found in the records left by the master thief, Cortes, and his
followers. Likewise, here and there, stray items may be gleaned
from the accounts which were written by more sympathetic and
scholarly contemporaries of the looters, the religious, who went
into Mexico during and immediately after the conquest.

First hand information concerning the techniques of manu-
facture of the feathered objects is also derived from the few ex-
isting specimens of the craft which are preserved in Europe and
in Mexico,

The longest, most detailed record of the manufacture of this
featherwork is to be found in the work of that incomparable stu-
dent of Aztec ethnology, the reverend Fr. Bernardino de Sahagun,
who compiled his “Historia General de las Cosas de Nueva Es-
pana” over a period of years during the early part of the 16th
century. Sahagun was one of nineteen friars who came to Mexico
in 1529, just eight years after the conquest. Thenceforth he lived
in Mexico until his death sometime in 1590.’

The feathers used in the production of the many beautiful
objects which came from the hands of the Aztec artisans were
obtained largely as tribute from various subject towns of Monte-
zuma.

These communities were required to send into the capital city
of Tenochtitlan, thousands of bundles of feathers of all kinds as
well as hundreds of complete bird skins and an occasional live
bird, each year. The total valuation of these raw products ran
into the neighborhood of $50,000 annually.

For example in 1518 the tribute rolls of Montezuma list the
following towns as the principal contributors to the feather
supply :°

The ten villages from the rich province of Soconusco. Like-
wise the pueblos of Coaixtlahuacan, Texopan, Tamazolaplan,

7. Sahagun, Fray Bernardino de, Historia General de las cosas de Nueva Espana,
5 oss edited by Dr. Eduardo. Seler, Editorial Pedro Robredo, Mexico, D. F. 1988,
vol. I.

8. Penafiel, Antonio, Monumentos del Arte Mexicano Antiguo, vol. 2 Pt. 2 Berlin
MDCCCXGC, p. 92, Book of Tributes of Montezuma, copied from original in Lorenzo
Boturini Coll.

ize)

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

Yancuitlan, Tepuzcululan, Nochesztlan, Xaltepec, Tamazolan,
Mictlan, Coaxomileo and Cuicatlan produced some 800 handfuls
of quetzal tail feathers valued at $2400.

The towns of Tlachquiauhco, Achiotlan and Tzapotitlan sent
in 400 handfuls of quetzal feathers.

From the villages of Tochtepec, Xayaco, Otatitlan, Cozama-
loapan, Mixtlan, Michapan, Teopantepec, Michatlan, Teotitlan,
Xicaltepec, Oxitlan Tzinacanoztoc, Tototepec, Chinantlan, Ayot-
zintepec, Cuezcomatitlan, Poctlan, Teteutlan, Tlacotlala, Tzotlan,
Yautlan and Yxmatlan, Montezuma demanded 80 handfuls of
quetzal feathers 8000 handfuls of green plumes, 8000 handfuls
of red plumes, 8000 handfuls of blue plumes and 4 handfuls of
small colored feathers.

Other towns contributed insignificant amounts of feathers.
The grand total for one year from the towns already listed
amounted to 3280 handfuls of quetzal (tail) feathers ; 9600 hand-
fuls of green feathers; 1600 handfuls of yellow plumes; 9600
handfuls of red feathers ; 9600 handfuls of blue plumes, 24 hand-
fuls of miscellaneous colored feathers and 320 complete humming
bird skins.

The monetary value of these plumes was estimated to be
$51,612, no insignificant sum when one considers the prices of
such things in the 16th century.

Antonio Vasquez de Espinosa in his work “Compendium and
Description of the West Indies” written during the early decades
of the 17th century and published as Vol. 102, Smithsonian Miscel-
laneous Collections, Washington, 1942 by Charles Upson Clark,
contains the following passage on the feather working in Michoa-
can, Mexico (pp. 173-174, entry No. 490) :

“They (the Tarascan Indians) work not only in wood but in
paintings of featherwork, done with great dexterity and neatness,
with feathers from the (many) beautiful birds of various colors
which they have in this province, and in particular from a tiny
bird which the Indians utilize for their feather paintings, because
it has such unusual colors. This little bird is called vicisilin, and
is a natural curiosity. It flies about for 6 months of the year—
spring and summer—and when it recognizes the approach of
winter, it drives its bill into a certain tree and remains imbedded
there all winter without eating and immovable as though dead;
but when it feels spring coming, it returns to life again, disengages
itself from the tree, and flies off; this strange habit should give
the philosophers food for speculation.”

Concerning the last statement I should say the peculiar habits
of the bird should also give the ornithologists food for speculation.
It would seem that some Indian informant was pulling the leg of
the pious old historian.

The featherworkers among the Aztecs were called amantecas
and these craftsmen enjoyed special privileges. After the con-
quest of Mexico the art of feather working began to decline. The

1

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

Aztecs, no longer a great power, ceased to maintain large standing
armies, consequently there was no further need for the thousands
of shields, battle standards, cotton quilted armor head dresses,
head plumes, etc., all of which were ornamented with feathers,

Ale Spaniards, on the other hand, placed orders to some of the
more skilled workers for “souvenirs” in the shape of leather
adargas or shields, of the type the invaders had brought in from
Spain, to be covered with feather pictures. Here was a distinct
departure from the styles of the ornamentation of the Aztecs.
The subject matter on these shields consisted of European battle
scenes but the technique employed in making these pictures was
that used in prehistoric times. One of these shields made toward
the end of the 16th century depicts the triumph of the Spaniards
over the Moors in 1212 A.D. as well as other important battles
waged during the 15th and 16th centuries. This shield is now in
the Real Armeria de Madrid.

Religious pictures and religious vestments for use in the
Catholic churches were also produced by the amantecas.

One of the best of the religious pictures is that of the Divine
Savior fabricated sometime during the 16th century and now pre-
served in the National Museum of Mexico City. It represents the
Christ seated with the right hand raised in the conventional style
and holding a heart surmounted by a cross in the left hand. This
entire picture, with the exception of the halo, which is of thin
beaten silver now so deeply oxidized that it is almost black, is
made of feathers laid upon a cloth background.

In Europe there are two mitres, exactly alike, one in the Pitti
Collection in Florence, Italy, the other in the Monastery of the
Escorial, in Spain. These are elaborate feather pieces gorgeously
done in brilliant feathers and gold, covered with scenes of a
religious nature.

Other religious pictures bee such subjects as San Antonio de
Padua done during the 17th century; an unnamed picture in the
“Musee de P Homme,” Paris, France and the “Mater Dolorosa,”
an 18th century picture now preserved in the University of Puebla,
in Mexico.

As might be expected, when the creative urge supplied by the
social and religious customs of the Aztecs, began to fade, the
quality of workmanship and methods of manufacture also began
to deteriorate.

Asa result, the art during the 18th century was on the decline.
The pictures were no longer composed entirely of feathers. Euro-
pean artists drew faces, hands and feet of the figures while the
Indian craftsmen finished the rest of the work in feathers. As
time went on, common lithographs served as a base and the use of
feathers grew less and less.

The art of featherworking suffered its death blow in the 19th
century. By this time practically all of the small pictures were
being done over colored lithographs. A few bird figures and

5

BULLETIN. So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

occasionally other emblems were done entirely in feathers and
show in a minor way the careful workmanship which once char-
acterized this great art. Examples of this type of work are to be
seen in the representations of feathered birds which are a part of
the Coronel Collection in the Los Angeles County Museum. Here
too is a replica of the Mexican coat of arms also done in bright
feathers.

On the whole however the best of the later day featherwork-
ing was done during the last half of the 19th century. The last
of the old-time amantecas was still practicing his craft at Patzcuaro
during the close of the 19th century. Today, one sees only ves-
tigial remnants of the art in the cheap postal cards sold in curio
shops throughout Mexice and in some parts of the United States.

But let us now turn to the processes of feather working as
described by Sahagun, mentioned in the forepart of this article.
This is the only detailed account which we have and hitherto it
has been published only in the Spanish or the Aztec languages.
With the assistance of Miss Barbara’ Loomis I have translated it
from the Spanish edition of Sahagun edited by Dr. Eduardo
Seler=

CONCERNING THE INSTRUMENTS WITH We
THE FEATHER ARTIZANS WORK

1. Here are enumerated the different instruments of the feath-
erworkers: the little copper hoe, the copper knife for cutting the
feather.

2. And the bone smoother with which the feather is put into
place.

3. And the brush, the box of colors with which they first out-
line and then paint their picture.

4. And the block of wood. the tablet upon which the feather
is cut.

5. They use with the copper implement a sheet of very hard,
red wood,

6. This work in feathers has progressed from Montezuma’s
time onward,

7. Because it was in the period of his reign that the art grew
and the importation of quetzal and other precious feathers was
augmented.

10. Sahagun, Bernardino de, Fr., Historia General de las Cosas de Nueva Espana,
5 vels. Translated and edited by Dr. Eduardo Seler, Editorial Pedro Robrero, Mexico
City, 1938. vol. V, pp. 217-249.

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

8. And the king lodged the feather workers in separate quar-
ters within the town.

9. He gave one house to the workmen who were “his workers
in special feathers” (that is to say featherworkers for the god
Uitsilopochth) a common term which denoted the feather work-
ing artizans of the communities of Tenochtitlan and Tlatcloco.

10. The latter workmen alone fashioned the garments worn
by Uitzilopochth, called teoqumutl (mantle made of the precious
bird plumes, that is to say feathers of the roseate spoonbill ; quet-
zalemutl (mantle of green feathers from the quetzal bird) ; witzit-
silquemitl (mantle made from the humming bird feathers; riuwh-
totoquemitl (mantle of turquoise colored feathers from the Co-
tinga) ; all sorts of lavishly decorated garments and pictures made
with all kinds of valuable plumes.

11. And (the other feather workers) made the garments
which were the property of Montezuma, which the latter was
accustomed to present as royal gifts to his guests, the head men
of the smaller towns.

12. From which they derived the name of featherworkers for
the palace, artizans of the king.

13. And others were called featherworkers of the store-
houses; they were employed in the various storehouses of the
king Montezuma.

14. The latter workers made the dance costumes for the king
Montezuma who wore them at the dance.

15. The day of the fiesta they made him select for his pleasure
the garment which he wished to wear at the dance.

16. Thus the employees of the different royal warehouses
made all sorts of garments and guarded them in the warehouses.

17. And others were called home feather workers. The latter
were occupied solely in the manufacture of heraldic devices for
the chiefs and warriors and they dealt with them commercially ;
now it was a shield or a coat of armor made with yellow feathers,
or some such object which they made.

18. And even when there was no longer any great need for the
feathered insignia, the industry and ornamentation (of feathered
objects) continued and thus were preserved the same techniques
which the ancient founders of the feather working industry had
originated and whose artistic ability is recognized (to the present
time).

19. So it is today that the worker continues his profession
with much skill and through long experience.

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

20. If anyone has a need of them they still make, cover and
beautify shields with feathers.

21. They make all of the insignia which they wear on the back
at the dance and all of the dance costumes, the various trappings
used in the dance and the finery with which they are trimmed, the
head ornaments, the forehead bands, the arm bands and bracelets,
the fans made of the royal heron feathers, red spoonbill, turpial,
Indian turkey, and quetzal; and the standards carried in the hand,
made of green quetzal plumes alternating with the yellow feathers
of the turpial much in the same manner as the joints of the finger
alternate with each other; the standards made of the royal heron
plumes and those made out of a plate of gold or of silver and
crowned with a tuft of quetzal plumes.

22. And it is in the feather mosaics particularly that the skill
of these artizans is displayed, for these images are the true works
of feathered art.

23. And by two different modes are brought out the skill of
the workman in the art of featherworking.

24. The first method of working consists 1n fixing the plumes,
with paste, upon a background, thus is this work done.

25. The second methods of executing the work consists in fin-
ishing the task by means of fine thread and cloth.

26. Here are given the first steps in beginning this work when
the featherworkers undertake a task.

CONCERNING THE MANNER IN WHICH THESE
MEN DO THEIR WORK

27. The featherworkers who make the mosaics of bird plumes
and whose task it is to construct all types of this work begin in
the following manner:

28. In the first place they study how they shall lay out their
sketch.

29. They are the painters who make the outlines.

30. When they have received the sketch and they are assured
that it is in sufficient detail.

31. They lay upon a maguey leaf a thin layer of cotton and
flour paste, called a cotton base.

32. They first obtain a good white maguey leaf, one that has
a smooth surface, clean and without any scabs, all parts of the
surface must be equally smooth and without cracks in order that
the cotton base may be prepared upon it.

33. For the first step they give the maguey leaf a coating of
paste.

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

34. Afterward they place upon it carded cotton, they straight-
en the filaments and fix them in place.

35. Before fixing the cotton upon the maguey, they card it
well, they refine it carefully until it resembles a spider web or a
wisp of cloud.

36. They expose it to the sun; but they do not let it dry
thoroughly, only for a very short time and superficially.

37. When it is dry enough, a second coating of paste is applied
to the cotton paper and the surface is rubbed until it is very
smooth and it is no longer necessary to card it and the paste is
allowed to dry thoroughly.

38. And when it has dried well, to the point of curling, the
paper is lifted from the maguey leaf.

39. After this is done, the paper is spread out there and the
color sketch is planned and the outline is done in color, in such a
manner that it becomes visible and appears upon the paper back-
ground.

40. And this having been done, the cotton paper is completely
covered with the design and arranged without omitting any of the
figures in the sketch, it is then fastened with paste upon a paper
made of tree bark; duplicating and reinforcing the cotton and
paste paper used as a base.

41. Presently the worker begins to cut with a copper trimmer,
and lift out the painted pattern which covers the paper.

42. The pattern is cut out upon a little block of wood called a
cutting board; upon this block are cut the various plumes, they
are reduced to small pieces, trimmed and cut all around.

43. And when all parts of the master stencil are cut out in
accordance with the painted sketch, it is placed upon a maguey
leaf and the drawing is traced upon the leaf following the perfora-
tions in the master stencil.

44. The maguey leaf is painted, rubbed with paste, the cotton
is spread upon it and thus by means of cotton and paste is made
the cotton paper upon which will be placed the plumes which will
make the outlines and modulations of colors.

45. And it is then placed to dry anew in the sun.

46. After this is done the common feathers, known as back-
ground plumes are laid upon it.

47. But this facing, this coating of background feathers is
applied immediately and separately upon the maguey leaves.

48. The feathers are fastened together with paste, after which
they are fastened to the maguey leaf (that is to say upon the cot-

9

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

ton paper which covers the surface of the leaf) and the feather
background is smoothed out with a small comb or bone smoother.

49. All of the so-called background plumes are only ordinary
feathers.

50. They facilitate the working of feathers in this way.

51. They compose the primary background and serve as a
foundation or the various precious plumes.

52. For example they use as a pasted background the vellow
dyed plumes, those of the royal heron, the rosey hued feathers of
the chamolin, the blue tail feathers of the guacamayo, the ruddy
ones of the papagayo cocho, those of the royal heron or any other
solid or multicolored ones.

53. They select and place them carefully, knowing by experi-
ence and by comparison those which are the most valuable and
those which should be arranged together and those which are the
ones to best serve as a background.

54. To the turquoise colored plumes of the cotinga they assign
a background of the blue tail feathers of the red guacamayo or
arara; and (to bring out the colors), the shining (blacks and
greens) of the tzinitzcan, they use the shaded plumes of the papa-
gayo cocho; as a contrast for the plumes of the red spoonbill
they use feathers from the smooth beaked bird of the same species
or they use red feathers; and as a background for the resplendant
yellow plumes they utilize feathers dyed a dull yellow, or left over
feathers from the bird supplying the shining yellow plumage.

55. The plumes known as the yellow dyed ones are colored
yellow artificially.

y

56. To make this color known as “cream of the plant” it is
boiled over the fire with some alum, later potash is added.

57. As soon as the background of ordinary feathers has been
applied so as to cover entirely the painted cotton paper which
covers the maguey leaf, it is removed from the leaf.

58. And afterward a small block is'used upon which the paper
is secured with paste.

59. Once more the sketch is applied by means of the master
stencil.

60. Upon this little block which serves as a firm foundation
for the pasted feathers, the work is done.

61. Let us suppose that a flower picture is desired, or of
plants, any object or any beautiful picture.

62. When the picture is outlined and painted upon the block,
then commences the task of putting paste upon the plumes and
arranging them in proper position.

10

BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

63. In the first place the paste is niixed with and dissolved in
water. The dissolving of the paste in water is the work of young
boys, the apprentices. They make the solution for the master
craftsmen.

64. After this is done the black is cut, the outline, with which
the feather picture is outlined in black.

65. This then is the first thing that is done. First they smear
with paste, the feathers which compose the outline, and these
are fastened upon the background with a bone smoother.

66. They make the outline with the black feathers of the
zorzal or of the chamolin or with the common feathers of the
same chamolin.

67. After this comes the cutting of the feathers which com-
prise the first layer or covering, according to their quality, after
which the work begins 1n accordance with the sketch.

68. Let us suppose they begin with the turquoise colored
plumes of the cotinga, or the red spoonbill, or the topaz colored
humming bird, or the blue humming bird, the common humming
bird, the precious humming bird, the humming bird whose plum-
age is the color of fire.

69. In accord with the appearance of these various plumes,
their burning brilliance, their luster, their companion feathers,
those of the background, the more common feathers, are cut.

70. Thus is made to appear the sketch as it is painted (upon
the paper) with all of its colors.

71. When the feather background is pasted and set in place
with a bone smoother, the more valuable feathers are placed upon
its surface, they are arranged’ there, thev are tipped with paste
and pressed into place with the bone smoother, moving always
forward and covering the ordinary plumes that form the back-
ground, or base.

72. And the master paper stencil is always in use, checking to
see that the work has not been changed in any manner, that no
errors have been committed and that the stencil is in accord with
all of the pasted feathers.

73. Thus is made and brought to perfection the feather pic-
ture which is made with paste.

74. There is another type of (feather) work which is done
with thread and cloth. By this method they make the fans, those
made of quetzal plumes, the feather arm bands, the insignia car-
ried upon their backs, and the others, the yellow coats of mail,
etc.; likewise the hangings, the feather tufts, the balls of plum-
age, the tassels with all of which they adorn and beautify the fans.

75. These works are done in the following manner:

11

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

76. First, the framework is made, afterward it is dressed and
covered with cloth upon which the quetzal plumes are set in place.

77. And the quetzal feathers are © placed in the following
manner:

78. First, bamboo is fastened to the base and on the reverse
side of the plumes, the feathers are tied to and reinforced with
bamboo.

79. After this, thread is attached to them, they are tied round
about, the bases of the feathers.are secured with thread, cords
are placed there in order that they may be strung together and
made fast to the cloth base.

80. After the feathers are strung together, loops of very fine
thread are fastened, like little handles, midway of the length of
the feathers and are made fast there.

81. At last the quetzal plumes are well placed and arranged so
that they do not become intermingled or spoiled but remain in-
stead, in good condition, side by side.

82. And in the following manner are the quetzal plumes and
the others strung together :

83. They are worked back and forth, from side to side; that
is to say, if for example, on one side the feathers appear too far
apart, or too close together, or if by chance they become inter-
mingled or spoiled, then they are removed.

84. When the plumes are linked and laced together they are.
sewed to the framework.

85. Immediately upon completion of this work the covering of
the plumes, the making of the bases begins.

86. If the brown and white feathers of the Piaya cayana or
the yellow plumes of the turpial follow in order after the quetzal
feathers, thread is fastened to them, they are strung together (in
the cloth base), they are laced together (in the middle of their
length) and afterward sewed upon the framework, their bases
are fixed thereon with cloth and they are made to stay in place
(on the framework) by means of the cloth.

87. In the same fashion one row of bicolored feathers, or
possibly others (red ones) alternating with quetzal plumes is
made, immediately a border of roseate spoonbill feathers is added
and the whole is completed with some white, light down feathers
attached to their bases.

88. Immediately this work is done and finished, another in-
signia 1s decorated, etc.

89. And if they desire to make some animal or some small
creature, as a first step they cut branches from the Erythrina
corallodendron and with them make the skeleton of the animal.

12

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

90. And if the fabrication of some very small creature is de-
sired, such as a small lizard or the corn plant image, or a butter-
fly, the skeleton of the animal is made out of a dried corn stalk or
with cut out pieces of paper.

91. Soon afterward a flour made out of the dried corn stalk
is placed upon it, and they cover the paper cut outs with this flour
mixed with paste.

92. Forthwith this figure is trimmed, it is flattened out, cleaned
and smoothed.

93. And afterward it is covered with cotton paper and upon
that is pictured, the feather mosaic, the sketch which it is supposed
to represent and with which it will ultimately be covered.

94. After taking into account the animal it is supposed to
represent, it is painted accordingly.

95. And some times they dispense with the copper cutter,
the cutting board for the feathers, and the bone smoother.

96. They simply cut the feathers as they need them, paste
them and arrange them with the bone pleater.

Thus do the featherworkers carry out their tasks.

The illustrations for this article have been drawn from the
“Lienzo de Tlascala’’”’ and the “Tribute Rolls of Montezuma.”

In redrawing these representations of feather standards, head
gear, fans, shields, etc., | have attempted an ethnological recon-
struction of the objects. The reconstruction is based upon the
description of similar objects which now exist in the Vienna
Museum of Ethnology (which include a fan, shield and head-
dress’* and which were mentioned and described by Zelia Nut-
tall.

The reinforcing of the long feathers with bamboo strips, as
described by Sahagun in the second process of featherworking, is
confirmed by the Nutall study of the headdress or standard in the
Vienna Museum. Concerning the latter item, Mrs. Nuttall de-
scribes it thus:

“Tt resembles somewhat a modern open fan and is composed of a
firm, net-like fabric, woven with much accuracy and neatness, of finely
twisted threads (probably of agave fibre), and stiffened by twenty-eight
thin sticks covered with fibre and woven into the net at regular inter-
vals. The quills of all the feathers (with the exception of those of the
turquoise band) were so delicately and skillfully knotted to this net
that the front, with its series of sharply defined symmetrical, concentric
bands formed a closely covered, flexible texture of featherwork.

“The quills of the long quetzal feathers forming the broad, loose
fringes, were also fastened to the net and were firmly caught in its

meshes in no less than three places. Corresponding exactly on both
sides, the radial width of the network and its concentric bands in front

11. Codex Colombino, included in Antiguedades Mewicanas, Mexico D. F. 1892.
12. Penafiel, id.
18. Illustrated London News, Sept. 5, 1981; Nov. 5, 1938.

13

BULLETIN. £0. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

is 28.5 cm. The central elevated portion measures 45 cm. being adapted
to the support of the superimposed middle piece which is 32 em. high
from its base of attachment in front and 20-30 cm. wide. The semi-
circular opening at the base, of special importance, is 15 cm. deep,
measures 26 cm. across.

“The total. width of the feather-piece is considerably increased by
the fringe of quetzal feathers 52 cm. wide. This was held together by a
series of loops of thread ultimately fastened to the projecting sticks
visible above the central elevation. This centre, upon which additional
strain was naturally thrown, was thoughtfully supplied with power to
resist it. It was strengthened by a stiff lining of hide (presumably deer
skin) and was also provided with an internal set of dexterously dis-
posed sticks in addition to its radial stiffenings.

“Two thin sticks fastened diagonally across the radial ones, render
it evident that for some special reason, as will appear later, a slight
stiffening had been required at each side, whereas the central portion
of the object was left flexible to be freely curved and adapted to varying
size or shape. A loose piece of net, woven of thinner threads, now
“completely torn,’ was stretched over the whole back of the feather-
piece.”

This feather headdress aside from being composed of bright green
quetzal plumes and turquoise blue feathers was also ornamented with
small, thin plates of gold.'

BIRDS USED BY THE AZTECS

Sahagun mentions some of the birds which were killed for
their plumage. Dr. Eduardo Seler attempts to identify a few of
these while Mrs. Nuttall also contributes additional data.

The quetzal which contributed the long green tail feathers,
two to a bird, was slaughtered by the thousand each year, and if
we are to believe the tribute rolls the total number must have been
in the neighborhood of around 200,000 birds per year, or possibly
more, depending upon the number of feathers which could be
counted in a “handful.” This bird was probably Pharomachrus
mocino de la Llave of the trogan family. The quetzal was by far
the most important bird used by the featherworkers in making
head dresses, standards, fans, etc. Today it is the national bird of
Guatemala, and is not too plentiful. It is quite possible that the
continued slaughter of this creature during the days when the
feathers were in such demand, over five hundred years ago is
responsible for its scarcity today.

Another bird of brilliant plumage having turquoise blue feath-
ers on the back and a purple breast known as the cotinga, is be-
lieved to be Cotinga cincta and s, Cerulea. The Aztecs called it
xiuhtototl. They hunted it in the dense forests, along the coast, in
the more temperate sections of the country and in the open spaces.
Apparently the bird had a wide range of habitat. The natives
killed it during the month of October, when the plums became
rip . shooting it with blow pipes and darts or clay pellets. At the

14. Nuttal, Zelia, Standard or Head-Dress? Arch. and Eth. Papers, Peabody
Mus. vol. 1, no. 1, Cambridge, Mass., pp. 5-47, with 3 pl., Oct. 1888.

14

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

present time the bird is plentiful in Brazil and the natives hunt it
while it is feeding upon the fruits. In Mexico the favorite dwelling
place of the cotinga now is along the southern sea coast. The
tribute rolls indicate the skins of this bird were obtained from the
provinces of Chiapas and Soconusco.

The cacuan, the bird of rich plumage described by Sahagun is
the turpial (Icterus gularis Wagl). Its feathers above are red,
the tail feathers are yellow and black while the rest of the body is
covered with duller, tawny colored plumage.

The chamolin had reddish colored plumage so deep that it
verged upon black.

Sahagun described the papagayo with a reddish colored head,
a yellow beak and body plumage purplish red. The wings on the
upper surfaces were deep red mixed with yellow. It is believed
that this bird is Pionus senilis,

The Piaya cayana L. is believed by Seler to be the bird which
supplied the long tail feathers banded with white and brown.

The bird known as the “quechol rojo” is believed by Seler to
be the spoonbill (Ajaia ajaja L.).

Then too there were many kinds of humming birds used the
tiny, brilliant feathers being considered among the most precious
for delicate shading of colors.

Unfortunately we cannot identify all of the varieties of the
huitzitzilin or humming bird. So it is with many others birds
which were used by the old amantecas.

At the present time, out of the hundreds and thousands of
feathered objects produced in the workshops of Montezuma and
his forebears but a scant handful remain to give us the barest
inkling of the glory that was Nahua, the land of the Aztec.

The known items of featherwork, in addition to those already
listed include a feathered cloak in the Musee du Cinquantenaire
at Brussels, Belgium, made of red plumes over one meter in
length and garnished with a border of red, black and blue feathers.

In the Royal Museum of Berlin is a beautiful example of a
feathered mantle over a meter in length. The base of this piece
consists of paper and a coarse tightly woven cloth. It is covered
with feathers of different colors and is divided in the center by a
band of red feathers. The upper part of the cloak is done in
green feathers of the parrot, the common papagayo of Mexico
from the hot country. In the center is a hieroglyph representing
chalchiwitl, a precious green stone done in green, white and red
feathers. The lower half of the mantle has as its central motif a
human skull done in white feathers superimposed upon a desien
in blood red feathers. Other feathers, green, black, and yei. w
add their colors to the feather garment.

There are two fine feathered shields in the Royal Museum of

15

|

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

Stuttgart, Germany (Museum fur Lander-und-V olkerkunde) and
one very poor specimen in the Museo Nacional in Mexico City.”

A more recent discovery of a fine feathered plaque done in
yellow, blue, red and black feathers, the design representing a
whirlpool of water done in blue humming bird feathers upon
which, superimposed in red and yellow, is the symbol of a maguey
thorn, sacrificial symbol and a design representing a tilled field.
The whole is a name glyph of some village.

This colorful disc of pasted feathers was found concealed be-
neath the cotton cloth and deerskin lining of sixteenth century
chalice case, hidden there, no doubt, by some Indian who wished
to preserve this bit of native grandeur.”*

Thus, counting this last discovery, there are but ten examples
of prehistoric Aztec featherwork in existence at the present day.
There are, of course, many more examples of the feather art pro-
duced during the late 16th century and continuing on into the 19th
and early 20th centuries, few of which however equal in beauty
or craftsmanship the creations of the amantecas of Montezuma’s
palace.

. Sahagun, id. pp. 235-289.
ie: Granados, Rafael Garcia, Mexican Feather Mosaics, Mexican Art & Life,
January 1939, Mexico D. F. pp. 1-4. (This item contains seven plates of reproduc-
tions of prehistoric and historic featherwork.)

PLATE 1

A. Feather shield with the jicara tuerta or twisted gourd design sym-
bolic of water done in blue and gold. The background feathers were
sewed upon a cloth and buckskin base, which covered the bamboo
and hemp fibre cord shield proper.

B. Reverse side of shield showing bamboo rod foundation laced together
with hemp cords. Hand grip consists of two leather straps sewed to
skin or cloth pad upon which knuckles of right hand rested.

C. Detail of shield foundation showing bamboo rods partially covered
and the cloth and skin foundation laced to face of shield. Sketch
indicates reverse side of shield.

D. Warrior armed with feather shield, cotton quilted armor and ob-
sidian edged maquahuitl. Upon his back is a feather standard with a
bamboo or thin wooden slat framework upon which is sewed a cloth
or paper foundation covered with feathers.

(Sketches A, B, C, reconstructions by the author based upon original
Aztec drawings and descriptions. D is a sketch elaborated upon a Tlascalan
drawing in the 16th century “‘Lienzo de Tlascala’’).

16

Butt. So. Car. Ac. Scr. 46: 1, 1947 Aztec Feather Working. Woodward

HUTA

uyeare
CATA a

TT ei!

>

7

i NG
NE NEN
VANS
GN Us
DP

PLATE 1

17

BULLETIN. So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part i, 1947

A.

PLATE 2

Feather standard carried by a warrior. Plumes are tied to a base of
coarse cotton cloth which in turn is sewed upon a bamboo framework.

. Another type of warrior’s feather standard which was strapped to

the back.

An Indian sketch depicting a live eagle given as tribute to Monte-
zuma. (After the Tribute Roll of Montezuma).

. Reverse side of feather standard (A) showing the bamboo slat

framework reinforcing the cloth and feather surface.

(All sketches except D are after original native drawings in the “Lienzo

de Tlascala’’ and the Tribute Roll of Montezuma. D is a reconstruction of A
based upon 16th century descriptions and existing specimens in Vienna
Museum.

18

Buu. So. Cau. Ac. Scr. 46: 1, 1947 Aztec Feather Working. Woodward

=:
y

sy zs)

PLATE 2

19

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

PLATE 3

A. This is a “penacho” or head plumes of a special type, Known as
quetzaltlalpiloni. It was originally destined as a gift for Montezuma,
who in turn probably gave it to some headman as a token of friend-
ship.

B. A hieroglyph from the “Tribute Roll of Montezuma,” representing a
tribute of 80 birdskins of a certain kind. Each little “flag” corre-
sponds to the numeral 20.

(After a drawing in the Tribute Roll of Montezuma).

C. Warrior wearing the quwetzaltlalpiloni as depicted in A.
(Sketched after Lienzo de Tlascala). Note the bezote or lip plug,
probably of gold and jade protruding from lower lip of warrior.

D. A hieroglyph representing 400 handfuls of quetzal tail feathers.
Since each quetzal contributed only two tail feathers, one can readily
imagine the terrific slaughter of these rare birds that went on year
after year. The little ‘tree’ is the Aztec symbol for 400. (After a
sketch in the Tribute Roll).

E. Warrior wearing a cloth or skin helmet ornamented with feather

plumes and short, trailing, feather ropes. (After the Lienzo de
Tlascala).

20

Buty. So. Cat. Ac. Scr. 46: 1, 1947 Aztec Feather Working. Woodward

PLATE 3

21

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

F.

PLATE 4

. Feather fan of green quetzal feathers with inner circles of red, yel-

low and blue feathers. Center motif is small feather butterfly.
Spokes and handle are of wood with gold plates. (After a specimen
in the Vienna Museum).

. A feathered back standard carried by Aztec warriors. Outer feath-

ers jare green quetzal tail plumes. Others are yellow, pink and a
center of fluffy golden feathers. Thin flat gold ornaments are applied
to the feathered surface. The base is bamboo splints and a thin slat
framework. (After Lienzo de Tlascala).

. Warrior wearing a semi-stiff head dress with central plume of feath-

ers fastened to a wooden spindle. Feathers are probably reinforced
with thin bamboo splints down mid-rib of each stand-up feather.
Gold.nose ring and gold and jade lip plug. (After Lienzo de Tlas-
cala).

. Feather back standard on base of bamboo and cloth. Large plumes

are from tail of qwetzal. Small oval plates are of gold. (After Lienzo
de Tlascala).

. Elaborate standard carried on back of Aztec or Tlascalan warrior.

Upper portion may represent a monkey and is probably done in cloth
and feathers over a light cane framework. The entire insignia is
covered with feathers, probably mounted on cloth base attached to
bamboo splints. (After Lienzo de Tlascala).

Standard similar to D.

. Tlascalan warrior equipped with feather shield and maquahwitl. On

his back is a simpler form of standard consisting of a piece of hide
or paper probably reinforced with bamboo splints and surmounted by
an elaborate penacho of quetzal tail feathers with lesser feathers in
yellow, red and white. (After Lienzo de Tlascala).

. A head plume mounted upon a thin wooden spindle with the twisted

red and white cotton or soft deerskin head band, similar to the en-
semble worn by warrior in G. (Lienzo de Tlascala).

Standard, more elaborate but similar to one shown in G.

Butt. So. Cau. Ac. Scr. 46: 1, 1947 Aztec Feather-Working. Woodward

PLATE 4

23

BULLETIN. So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF: SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

PLATE 5

Here are depicted a number of type standards either carried upon
the back or in the hand. These were made of feathers, cloth, paper and
bamboo united with stout hemp or maguey fibre thread. Of these ban-
ners Bernard de Castillo said: “Each company had its device and uni-
form, for each Cacique (leader) had a different one, as do our dukes and
counts in our own Castile.’ The poles were usually lashed firmly to a
thin framework of bamboo splints or wood and this in turn was fas-
tened to the back of the warrior by means of two narrow leather bands
that crossed on the chest. Figs. E and F are a bit different than the
others. Fig. E illustrates a type standard sometimes carried in the
hands. F is apparently a rope of fluffy feathers similar to a feather
boa worn by European women during late 19th and early 20th centur-
ies. (All after Lienzo de Tlascala).

24

3S Re

Butt. So. Cau. Ac. Scr. 46: 1, 1947 Aztec Feather Working. Woodward

PLATE 5

BULLETIN, SO. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

Ay STATISTICAL STUDY Ok
Toe ME tAPODEIALS*@F
Tih DIREAWOLE- GROUP

FROM THE

PLEISTOCENE OF RANCHO PA BREA

BY

Joun O. Nicra anp JoHN F. LANCE

Introduction

Although many features of the Rancho La Brea Pleistocene
occurrence are known to every student of vertebrate paleontology,
much material has remained virtually untouched or has received
little study since the time of the excavations. This is unfortunate
inasmuch as the large numbers of individuals of certain forms
offer opportunities for faunal studies rarely found when dealing
with fossil collections. A striking example is furnished by the
remains of the dire wolf group.’

While the dominant canine species from the asphalt is Canis
(Aenocyon) dirus, smaller extinct forms, like the coyote (Canis
orcutti) and the timber wolf (Canis furlongi) are also recorded.
The coyote is known by a considerable number of individuals, but
the timber or gray wolf has been identified by only eight skulls
in the collection. Little work has been done on the skeletal ele-
ments of any of these species. The present paper gives the re-
sults of a study of the metapodials that were originally segregated
and identified as belonging to the Canis. (Aenocyon) group in the
Los Angeles County Museum collection from the Pleistocene of
Rancho La Brea. Among these metapodials are doubtless a small
number belonging to the fossil timber wolf, since it has not been
found possible to segregate them by morphological features.

Since the number of timber wolves, as established by a ready
identification of their skulls, is negligible in comparison to the
overwhelming number of individuals of the dire wolf group,
considerable reliance may be placed on the statistical analyses of

1. The term group is used in the sense that it includes not only the typical dire
wolves Canis (Aenocyon) dirus, but likewise those forms which, on the basis of skull
or dental characters may be referred to Canis (Aenocyon) milleri from Rancho
La Brea.

2. Stock, C,, J. F. Lance and J. O. Nigra, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci,, vol, 45,
pt. 2, pp. 108-110, 1946.

26

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

measurement data derived from the complete assemblage. Thus,
analyses have been made to determine the arithmetic mean, stand-
ard deviation, and coefficient of variation in length of the fossil
metapodials, and the standard errors involved in the derivation
of these quantities. It is likewise possible to arrive at an estimate
of the average sizes of the nine kinds of metapodials (metacar-
pals I, II, III, IV, V and metatarsals II, III, IV, V) of Canis
(Aenocyon) from Rancho La Brea. These results are presented
in a series of frequency curves and bar diagrams.

Certain features of the present investigation need further com-
ment. Thus, the amount of fossil material utilized is far greater
than that usually available to a paleontologist engaged in statisti-
cal studies. On the other hand, the samples treated in the analyses
are by no means pure. Attention has been directed already to the
probably small representation in the collection of metapodials of
the timber wolf. As yet it has not been found possible to differ-
entiate species within the dire wolf group on the basis of metapo-
dials. Moreover, it cannot be asserted that only fully adult indi-
viduals are included, although the obviously immature bones are
excluded from the samples. Both sexes are represented by the
material, and the measurements of the metapodials are confined to
longitudinal dimensions,

An average of approximately 1200 individual elements for
each metacarpal and metatarsal, both right and left, were meas-
ured. Only in the instance of metacarpal I and the rudiment of
metatarsal I, was the number of available specimens considerably
smaller. In all, more than 20,000 bones of wolves from Rancho
La Brea were measured.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

The writers wish to express their appreciation of the courtesy
of the Los Angeles County Museum in permitting the loan of the
large collection of extinct wolf metapodials. It is a pleasure to
acknowledge the help of Dr. Chester Stock who suggested the
problem and who has guided and assisted its investigation in
several ways.

27

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

TABLE 1

MEAN, STANDARD DEVIATION, AND COEFFICIENT OF VARIATION
oF METAPODIALS OF AENOCYON

Standard

Mean in Deviation in Coefficient
Metapodial Number Centimeters Centimeters of Variation
MC II R 1163 7.70 + .01 EO Oil AiO seri:
L 1219 Melee OL Fos 01 4.2 alt

MC III R 1261 8.81 OL 36 01 4.1 1
L 1239 8.81 OL 36 01 4.1 1

MC IV R LATE 8573, 01 35, 5 0n Act a
L 1264 pilos nh 36.) Oil Hake

MC V R 1298 (39 OL ay O1 4.4 ab
L 1268 38 OL LOO OL 4.5 oul

MT lI R 1250 8.34 01 34 01 4] 1
L 1265 8.33 OL 34 O01 4.1 1

MT III R 1283 9.41 OL 38 01 4.0 1
L 1249 9.40 01 Be 01 4.1 1

MT IV R 1239 9.63 OL 39 01 4.1 1
L 1220 9.62 O1 38 01 4.0 1

MT V R 1088 8.81 OL 30 01 4.0 afi
L 1136 8.81 OL 34 01 3.9 1

DISCUSSION OF STATISTICAL RESULTS

Although the largest specimens in the several series of meta-
earpals and metatarsals lie outside the expected limits of varia-
tion in length from the mean of a particular series measured, there
is as yet no definite proof that they represent the timber wolf. It
seems likely, however, that the largest metapodials, as well as a
few of the longer bones within the normal distribution of meas-
urements represent forms differing from Canis (Aenocyon) dirus.
A graphical representation of the frequency distribution of the
measurements of length of the metapodials assigned to the dire
wolf group (see curves, figures 2 and 3) certainly suggests this,
and it seems to be confirmed by the calculated standard deviation.

It is interesting to note that according to Merriam*® “The
metarsals like the metacarpals, are relatively somewhat shorter in
the average specimen of C, dirus than in C. pambasileus, though

3. Merriam, J. C., Mem. Univ. Calif., vol. 1, no. 2, p. 239, 1912,

28

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

large specimens are present which exceed the largest measure-
ments known in the latter form.” It is not now known how many
specimens of the modern timber wolf were available to Merriam
in making this observation, but the assumption is that the number
was not large.

Average lengths of metapodials—Plate 6 gives graphically
the mean lengths of metacarpals and metatarsals of Canis (Ae-
nocyon). These results are based on approximately 1200 individ-
uals of each element, except for metacarpal I. The latter was rep-
resented by approximately 250 specimens of each side. It will be
noted that, with the exception of the first, each metapodial in the
manus is shorter than the comparable element in the pes. The
third metapodial is longer than the fourth, and the second is
longer than the fifth in the manus; the reverse conditions prevail
in the pes.

Frequency curves——Curves showing frequency distribution of
measurements of length of the metapodials of the dire wolf group
are shown in Plates 7 and 8. These are grouped in the class
intervals of original measurements. A coarser grouping would
make these curves approximate more closely a normal distribu-
tion curve, but the presentation used suggests the presence of
minor groupings within the series of bones studied. Sexual differ-
ences and the heterogeneity of the samples caused by the presence
of timber wolf or other extraneous material are perhaps responsi-
ble. Study of additional skeletal elements may help to clarify this
situation.

Considered as a whole, however, the results show that the
total distribution approaches a normal one, and that the variation
coefficient is relatively small. Simpson and Roe’ state that the
coefhicient of variation for most such zoological data is between

4 and 10.

Calculations were made following the procedure suggested by
Simpson and Roe. The arithmetic mean is the product of the sum
of all observed values divided by the number of observations.
The standard deviation from the mean is found by the formula

= (d*)

N

where o is the standard deviation, }(d*) the sum of the squares
of individual variations from the mean, and N is the total num-
ber of observations. The coefficient of variation is an arbitrary
ratio expressing the relationship of variation to. absolute size.
The coefficient here used is found from the formula

100 o

M

4. Simpson, G. G., and A. Roe, Quantitative Zoology, McGraw Hill Book Co.,
New York, 1939.

o=

Vi

29

Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

08°8 99°8 668 98°8 818 W

68 088 SIT 09°8 G81 068 GEG 98°8 68& 8L°8 a

TL 618 SP TL'8 S61 668 TG@ G88 068 LL’8 TA LN
696 L¥'6 816 016 89°6 IN

69 G9'6 GOT LV'6 606 LL’6 F9G 616 6EP 89°6 a

86 19'6 G&t 9F'6 SIRG era 81'6 896 19°6 LP 896 TT Al WLW
68°6 G26 LG°6 6F'6 98°6 W

18 VP 6 69L G06 S6I 69'6 69G 6F'6 L8P Ce'6 a

G8 F&'6 9FT G66 866 196 896 SP'6 OTF L&'6 TI III LW
9&8°8 618 crs 688 1&8 IN

¥6 6&8 L&T 818 061 9F'8 69G LE'8 S&P 66 8 a

CIT 888 Sct 02'8 61%, SP'8 C8z 1¥'8 COF 62'8 Til LW
OF L 901 OGL 4 OF L Gel W

FIT OF L 9FT LOL Ole OGL GVG OF L GSP Geil a

OFT 68°L LPT bok O16 6h L 1éc OF'L LOF GéL TA OW
GL’8 Lg’8 T8°8 618 89'8 IN:

08 PL'8 FEL 89°8 PIG ¥8'8 CVG FL’8 GOF 89°8 a

96 GL’8 OgT GG'8 FIG 8L°8 F9G GL’8 LEP L9°8 TAI OW
G8°8 99°8 968 ¥8'8 LL’8 aN

G6 688 OFT 698 L6L L6°8 L¥G P88 P8P 8L°8 a

86 18°8 aa 89°8 606 G68 693 F8'8 GéP 9L'8 TT III OW
GLb T9'L 68h el L LOL W

G8 69°L G&L 8h 806 08'L GEG GLb 666 99°L a

FOL PLL TP GOL Tor 68h 6496 PLL aad LOL TIl OW

‘o0dg ‘wo Ul ‘o0dg "wo UL ‘dads ‘wd UI ‘aadg ‘wo UI ‘oadg “ud Ul

Jo ‘ON yySua] Jo ‘ON yasuoy Jo ‘ON y33u9] Jo ‘ON yy Buoy Jo ‘ON yysue| TVIGOdV.LAW
uray UeBdIAL UeBdTAL ural uUvBdIL

LL Lid el Ld P Ld LO-19 SLI $ Ld

PIPIA WSR1seaAy 1Se1v8eTH JO 19pPIO UI Sig AOleW

dNOUD NOADONAV HAO STVIGOdVLOW HO SHZIS GAOVAUAYV

¢ WIaViL

30

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

where V is the coefficient of variation and g and M represent
standard deviation and mean respectively.

Standard errors have been calculated for these parameters.
It should be noted that these values are based on the probability
that the parameters of the sample represent the parameters of the
total population, and are not related to errors in calculation or
measurement.

Analysis of data with regard to individual Museum excava-
tions —A comparison of data on measurements of bones from
different excavations indicates that the average lengths of the
metapodials are not the same for all pits. The average length of
these elements from pit 4 is greater than that of the metapodials
from pit 13. The average length of the metapodials from pit 3
lies between the average lengths of those from pits 4 and 13. In
this connection it is interesting to note that the largest number of
metapodials recorded from the individual excavations at Rancho
La Brea occurred in pit 3. An inspection of the data (table 2),
which includes only the major pits, shows that the decrease in
average sizes of the metapodials extends from pit 4 to pit 3 to pit
13, with pits 77 and 61-67 occupying intervening, but not con-
sistent, positions.

California Institute of Technology,
Division of the Geological Scienees,
Contribution No. 397.

31

Buti. So. Cau. Ac. Scr. 46: 1, 1947 Dire Wolf Group. Nigra and Lance

OOO RO 6 tO OO
O

METATARSALS

METACARPALS

Oo ® ie) ~- ico) ite) T+ mM N = oe
PLATE 6

Bar diagram showing relative proportions of metapodials in Canis
(Aenocyon) group, drawn to natural scale. Left manus and right pes
are represented, diagramatically, using mean values for each metapodial

JN)
bo

Butt. So. Cau. Ac. Scr. 46: 1, 1947 Dire Wolf Group. Nigra and Lance

METACARPAL II

N

V

1
1
1
1

ak

Frequency

27

i

= Mean

(2
65 7.0 7s 80 as 30 oS
Length, cm

METACARPAL IV

Length, cm.

METACARPAL IIT

a

160 7
|
|

S| SEs | eRe ea

Frequency

7O 75 80 65 9.0 3S 10.0 10.§
Length, cm.

METACARPAL WV
T

Frequency
&

Length, cm.

PLATE 7

Frequency distribution of lengths of metacarpals in Canis (Aenocyon)

group

33

Butt. So. Car: Ac. Scr. 46: 1, 1947 Dire Wolf Group. Nigra and Lance

METATARSAL IIT

130}
120)
Ho
100
> 30 >
= iS
¥ 30 s
: .
& 70 Seale K
60 ae
50
40) — =
30 —— nd
2
i
20 c
y
JO =
oo ly ° 3
70 75 3.0 as 90 9S 109 105 Ez) as EY) 95 10.0 10.5 LO Us
Length, cm. Length, cm.

METATARSAL IV : METATARSAL ¥
62

30
80

Frequency

>
c
&
2
=
iN
«

PLATE 8

Frequency distribution of lengths of metatarsals in Canis (Aenocyon) group

34

BULLETIN, So. CALiF. ACADEMY OF ScIENCES _ Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

NEW OR LITTLE-KNOWN CRANE-FLIES
FROM CALIFORNIA

(AIPULIDAE, DIPTERA), it
By Cuarves P. ALEXANDER

The preceding part under this general title was published in
1946 (Bull. So. California Acad. Sci., 45 1-16, pls. 1-2). At this
time I am discussing some unusually interesting collections from
Palomar Mountain, San Diego County, collected chiefly by Dr.
John A. Comstock, with the able assistance of Mrs. Comstock,
most of the specimens having been taken between July Ist and
7th, 1945. From July 11th to 13th, 1946, I was privileged to camp
at this same place with Dr. Comstock and so personally investi-
gate this most interesting station. Dr. Comstock observed that
Tipulidae were much less common in 1946 than in the preceding
year, when they came abundantly to his Coleman lanterns at the
camp ground. At this place a small stream flows nearby but at
the time of our visit in 1946 this was very low to intermittent
and relatively few crane-flies were found here, either at light or
by careful sweeping. The finest collecting was along the upper
reaches of Doane Creek, along the Doane Valley trail, at an
approximate altitude of 4700 feet. Here there is a beautiful
permanent stream flowing down the mountain valley, providing
ideal haunts for these flies. The forest cover was heavy and pro-
tected a rich under story of shrubs and herbs, the most evident
being incense cedar, poison oak, box elder, brake, hellebore, net-
tle, red columbine, lupine, sweet cicely, yellow mimulus and many
others. From such rank vegetation many of the flies were swept
during the daytime while various others came to the Coleman
lanterns operated at the head of the ravine on the evenings of
July 11th and 12th. I cannot sufficiently thank Dr. Comstock for
his appreciated interest in collecting these flies on Palomar Moun-
tain and elsewhere in southern California. In accordance with
the practice adopted in Part II of this series of papers the various
species are numbered serially, those that had been reported in
earlier papers under this title being given their original number,
placed in parenthesis. Undoubtedly many further additions to the
Palomar list will be made as a result of collecting at different
places and at various seasons.

35

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol..46, Part 1, 1947

24. Holorusia (Holorusia) grandis (Bergroth) (rubiginosa
Loew, nec rubiginosa Bigot).
Doane Valley Creek, July 6, 1945; July 12, 1946.

25. Nephrotoma occidentalis (Doane).
July 7, 1945.

(11) Tipula (Trichotipula) beatula Osten Sacken.
July 3-4, 1945; July 12, 1946.

26. Tipula (Yamatotipula) meridiana Doane.
July 12, 1946.

27. Tipula (Oreomyza) comstockiana sp. n.

Belongs to the unca (borealis) group; size large (wing over
16 mm.) ; general coloration of mesonotum light gray to buffy,
the praescutum with darker stripes that are heavily and con-
spicuously bordered by brown, the anterior ends of the intermed1-
ate stripes much expanded; a short dorsopleural stripe; femora
and tibiae obscure yellow, the tips narrowly infuscated; wings
with a highly contrasted pattern of whitish subhyaline, medium
brown and darker brown; Fs long, nearly three times m-cu,; ab-
dominal tergites trivittate with brown; male hypopygium with the
outer dististyle short and broad; crest of inner dististyle with a
brush of long fimbriate setae; lateral appendage with three proc-
esses, the median one a weak spinous lobe on the margin of the
pendulous lower blade; eighth sternite trilobed, the lateral lobes
distinctly longer than the median one, all provided with conspicu-
ous yellow setae.

Mae: Length about 16-17 mm.; wing 17-17.5 mm.; antenna
about 5.5-5.6 mm.

FEMALE: Length about 20-23 mm.; wing 18-22 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head buffy above, dark brown on
sides; nasus usually long and slender; palpi dark brown. An-
tennae with scape whitened ; ; pedicel obscure yellow; first flagellar
segment brown, the remaining ones black; segments feebly in-
cised. Head light gray, especially i in front, With a capillary dark
line on vertex.

Pronotum gray, restrictedly variegated with brown. Mesono-
tal praescutum light gray to buffy, heavily and conspicuously pat-
terned with brown, the latter appearing as margins to the slightly
darker gray stripes, the anterior ends of the intermediate dark
pair much expanded and confluent with the margins of the lateral

36

BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES _ Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

stripes, isolating the posterior interspaces; posterior sclerites of
notum gray, the scutal lobes slightly patterned with gray; medio-
tergite with an oval brown area on either side of the midline, the
posterior border similarly darkened. Pleura and pleurotergite
whitish gray, patterned with brown, including an incomplete dorsal
stripe from the cervical region across the anepisternum, and the
ventral sternopleurite, meron and katapleurotergite. Halteres
light brown, base of stem yellow; knob infuscated. Legs with the
coxae gray, in cases darkened basally ; trochanters yellow ; femora
and tibiae obscure yellow, the tips narrowly infuscated; tarsi
black, the proximal ends of the basitarsi yellow; claws (male)
toothed. Wings with a highly contrasted pattern of whitish sub-
hyaline, medium brown and darker brown, the amount of dark
color slightly exceeding the pale, being much more extensive in
the cubital and anal fields; cell C light brown, Sc yellow; stigma
obscure yellow, especially the more costal portion; white band
beyond cord completely traversing wing and involving almost all
of cell R;; further white areas in bases of cells M, and 2nd M,
and again basad of cord; cells R,, R and M chiefly white; no
postarcular darkening; veins brown, more yellowed in the pale
fields. Venation: Rs long, nearly three times m-cu.

Abdominal tergites buffy, trivittate with brown, the posterior
and lateral borders conspicuously of the ground color; sternites
uniformly pale; hypopygium extensively pale brown. Ovipositor
with cerci long and slender, nearly straight, much exceeding the
hypovalvae. Male hypopygium having the spines of the ninth
tergite, Yt, slender. Outer dististyle, od, unusually broad, only
about twice as long as wide, the apex obliquely obtuse. Inner
dististyle, id, with the beak short but slender, slightly upcurved ;
lower beak stout; dorsal crest behind beak with a brush of long
fimbriate or roughened setae; lateral appendage with three proc-
esses, including a flattened upper blade and a long pendulous lower
one, the latter bearing a weak spinous lobe on outer margin before
midlength. Gonapophysis, g, appearing as a narrow flattened
sinuous blade, a little shorter than the aedeagus, not strongly bent
at base, as in certain allied species. Eighth sternite, Ss, distinc-
tive; trilobed, the lateral lobes distinctly longer than the more
truncated median one; all lobes densely provided with conspicuous
yellow setae. Male hypopygium (Plate 9, Fig. 1).

Holotype, g, Palomar Mountain, altitude 4700 feet, July 5,
1945 (J. A. Comstock). Allotopotype, 9 , pinned with the type.
Paratopotypes,8 g 92, with the type; also July 12, 1946 (C. P.
Alexander).

I take great pleasure in naming this striking fly for my good
friend, Dr. John A. Comstock, distinguished authority on the
West Coast Lepidoptera. The most similar Western Nearctic
species is the more northern Tipula (Oreomyza) alia Doane,

37

BULLETIN. So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

which differs especially in the details of pattern of body and
wings, in the shorter ks, and in important details of structure of
the male hypopygium, including the inner dististyle, lateral ap-
pendage and eighth sternite. The Wyoming record (Amer. Midl.
Nat., 33; 406-407; 1945) of alia, based on a single female speci-
men may well pertain to the present fly but the male sex is neces-
sary for exact determination.

28. Tipula (Hesperotipula) micheneri Alexander.
July 3-6, 1945; July 12, 1946.

29. Tipula (Lunatipula) praecisa Loew.
July 3, 1945; July 12, 1946. It seems probable that
more than a single species is involved in this and other material
from the general area.

30. Tipula (Lunatipula) flavomarginata Doane.
July 6, 1945.

31. Tipula (Lunatipula) awanichi sp. n.

Allied to armata, differing especially in the structure of the
male hypopygium; basistyle not produced into a spine; outer
basal lobe of inner dististyle a broadly flattened disk, at apex
abruptly produced into a slender straight spine.

Mate: Length about 17-18 mm.; wing 19-20 mm.; antenna
about 5.5-6 mm.

Femare: Length about 19-21 mm.; wing 18-19 mm.

Male with the frontal prolongation of head yellow; nasus
elongate; palpi with basal segments brownish yellow, the outer
segments passing into black. Antennae with basal three segments
yellow, the succeeding ones weakly to strongly bicolored, yellow
to obscure yellow, the small basal swellings darkened; outer seg-
ments more uniformly darkened. Head light gray with a narrow
brown median stripe that is narrowed behind; setigerous punc-
tures on posterior vertex blackened, conspicuous.

Pronotum brownish yellow. Mesonotal praescutum obscure
vellow, with four reddish brown stripes, the intermediate pair
separated by a yellow line that is about one-half as wide; pos-
terior sclerites of notum gray, the scutal lobes with two confluent
reddish brown areas. Pleura gray pruinose. Halteres with stem
brownish yellow, knob brownish black basally, the apex pale.
Legs with the coxae gray pruinose; trochanters yellow; femora
yellow, the tips narrowly dark brown; tibiae obscure yellow;
tarsi light brown, the outer segments darker; claws (male)

38

BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

toothed. Wings with a weak brownish ground, rather conspicu-
ously patterned with darker, including a small spot in cell Rk at
near one-third the length, adjoining vein R; a larger area at
origin of Rs; stigma; dark markings in centers of outer radial
cells; prearcular and costal fields yellow; conspicuous whitened
areas along the cord and beyond the stigma, the former reaching
the posterior border along vein M, ; whitish streaks along outer
end of vein /st A‘ and at outer end of this cell closer to vein
2nd A; veins brown. Venation: Rs about two and one-half times
m-cu, m and petiole of cell /, subequal.

Abdomen yellow, the tergites with a narrow median stripe
that is broken at the posterior borders of the segments and a
much broken sublateral stripe, the latter restricted to spots on the
basal rings; sternites yellow; hypopygium castaneous. Male hy-
popygium (Fig. 3) with the basistyle not produced into a spine,
its outer end truncate; inner dististyle with both the beak and
lower beak very obtuse and blackened at tips, in shape very similar
to one another; outer basal lobe a broadly flattened disk, at apex
abruptly produced into a slender straight spine. A single paratype
(Yosemite) has the apex of the basistyle produced into a weak
spine but otherwise agrees entirely with the present fly.

The female is darker throughout, including the mesonotal
pattern. Ovipositor with both the cerci and hypovalvae elongate,
the latter longer than the former.

Holotype, g, Palomar Mountain, altitude 4700 feet, July 4,
1945 (J. A. Se Allotopotype, 2, pinned with type.
Paratopotypes, July 3-6, 1945, July 12, 1946; paratypes,
HOTA Ss. Mirror Se Yosemite, altitude 4000 feet, June 6, 1939
(Aitken & Downes); 1 ¢, Miami, Mariposa Co., ‘Tune 7, 1940
((Caieie)).s 3) anes Wawona, Mariposa Co., altitude 5000 feet.
June 6, 1939 (Downes) ; Me. Meadow Valley, Plumas Co.,
altitude 3500-4000 feet, June 15, 1924 (E. C. Van Dyke), Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences; ¢, Barton Flats, San Bernardino
Mts., July 16, 1946 (J. L. Sperry).

The specific name, awanichi, is the Miwok name for the Yo-
semite Indians of the same stock. The present fly is close to
armata Doane (varia Doane) and may prove to be a southern
race of the same. In the latter fly the basistyle is produced caudad
into a long spine; inner dististyle with its outer basal lobe obtuse
or with only a slight indication of an apical point; lower beak of
the inner style much smaller than the beak itself.

32. Tipula (Lunatipula) vitabilis sp. n.

Size medium (wing, male, 13 mm.); general coloration of
mesonotum dull gray with three slightly darker stripes, the me-

39

BULLETIN, So. CALIF, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

dian one with slightly darker lateral borders; pleura and pleuro-
tergite chiefly light yellow; wings with a weak brown tinge, the
stigma darker; obliterative areas restricted ; abdomen yellow, both
the tergites and sternites with a median brown stripe; male hypo-
pygium with the tergite and gonapophyses complicated by black-
ened spinous processes; basistyle with its outer end produced into
a flattened black plate that is unequally bidentate at apex; eighth
sternite with three groups of setae.

Mate: Length about 12.5 mm.; antenna about

; wing 13 mm.;
4.2 mm.

>

FEMALE: Length about 13-14 mm.; wing 14-15 mm.

Frontal prolongation of head yellow; nasus lacking; palpi
with basal two segments brownish yellow, outer segments black,
the terminal one elongate. Antennae (male) of moderate length,
as shown by the measurements; basal three segments yellow, the
apex of the third weakly darkened; remainder of flagellum uni-
formly black; flagellar segments only slightly incised, the basal
swellings very small; verticils shorter than the segments; termi-
nal segment an elongate thimble. Head above light gray, with a
brown central stripe; vertical tubercle very low.

Pronotum buffy yellow, slightly darker above. Mesonotum
with the ground dull gray, the three stripes very slightly darker
gray, the median one delimited by more infuscated lateral mar-
gins; scutum and scutellum dark gray, the mediotergite light gray.
Pleura and pleurotergite chiefly light yellow, the ventral sterno-
pleurite gray. Halteres with stem obscure yellow, clear yellow
at base; knob brownish black, the apex restrictedly yellow. Legs
with the coxae and trochanters yellow: femora yellow, the tips
narrowly infuscated; tibiae yellow, the tips evenly more narrowly
darkened ; tarsi passing into black; tarsal claws (male) toothed.
Wings with a weak brownish tinge, the stigma darker brown ; pre-
arcular and costal fields, especially cell Sc, more yellowed; vague
streaks or lines in certain of the cells; two small isolated ob-
literative areas, one before the stigma; the other across cell 1st
M,; veins brown, more brownish yellow in the brightened fields.
Venation: Ry. entire; m oblique, about three-fifths as long as
the basal section of M,; petiole of cell 1/7, longer than m.

Abdomen yellow, the tergites with a broad conspicuous central
stripe, slightly interrupted at the posterior borders of the seg-
ments; no sublateral darkenings; sternites with a comparable but
somewhat less distinct stripe ; hypopygium brownish yellow. Male
hypopygium with the ninth tergite and basistyle entirely cut off
by sutures, the latter with its lower cephalic angle nearly square.
Ninth tergite, 9t, with a cephalic portion and a more caudal flat-

40

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES _Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

tened plate, the cephalic border of which is elevated into a trans-
verse ridge, with the ends more elevated into spinous points that
are directed dorsad; a smaller posterior pair of spines that are
directed more caudad; beyond these spines, the outer part of the
tergite is produced into a yellow plate on either side. (It is pos-
sible that this entire outer flattened structure, with the blackened
armature, may fold backward onto the ventral surface of the
tergite, as does the so-called “tergal saucer” 1n some species of
the subgenus Vestiplex). Outer portion of ninth sternite, 9s,
ventrad of the basistyle, paler than the more basal portion. Ap-
pendage of sternite very low to scarcely developed, provided with
several strong black setae; the small free ventral end with a few
weaker yellow bristles. Basistyle, 6, with the entire outer end
produced caudad into a flattened black plate that is unequally
bidentate at tip, the more dorsal spine longer and more acute.
Outer dististyle, od, inserted near base of the major inner style,
slightly expanded at base, narrowed outwardly. Inner dististyle,
id, with the whole apical third a blackened head that is produced
into a beak, the lower beak lacking; outer basal lobe lying un-
usually far distad, immediately back of the blackened head, ap-
pearing as a low lobe provided with long yellow setae. Gona-
pophyses, g, jutting from the genital chamber, appearing as paired
blackened arms that are produced into an acute spine and an outer
more elongate rod. Eighth sternite, Ss, moderately sheathing,
narrowed outwardly, the caudal margin with a triangular group
of long yellow setae, subtended on either side by low lobes that
are similarly provided with long yellow setae, the outermost a
little shorter. Male hypopygium (Plate 9, Fig. 2).

Holotype, 3, Palomar Mountain, altitude 4700 feet, July 4,
1945 (J. A. Comstock). Allotype, 9, Del Mar, April 29, 1945
(J. A. Comstock). Paratopotype, 1 3g, July 6, 1945; paratypes,
28 4,1 @, with the allotype, April 1-29, 1945; 1 g, Hastings
Reservation, Monterey County, along Finch Creek, June 21, 1943
(Jean Linsdale).

Although this fly shows some points of resemblance to species
such as Tipula (Lunatipula) mariposa Alexander and T. (L.)
yosemite Alexander, I believe it is closer to 7. (L.) atrisumma
Doane, a belief that is strengthened by the structure of the ovi-
positor. This structure is short and obtuse, somewhat as in
atrisumma, cerci oval, with blunt tips, the entire surface covered
with setae; hypovalvae very small, the tips produced into slender
acute spines.

33. Tipula (Lunatipula) bifalcata Doane.
July 3-7, 1945.

34. Tipula (Lunatipula) megalabiata referta subsp. u.

41

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

Characters as in the typical subspecies, megalabiata Alexander
(Washington, Oregon, south to Yosemite, California; No. 7 of
this series), differing in the details of structure of the male hypo-
pygium, particularly the dististyles and the aedeagus.

As compared with megalabiata: Inner dististyles only slightly
asymmetrical, both with a large foot-shaped lobe connecting the
base of main body of style on outer face with the outer basal lobe.
On one of the styles, the outer basal lobe is a trifle broader than
on the style of the opposite side and bears a short marginal spine ;
otherwise the two styles appear quite similar in general outline,
both provided with very long yellow setae. Aedeagus differently
constructed; on either half with a single major spine occupying
the outer edge, with two much smaller, more inner spines that are
approximately equal to one another in size and shape.

Holotype, g, Palomar Mountain, altitude 4700 feet, along
Doane Creek trail, July 12, 1946 (C. P. Alexander). The speci-
men was swept from shrubbery on the dry hillside, remote from
water..° =

On
ont

Limonia (Limonia) sciophila (Osten Sacken).
July 12, 1946.

36. Limonia (Limonia) simulans concinna (Williston).
July 6-7, 1945.

iss)
N

Limonia (Dicranomyia) brevivena (Osten Sacken),
July 4, 1945.

38. Limonia (Dicranomyia) humidicola (Osten Sacken).
July 7, 1945; July 11-12, 1946.

39. Limonia (Dicranomyia) stigmata (Doane).
July 3, 1945.

40. Limonia (Geranomyia) canadensis (Westwood).
July 6, 1945; July 12, 1946.

41. Limonia (Geranomyia) diversa (Osten Sacken).
July 3-6, 1945; July 12, 1946.

42. Dicranoptycha laevis Alexander.
July 12, 1946; type material.

(10) Elliptera clausa Osten Sacken.
July 3-7, 1945; July 12, 1946.

42

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

43. Pedicia (Tricyphona) septentrionalis (Bergroth), var.
July 4-6, 1945.

44. Dicranota (Rhaphidolabis) cazieriana Alexander.
July 4-6, 1945.

45. Dicranota (Rhaphidolabis) neomexicana (Alexander).

July 5, 1945.

46. Austrolimnophila badia (Doane).
July 6, 1945.

47. Limnophila (Elaeophila) apiculata Alexander.
July 7, 1945; 1 female.

48. Limnophila (Elaeophila) edentata Alexander.
July 4-7, 1945; July 12, 1946.

49. Limnophila occidens Alexander.

July 7, 1945.
50. Hexatoma (Eriocera) palomarensis sp. n.

Allied to californica; general coloration of thorax light brown
or reddish brown, the praescutum with four darker brown stripes,
the intermediate pair narrow; vestiture of body short and sparse ;
antennae (male) elongate, approximately twice the length of

wing; femora obscure brownish yellow, the tips narrowly brown-
ish black, the amount subequal on all legs; wings with a strong
light brown ground, vaguely patterned with slightly darker brown
and more yellow areas, the former including the stigma; sparse
macrotrichia on outer radial and medial veins.

Mare: Length about 14-15 mm.; wing 16-17 mm.; antenna
about 34-35 mm.

FEMALE: Length about 23 mm.; wing 18 mm.

Rostrum obscure yellow; palpi with the first segment obscure
yellow, the remainder black, provided with conspicuous black
setae. Antennae (male) elongate, as shown by the measurements ;
scape, pedicel and base of first flagellar segment obscure yellow,
the remainder of the organ black; flagellar segments provided
with elongate spinous setae that become longer, more delicate and
more widely spaced on the outer segments; proportions of flagel-
lar segments, 1-4.4 mm.; 2-6.1 mm.; 3-10.5 mm. In average
californica, flagellar segment 1-6.5 mm.; 2-9 mm.; 3-14 mm.;

43

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

total length 40 mm. Head light reddish brown, golden yellow
pollinose.

Pronotum brownish yellow. Mesonotal praescutum with the
disk reddish brown, the lateral borders gray; four darker brown
stripes, the intermediate pair narrow, representing the borders of
a much paler central stripe, the darkened portions only about one-
third as wide as the pale central line; lateral stripes broader;
posterior sclerites of notum reddish brown, the centers of the
scutal lobes and the scutellum slightly darker, the mediotergite
vaguely pruinose. Pleura and cephalic portion of pleurotergite
more heavily pruinose; dorsal portion of pleura, before the wing-
root, restrictedly more darkened. Vestiture of body, especially
the head, mesonotum and abdomen very short and sparse, as
compared with californica. Halteres short, stem yellow, knob
conspicuously blackened. Legs with the coxae heavily light gray
pruinose; trochanters obscure yellow; femora obscure brownish
yellow, clearer yellow at bases, the tips narrowly brownish black,
the amount subequal on all legs; tibiae and tarsi brownish yellow,
the terminal segment more blackened. Wings (Fig. 4) with a
strong light brown ground, vaguely patterned with slightly darker
brown and more yellowish areas; the darker portions include the
proximal part of the costal field and the poorly indicated stigma;
the paler areas occur as central streaks in cells R, R,, M and
Ist A; veins beyond cord dark brown, basad of cord becoming
yellow. Macrotrichia on outer radial veins, in the medial field
restricted to three or four trichia on veins 1/7, and Mg, the trichia
more abundant than in californica. Venation: Ro+3., variable,
from a little shorter to slightly longer than the basal section of
R;,; cell M, subequal to its petiole.

Abdominal tergites obscure brownish yellow, vaguely more
darkened medially but not forming a stripe; sternites and hypo-
pygium more uniformly yellow.

Holotype, g, Palomar Mountain, altitude 4700 feet, along
stream, July 6, 1945 (J. A. Comstock). Allotype, 2 , near Seven
Oaks, San Bernardino Mts., altitude 5800 feet, August 10, 1946
(J. L. Sperry). Paratopotype, ¢, along dry trail above stream,
July 12, 1946 (J. A. Comstock) ; paratypes, 1 g, pimned with
allotype; a few ¢ g¢, Barton Flats, San Bernardino Mts., alti-
tude 6300 feet, swarming beneath incense cedar trees at camp,
july lS O46 R(C> Pe Alexander)

This interesting fly is most nearly allied to Hexatoma (Erio-
cera) californica (Osten Sacken), of the costal redwood belt of
central California. The latter differs in the somewhat larger size,
details of coloration, conspicuously hairy body, and markedly
different proportions of the antennal segments.

44

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

51. Hexatoma (Eriocera) saturata (Alexander).

July 12, 1946; 1 badly eaten body, with a single wing, found
in a spider’s web, altitude 4700 feet.

52. Gnophomyia (Gnophomyia) comstocki sp. n.

General coloration of mesonotum brownish gray, the thoracic
pleura dark brown dorsally, reddish brown beneath, with a pale
yellow longitudinal stripe; wings grayish yellow, stigma very
pale brown; branches of Rs elongate, all extending generally
parallel to one another; m-cw about one-fifth to one-sixth its
length beyond the fork of M; male hypopygium with a large
brush of blackened setae on mesal face of basistyle; outer disti-
style a long curved blackened rod, at apex with a long row or
brush of very long crinkly yellow setae; inner dististyle bent very
strongly at near midlength, the apex obtuse.

Mate: Length about 6.5 mm.; wing 5.8 mm.; antenna about
1.2 mm.

Rostrum brown; palpi black. Antennae with scape and pedicel
black, flagellum dark brown; flagellar segments elongate-oval to
subcylindrical; longest verticils only slightly exceeding the seg-
ments. Head dark gray.

Pronotum above light yellow, dark brown on sides; preterg-
ites clear light yellow. Mesonotal praescutum and scutum dark
brownish gray, the former with an intermediate pair of more
brownish stripes; humeral and lateral regions of praescutum yel-
low; pseudosutural foveae brownish black; scutellum obscure
brownish yellow; mediotergite dark brown, the lateral portions,
with the pleurotergite, more reddish brown. Pleura variegated
brown and pale, the latter including a broad ventral stripe ex-
tending from behind the fore coxae to the base of abdomen;
ventral pleurites reddish brown, the dorsal ones much darker,
producing a short dorsal stripe from the cervical region to the
pteropleurite. Halteres yellow, knob very insensibly darker. Legs
with the coxae and trochanters yellow; femora obscure yellow,
the tips more infuscated, broadest on the fore legs, very narrow
on the posterior pair; tibiae and basitarsi obscure brownish yel-
low, the tips more infuscated; remainder of tarsi black. Wings
(Fig. 5) with a grayish yellow tinge, the prearcular and costal
fields clearer yellow; stigma very pale brown, poorly defined ;
veins pale brown, more yellowed in the brightened fields. Vena-
tion: Sc, ending nearly opposite the fork of Rs, Sc, far from its
tip; R, about twice as long as R.,; or one-half R2.51,; Rie elongate,
all extending generally parallel to one another; cell Ist M, nar-

45

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

row, about equal in length to vein M,; m-cw about one-fifth to
one-sixth its length beyond the fork of MV.

Abdomen light brown, the hypopygium more brownish yellow.
Male hypopygium (Fig. 6) with the basistyle, b, relatively stout,
on mesal face at near midlength with a large group or brush of
abundant blackened setae, directed caudad; apex of basistyle a
trifle produced beyond the bases of the dististyles. Outer dististyle,
d, a long curved black rod, the tip with three or four pale teeth;
immediately before apex of style with a long row or brush of very
long crinkly yellow setae; mesal face of style near base with a
series of blackened teeth or knobs. Inner dististyle shorter, very
strongly bent at near midlength, the apex obtuse. Phallosomic
plate, p, broad, the central portion a little elevated, at the summit
restrictedly blackened. Aedeagus relatively slender, gently sinu-
ous, the tip produced into a long spinous point.

Holotype, g, Palomar Mountain, altitude 4700 feet, July 4,
1945 (J. A. Comstock). Paratopotypes,4 g @, July 47, 1945;
July 12, 1946 (Comstock & Alexander).

This entirely distinct fly is named for Dr. Comstock, in appre-
ciation of his many kindnesses to me in our study of the Tipulidae
of California. The species is entirely different from all others so
far discovered in the New World. The very peculiar male hypo-
pygium renders comparison with any other regional form quite
unnecessary.

53. Gonomyia (Idiocera) californica Alexander.
July 6-7, 1945.

54. Gonomyia (Idiocera) coloradica Alexander.
July 3-7, 1945, july 12, 1946.

ol
on

Gonomyta (Idiocera) proserpina Alexander.
July 12, 1946. This distinct fly, hitherto recorded only
from the Rocky Mountain states, was common at Bar-
ton Flats, in the San Bernardino Mountains, later in
July 1946.

56. Gonomyia (Gonomyia) poliocephala Alexander.
July 4, 1945.

cn
N

Gonomyia (Gonomyia) aciculifera Alexander.
July 12, 1946. This specimen differs slightly from
other California materials, particularly in wing pattern
and venation, but I regard the identification as correct.

46

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

58. Gonomyia (Gonomyia) flavibasis Alexander (tubercu-
lata) Alexander.
July 12, 1946.

59. Rhabdomastix (Sacandaga) californiensis Alexander,
lata Alexander).
July 3, 1945; July 12, 1946.

60. Erioptera (Psiloconopa) bipartita Osten Sacken.
July 12, 1946.

61. Erioptera (Mesocyphona) eiseni Alexander.
July 12, 1946.

62. Erioptera (Symplecta) cana (Walker).
July 4, 1945.

63. Molophilus (Molophilus) palomaricus sp. n.

Belongs to the plagiatus group; general coloration brownish
black to black, the surface subopaque ; antennae (male) elongate,
about one-half the length of wing; flagellar segments elongate-
subcylindrical, the longest verticils unilaterally distributed, one on
each segment; knobs of halteres light yellow; legs brownish
black, the femoral bases restrictedly obscure yellow; wings with
a dusky tinge, the stigmal region slightly darker but diffuse ; male
hypopygium with the basal dististyle a long curved black rod,
very gradually narrowed to the acute apex; phallosomic plate
narrow, the apex obtuse, surface glabrous.

Mace: Length about 3.5 mm.; wing 3.8 mm.; antennae about
1.9-2.0 mm,

Rostrum and palpi black. Antennae (male) elongate, black
throughout ; flagellar segments elongate-subcylindrical to truncate-
fusiform, with vestiture of four distinct sizes, the longest being
single unilaterally distributed verticils, one near base of each
segment: the next longest include pale erect setae of approxi-
mately two-thirds the length. Head blackish, the anterior vertex
slightly more pruinose.

Thorax brownish black, the surface subopaque. Halteres with
stem dusky, the base narrowly yellow, knob conspicuously light
yellow. Legs with the coxae and trochanters yellow; remainder
of legs brownish black, the femoral bases restrictedly obscure
yellow, somewhat more extensively so on the posterior legs. Wings
with a dusky tinge, the stigmal region slightly darker but diffuse ;
veins brown. Venation: R, some distance beyond level of r-m,

47

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

Re; being nearly three times as long as R,.;; petiole of cell M; a
little more than twice m-cu; vein 2nd A sinuous, ending about
opposite the caudal end of m-cu.

Abdomen, including hypopygium, black. Male hypopygium
(Fig. 7) with the beak of ventral lobe of basistyle, b, slender,
straight. Outer dististyle with both arms slender, the longer one
even more narrowed. Basal dististyle, bd. a long curved black rod
from a dilated base, very gradually narrowed to the acute apex;
surface with scattered microscopic punctures over most of the
length. Phallosomic plate, p, narrow, the apex obtuse, surface
glabrous.

Holotype, g, Palomar Mountain, altitude 4700 feet, July 6,
1945 (J. A. Comstock). Paratype, g , Sequoia National . Park,
entrance, route 198, altitude 4000 feet, July 18, 1946 (C. P.
Alexander ).

Molophilus (Molophilus) palomaricus is very distinct from
the two other described species in the southwestern United States
belonging to the same group (arigonicus Alexander, ursus Alex-
ander). It differs decisively in the structure of the male hypo-
pygium, particularly the basal dististyle. In this latter regard it
somewhat suggests various Mexican species, such as M. (M.)
falx Alexander, M. (M.) sagax Alexander, and M. (M.) severus
Alexander, differing from all in the structure of the male hypo-
pygium and antennae. As regards the antennae, it is most similar
to saga.

64. Molophilus (Molophilus) perflaveolus Alexander,
July 12, 1946.

65. Molophilus (Molophilus) spiculatus Alexander.
July 4, 1945.

48

Buu. So. Can. AcAp. Scr. 46: 1, 1947 Tipulidae. Alexander

PLATE. 9

Details of male hypopygia

Fie. 1. Tipula (Oreomyza) comstockiana sp. n.
Fic. 2. Tipula (Lunatipula) vitabilis sp. n.

(Symbols: b, basistyle; g, gonapophysis; id, inner dististyle; od, outer
dististyle; s, sternite; t, tergite).

49

BULL. SO. Can. ACAD. Scr. 46: 1, 1947 Tipulidae. Alexander

PLATE 10
Fie. 3. Tipula (Lunatipula) awanichi sp. n.; male hypopygium.
Fic. 4. Hexatoma (Eriocera) palomarensis sp. n.; venation.
Fig. 5. Gnophomyia (Gnophomyia) comstocki sp. n.; venation.

Fic. 6. Gnophomyia (Gnophomyia) comstocki sp. n.; male hypopygium.
Fic. 7. Molophilus (Molophilus) palomaricus sp. n.; male hypopygium.

(Symbols: 0b. basistyle; bd, basal dististyle; d, dististyles; g, gonapo-
physis; id, inner dististyle; p, phallosome; s, sternite; ¢, tergite).

BULLETIN, So. Cartir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES NOG eo, leer ab, abSe07/

THE FAUNA AND FLORA OF THE EL SEGUNDO
SAND DUNES

16. A NEW EUCOSMA FROM THE EL SEGUNDO
SAND DUNES
(Olethreutidae: Lepidoptera )

By J. F. Gates CLARKE
Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research
Administration, United States Department of Agriculture

The following new species was submitted by Dr. John A.
Comstock and is being described as a contribution to a series of
papers by Dr. Comstock and his associates on the ecology of the
El Segundo Sand Dunes of California.

Dr. Comstock has generously consented to my naming this
Eucosma and will add notes on the metamorphosis of the species
at the end of the description.

The drawings of the genitalia were made by the author.

EUCOSMA HENNEI, new species

Labial palpus pale luteous to brown with sparse fuscous scal-
ing exteriorly. Antenna fuscous with pale annulations. Head and
thorax pale luteous to dark brown, with considerable fuscous
shading posteriorly. Ground color of forewing pale yellowish
fuscous overlaid and irrorated with varying amounts of fuscous
scaling; basal patch ill-defined or absent but when present dark
gray; from costa, at basal third a transverse, dark gray fascia
extends almost to fold, turns outwardly to near middle, then con-
tinues transversely, and more broadly, to dorsum; in some speci-
mens this fascia is represented only by a dark blotch on dorsum ;
from costa, an outwardly curved, crescentric dark gray, narrow
fascia extends to tornus; this line is obsolete in some specimens ;
both fascia, though generally clearly visible, are not sharply con-
trasted to the remainder of the wing because of the large amount
of dark scaling on the entire surface; the lighter areas of the wing
are covered with fine brown reticulations and a distinct brown
line borders the apex and termen; in the apical third of wing are
dull leaden scales between the brown reticulations; cilia yellow-
ish fuscous with a gray subbasal band. Hind wing pale yellowish
fuscous basally shading to light fuscous around margins; cilia
pale yellowish fuscous with a darker subbasal band. Fore- and
midlegs brown; hind legs ocherous white shading to brown on the
tarsi. Abdomen ocherous white tinged with fuscous beneath,

Male genitalia—Harpe of about equal width to cucullus, the
latter about twice as wide as neck of harpe and evenly rounded.
Aedeagus short and stout; vesica armed with four or five cornutt.

51

Butt. So. Can. Acap. Scr. 46: 1, 1947 A New Eucosma. Clarke

Eucosma hennei, female genitalia

PLATE 11

ol
bo

| BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

Female genitalia.—Genital plate membranous with a rectan-
eular sclerotized area posterior to the round ostium. Ductus
bursae membraneous; inception of ductus seminalis at middle,
dorsally, of ductus bursae. Signa two.

Alar expanse 17-30 mm.
Type.—United States National Museum No. 58210.

Type locality—E1 Segundo Sand Dunes, Los Angeles County,
California.

Food plant.—Phacelia ramosissima subsinuata Mcbr.

Remarks.—Described from the male type, eight male and nine
female paratypes, all from the same locality. The moths were
neared from larvae collected by Mr. C. Henne, feeding in the
roots of the food plant. The moths emerged from September 13
to October 13, 1940.

This stunning species is the more remarkable because of its
great variation in size. Although considerable variation may be
expected in borers, few show as much difference in sizes of indi-
viduals as does this species.

Because of the great variation between individuals, caution
should be used by anyone comparing the description with speci-
mens. The genitalia, however, should suffice to distinguish this
species from all other described forms.

E. hennei is nearest to E. dorsisignatana (Clem.) but can be
distinguished from that species by the absence of the sharply con-
trasted dark dorsal marking.

I take pleasure in naming this species for Mr. Henne, who has
contributed greatly to the knowledge of western Lepidoptera.

17. NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF
EUCOSMA HENNEI Clarke

By Joun ApAMs Comstock

During the course of an ecological survey of the El Segundo
Sand Dunes conducted by Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, a number of
wood-boring lepidopterous larvae were collected by Di rence
and others from the woody stems and upper portion of the roots
of Phacelia tanacetifolia Benth. The first examples were taken
August 31, 1938. Subsequently, in 1940, Chris Henne secured a
quantity of the larvae which were reared to maturity.

Brief notes were made of the larva and pupa by the writer, as
follows:

Mature Larva: Varies greatly in length depending on the
girth and condition of the stems in which they occur.
Body color, light straw. Robust, and grub-like in appearance.

53

BULLETIN. So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

Legs, light straw colored, the terminal segment tipped with brown.
Prolegs concolorous with body. Crotchets, brown. Spiracles,
rimmed narrowly with brown, the centers concolorous with body.

A straw-colored glistening scutellum occurs on the first seg-
ment.

Head, orange brown, with orange mottling over the center of
each cheek. Mandibles, dark brown.

Pupation occurs immediately within the exit of the burrow,
and the pupa is partly extruded at the time of hatching.

Pupa: Length of average specimen 12 mm. Subfusiform, the
cephalic end well rounded and the cauda blunt and free of crem-
asteric hooks.

The surface is relatively smooth throughout except for a series
of spicules arranged in transverse rows. Each typical interseg-
mental juncture is margined anteriorly and posteriorly with one
of these rows, all of which, however, occur only on the dorsum,
and fade out laterally as they approach the spiracles.

The spicules aforementioned incline somewhat caudally, and
undoubtedly assist the pupa in moving forward in the burrow.

Eyes, prominent and rounded. Antennae extending approxi-
mately 7s the distance towards margin of wings. The ends of the
metathoracic legs are in line with the wing margins.

Color of pupa, uniform light brown. The eyes become mark-
edly darker as the time of emergence approaches.

Larvae collected in August emerged in September and October
of the same year.

Plate 12 illustrates the pupa.

PLATE 12

Pupa of Hucosma hennei, enlarged X 5

54

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

EGG LAYING OF THE EUROPEAN BROWN SNAIL
IN TERRARIA

By Witi1am Marcus INGRAM
Mills College, California

Data included here deal with the egg laying activity of the
European Brown Snail, Helix aspersa Muller, in terraria during
January and February of 1942, thus adding information pertinent
to the natural history of this species in California.

The snails under observation were collected on the Mills Col-
lege Campus, Oakland and were placed in terraria in pairs. The
bottoms of the terraria were covered with moist clay soil and the
tops with glass plates with air holes. The snails were fed on let-
tuce. Individuals were observed through just one egg laying. The
room in which the snails were kept was shielded from direct sun-
light throughout the day. During the observations the mean
temperature of the room was 67 degrees Farenheit with a low
temperature of 61 degrees and a high temperature of 73 degrees;
the mean humidity was 66 with a low humidity of 56 and a
high of 75.

In depositing eggs the snails never laid them on the surface of
the soil, but dug a cavity in the substratum which varied in depth
from one-half to one and one-half inches.

The greatest number of eggs deposited in a nest was ninety-
nine and the least was thirty. (Table 1). The mean number of eggs
laid by sixteen snails was fifty-eight. This number is much less
than the mean number observed from twenty snails in the field in
southern California by Basinger (1931); this investigator re-
corded a mean number of 86.6 eggs, with a maximum of 119 and
with 33 as a minimum. Basinger (1931) found eggs in March,
April, June, August, and September. His nests were discovered
principally in orange groves. The terraria snails as mentioned
above laid in January and February. In the field in Oakland
snails were observed laying in September, October, November,
January, and February.

The percentage of eggs laid that hatched in terraria was only
recorded in nine instances, and varied from a high of seventy-
three per cent to zero per cent with a mean, including the total
failure of one clutch to hatch, of forty-five and seven-ninths per
cent. The incomplete data indicate that the percentage of eggs
hatching under the stated conditions seem to be relatively low
for an animal whose eggs are so well concealed. No visual differ-

5D

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 1, 1947

ence between terraria could account for the variation in the per-
centage of the number of eggs hatching.

Basinger’s (1931) data indicate that on a basis of five incuba-
tion periods that the eggs of Helix aspersa hatch in sixteen and
three-fifths days; he also states, “During ordinary summer weath-
er, the eggs hatch in about two weeks, but this time may be short-
ened somewhat during the warmer part of the summer or length-
ened during the cooler seasons.” The writer's terraria data show
a mean hatching time of fifteen days with a high incubation
interval of twenty-one days and a low of ten days.

Young snails on hatching remained under the soil from a
minimum of one to a maximum of seven days before working
their way to the surface of the soil; on emerging from the soil
they immediately began feeding on lettuce. The mean time it took
for fifteen lots of snails from separate nests to reach the surface
of the soil was four and one-half days.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

BASINGER, A. J.

1931. The European Brown Snail in California. Univer. Calif. Coll.
Agr., Agr. Exp. Sta., Bull. 515, pp. 1-22.

Table I—EGG LAYING OF HELIX ASPERSA MULLER
IN TERRARIA

NUMBER OF | PERCENTAGE OF EGGS

OVIPOSITION Eccs HATCHING TIME | HATCHING
January 10 35 none hatched ! none hatched
January 20 53 | 18 days 22 per cent
January 26 96 | 21 days no record
January 28 65 | 13 days | no record
January 3 30 11 days | 73 per cent
January 25 40 | 10 days | 42 per cent
January 25 57 16 days 05 per cent
January 30 56 17 days | 73 per cent
January 30 67 | 12 days 70 per cent
February 9 81 | no record | no record
February 4 99 15 days | 67 per cent
February 1 60 no record 60 per cent
February 16 67 | 14 days no record
February 28 65 | no record | no record
February 6 53 17 days no record
February 9 37 | 19 days | no record

ol
for)

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to Dr. JoHN A. Comstock
Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,

Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.

MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers
in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October)
in 1920.

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August;
Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2,
March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-
October; No. 6, November-December.

From 1925 to 1946, including volumes XXIV to XLV, three numbers
were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April;
No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.

MEMOIRS

Vols 11938. Vol. 2; Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1,
DE Aes

57

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

For Sale at the Appended Prices

BULLETIN: To To Non-
Members Members

Complete: set, Vols. 2 to: 39) bound! 55.2.2 eee $115.00
(Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 33, bound ............ 80.00
Vols3 a NOls 12219 04 ae ee sai a te chee see ee ee $ .25 -50
SoA BSS nO AO. OD a orcaas Sonate te causes ence aa Peraratoraie SES neater 20 50
SSG ge ee B19 ONE rae cake ono cate tone 25 50
eine (peptone bese I) (elena eee eee re ere MS A Gy G5 o 1.00 2.00
EE SEL 1G (19 Sars cetacean Guia s Sicko Ne 1.00 2.00
sere Pewee 2 bole a en ttt eee eT re eae Ie TER ENS G5 2.00 4.00
Creeks eased oncy Alec 8 U ieee er een Neen en TPR es OSG © ate 1.50
pseea Il | oserareeecal [poed fh St Re een ees Sen Eee TAR 1.00 2.00
Steel OQ Fetars is 2s OSD eer ost eree sete rerae ls gree ct neta eee 2.00 4.00
oe) by Sere ez od neal Us 1 Ee Saari ier ae et rape LS pg Sy 1.00 2.00
SLD Ieee OAL OMG a esoctereie tgs oan ne OES 15 1.50
Say (ene eta “pd 4] ea eee ear ee ay Nec Sb 1.50 3.00
Bes ia akira hl 4 lene coer ere er Pe SG ee Sy c5-5 Oc 50 1.00
sede I is eteaetateay: eal {| eee ones pire eran hr mare eS Sat 50 1.00
CoD ert CAE Oe DOD Dicnc ha as ee lhe is cee cea cc ares g eee ee ape 1.00 2.00
SS E2OS Ga tego s TAs Os LO 24=5 (CACH) secre nisies raster -25 50
Dae DMS 92 es (GACH) se seus ceets sero eaerorereeeee 25 50
SDSS VS cH 2 Goa eeeetraisds ate ae ean sie Sstiste ieee VS rene .25 -50
Sod Gises as QP sO 27 (each) ates sais sees asst stereree 225 -50
CSOs Pale D 8 G28 ACCACN) 27 chiens occas eee 25 50
8228, ead: 192 9S (Gach) cern cssiccess 6 oe rae 2h -50
Be OO a Deo OSs (CA CHS) ers kcercaroielccore eeoesearereene 25 50
SUoiicuce Sales Ser d Gaon CACM) a wxs tence a arclereis eaereienene 325 50
EOD xe Wren 7d ad mde el OS™ COACH) = wrote crop rete crave oretevees 25 50
Ore ee ke soe 4a (CACM) aymirere EAE SA COC A e25 -50
SO as eae le oti O Oote CACTI) Nt. dcvetoveraicuelateeccialstererae .25 50
one retin Dato Sons (ACI) aes ater eee Koinbanocesss 25 50
Ses Ore dean e Ssl Sen CAC) we snecatsiclaterateiiche siete 25 50
Teno es bee ne da Dacae LOSS a COACIN) y Nee tetavarecormorsre ot peeee .25 50
FOO fee Lad eos Soe (GACH) techs eeu tetetereES reer 25 50
BEeIOL esecaer orien Ly: Uke ear aa ene eae OPE TIOG Guiting 25 -50
A Oa Heder OL OAs (GACH) Eo ca- 5 sas estore ieee tereone 25 50
al eee leo eoewl O42 4 \ (each) ia ite ears Saye aerate reaps 25 50
SAD ate Sele Dest G43 ~ COACH)! seireeee ie aoe 25 -50
AS wattean Mel aD eden O44 (COACH) Soak caer ste eto 25 50
Te AA eS. 1945) Geach.) are persue seep ores 25 50
(PAD on moult tos 19465: ((CAGH) merce (cep rsteenes seer 25 50

(Continued on next page)

58

PUBLICATIONS (continued) .

MEMOIRS To To Non-
Members Members

Vol. 1, 1938—paper Cover ...............eeeeeeee $2.00 $4.00
Sebi ‘5 bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00
Senay: oe printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00
neater ne printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00
Vol. 2, No. 1, 1989—paper cover ................ 125 2.50
pane ares caren oicin 6 bound in black fabrikoid.... 2n25 3.50
COS eS Peon Uae oF printed on one side of page . 1.75 3.50
Moore eo NI44——naner COVER 9.2 ses oake cs ee es 15 1.50
Renae wl 4——NAaDer COVER scisie'. cwvaes «adele 1.00 2.00

Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or
Co-operating Organizations
Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES
EARTHQUAKHS, R. T. Hill ..................... bound

Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published),
chiefly Entomological, 1 colored plate ..................

Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of
Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall .....

FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David-
son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923................

Reprints:

Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami-
lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed
on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes),
Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 ..............

The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County,
New Mexico, 1931. F. R. Fosberg ..................-

Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United
States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on
white bristol board, one side of page (without index)
suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-
YTS TAME OMS ios veikecuctenece ve iaherecneuere lec sote seivevenele aire tatisyeileuet erat alowe\tay sever ete

A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their
habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis

A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA,
32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm.M.
brane NTA pee se TNL AS le Oe ee Sie aes ee) ce ces, NaGuan Ny cine eda Latta Sty

ADDRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Care Dr. JoHN A. CoMSTOCK )
Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

59

$1.00

3.00

The SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

announces the publication of Part 1, Volume 3 of its

“MEMOIRS”
containing

“A GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE
and DISTRIBUTION of the MARINE
ALGAE of the PACIFIC COAST
of NORTH AMERICA”

By E. YALE DAWSON

_ Attention of Librarians is called to the fact that all issues of
this publication are still available, and may be obtained from the
Secretary of the Academy at the prices, and in the editions noted
below.

The “Memoirs” are financed from a special fund that is
required to be replenished from the sale of the publication, and
it is therefore impossible for the Academy to furnish these on
an exchange basis. Regular members of the Academy, in good
standing, are furnished a copy of each issue as published, without
cost, and are privileged to order additional copies at 50% of the
publication price.

MEMOIRS ISSUED: TO -DAGEE:

Vol.1. Complete in one issue. 275 pp. 1938. Contains “Check
List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of
America; Part 1; Macrolepidoptera’, with Index and Corri-
genda, by J. McDunnough, Ph.D. Paper Cover.............. $4.00

A few copies bound in black buckram................... 5.00
Special edition of the above, printed on one side of page
only, with every facing alternate page blank, making
possible the write-in of notes and new species. Paper
COVCTHe es Wales eee eens $5.00" Bound)... e eee 6.00
A limited edition of the List, without index, was run on
white bristol board, suitable for use as cut-out labels. A
few are available at............ exe oi eis cree ieee 3.00

Vol. 2, Part 1. 172 pp. 1939. “Check List of the Lepidopt. of

Canada and the U. S. Part 2, Microlepidoptera’, with Index,

by J. MeDunnouch, PhD. Papers....-..55 00 eee 2.50
A few copies of the special edition, printed on one side
Of PATE ONY. ose ais bee ce ete aes tse Ss Oe paper 3.50

Vol. 2, Part 2.. 60 pp. 1944. “Revision of the North American
Genera and Species of the Phalaenid Subfamily Plusiinae (Lepidop-
tera) sby J. McDunnougch;, PhaD os... 6 eee 1.50

Vol. 3) Parti: 1947 asiannounced above... +.5..52 cee eee 2.00

Address all orders and inquiries to
THE SECRETARY
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

c/o Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

60

REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in
the Bulletim should order reprints, if desired, when they return
galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the
Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co.,
415 East Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor
paying for all his reprints.

PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS
: (WITHOUT COVERS)

4pp. 8pp. 12pp. 16pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp.
50 copies ...... $3.75 $5.75 $850 $10.25 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00
a ASOmuO | \ONS 6 12759" 15.00 : 17.25 20.25... 21.50
BG) ie, hcntae Dia O25 IS00), , 15.25) 18:25. 21.00 24.50: | +26:00
) ee GOW 100. 15.25 17.75 21.50 924.75 «28.75, 30.50
Be, 6s wren Gap 21> a l-50) 20.258" 24.7528.50° +,33.00' 35.00
Lo iis nSOmml4 50 N9N>) 22.75 ° 28:00 32.25. 3725) 39/50

Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1c each.
California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state.

— ©

Distinctive

mei NIING

Books @® Catalogs @® Broadsides
Stationery and Office Forms

McBRIDE PRINTING CO.

PHONE: PRospect 2045
! 415.-EAST,, ELEVENTH. STP.
“Since 1879” Los Angeles 15, Calif.

Pp LIBRZ
NEW YOR!
BOTANICA)
GARDSN

Peete PiN OF THE

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA Cc

tag
ca

re a ee ee a

‘Vou. XLVI May-Aucust, 1947 Part 2

CONTENTS
Page

| ASYMMETRICAL VALLEYS OF SAN Brae ets ee OOS
K. O. Emery = = io .

NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF ADELOCEPHALA
HEILIGBRODTI
Form Hubbardi Dyar eed)
John Adams Comstock - = = =

A NEW AND REMARKABLE KEYHOLE URCHIN,
MELLITA NOTABILIS n. sp.
Hubert Lyman Clark =

Fe

\ DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF TROPHON FROM THE
GULF OF CALIFORNIA
Leo George Hertlein and A. M. Strong = - =

_ A CONTRIBUTION TO THE NATURAL HISTORY OF
| HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA AND H. NICKLINIANA AWANI
William Mareus Ingram = - f- =

A PECULIAR NEW CARNIVORE FROM THE CUYAMA MIOCENE,
CALIFORNIA
Chester Stock = - < = = = 2 = = = s

FORD ASHMAN CARPENTER, 1868-1947

Issued February 5, 1948

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

OFFICERS and DIRECTORS ,
Dr. A. WHik BELD 9-5 -) = 8 = = f= = ~ R= President —

Dr. WILLIAM L. Ltoyp - - - - = = « £#rst Vice Presidents
Mr. RUSSELL S. WoGLUM - - - - = = £Second Vice President ~
Dr. JoHN A. CoMstTocK - - - - - _ -Secretary and Treasurer —

Dr. H. J. ANDREWS Dr. WILLIAM L. LioypD ~

Dr. A, WEIR BELL Dr. W. DwicHTt PIEROE-

Dz. JoHN A. Comstock Dr. CHESTER STOCK

Dr. RoBert D. EMERY Dz. Louis C. WHEELER

Dr. JOHN HERMAN Dz. SHERWIN EF. Woop

Mr. R. S. WoeLum
ADVISORY BOARD

Mr. Frep BE. BuRLEw Dr. HowagpD R. HILL
Mr. A. YORK ESOALANTE Dr. R. H. Swirt
Dr. HILDEGARDE HowAgD Mr. THEODORE PAYNE

BOTANICAL SECTION
Dz. Louis C. WHEELER, Chairman

SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION
Dr. H. J. ANDREWS, Chairman

SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Dr. RAYMOND C. OSBURN, Chairman

SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES
Mer. Jos. B. FIicKLEN III, Chairman
SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES

Dg. JOHN HERMAN, Chairman

SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Dr. Lee DEF OREST, Chairman

SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES
Mer. RUSSELL S. WoOGLUM, Chairman ~

SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCE
Mr. A. YORK, HSCALANTE, Chairman

ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. ARTHUR WOODWAEBD, Chairman

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Me. FRep E. BuRLEw, Chairman

Dr. Ropert D. EMERY ‘Dr. JoHN A. CoMSTOCK
PROGRAM COMMITTEE 3
Dr. Rospert L. RUTHERFORD, Chairman Dr. Howarp R. HILh

HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE
Dr. W. DwicuHt PIERCE, Chairman {
Mrs. Cora M. L. DAHLE Mrs. EUNICE KING Mr. Hucw D. AUSTIN |
Mrs. ARTHUR WoopwaRD Mrs. WittiAm L. Lioyp Mkgs. W. D. PirrcE ©

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Dr. JoHn A. Comstock, Chairman |
Dr. HILDEGARDE Howard Dr. Howarp R. Hon Dr. WittiaAm L. Lioyp |

COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION
Dr. JoHN A. Comstock, Chairman
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE
Pror. J. STANLEY BRODE
Mr. R. 8S. WocLum

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY ‘a
Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif. |

LIBRARY
NEw YORK
BOTANICAL

GARDIN

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences
VoLUME 46 - = = = S = = Part 2, 1947

ASYMMETRICAL VALLEYS OF SAN DIEGO
COUNTY, CALIFORNIA

By K. O, EMERY

University of Southern California

INTRODUCTION

One of the most prominent physiographic features of San
Diego County is a marine wave-cut terrace which extends from
north of Oceanside to south of the Mexican border (Hanna,
1926). It reaches a width of 12 miles and ranges in elevation from
about 350 feet above sea-level near the ocean to 450 feet or more
farthest inland, where it is limited by a high area of resistant
igneous and metamorphic rocks. This is known as the San Diego
Terrace. Two large valleys have: divided the terrace into three
main sections, two of which are sometimes referred to as the Linda
Vista Terrace and the Otay Terrace, although all are included by
the term San Diego Terrace (Hertlein and Grant, 1944). Other
much less extensive terraces are present at higher and lower ele-
vations.

The San Diego Terrace was cut in late Pliocene or early Pleis-
tocene times across Eocene and Pliocene poorly consolidated
shales, sandstones, and conglomerates. These strata dip regionally
southward and southeastward, but only a few degrees. In parts of
the area, dips are steeper and locally the rocks even dip north-
eastward. The bevelled edges of the Eocene and Pliocene rocks
are capped by a layer of terrace conglomerate called the Sweitzer
formation, which reaches a thickness of 20 feet or more and is
relatively resistant to erosion. Over part of its original area the
terrace is flat and uneroded, but its northern and southern thirds
have been so thoroughly dissected that only isolated portions of
the original surface remain between some of the valleys.

Many of the stream valleys which have been cut into the San
Diego Terrace are characterized by a peculiar asymmetrical cross-
section. In general, the valley wall on the south side of a stream
(north-facing wall) is steeper than the wall on the north side
(south-facing wall), Plate 13, fig. A. This type of cross-section is
most pronounced for valleys draining westward with a moderate
gradient.

61

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947.

Numerous valleys were examined on the ground and from the
air. A few slope measurements were made but it became obvious
that a prohibitive amount of time would be required to complete
all the slope measurements needed for a study of the cause of
asymmetry. A fairly satisfactory substitute was found through
use of the San Diego, La Jolla, and Oceanside Quadrangles pub-
lished by the U. S. Geological Survey. Each has a 25 foot contour
interval. Cross-sections were drawn at half-mile intervals across
all valleys cut more than 100 feet below the terrace surface. The
shortest horizontal distance between valley wall contours having
a 100 foot difference in elevation was measured, and then the slope
in degrees was computed. Measurements were also made of the
valley gradient and the azimuth of the downstream direction rela-
tive to true north. The results of this rather rough method agree
reasonably well with the field observations. Perhaps in the future,
some students of physiography may be able to devote more time
to the field approach, not only in the San Diego region, but also in
other areas where asymmetrical valleys exist.

’ RELATION OF SYMMETRY TO OTHER FACTORS

Symmetry Index.—The most satisfactory method of indicat-
ing symmetry was found to be the ratio of the slope of the left
wall in degrees to the slope of the right wall in degrees, where left
and right walls are relative to an observer facing downstream. If
the valley were perfectly symmetrical, the quotient would be 1.0;
if the left wall were steeper, the quotient would be greater than
1.0; and if the right wall were steeper, the quotient would be less
than 1.0. This quotient, introduced here as the symmetry index,
was found to vary between 0.25 and 5.0.

zimuth—The azimuth expresses the direction relative to
true north followed by the stream drainage. Plate 14 shows the
relationship between symmetry index and azimuth for cross-sec-
tions of valleys having gradients between 0°10’ and 1°00". Although
the points are badly scattered, the median curve indicates that the
valleys are most asymmetrical when draining westerly (between
azimuths of 245° and 295°). For these valleys the median left (or
north-facing) wall is nearly twice as steep as the right (or south-
facing) wall. On the other hand, valleys having azimuths between
155° and 185° have median symmetry indices of about 0.8; in other
words, the left (or west-facing) wall is only about eight-tenths as
steep as the right wall. Thus the left wall is steeper for valleys
draining westward, while the right wall is steeper for valleys
trending east of south. The median curve indicates that valleys
having an azimuth of about 200° should be symmetrical, with left
and right walls equally steep, but there are only a few points in
this part of the graph. There are also but few data for valleys

62

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vols 46 iPante2lo47,

having northward drainage, but the available data do suggest a
similar relationship, with the symmetry index decreasing north-
ward to about 360°, where the left (or east-facing) wall is less
steep than the right (or west-facing) wall.

Gradient.—Part of the spread of points in Plate 14 results
from variation in gradient of valleys. To determine the importance
of this factor the symmetry indices of all valleys having azimuths
between 245° and 295° were plotted against their gradients, Plate
15. Note that while Plate 2 includes only moderate gradients,
Plate 15 is based on all gradients. Plate 15 indicates that the
greatest asymmetry (with left or north-facing wall steeper than
right or south-facing wall) exists for valleys having gradients of
about 0°20°. The asymmetry gradually decreases for steeper
gradients up to about 1°30’. For valleys having even steeper gradi-
ents, the median symmetry index approaches 1.0 and the valleys
are nearly symmetrical, Plate 13, fig. B. Valleys having gradients
gentler than about 0°10’ show a large spread of symmetry indices
but the median value is lower than for moderate gradients, or, in
other words, valleys of very gentle gradient have nearly equally
steep walls. Some of the spread of points in Plate 15 is due to
varying azimuth but most of the spread doubtlessly is the result of
inadequacy of the map contours for estimating the exact degree
of slope.

Stage of Valley Evolution—Most of the valleys with very
gentle gradients and nearly equally steep walls (Plate 15) are ma-
ture with the streams meandering over aggraded floodplains. The
valleys of moderate gradient, characterized by greatest asym-
metry, are youthful, with the stream bed occupying nearly the
entire valley bottom. The valleys of very steep gradient, with
relatively symmetrical wall slopes, are of extreme youthful age
and partly result from very rapid down-cutting where the mouth
has been lowered by marine erosion (Plate 13, fig. B).

CAUSE oF ASYMMETRY

The number and variety of causes of asymmetry of valleys in
other regions suggested during the past are truly remarkable.
Causes given in the literature are as follows: earth rotation, wind
driven waves, wind driven rain, recent regional tilt, lateral down-
dip shift of stream axis, protection by snow and ice, and protec-
tion by vegetation.

The most popular of these suggestions is the effect of earth
rotation in causing differential lateral erosion. Papers applying
this theory have been written by Baer (1860), Kerr (1873), Lewis
(1877), Gilbert (1884), Baines (1884), Jefferson (1904), Taylor
(1906), Davis (1908), Brunhes (1910), Eakin (1910), Fuller

63

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

(1914), and Glock (1932). These authors have described asym-
metry of valleys in France, Australia, Siberia, Michigan, Colo-
rado, Long Island, and of the Mississippi, the Missouri, and the
Yukon Rivers. Penck (1894) and Fabre (1903) summarized
most of the early European literature on the subject. Theoreti-
cally, in the northern hemisphere earth rotation deflects streams
to the right, thereby tending to produce steeper right walls than
left walls of valleys, regardless of the direction of flow, or azi-
muth. Asymmetry due to this cause should, accordingly, be char-
acterized by a symmetry index less than 1.0 in all azimuths.
Plates 14 and 15 show that most of the valleys measured have
symmetry indices greater than 1.0 except in certain azimuths,
thereby eliminating earth rotation as an effective agent controlling
valley symmetry in the area studied.

Fairchild (1932) believed the effect of earth rotation to be
of too small magnitude even in the “type region” on the south side
of Long Island but proposed instead that the prevailing easterly
and southerly winds in that area caused preferred erosion of the
west, or right bank of the streams, thereby giving rise to asym-
metrical cross-sections. Bowman (1904) from detailed studies of
charts of the Mississippi River concluded that wind was at least
as important as earth rotation in deflecting streams. Jennings
(1922) considered wind important at Long Island because it
caused sand to be deposited in the lee of the windward bank,
forcing the streams westward, to the right. In the San Diego area,
the winds are not very strong and are variable, but mostly from
the west or northwest. If winds were the cause of asymmetry
here, the symmetry index then should be highest for streams
draining southward or southwestward and lowest for opposite
azimuths. This is not true as shown by Plate 14, and the wind
effect therefore cannot be important. A different effect of wind
was proposed by Fabre (1903). He explained that rain driven by
the wind falls diagonally through the air and that if a valley trends |
at right angles to the wind direction its side walls must receive
greatly different amounts of rainfall.. Since more rain falls on the
down-wind side, erosion is faster there and the slope accordingly
is made gentler than the up-wind side. In the San Diego area this
process would develop the lowest asymmetry indices for south-
ward draining valleys and the highest indices for northward drain-
ing ones, a condition also different from the observed facts.

Some Michigan rivers were found by Jefferson (1907) to pre-
fer the southwest side of their flood-plains, with resulting probable
development of asymmetry of walls. He suggested that this might
have been caused by recent regional tilt to the southwest. In the
area studied, the San Diego River is the only stream having an
appreciable floodplain and it seems to have no favored side. More-
over, if tilting had taken place recently it should have been a south-

64

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

— ee
De OO

Piedigs

PLATE 13

Fic. A. View eastward up San Clemente Canyon from Soledad Moun-

tain. Note that south wall is much steeper than north wall and
that vegetation is much denser on it.

Fie. B. View westward down small canyon north of Scripps Institution
of Oceanography. Note that the north and south walls of this

steep gradient canyon have about equal slopes but that vegeta-
tion is much denser on the south wall.

65

BULLETIN, £0. CaALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

.

[?
Gen A

a
Le
Eh
aes
we
XS

PLATE 14

Symmetry index (slope of left wall divided by slope of right wall)

plotted against azimuth (direction of valley axis). Note that left wall

of valleys draining westerly is steeper, in contrast to valleys draining

southerly or northerly where right wall is slightly steeper. Only valleys
having gradients between 0°10’ and 1°00’ are plotted.

ward tilt to account for the observed symmetry indices. Such a
tilt would have affected the marine terraces into which the valleys
are cut, but these are nearly horizontal.

A major cause of asymmetry which has been recognized else-
where is regional dip of strata which tends to produce lateral shift-
ing of the axes of valleys draining parallel to the strike. Powell
(1874, 1875) called the asymmetrical valleys of the Uinta Moun-
tains produced by lateral shifting, paraclinal and monoclinal.
Davis (1895), Gradmann (1919), Cotton (1926, 1941), Ilyin
(1932), and Tomita (1935) recognized the importance of this
lateral shifting for subsequent streams in England, Germany, New
Zealand, Siberia, and Formosa respectively. Cotton used the term

66

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

homoclinal shifting to describe the lateral migration of the stream
axis with resulting development of asymmetrical valley cross-
sections. Later, Lobeck (1939) in his textbook on physiography
termed the process uniclinal shifting but believes that the term was
introduced by earlier physiographers (personal communication).
Asymmetrical cross-sections of even buried pre-glacial valleys
have been described by Kemp (1908). As the result of lateral
migration and undercutting by a stream, valleys which drain across
the strike should have symmetrical walls, while those draining
parallel to the strike should have steeper walls on the down-dip
side. If uniclinal shifting were the chief cause of asymmetry, one
would expect from the relations of Plate 14 that the direction of
rock dip would be about 190°, or that the strike would be about
100°. In reality there is a low regional dip to the south and south-
east, which supports the uniclinal shifting theory. Locally, how-
ever, small areas have northeastward dips and in these areas the
north-facing walls of valleys are steeper than the south-facing
walls, just as in areas of southward or southeastward dips. Thus,
uniclinal shifting alone cannot be the full cause of asymmetry but
it probably is a major contributory factor throughout most of the
region.

Asymmetry of some valleys of Indiana, Ohio, and New Jersey
was explained by Culbertson (1900) and Russell (1931) as result-
ing from the protection given north-facing slopes by snow and ice
which may remain on the ground all winter, in contrast with the
south-facing slopes on which the snow and ice melt first, exposing
the slope to sheet wash. This process cannot now be active in the
San Diego area because snow and ice is never present in the ter-
race area.

The last remaining suggested cause of asymmetry of valley
cross-sections is the effect of vegetation as postulated by Bass
(1929) for streams of Kansas, and Bryan and Mason (1932) for
streams of North Carolina and South Carolina, and Visher (1937,
1941) for Indiana. Much study has been given also to the general
relationship of the rate of erosion and the kind and amount of
plant cover by workers of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, as
summarized by Bennett and Lowdermilk (1938). In regions where
high rainfall is evenly distributed throughout the year sufficient
moisture for abundant plant growth may be present on both sunny
and shady slopes. In desert areas, the rainfall may be too small
for abundant growth except near springs. Between these two ex-
tremes there are regions in which the rainfall may be just sufficient
to support dense vegetation on slopes where the direct sunlight is
present during only part of the day. On the shady side of valleys,
where vegetation is dense, much of the rainfall never reaches the
ground but adheres to the leaves and evaporates. Rain which does
reach the ground loses the effect of impact through having first
encountered the shielding vegetation. After reaching the ground,

67

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

the water tends to soak into the mantle of partly decayed vegeta-
tion and soil from which it may later reach the surface over a long
period of time by slow seepage or by upward capillary movement.
Much of this water is also gathered by plant roots and returned to
the atmosphere by transpiration so that no erosional work is ac-
complished. Moreover, that part of the rainfall which does run
off on the surface is unable to carry with it much sediment because
of the ground litter and the strong binding power of the plant
roots. In contrast, on slopes not covered by vegetation, the rain
first strikes the surface and loosens the component grains, Because
the mantle of soil and decayed vegetation is thin or absent and
plants are not abundant enough to hold the soil in place, a relatively
small amount of water soaks into the ground and nearly all of it
immediately becomes surface run-off carrying with it large quan-
tities of sand and mud. In the San Diego region, having a “Humid
Mesothermal” climate (Russell, 1926) most of the annual rainfall
occurs during only a few storms, each of which commonly is a
short period of hard rain, accentuating the proportion of run-off.

Thus, it is probable that the smaller amount of vegetation on
the south-facing slopes of east-west trending valleys must result
in a higher rate of erosion through sheet wash, eventually causing
the development of gentler slopes where exposure to the sun is
greatest. This process should tend to develop symmetry indices
greater than 1.0 for valleys draining westward; less than 1.0 for
eastward drainage; and approximately 1.0 for valleys which drain
southward or northward and have wall slopes equally exposed
to the sun. Note that this relationship is approximately that shown
by the measurements of Plate 14, indicating that variation in
density of vegetation may be largely responsible for the develop-
ment of symmetrical valley cross-sections. For valleys with very
steep gradients, the different rates of erosion of wall slopes are
probably masked by active downcutting along the axis; this tends
to keep both slopes steep.

WALL SLOPES OF SUBMARINE CANYONS

Several submarine canyons have been discovered on the sea-
floor bordering San Diego County. These have been named Coro-
nado, La Jolla, Scripps, and Carlsbad Canyons. Fairly detailed
contour charts of them have been made (Shepard and Emery,
1941). Preliminary examination of their side slopes suggested
systematic asymmetry and provided incentive for this investiga-
tion as a means of learning more of their origin. Later and more
careful study of the symmetry indices measured from the sub-
marine contours and also from sounding lines crossing the canyons
revealed some asymmetry, but typically the walls have about equal
slopes. The gradients of the submarine canyons are steep, how-
ever, and the symmetry of the side slopes corresponds with that of
land valleys of equally steep gradients.

68

Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

5
fe]
As
fo)

4
on
&
jee}
3
H
m
ae =
a
fa
2
0.2 <
° a,
|
(dp) bi
et jl Balk
&
fa
ro |
Oj Be Gh Cee 20. 30 40 500% 100 200 300 400 500 1000

Vee Ate ap lae DinY men es Aves leerie Nin esse Nene Mio lee Nee Tas

Symmetry index plotted against gradient of valley axis. Note that valleys having gradients of about
0°20’ are most asymmetrical and that wall slopes are more nearly equal for valleys having steeper
or gentler gradients. Only valleys having azimuths between 245° and 295° are plotted.

69

BULLETIN, So. CaALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947;

CONCLUSIONS

Asymmetry of valleys cut through a marine terrace in San
Diego County was measured for many valleys haying various
gradients and directions of drainage. Comparison of results with
those to be expected from each of the various causes of asym-
metry cited in the literature lead to the conclusion that the more
abundant vegetation on shady slopes is sufficient to partly protect
the shady slopes from erosion, whereas erosion progresses unim-
peded on the sunny south-facing wall slopes. This is supplemented
by uniclinal shifting in the direction of the regional dip, which, in
most of this region, would also tend to form steep north-facing
walls. Inasmuch as vegetation and uniclinal shifting should pro-
duce approximately similar results, it is difficult to determine their
relative effectiveness ; however, in a few small areas where lateral
shifting alone would develop steep south-facing walls, the north-
facing walls actually are steeper, probably indicating the greater
effectiveness of vegetation.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Baer, K. E. von, 1860, Uber ein allgemeines Gesetz in der Gestaltung der
Flussbetten: St. Petersburg Imp. Acad. Sci. Bull., vol. 2, pp. 1-49,
218-250, 353-382.

Barnes. A. C., 1884, On the sufficiency of terrestrial rotation for the
deflection of streams: Am. Jour. Sci., 3rd ser., vol. 28, pp. 434-436.
Bass. N. W., 1929, The geology of Cowley County, Kansas: Kans. State

Geol. Survey Bull., vol. 12, pp. 17-28.

BENNETT, H. H. and LowpbERMILK, W. C., 1938, General aspects of the
soil-erosion problem: U. S. Dept. of Agriculture Yearbook, pp. 581-
608.

Bowman, ISAap, 1904, Deflection of the Mississippi: Science, new ser.,
VOl:-20; pp. 273-276.

BrUuNHES, JEAN, 1910, La prédominance de l’erosion sur la rive droit
dune riviére en temps de crue: Acad. Sci. Paris Comptes Rendus.
tome 150, pp. 567-568.

Bryan, Kirk and Mason, S. L., 1932, Asymmetric valleys and climatic

boundaries: Science, new ser., vol. 75, pp. 215-216. —

Corton, C. A., 1926, Geomorphology of New Zealand, Pt. 1: Systematic,
pp. 83-93. :

Corton, C. A., 1941, Landscape: The Univ. Press, Cambridge, pp. 91-99.

CULBERTSON, G., 1900, The weathering and erosion of north and south
slopes: Indiana Acad. Sci. Proc. for 1899, pp. 167-170.

Davis, W. M., 1895, The development of certain English rivers: Geog.
Jour., vol. 5, pp. 127-146.

Davis. W. M., 1908, Deflection of rivers by the earth’s rotation: deflected
rivers in Australia: Science, new ser., vol. 27, pp. 32-33.

Eakin, H. M., 1910, Tne influence of the earth’s rotation upon the lateral
erosion of streams: Jour. Geology, vol. 18, pp. 435-447.

Fapre, L. A., 1903, La dissymétrie des vallées et la loi dite de DeBaer,
particuliérement en Gascogne: Géographic Soc. Géog. Bull, tome §&,
pp. 291-316.

70

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

FartrcHinp, H. L., 1932, Harth rotation and river erosion: Science,
new ser., vol. 76, pp. 423-427, 625.

Fuiier, M. L., 1914, Geology of Long Island: U. 8. Geol. Survey Prof.
Paper, no. 82, p. 50.

GILBERT, G. K., 1884, The sufficiency of terrestrial rotation for the deflec-
tion of streams: Am. Jour. Sci., 3rd ser., vol. 27, pp. 427-432.

Giock, W. S., 1932, Meridional deflection of streams due to earth’s rota-
tion: Pan-Am. Geologist, vol. 57, pp. 97-100.

GRADMANN, R., 1919, Das Schichtstufenland: Zeitschr. Gesellschaft
Hrdk. Berlin, pp. 113-139.

Hanna, M. A., 1926, Geology of the La Jolla Quadrangle, California:
California Univ., Dept. Geol. Sci. Bull., vol. 16, pp. 194-198, 209, 210,
PAL, PAE PAILS

HERTLEIN, L. G. and Grant, U. S., IV, 1944, The geology and paleon-
tology of the marine Pliocene of San Diego, California, Part I—
Geology: San Diego Soc. of Nat. History Memoir, vol. I1, pp. 17-20, 65.

Inyin, R. S., 1932, On the asymmetry of the erosion and sculptural relief
of the plains of the moderate belt: 2nd Internatl. Cong. Soil Sci.,
1930, Moscow, Proc. and Papers, Comm. 5, pp. 237-240.

JEFFERSON, M., 1904, The scaurs on the River Rouge: Science, new Ser.,
vol. 19, pp. 150-151.

JEFFERSON, M., 1907, Lateral erosion on some Michigan rivers: Geol.
Soc. America Bull., vol. 18, pp. 333-350.

JENNINGS, O. E., 1922, Have the streams of Long Island been deflected
by the earth’s rotation: Science, new ser., vol. 55, p. 291.

Kemp, J. F., 1908, Buried channels beneath the Hudson and its tribu-
taries: Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 26, pp. 301-328.

Kerr, W. C., 1873, Topography as affected by rotation of the earth: Am.
Phil. Soc. Proc., vol. 13, pp. 190-193.

Lewis, E., 1877, Certain features of the valleys or water courses of
southern Long Island: Am. Jowr. Sci., 3rd ser., vol. 13, pp. 215-216.

Loseck, A. K., 1939, Geomorphology: McGraw-Hill, p. 191.

Penok, A., 1894, Morphologie der Erdeberfldche: Stuttgart, pp. 357-361.

POWELL, J. W., 1874, Remarks on the structural geology of the valley of
the Colorado of the west: Phil. Soc., Wash., vol. 1, p. 48-51.

PoweLL, J. W., 1875, Exploration of the Colorado River of the west and
its tributaries: Washington, p. 160.

RUSSELL, R. J., 1926, Climates of California: Oalifornia Univ. Publ. in
Geog. 11, pp. 73-84.

RUSSELL, R. J., 1931, Geomorphological evidence of a climatic boundary:
Science, new ser., vol. 74, pp. 484-485.

SHEPARD, F. P. and Emery, K. O., 1941, Submarine topography off the
California coast: Canyons and tectonic interpretation: Geol. Soc.
America Sp. Paper no. 31.

Taytor, T. G., 1906, A correlation of contour, climate, and coal, a contri-
bution to the physiography of New South Wales: Linnean Soc. New
South Wales Proc., vol. 31, pp. 517-529.

Tomira, Yosuiro, 1935, Physiographic development of homoclinal ridges:
an example in Taiwan: Taihoku Imp. Univ. Mem., Faculty of Sci.
and Agri., vol. 13, no. 4, pp. 31-45.

VisHeEr, S. S., 1937, Regional contrasts in erosion in Indiana, with special
attention to the climatic factor in causation: Geol. Soc. America
Bull., vol. 48, pp. 897-929.

Visuer, S. 'S., 1941, Climate and geomorphology: some comparisons be-
tween regions: Jour. Geomorphology, vol. 4, pp. 54-64.

71

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

NOTES ON THE EARLY STAGES OF ADELOCEPHALA
HEILIGBRODTI f. HUBBARDI Dyar

By JoHN ADAMS CoMSTOCK

In the course of field work conducted in the Santa Rita Moun-
tains of southern Arizona in August of 1946 a number of examples
of Adelocephala heiligbrodti were captured at light. All were of
the form hubbardi, which Dyar describes as “dark stone-gray in-
stead of pale gray.”

A worn female was taken on August 23, which was confined,
and laid a number of eggs. A considerable percentage of these
hatched, and were carried through to the pupal stage. The follow-
ing observations were recorded:

Eee: .75 mm. high by 1.75 mm. wide; spherical; flattened ;
the surface smooth and devoid of all reticulations. Color, bright
green.

Eggs which were laid on August 24 and 25 hatched Septem-
NSP S)1K0) Sp

The female from which the ova were secured was taken in the
lower part of Madera Canyon at the foot of the mountains where
mesquite was the dominant growth. The newly emerged larvae
were offered both Mesquite and Palo Verde, and showed a prefer-
ence for the former. They were therefore reared to maturity on
mesquite.

Larva: First instar; length at end of the instar, 3 to 4 mm.
Width of head exactly 1 mm. Body color, green, with a tinge of
purple or mauve at the ends of the long processes.

The head is oval, considerably longer than wide. A dark dash
occurs on the upper lateral surface of each cheek, and the ocelli
are placed on a dark field. The mandibles are black on their inner
edges. Placement and relationship of the setae are shown on
Plate 16, fig. B.

The larva is very similar to that of Adelocephala isias as illus-
trated on Plate 111, figs. 4 and 4a of Packard’s Monograph,’ ex-
cept for the long processes arising from the second and third
thoracic segments. These are clothed on the shafts with minute
hair-like translucent vibrissae, and the tips of the shafts are ex-
panded ovals rather than being triangular as in iszas.

The body is considerably less in diameter than the head, and in ©

newly hatched individuals tapers caudally,

1Memoirs Natl. Acad. of Sciences, IX, Part 2, 1905.

72

i

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

on

The first dorsal segment bears a long black seta immediately
lateral to the mid-dorsal line, and a similar seta occurs dorso-
laterally.

PLATE 16

A. Larva of A. heiligbrodti hubbardi. enlarged X 8.
B. Head of same Larva, enlarged X 24.

Reproduced from’drawing by the author.

The second and third segments bear each two pairs of long
processes, placed dorso-laterally, there being therefore eight of
these processes in all on the two segments. The shafts, in addition
to their covering of minute hairs, also are clothed with simple
spines, and similar spines occur on the expanded oval tips. Two
tubular spines occur on the top of each oval, the latter being about
twice the length of the simple spines.

In our drawing of the first instar larva, Plate 16, fig. A, each
one of the long shafts is shown as separated from its fellow.
Actually, when at rest, the larva holds each pair closely appressed,
so that there appear superficially to be only four. These processes
incline dorso-laterally and slightly cephalad. It will be noted that
the most laterally placed process in each pair is shorter than its
medially placed fellow.

The larva has a single conspicuous caudal horn bearing nu-
merous spines. On the example used for illustration this horn 1n-

73

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

clined slightly caudally. More commonly however it stands straight
up or may even arch slightly forward.

A very narrow brown longitudinal stripe runs in line with the
spiracles, ‘and there is a faint indication of a second stripe parallel-
ing it superiorly. The spiracles are minute brown circlets.

Legs and prolegs concolorous with body. Crochets, dark
brown.

The placement and character of the setae on the various seg-
ments are shown in sufficient accuracy to obviate the need of a
description. It will be noted that most of these setae arise from
elongate translucent bases. A few however are simple in type.

In succeeding instars there is a gradual change in the char-
acter of the long processes. They lose their bulbous tips and be-
come pointed at the ends, the shafts being sparsely clothed with
simple spines. They become shorter with relationship to the total
length of the body. Finally the secondary spines disappear as
such, and each process becomes a stout sharply pointed posteriorly
arched horn.

The final instar of this larva was described by Dyar in 1901.

Our observations tally with Dyar’s in most particulars, but his
numbering of the segments varies with ours in that he counts the
head as segment 1, and the thoracic segments are therefore num-
bered 2, 3 and 4.

Our material included 25 mature larvae which showed a wide
degree of variation.

Mature Larva: Length, 44 to 50 mm. Body cylindrical;
ground color, bright green.

Head averaging 5 mm. in width; color, green, of a slightly

‘ellower shade than body, the surface. punctate.

A yellow-white band rises superiorly from a point near the
ocelli to the vertex of each lobe. Antennae and labrum white.

First thoracic segment contractile, edged with a row of raised
round yellow tubercles placed close together in a straight line.
Horns of the 2nd and 3rd thoracic segments (meso- and meta-
thoracic) stout, pointed, recurved caudally, their surfaces slightly
roughened by low tubercles. Outer horns green; inner horns
tinged with rose, and the sharp pointed tips,. white.

3etween the two pairs of horns on the 2nd segment there is a
transverse row of round yellow tubercles tipped with silver. Dorso
laterally on this segment there is a single maroon papillus, and
scattered around it a few small yellow tubercules.

The caudal horn of segment 11 (Dyar’s segment 12) is stout
and is covered with nodules. It is maroon in its lower two-thirds
and the tip is green.

2Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 4: 428-429, 1901.

BULL., So. Cau. Ac. Scr., vol. 46: 2, 1947 Lepidopt, Larva & Pupa, Comstock

B C D

PLATE 17

Larva and pupa of Adelocephala heiligbrodti hubbardi.

A. Lateral view of mature larva enlarged approxim. X 1%.

B.C.D. Pupa, ventral, lateral and dorsal aspects, enlarged
approxim. X 11%.

Reproduced from painting by the author.

75

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

A dark maroon stripe runs stigmatally from the 4th to the
11th segments. This is narrow and poorly defined in some ex-
amples, and very conspicuous in others. Edging this inferiorly is a
wide white band tinged on its lower margin in some individuals
with yellow.

On each typical segment, from the 4th to the 10th, there occurs
an arrow-shaped horn or plate, the point rising superiorly and
bending slightly caudad. A row of these is placed slightly lateral
to the mid-dorsal line. Each of these horns is a lustrous silver on
its outer surface and a bright maroon on its inner aspect. In many
examples, however, the horn of the 6th and &th segments in this
series lacks the silver and is reduced in size.

A second row of horns of similar character is placed latero-
inferiorly to the first described row.

There is also a single horn of this type placed lateral to the
large caudal process on the 11th segment, and a much smaller one
occurs on the 12th segment.

Each typical segment has two yellow tubercles on the dorsum
in line with the silver horns, and a transverse row of small widely
separated tubercles posterior thereto.

The anal shields have large yellow tubercles in irregular rows
along the edges.

Spiracles, velvety black. Below the spiracles there are numer-
ous tubercles variously placed and correctly pictured in our Plate
Now /Atie ek:

The abdominal surface is green, slightly lighter in shade than
the dorsum, with a scattering of small yellow tubercles.

Legs, green, the distal segments tipped with brown; Prolegs,
green, the distal segments darker. Crochets, brown.

Larvae began to go under ground for pupation on October 1,
1946, and continued to do so for some time thereafter owing to
the great variation in the rate of growth of different individuals

Pura: Average length, 30 mm. Width through 4th abdominal
segment 9 mm.

The shape and general character ef the pupa fits into the key
outlined by Dr. Edna Mosher’ for the Genus Adelocephala.

The color is very dark brown with slight tinges of reddish
brown except for the glazed eye-piece which is light gray.

The prothorax protrudes slightly forward and is covered with
minute papillose points. The same type of rough covering is ex-
tended over the mesothorax and face.

The mesothorax bears a pair of nodular protrusions somewhat
resembling twisted doughnuts. Antennae, very wide on the ceph-

3Bull. Ill. Sta. Lab. Nat. Hist. XLL (II) 144, 1916.

76

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

alic half, rapidly tapering toward the rounded tips, and not meet-
ing at the mid-ventral suture. The wings are relatively smooth as
compared with other areas.

All of the abdominal segments are finely punctate, and the
anterior and posterior margins of the movable segments are set
with a transverse row of minute, very short spicules.

Cremaster, bifurcate, slightly recurved ventrally, the tips not
hooked. Spiracles concolorous with body, the centers slightly de-
pressed.

Plate 17, figures B, C and D illustrate the ventral, lateral and
dorsal aspects of the pupa.

A NEW AND REMARKABLE KEYHOLE URCHIN,
MELLITA NOTABILIS n. sp.

By Hupert LyMAN CLARK

In a collection of shells and dry sea-urchin tests given to the
Los Angeles Museum, there were two bare and bleached tests of
Mellita, labeled “Mellita longifissa. Florida.”’ It was obvious at a
glance that the two were not conspecific and it was further evident
that neither was longifissa. The smaller is undoubtedly a bare test
of the common Florida species, quinquiesperforata, but the larger
is certainly not that species nor closely allied to it. The extraordi-
narily small anterior petal, the great thickness of the specimen at
its tip and the excessively long posterior unpaired lunule combine
to give the upper surface of the specimen an appearance quite un-
like any known Mellita, and when the lower surface is examined,
the remarkable sculpturing about the lunules confirms the opinion
that we have here a quite new species of the long-known genus
Mellita. The following description of the bare test is adequate
for characterizing the species, in spite of the absence of spines and
pedicellariae.

Test rather heavy, 70 mm. long and 78 mm. wide; at the pos-
terior margin it is less than a millimeter thick but at the tip of the
anterior petal, the thickness of the test is 10 mm. The slope up
from the anterior margin is rapid. Abactinal system, 30 mm. from
that margin consists of a madreporite 7 mm. wide and 5 mm. long;
the 4 genital pores at its lateral corners are small but distinct.
Petaloid area 35 mm. long. 30 mm. wide across petals I] and IV
and 33 mm. across the tips of I and V; unpaired petal almost 14
mm. long and nearly 7 mm. wide; it is so narrow anteriorly as to
be virtually pointed; petals I] and IV, 13 mm. long and 8 wide,
quite elliptical but tending to be widest distally ; petals I and V,

UG

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

markedly curved, the proximal end about 3 mm. wide, the distal,
9 or 10; the distal end abuts quite abruptly on the proximal end of
the lunule. Interporiferous areas in all petals relatively narrow;
in petal 3, widest at base, narrowest distally; in the other petals
narrowest basally, widest at tip; none of the petals are closed at
tip. Furrows forming the petals extremely narrow, the ridges
between bearing a single series of 15-20 minute granules; pores
present only at the inner end of each furrow—a rather striking
feature but comparison with specimens of other Mellitas indicates
it is due largely to the degree of weathering the bare test has
undergone. Lunules I and V are about 18 mm. long by 1.5 wide,
very definitely curved, the concave side towards the midline;
lunules II and IV are 14 mm. long, nearly 2 wide and nearly
straight; unpaired lunule 25 mm. long, very straight and narrow,
little more than 1 mm, wide.

Lower surface remarkably modified by the irregular molding
of the paired ambulacra and the margins of the unpaired lunule.
Unpaired ambulacrum narrow ; a small furrow runs forward from
the very small mouth (1.5 mm. in diameter) for about 6 mm., then
forks and the slightly diverging furrows extend almost to the
margin, giving off one irregular branch on the outer side. Inter-
ambulacrum V, definitely outlined by the ambulacral furrows of I
and V on each side, making a somewhat bell-shaped area sur-
rounding the unpaired lunule. The four lateral ambulacra mark
out irregular, conspicuous areas around the paired lunules, the
margins of which are thickened and molded in a most unusual
and striking way ; the anterior pair are about 32 mm. long by 18-20
mm. wide, while the posterior pair area trifle longer and narrower.
Periproct very small, about 1 mm. in diameter and only 3 mm.
back of mouth, in the anterior end of the long furrow. Color of
test nearly white as a result of bleaching and weathering.

This is one of the best characterized species of Mellita that
has yet been discovered and it is fully entitled to the name notadilis.
The type is in the Los Angeles Museum, but there is no indication
of the locality whence it came. The general appearance justifies
the opinion that it is related most nearly to longifissa and probably
comes from the western coast of Central America.

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES . Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF TROPHON
FROM THE GULF OF CALIFORNIA

By Leo GrorceE HERTLEIN AND A. M. StTrRoNG

During the course of the Templeton Crocker Expedition to the
Gulf of California in 1936 under the auspices of the New York
Zoological Society with Dr. William Beebe’ in charge, a large col-
lection of mollusks was assembled. Reports upon the mollusks
collected on this expedition and on those collected on the Zaca
Expedition the following year have been prepared by the authors
for publication in the order of their systematic position. Delay in
publication has been unavoidable due chiefly to conditions result-
ing from the war.

Several requests for information regarding a new species of
Trophon in the collection have made it advisable to describe the
species and make it available for reference. It is here named
Trophon (Boreotrophon) beebei.

PLATE 18

FWies.1,2. Trophon (Boreotrophon) beebei Hertlein & Strong, new spe-
cies. Holotype, No. 8334 (Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll.).
Height, 52 mm.; maximum diameter, 23 mm.

_ See Beebe, W. The Templeton Croeker Expedition. II. Introduction, Itinerary,
List of Stations, Nets and Dredges. Zoologica, New York Zool. Soc., Vol. XXII, Pt. 1,
April 5, 1937, pp. 33-46, text-figs. 1-8.

79

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

TropHoNn (Boreotropuon ) beebei, Hertlein & Strong, new species
Plate 18) figures 1 and)-2.

Shell thin, pinkish brown, darker on the upper whorls ; nucleus
minute, white, consisting of 214 loosely coiled whorls; postnuclear
whorls 5, flatly tabulated, with sharp, erect, guttered spines on the
shoulder angle, of which 7 show on the first whorl, increasing to
14 on the body whorl; spiral sculpture consisting of faint stria-
tion showing most distinctly on the base ; axial sculpture of some-
what stronger striations and low, rounded swellings correspond-
ing to the spines, most distinct on the upper whorls; aperture
white, quadrate; canal open, moderately long, nearly straight with
the tip slightly recurved; inner lip appressed to the base of the
last whorl, free along the canal, leaving an umbilical groove. The
type measures: length, 52 mm.; length of aperture and canal, 29
mm.; maximum diameter, 23 mm,

Holotype, No. 8334 (Calif. Acad. Sci. Paleo. Type Coll.),
from Gorda Banks, southern portion of the Gulf of California,
Lat. 23° 01’ N., Long. 109° 28’ 30” W., dredged in 60 fathoms
on a bottom of sand and calcareous algae; a paratype, No. 8335,
from the same vicinity, Lat. 23° 02° N., Long. 1095829" W.
dredged in 90 fathoms on a rock bottom; also a paratype, No.
8336, from Lat. 23° Ol N., Long. 109° 27° 30% We ednredeed in: 50
fathoms on a sandy bottom. Paratypes have been deposited in the
New York Zoological Society, Department of Geology, Stanford
University and San Diego Society of Natural History.

Additional specimens of this species were dredged on Gorda
Banks in the vicinity of the type locality at depths of 40-90 fath-
oms and on Arena Bank at depths of 45-50 fathoms.

Many species referred to Trophon or Boreotrophon have been
described from west American waters. The new species appears
to be most nearly comparable to Trophon (Boreotrophon) triphe-
yus Dall’ which was said to range from the Straits of Juan de
Fuca to Piedras Blancas, Lower “California. The shell of Dall’s
species was described as being much smaller than the present
form, with less distinctly ehouldercd whorls, more distinct varices
which are scarcely spinose, as well as other differences in the
details of shape and sculpture.

This species is named for Dr. William Beebe, director of the
expedition during the course of which the type of the present
species was collected.

2Boreotrophon tripherus Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 24, No. 1264, March 31,
1902, p. 545. Dredged ‘off Destruction Island, State of Washington, in 516 fathoms,
mud.’ Bottom temperature 38.2°F. Also dredged off Tillamook Bay, Oregon, in 786
fathoms.—Dall, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 112, 1921, p. 111, pl. 15, figs. 8. 9 (as Nep-
tunea triphera).

80

| BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

A CONTRIBUTION TO THE NATURAL HISTORY OF
HELMINTHOGLYPTA AROSA (‘GLD., BINNEY)
AND HELMINTHOGLYPTA NICKLINIANA
AWANIA (BARTSCH)

WiLLt1AM Marcus INGRAM
Mills College, California

This paper is based on one hundred and six individuals of
Helminthoglypta arrosa (‘Gld.’ Binney) that were taken from the
fifteen acres forming the Duck Cove Club on the shore of Tomales
Bay six miles from the town of Inverness. Thirty-eight shells
were taken on the tip of Point Reyes from within one hundred
yards of the lighthouse up to the Point Reyes Lighthouse parking
area. Twenty individuals of Helminthoglypta mckliniana awania
(Bartsch) were taken in the immediate vicinity of the Point Reyes
Lighthouse.

The collections were made on February 8 and 9, 1947. At
noon the temperature on February 8 stood at about fifty-one de-
grees Fahrenheit, and on February 9 at forty-eight degrees. The
sky was overcast the greater part of the day on February 8 preced-
ing a moderate rain on February 9.

HELMINTHOGLYPTA NICKLINIANA AWANIA (Bartsch)

Concerning Helminthoglypta nickliniana awania (Bartsch)
Pilsbry (1939) states, “It is a race of H. nicklimiana which ap-
pears to have been dwarfed by the conditions of existence on an
exposed granitic headland.”

Twenty individuals were taken to the right and in the immedi-
ate vicinity of the Point Reyes Lighthouse on the top of the cliff
as one faces the light going down the long series of steps leading
to it. A great many growth stages are represented in the collection,
from extremely young shells to fully mature ones. These were
found under the buckwheat, Eriogonum latifoliwum Sm., and the
Lizard Tail, Triophyllum staechadifolium Lang, and under
crumbling rock fragments. Both of these plants varied in height
from four to eight inches. Pilsbry (1939) reports collections of
this subspecies as having been made under Mesembryanthemum.
Evidence indicates that this subspecies possibly feeds on the fleshy
leaves of the buckwheat.

Pilsbry (1939) lists the following measurements for Helmin-
thoglypta nicklimiana awania (Bartsch): height extremes from
11.4 to 13.9 mm., and diameter extremes from 14.3 to 19.9 mm.
The writer’s twelve mature shells measure (with the height given

81

BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

in millimeters first, followed by the diameter): 12.80 by 14.80,
13.60 by 16.70, 14 by 15, 14 by 16, 14 by 16, 14 lon ly, Ia. 50 by 18,
15 by 17, 15 by 17, 15.20 by 17.30, 15.40 by 17, and 16 by 18.

HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA (‘Gld.’ Binney)

Of the one hundred and six individuals of Helminthoglypta
arrosa that were taken at the Duck Cove Club all were collected
in a partially distended or in an active state. Snails were found
under plant cover and in unprotected areas. In the latter situa-
tions they were nearly alwavs gathered from small depressions in
the ground. Forty-five individuals were found on the ground be-
neath Poison Hemlock, Coniwm maculatum L., which stood from
six inches to eighteen inches in height. Field evidence did not in-
dicate that they were feeding on this plant. Other snails were
commonly found in Poison Oak thickets, Rhus diversiloba T. &
G. One snail was collected in a wood rat’s nest.

Three individuals were found laying eggs. All three had
worked their anterior extremities into loose soil beneath leaf mold
to a depth of half an inch. In one nest, which was opened, there
were one hundred and twenty eggs. These were of a light milky-
white color and were about 2.30 mm. in diameter. A tough mem-
brane forms the wall of the egg. Two individuals were found
copulating in the field.

On the tip of Point Reyes the writer collected nine individuals
one hundred yards up the stairs from the lighthouse to the left of
the supply shoot. The plants under which they were found were
not identified. Seventeen additional individuals were taken be-
neath Mesembryanthemum, Ice Plant, across the road from the
Point Reyes public rest rooms. Yet another collection of a dozen
individuals was made under unidentified plants across from the
Point Reyes parking lot in the vicinity of the Whale’s skull.

With the exception of two specimens all were of a mature age
group, varying in height from 19.50 to 25 mm. and in diameter
from 25 to 31 mm. The two immature individuals measured 6 mm,
in height and 11 mm. in diameter and 9 mm. in height by 17 mm.
in diameter.

Individuals of this species showed great shell erosion. Three
individuals had their shells so badly eroded that about two-thirds
of the periostraceum was missing. When first observed these
appeared to the writer to be “dead” shells.

The great majority of individuais of Helminthoglypta arrosa
were placed in terraria at Mills College at room temperature. The
terraria bottoms were covered by moist, packed loam soil and
capped with wax paper.

On February 14 one pair was observed copulating at 6:45 p. m.
Each snail had its penis thrust into the vagina of the other snail;

82

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

both sex organs, the vagina and penis, were thrust out of the
genital aperture. The vagina of snail A was extended 5 mm., and
that of snail B 10 mm. The female copulary organ is translucent,
thus allowing the observer to see the penis of one snail within the
cavity of the vagina of the other. The penis of snail A was thrust
into the vagina of snail B to a length of 3 mm., and the penis of
snail B extended into the vagina of snail A to a depth of 2 mm.

The copulating snails were holding to the glass side of a ter-
rarium. The extended copulatory organs forced their heads to the
left. One snail had its eye peduncles extended and the tentacles
withdrawn, and the other had both its peduncles and tentacles
withdrawn.

The mating snails were not observed again until one in the
morning of February 15 when copulation had ceased. Both had
moved from the side to the bottom of the terrarium. Snail A was
lying on its spire with the aperture upturned; the foot was fully
extended but the peduncles and tentacles were withdrawn. The
copulatory organs were, too, withdrawn. The foot margins were
folded upward so that a U-shaped trough was formed in the foot
in the region of the mouth opening. Snail B with its head, pe-
duncles, tentacles and copulatory organs still extended had looped
its body over the head of snail A, which had apparently taken the
vagina of snail B into its mouth. The vagina of snail B was con-
tracting and expanding at rapid intervals; during the time Snail
A had snail B’s vagina in its mouth snail A also moved the sides
of the foot in the mouth area over the vagina of snail B. After a
ten-minute observation of this remarkable behavior the snails
withdrew from each other. There was no visible damage done to

‘the vagina of snail B by snail A’s radula.

Acknowledgment is due the writer’s field companions who
aided in the gathering of the two mollusks in the Tomales Bay and
Point Reyes area, they are, Major Grayson Schmidt, United States
Army, Retired; Drs. Herbert W. Graham and Franklin Walker,
Mr. Daniel Dewey, and Mr. John Brown. Thanks are due Dr.
Richard Wistar who made the collecting possible.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

PInssBry, HENRY A.
1939. Land Mollusca of North America (North of Mexico). Mono-

graph 3, The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. 1,
pt. 1, pp. 1-573.

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

A PECULIAR NEW CARNIVORE FROM THE
CUYAMA MIOCENE, CALIFORNIA

By CHESTER STOCK

InNtRopucTION.—In 1938 a few additional remains of fossil
mammals were collected in the land-laid Cuyama beds of Apache
Canyon, Ventura County, California, by Robert M. Leard of the
California Institute of Technology. Among these was a fragmen-
tary portion of a small carnivore skull, identified as belonging to
a canid and representing a new genus. Since the relationships of
the type were not definitely established, and remained uncertain,
it was the intention of the writer to place the description on record
in the hope that later investigation might yield additional facts.
The war intervened, however, and rather than delay longer, the
description is now published, especially since it may be found
desirable to refer to the specimen in neogene faunal studies at
present in progress.

I have benefited from a discussion of the peculiar characters
of the Cuyama specimen with Dr. R. A. Stirton.

Geologic location—The fossil material occurred at C. I. T.
Vert. Paleo. Loc. 64, in Section 2, T. 8 N., R. 23 W., Mit. Pinos
quadrangle. Recently, Thomas W. Dibblee Jr., geologist for the
Richfield Oil Corporation, informed me’ that the location places
the specimen in what he has designated the ‘Caliente’ formation.
This he regards of probable middle Miocene age (Mohnian or
Luisian stage according to the foraminiferal sequence in the Mio-
cene of California). There is, however, the possibility that it be-
longs in the upper Miocene (Delmontian stage).

Mr. Dibblee, who has mapped the area for the Richfield Oil
Corporation, states: “The section exposed in Apache Canyon is
continental, in which | have differentiated three formations as
follows, with tentative names:

“Morales” Formation, Pliocene, gray sand, conglomerate and
clays.

“Apache” Formation, upper Miocene, buff-red sand, pebbly
sand and gypsiferous red clays. (Equivalent to Santa Margarita
formation to west).

“Caliente” Formation, middle Miocene, coarse gray conglom-
erate, gray sands and red clays. (Equivalent to Monterey forma-
tion to west and probably to type Mint Canyon formation).”

1Letters under date of January 17 and 29, 1947.

2Not to be confused with, but possibly the correlative of, the strata whence has
come the Caliente fauna described by Dougherty (Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. No. 514,
pp. 109-143, 4 figs., 7 pls., 1940).

84

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES _ Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

As indicated below, the fauna suggests an age for the deposits
not so old as middle Miocene.

Cuyama Vertebrate Fauna.—Previous collecting in the area by
Gazin® and by Wood’ yielded a fauna which is listed as follows:

Testudinate remains

Avian remains

Canid ? sp.

Citellus (Protospermophilus) quatalensis Gazin
Perognathoides cuyamensis Wood
Perognathus furlongi Gazin
Hypolagus apachensis Gazin
Palaeolagine, gen. and sp. indet.
Mastodont sp.

Merychippus sumani Merriam
Protohippus sp.

Hipparion? sp.

? ef. Plesippus?®

Camelid sp.

Merycodus sp.

The age relationships of the fauna suggest a Mio-Pliocene
stage in the sequence of western Tertiary faunas. Whether the
assemblage is early Clarendonian or late Barstovian may be de-
bated. The composition of the fauna, with the exception of one or
two forms, leaves the impression that a very late Miocene stage is
represented. Gazin commented on the almost total absence of
remains of carnivores in the Cuyama fauna. In the face of this
fact the present material has added interest, although lack of cer-
tain information regarding its relationships curtails at present any
direct inferences which may be drawn as to its geologic age. It is
described as a new genus and species as follows

*A CTIOCYON LEARDI, n. gen, and n. sp.

Type specimen.—Portions of snout and palate with teeth, No
MAC l te Vert. Paleo., Plate 19, figures 1; la.

Generic and specific characters.—Skull small, approximating
that of Cynodesmus thomsoni in size. Dentition 3, 1, 4, 2. Upper
carnassial short and wide with no anterointernal cusp, its place
being taken by a very well developed cingulum that continues
along the inner side of the tooth as a shelf with bordering crenu-
late edge but is more moderately developed from about the middle
of the crown to the rear of the tooth. M1! is subtriangular in shape

with hypocone crescent short, protocone a low anteroposteriorly

3Gazin, C. L., Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. No. 404, art. 6, pp. 55-76, 5 figs.,
4 pls., 1980.

5This identification is based on a large caleaneum found by Dr. Wood. It is dfficult
to reconcile the presence of Plesippus with the Cuyama fauna as now known. The
possibility that the specimen represents a large hypohippine form might be further
explored.

*Aktlos, pertaining to the coast: kiwv, dog; the species is named for Robert M.
Leard, who collected the specimen.

85

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

PLATE 19

Figs. 1, la. Actiocyon leardi n. gen. and n. sp. Skull, No. 2747 Calif.
Inst. Tech. Vert. Paleo. Coll.; fig. 1, palate and occlusal view of teeth;
fig. la, lateral view; nai. size.

Cuyama Miocene, California.

extended crest, metaconule very small, paracone and metacone
connate, external cingulum present. The imperfectly preserved
M2 is small, crown evidently reduced in size with metacone only
a tiny cusp in comparison to the paracone.

Canine with root relatively large for size of crown. External
face of crown with well marked longitudinal groove. P1 is single-
rooted with crown not preserved. P2 is small, two-rooted, with
simple crown having no accessory cusps. P3, noticeably larger
than P2, likewise with simple crown and with extended pos-
terior base.

Description—When specimen 2747 was collected in the field
there was definite evidence of the presence of three incisor teeth
on the right side of the snout. These teeth were small, poorly pre-

86

BULLETIN, So. Canir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES . Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

served, and were evidently lost before the specimen was prepared
in the laboratory. For the size of its crown, the upper canine has
a heavy, almost bulbous root. The crown of the canine is convex
externally with the internal face flattened. In Potos and in Nasua
the canine shows greater transverse flattening of the crown. A
well marked longitudinal groove occurs on the outer face similar
to the grooves seen 1n the canine of Potos.

Crown of P! is not preserved, but the anteroposterior length
of the cross-section of root is 2.7 mm. In both P2 and P3 the tip
of the cusp is blunt, not sharp, and lies in the fore half of the
crown. There is no posterior accessory cusp. A cingulum occurs
along the lingual side of the crown in these teeth, and is more in
evidence in P3 than in P2. A faint external cingulum occurs in
P2 and P3.

Actiocyon is characterized especially by the small thick car-
nassial for the latter is wide for its length. The tooth possesses at
the anterointernal corner in place of the protocone a well de-
veloped shelf or cingulum. This shelf reaches backward to a
point below the notch between paracone and metacone where it
continues as a well marked cingulum to the posterior end of the
crown. There is no tendency to project the anterointernal corner
in front of the anterior level of the crown as in Cynodesmus or
Cynodictis. However, the anterointernal edge of the shelf thick-
ens, and a similar thickening, but extending for a slightly longer
distance, 1s seen immediately behind. This latter thickened edge
is divided by a notch into two parts. The blade-like metacone is
short. The tooth reminds one of the procyonids, but the two inner
cusps present in Phlaocyon and Procyon are unlike the thickening
of the edge of the inner shelf noted above in the Cuyama specimen.

In M! the outer cusps have a full connate development with
metacone visibly smaller than paracone. While an external cingu-
lum is present, the summits of the outer cusps are not removed to
so great a distance from the outer edge of the crown as in earlier
dogs. The protocone is a wide crescent-shaped cusp, the protocon-
ulu barely discernible, and the metaconule is relatively small. The
hypocone is narrow transversely. The narrowness of the inner
side of M! gives this tooth a subtriangular configuration. Un-
fortunately, M2 is only partly preserved. Enough of the crown
remains to show that the tooth was reduced in size with the meta-
cone a tiny cusp. It is evident that this tooth was wider in an
anteroposterior direction across its mid-section than across the
outer side. When the skull fragment is viewed from the side
(Plate 19, figure la) the tooth is seen to have a position above the
level of the tooth row. This may be in part due to the state of
preservation of the specimen.

The fragments of lower jaw in the Cuyama collection, referred
questionably to a canid by Gazin, include a specimen (No. 65

87

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

C.1.T.) in which P! is preserved. This tooth is narrower than P?
in Actiocyon. Moreover, what is left of M4 and the alveolus for
this tooth give evidence of a narrower, more slender, lower first
molar than that which would be expected if No. 65 belonged to
Actiocyon.

MEASUREMENTS (IN MILLIMETERS) OF No. 2747

Oo

FF 00 Fm mabe Ne

Anterior end of C to posterior end M2..........
C, anteroposterior diameter ..................
C, transverse. diameter: =... oi. oes sn ee ee
Pe, anteroposterior diameter ..................
Pe tKansverse! .VamWeters (isc: oe\-cerasrtenayene ers
P3, anteroposterior diameter ..................
Ps transverse diameters asic. een nec ee
P4, anteroposterior diameter .............2022.
Pa transverse: dlameversins 15 21 ccesuses 1s cpsuseccelemeeeiene
Mi, anteroposterior diameter along outer side...
Mi,transverse diameter normal to outer side....

tO DOO

eX
for)

oa
tO 4

Comparisons.—A ctiocyon appears to resemble most closely in
its curious characters the European canid Alopecocyon.’ This
genus was originally described under the generic name Alopecodus
(preoccupied) by Viret,’ the genotype being Cephalogale gaillardi
Wegner. The latter species and associated fauna were first de-
scribed by Wegner* from upper Miocene deposits near Oppeln in
Upper Silesia. The species occurs likewise in the Miocene of La
Grive Saint-Alban (Isere).

The available material of this form are maxillary fragments
with teeth permitting comparison.with the Cuyama specimen, Evi-
dently there 1s resemblance between the Californian and European
forms in size, although the former is slightly larger. P3 is with
simple type of crown in both, and the relation in size of that tooth
to P4 is likewise comparable in the two genera.

Of particular interest is the upper carnassial in 4. gaillardi.
As figured by both Wegner and Viret, the length of P+ is only a
trifle more than the length of the outer side of M1, P4is shown in
Wegner’s figures as lacking an anterointernal cusp (protocone )
and i in its place i is a well domlopel cingulum which swings around
from the front face of the tooth and extends along the inner side
to the posterior end. In the text Wegner describes the inner side
of P+ as follows: Auf der lingualen Seite geht der weit ausgez-
ogene Basalwulst zu dem Ansatz eines niederen Innenhockers
(Deuterocon) uber. In the figures given by Viret the same con-
struction of P41 is seen.

®See Camp, C. L. and V. L. Vanderhoof, Geol. Soe. Amer., Spee. Paper No. 27,
p. 820, 1940.

7Viret, J., Trav. du Lab. d. Geol. Lyon Univ., fase. 21, mem. 18, p. 9, pl. 2,
figs. 1-4, 1933.

5Weener, R N., Palaeontographica, Bd. 60, pp. 226-227, pl. 12, fig. 25, 1913.

88

BULLETIN, So. CaALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES - Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

P1 in Actiocyon appears to possess a greater thickness across
paracone and metacone than in Alopecocyon gaillardi. Also, the
inner platform with its crenulate inner edge has a somewhat dif-
ferent shape from that in the European genus. Similarity of cusp
arrangement in the first upper molar is evident when the two gen-
era are compared.

On the basis of some of the characters displayed particularly
by Pt and M! Actiocyon shows some resemblance to the Procyon-
idae. The genus may represent an aberrant type of dog that has
secondarily acquired some procyonid characteristics. No. 2747
lacks however the well developed inner cusp seen in the upper
carnassial of living and extinct procyonids. P! and the molars pos-
terior to this tooth have not acquired the breadth seen in Potos or
Nasua. In the reduced size of M2 No.2747 is more like Bassariscus
than like Procyon.

Actiocyon differs markedly from the specimen referred to
Cynarctus crucidens by McGrew’ in the peculiar features of car-
nassial already described, in the subtriangular shape M!, and in
the much more reduced size of M2. Aletocyon of earlier Miocene
age than Actiocyon differs likewise from the latter in the better
developed inner cusps of P4, broader M1}, and relatively larger M2.
No special resemblance is seen to the South American genera
Pachynasua and Brachynasua. It has not been possible to com-
pare the Cuyama type with other fossil forms from South America.

°McGrew, Paul O., Geol. Ser. of Field Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 6, no. 22, p, 329,

fig. 89, 1938.

Division of the Geological Sciences,
California Institute of Technology,
Contribution No. 414.

89

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

F ord Ashman Carpenter

1868-1947

Dr. Ford Ashman Carpenter, one.of the pioneer members of
the Southern California Academy of Sciences, passed away in
Los Angeles on November 10, 1947.

Dr. Carpenter served as President of the Academy from 1929
to 1931, and as a member of the Board of Trustees for many
years. He was a Fellow of the Academy, and represented our
organization on the Board of Governors of the Los Angeles
County Museum for several terms.

He was born in Chicago, Illinois, March 25, 1868, the son of
Lebbaeus Ross and Charlotte (Eaton) Carpenter, and received

his education at Dilworth Academy. He had technical training at

90

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES . Vol. 46, Part 2, 1947

Carson Astronomical Observatory, and the U. S. Balloon and
Airship Schools. He was granted an LL.D. degree by Whittier
College in 1913, and a Sc.D. by Occidental College in 1921.

Dr. Carpenter saw long service with the U. S. Weather Bureau
at various stations before becoming manager of the Department
of Meteorology and Aeronautics of the Los Angeles Chamber of
Commerce. He was a prolific writer of technical papers, a num-
ber of which were published in the Academy “Bulletin.” He was
also an inventor of several meteorological instruments.

The many important positions of trust which he held, and the
numerous and diverse activities in which he was engaged are in
part listed in “Who’s Who in America,” and in “American Men
of Science.” These biographical sketches bear evidence of Dr.
Carpenter’s numerous talents and capabilities, and his strong urge
to be of service to mankind.

Jc Ao G

91

The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf-
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this
program, the following forms are suggested: _

Form of Legacy

To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects
of value.

I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....--.........-....-..e--eeeeeeeeeeeeee
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses,
dispositions and benefits thereof forever.

Form of Devise
e
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy.

I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences”
of the City of Los Angeles, (2..u222..s2 ee
here describe the property. or- ground rent... 5
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever.

ive)
bo

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to Dr. Joon A. Comstock

Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,

Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.

MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers
in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907. to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued feur numbers (January, May, July and October)
in 1920.

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August;
Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2,
March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-
October; No. 6, November-December.

From 1925 to 1946, including volumes XXIV to XLV, three numbers
were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April;
No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.

MEMOIRS

Wole i 1938) Vol. 2; Part 191939. Vol: 2, Part 2; 1944: Vol. 3, Part 4,
1947.

93

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

For Sale at the Appended Prices

BULLETIN: To To Non-
Members Members

Completerset:) Vols:el-to: 4; sboundeyse aoe : $150.00
(Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 38, bound ............ 80.00
VOB INO 2 G19 04 esate istic sortie See oepeene Oe $ .25 50
Std Ree HMO O Dicreateva tausnsrajacsisyet slaterelate oo ale asia ereaionete 25 50
Seba Q ee Dee NOMS cure ahate eo ceersnacchey Sree Sie aro PRC 25 00
bey (oaeebcsren LH i) Us eer are ar eee eRe aS oo COO 1.00 2.00
Bee SE O09 Foe cue tas cross ansveretales ols ccraveiSoorerereeeorers 1.00 2.00
EE QS Sees ols AON Qe care en aisrwrctiecahe! ole tel a clei taheser cron Neer 2.00 4.00
OO FD OT Oe saeco ose cefecs S oco'e win ote eee oor ee eet sD 1.50
See Oe Sh al Sea Oni es re Seakerayacodsvenct alone sstleserensners Roe Core 1.00 2.00
a LO, ses ee OM Sere 1 er aicrere teens cevevsionts eno ee 2.00 4.00
SEEDS tes Le MLO Bi eis eiers. steresiore sie Gio Sieio Rie e OGG 1.00 2.00
Sal De Ss 2G 6 xo er asin esd arevare jal Soler oapere oie oe eee sé 1.50
Sg oe B52 VOU Be eels wistelers Sor eibis Sele eer 1.590 3.00
side RY Peary ceed begtel Wh! A leer ae ee eee er MW eR SS PRI og G 50 1.00
PO UQGE PSs AG E192 Quah, roid sun. tev eared custarev seat atone Pore rere 50 1.00
iy Hila ae icaiy pedal BS 72 ee ae eae NIA Re ATIICSO a 0.0 © 1.00 2.00
SEs) teste led ao. 040 04 HL 924 (Gach) smears .25 50
SOND AN Se eee 33) O25 (GACH) ie ae etersic cx Rereercione 20 .50
ly iin st )4 eee Eee eT E OO OU o O.6 .25 -50
F265 a) ODT (CACH QE As. aarcieress erovecvsl Serene .25 -50
SO be Ne OD 851 928 (CAC)! lo nvars orcsntshctasctorereeoeete 25 .50
8nd EL O29! (GACH) = er tver caer seers staieloroeecemere .25 50
oO Osteeee al Deed. sh SIs (ach) epcisrcrsrs oheisketeretcroretete 25 50
SHOU, eee te 2: 3 193 2:- (CaACh) eis cern cacrse onions AD) . 50
STOO ee eA 2 431 9 S32 COACH) a ars evecsreseis sieve erreree .25 50
SGSon e= 1 TS 25 SiO 345 (CACM) ecu telsiete cts cinetoeetoer 25 50
= 734, Oe Le 20 3) 935 seach’) a jars starete error 25 50
EES) dy PA ey IB ei (GREK) Soo Kc ac ispere stenetecetete .25 .50
SO Os cise sla i255 OG Sie CCACH) i cots clexetoucrcreieveeretotere 25 50
“A315. S285 1988. (each) cs. sccierssask eroroiete 25 50
OO nme ae bl ye Shel 99) GEACH)) cr cm erersisrste terete .25 50
IB eee Bee LOAD rate she ctoievcve cease elses efecto eee eeeners .25 50
eed Oe Ses e238 o 19 41 (CAC iis ccs teenies 25 50
SCAT ico TD Soe 942. (ACh) isiicaicias octets 225 50
Sa Se 1 2h Be 1943" (each)! sa. sac. sere erro 25 50
re AS et SN 2h 5 L944: (each): 1 s.cic.matetaeeeerete 25 50
SAA OS 2s By 19 45> (each) = ..0008 conte gee 25 -50
web gO 2h Soe 946 (each) S255 aeccs eter 25 50

(Continued on next page)

94

PUBLICATIONS (continued)

Reprints:

ADDRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Care Dr. Joun A. Comstock)
Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

95

MEMOIRS To To Non-
Members Members
Vol. 1, 1938—paper cover ........-....-eeeseeees $2.00 $4.00
Seer eis bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00
epee tai printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00
Co ety ioe printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00
Vol. 2, No. 1, 1989—paper cover .............e0. 1.25 2.50
metas eee Si tf bound in black fabrikoid.... 2.25 3.50
Sotrieetnaron yo oe printed on one side of page . 1.75 3.50
eee 2. N944——naper COVER cons celes 6 ise eis 15 1.50
eam! TOA — =D a DeL ICOVIEI” ¢ sveraccteh) s@ietece ele 1.00 2.00
Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or
Co-operating Organizations
Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES
UAT IMS @OUAIKDIS), 1at, No IE) Gacdoscgocuduaccoou0Gs bound 2.50
Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published),
chiefly Entomological, 1 colored plate .................. 1.00
Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of
Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00
FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David-
son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 19238..............0- 2.50
Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami-
lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed
on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes),
Wm. Barnes and Foster.H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. $ .50
The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County,
New Mexico, 1931. EF. R. Fosberg ...............6...-- 20
Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United
States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on
white bristol board, one side of page (without index)
suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-
TRASH) OSH ST: Seererseerecu Se ye sR CHE IIe tse er ara ees LY ea Ana I 3.00
A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their
habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis .50
A Check List of the HHLICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA,
32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm.M.
IETESTEREW BTA Sess es este sre ac a Ven CUD eT the Re PN Goat a a eS .00

The SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

announces the publication of Part 1, Volume 3 of its

“MEMOIRS”
containing

“A GUIDE TO THE LITERATURE
and DISTRIBUTION of the MARINE
ALGAE of the PACIFIC COAST
of NORTH AMERICA”

By E. YALE DAWSON

_ Attention of Librarians is called to the fact that all issues of
this publication are still available, and may be obtained from the
Secretary of the Academy at the prices, and in the editions noted
below.

The “Memoirs” are financed from a special fund that is
required to be replenished from the sale of the publication, and
it is therefore impossible for the Academy to furnish these on
an exchange -basis. Regular members of the Academy, in good
standing, are furnished a copy of each issue as published, without
cost, and are privileged to order additional copies at 50% of the
publication price.

MEMOIRS ISSUED 10 Dai:

Vol.1. Complete in one issue. 275 pp. 1938. Contains “Check
List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of
America; Part 1; Macrolepidoptera’, with Index and Corri-
genda, by J. McDunnough, Ph.D. Paper Cover.............. $4.00

A few copies bound in black buckram................... 5.00
Special edition of the above, printed on one side of page
only, with every facing alternate page blank, making
possible the write-in of notes and new species. Paper
CON ET a eiire Dee ue tees acre es $5.00° Bound. ..33 eee eee 6.00
A limited edition of the List, without index, was run on
white bristol board, suitable for use as cut-out labels. A
few are available atin. c.% cae odes alee Oe oe eee 3.00

Vol. 2, Part 1. 172 pp. 1939. “Check List of the Leépidopt. of

Canada and the U. S. Part 2, Microlepidoptera”’, with Index,

by Jy McDunnough: PhD. (Papers. 22...) oos as eee 2.50
A few copies of the special edition, printed on one side
OF “PATS ONLY see ee ceccpe tereceudus vateusiore lois tere aeeaae paper 3.50

Vol. 2, Part 2.. 60 pp. 1944. “Revision of the North American
Genera and Species of the Phalaenid Subfamily Plusiinae (Lepidop-
tera)? by J. McDunnough, PhiD). i235... oe eee 1.50

Vol. 3: Parti. 1947 as announced above:: ... 0... 445 0sne eee 2.00
Address all orders and inquiries to
THE SECRETARY
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

c/o Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

96

ig

REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in
the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return
galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the
Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co.,
415 East Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor
paying for all his reprints.

PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS
(WITHOUT COVERS)

4pp. 8pp. 12pp. 16pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp.
50 copies Lae $3.75 $5.75 $8.50 $10.25 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00

NGO), cage tien ASO DO lOve I2ua0 1500. 7.25 20.25 » 21.50
150 etme anne Biss 9.25 5 13.00) 1525, 18:25, 21:00) 2450: 26.00
20,0) yee ieeseees GOURe NOOm lao Aves 7 2)50) 424759 28.75 30:50
PO injerine eos. 1275.2 (50) 20:25; 24.75. 28.50 33.00 35.00
2100) eg ages sO a0 Ode 022154, 28100 © 32:25 . 3725. 3950

Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1c each.
California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state.

vs

Distinctive

PRINTING

Books @® Catalogs @ Broadsides
otationery and Ottice Forms

McBRIDE PRINTING CO.
PHONE: PRospect 2045

3 415 EAST ELEVENTH ST.

“Since 1879” Fos Angeles 15, Cali ts

BULLETIN Oh. THE

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

CONTENTS

Page
LATERAL LINE SENSE ORGANS IN SALAMANDERS
William A: Hilton = = = - = - = == = «= Ss: sa
AUSTRALIAN TINGIDA (Hemiptera)
Carl J. Drake - - - = = = = = = «= Eee iS fa bet
PARALEUCOPTERA HEINRICHI n. sp. (Lepidoptera)
Wyatt W. Jones = = Blo 6 6 6 OMe Seino. We

NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF ORTHODES ACCURATA

HY. EDW. (Lepidoptera)

John Adams Comstock - - - - = = = = = = = = = = 124

ANALYSIS OF MEASUREMENTS IN LENGTH OF THE

METAPODIALS OF SMILODON
He | igmiay Wh Wine! dim og oS Ge Se ae Se eh oly

| FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA
I 13. A Progress Report on the Rancho La Brea Asphaltum Studies

Wee Dwishtheiercen e=) ===) 0s) = n= = pa ee ey hee a RY
14. A Progress Report on the McKittrick Asphalt Field
Wh Dwain, Diegs 2 2 2). 14) os Se SAU eS eee soit

THE TOLERANCE OF RODENTS TO THE FEEDING OF
CONE-NOSED BUGS (Hemiptera, Reduviide)
Seria Ta Aioor hy ee a Ea EA ae i mae ese Vl

Issued April 20, 1948

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

OFFICERS anp DIRECTORS

Dr. A. WEIR BELL ape a ee se President
Dre. WintiAM L. LioyD - - - - - - «= First Vice President
Mr. RUSSELL S. WOGLUM - - - - -= -= £Second Vice President
Dr. JOHN A. CoMSTOcK - - - - -. -Secretary and Treasurer

Dr. H. J. ANDREWS Dr. Wiit1am L. Lioyp

Dr. A. WEIR BELL Dr. W. DwicHt PIERCE

Dr. JoHN A. Comstock f Dr. CHESTER STOCK

Dr. RoBert D. EMERY Dr. Louis C. WHEELER

Dr. JoHN HERMAN Dre. SHERWIN FE. Woop

Mer. R. S. WocLum
ADVISORY BOARD

Mr. FRED E. BURLEW Dr. Howagp R. Him
Mr. A. YorK ESCALANTE Dr. R. H. Swirt
Dr. HILDEGARDE HOWARD Mr. THEODORE PAYNE

BOTANICAL SECTION
Dr. Louis C. WHEELER, Chairman

SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION
: Dr. H. J. ANDREWS, Chairman
SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES

Dr. RAYMOND C. OSBUBN, Chairman
SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES
Mr. Jos. B. FICKLEN III, Chairman
SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES
Dr. JOHN HERMAN, Chairman
SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Dz. LEE DEF OREST, Chairman

SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES
Mr. RUSSELL S..WocLum, Chairman

SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCES
Mr. A. YORK ESCALANTE, Chairman
ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. ARTHUR WOODWARD, Chairman

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Mr. Frep E. BURLEW, Chairman

Dr. RoBEerT D. EMERY Dr. JoHN A. CoMSTOCK
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. RoBert L. RUTHERFORD, Chairman Dr. Howarp R. Hit

HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE
Dr. W. DwicHt PIERCE, Chairman
Mrs. Cora M. L. DAHLE Mrs. EvuNIcE Kine Mr. HuexH D. AUSTIN
Mrs. ARTHUR WoopwaRp Mgzs. Wi~tiAM L. Litoyp Mars. W. D. PIerce

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Dr. JOHN A. Comstock, Chairman
Dr. HILDEGARDE HowargpD Dr. Howarp R. Hitt Dr. Wittiam L. Lioyp

COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION
Dr. JoHN A. Comstock, Chairman
Mr. THEODORE PAYNE
Pror. J. STANLEY BRODE
Mr. R. S. WoeLum

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY ,
Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif.

» oe
—EseeeeeeeSeeeee

NEY YOF
BOTANIC:

GLRDEN
GARDEN

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME 46 - = - = = = = Part 3, 1947

LATERAL LINE SENSE ORGANS IN SALAMANDERS

By Witiiam A. HILTon
Department of Zoology, Pomona College

The first published observations on these organs was by
Stenonis in 1664, dealing with the skate. In 1861, Schultze found
homologous structures in gilled salamanders. These neuromasts
in amphibians were found to retain a primitive condition in the
surface layers of the epidermis. Some of the early observations on
them were by Leydig ’68, Schultze ’70, Langerhans, ’73, Bugnion
73, Malbrane 776 and Wiedersheim ’93. The last two studied
the structure and distribution of the organs in Proteus, Crypto-
branchus, Triton, Salamandra and Salamandrina. Wiedersheim’93,
says the sense organs become covered with epidermis or epidermal
cells during their periods of land existence and that they are un-
covered when the animals take to water again. Certain it is that
land forms show little indication of neuromasts. Among the many
species and individuals which I have examined, some show noth-
ing of these organs, while others of the same species may have
abundant indications of them. I have found no sign of them in
adult land forms although many specimens have been studied.
_ When they are not seen in the adult however, it does not mean
that they are not present in some form, but it does suggest that
they are not completely functional.

Cope, ’89, described depressions which he called mucous pores,
in a number of amphibians, but he confused these with sense or-
gans. The latter occur in groups and in linear arrangements and
are usually regularly and symmetrically disposed on head, body
and tail. At times they are difficult to locate or identify, especially
when dermal gland are about the same size, but they may usually
be told by differences in size, form and arrangement. They are
often distinguished in the head region when not seen other places.

The last work I have been able to find dealing with the distri-
bution of these sense organs is that of Kingsbury 1895, but Theis
32 has a brief consideration of their early formation in Sala-
mandra. The group as recognized by Kingsbury and often quite
evident are as follows:

On the upper side of the head, on each side:

Supra-orbital, usually starting near the nostril; it may con-
tinue back of the eye.

97

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

Infra-orbital, usually starting near the nostril and continuing
under the eye.

Post-orbital, back of the eye. It may be joined by the last two
mentioned. It may also run down on the side of the head.

Occipital, on the back part of the head above.
On the more lateral sides of the head each side may show:

Infra-orbital and Post-orbital which are also partly seen
above and;

Angular, above the corner of the mouth. (Seldom distinct).

Jugular, back from the corner of the mouth on the side of
the head.

Oral, just under the line of the lower jaw.
On the under side of the head the following may be seen:

Jugular and Oral, often better seen from below than from the
side, and,

Gular, one or more rows of areas either side of the middle
line below.

On the body the following:

Dorsal, usually from the back of the head down the back.
Sometimes this seems to be contained on the tail, but frequently it
is represented by a few areas not far from the head,

Lateral, this is usually the best developed of any of the body
areas. It may be confined to the body region or in some cases
appear to be continued on the tail.

Ventral, this runs between the front and hind legs, usually in
quite a ventral position.

Areas on the tail:

There is usually one row of areas in a dorsal position, some-
times apparently continuous with the dorsal row, but more often
it seems to be a continuation of the lateral body row of areas.
Sometimes there seem to be a few in a dorsal row in addition to
a better marked lateral row. In any case the line almost always
becomes quite dorsal as it extends back on the tail.

For the most part the neuromasts seem to be spherical in
shape and in sections resemble taste-buds in appearance. Theis
32, describes their early development as little groups of cells
with a central one from which the sensory cells are formed. I
have found such stages in a number of embryos and early larve
of several species. Externally these neuromasts appear as small
circular or elongate areas, often slightly depressed. In most of

98

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ~ Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

the more elongate spots there are two or more neuromasts. Some-
times several are grouped in one irregular spot, often two or more
are near, a group arrangement which may be repeated a number
of times, especially on the body.

Proteidz

Proteus was studied by Bugnion ’73, Malbrane ’76. Kingsbury
95 describes them in Necturus.

In these genera the conditions are similar. Individually the
areas are elongate depressions in the skin.

In several specimens of Protews which |] have examined, I
found the areas in the head region more longitudinally disposed
than the usual arrangement in other species and harder to separate
into groups. In the head of

Necturus the areas are more isolated and so more distinct.

In these the lateral line is marked and extends on to the tail,
the dorsal is slight with, in Nectwrus, a different angle. The ven-
tral line is similar to the lateral but found only between the limbs.

Sirenidz

In Siren, the areas are elongate but typical in arrangement in
head, body and tail. The dorsal line is more extensive than in
Necturus, but like it the lines are at right angles to the lateral line.

In an example of Pseudobranchus, there was difficulty in lo-
cating the areas. Those that I] found were circular in outline.

Amphiumidz

Here the areas were also found to be elongate in Amphiuma,
but typical in distribution on the head and so far as I could tell on
the body. I could not trace them well on the tail. On the whole
the areas had a more linear arrangement than was usual.

Cryptobranchidz

The distribution of the sense organs in Cryptobranchus have
been described by Malbranc ’76, Cope ’89 and Kingsbury ’95. In
the adult these organs are open circular or oblong pits on elon-
gated dermal papillz, often there are two neuromasts in each spot
or papilla. They are abundant and typical on the head; the dorsal
line is weak with about 10 or 12 transverse organs which are
continued to near the hind legs. The lateral line is just dorsal to
the lateral fold and extends to the tip of the tail. On the head the
Post-orbital series seems continuous with the last. The ventral
line contains about 36 organs. It extends from in front of the legs,
where it curves ventrally, to just before the hind legs. In larve of

99

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

Cryptobranchus the areas are similar, but nearly circular in
outline.

In an adult Megalobatricus, so far as could be determined, the
conditions were similar to adult Cryptobranchus.

Hynobiidz

In several adults of Hynobius, no signs of dermal sense organs
were found except a few faint regions on the head, just back of
the eyes. None were seen in Onychodactylus. One out of three
specimens of Batrachuperus pinchoniu, showed eight faint areas
on the head, back of the nostrils and above the eyes.

Amblystomidz

Amblystoma maculatum. Adults when clear may be quite
typical, but many individuals show little or nothing; some have
areas only on the head. Larve are quite typical. In one of 16 mm.
they are less abundant than later, there are few on the tail in this
and the lateral body line has slightly elongate spots. In a larva of
28 mm. the areas are typical in distribution with double and triple
spots on the body and tail.

A. annulatum. Several adults showed little or nothing of the
sense organs. Larve of 45 mm. total length, were typical in the
head region with ventral and lateral body rows with each 2 to 3
spots for each segment and several areas on the tail with 2
spots each.

A. tigrinum tigrinum. A number of specimens showed few if
any areas. Some had slight indications of areas in the head
region. Large larvee were in general typical in arrangement, elon-
gated on head and body with several sense organs in each.

A, t. nebulosum. Several had a few spots on the head.

A. califormense, A. jeffersomianum. A. Talpoideum, none
seen.

A. opacum, none seen although many examined.
A. gracile, typical on the head; none seen on the body.

A. texanum, usually seen on the head, sometimes just about
the eyes; in others quite typical. Sometimes the ventral side of
the head has but one row of about 5 sense organs on each side.
None found on the body.

A. macrodactylum. None found in the adult, many specimens
examined. In larve of 30 mm. the sense areas are well marked
in small groups, the head region rather typical; on the sides of the

100

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES - Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

body and tail a single line of areas with from one to three spots in
each, extends from the head to the tip of the tail.

Rhyacosiredon altamiram. Faint but quite numerous spots in
front of the eye, slight signs on body and tail.

Rhyacotriton olympicus. Well-marked, typical in position but
not numerous; adults and larve about the same. An adult had 9
or 10 on each side of the head dorsally and about 10 on each side
of the head region ventrally. In this specimen there were 5 dor-
sally on the body on each side, about 12 that were lateral and 9
ventral; the tail had about 5 dorsally on each side.

Dicamptodon ensatus. None was found in the adult of several
specimens. The larve as far as determined had a typical arrange-
ment, the areas were elongate like those of Proteus, Necturus,
Siren and Amphiuma.

Salamandridz

Triturus viridescens viridescens. Aquatic adults were quite
typical with the areas well developed. Other eastern U. S. repre-
sentatives of the genus T7riturws were much the same as far as
determined.

Triturus torosus. In some cases, sense areas not seen, in others
a typical arrangement.

T. granulosus granulosus. In some adults quite a typical ar-
rangement. In one for instance the head above quite typical with
in all about forty areas on each side above and thirty-five on each
side below, with 6 dorsal body areas with 1 or 2 spots in each and
11 lateral spots, many grouped 2 by 2, and 12 ventral spots 2 by 2.
On each side of the tail about 12 spots in groups of 1, 2 or 3.

T. g. mazame, quite typical; late larve and adult similar;
dorsal areas and caudal, each with individual sense spots. On the
body 4 dorsal, 10 lateral, 9 ventral. Tail 7 ona side.

T. klauberi, none seen in specimen examined.

T. vulgaris, not easily seen on body, head above typical, about
40 on a side, but only 2 or 3 ona side ventrally.

T. alpestris, similar to vulgris, but more on ventral side of the
head, or about 10 on a side in specimens examined,

T. cristatus, in some not well shown, a female was typical,
head above few, 6 on a side ventrally. On body 2 faint rows, a
lateral of 11, a ventral of 5, 7 faint ones on the tail each side.

T. m. marmoratus, none seen in specimens examined.

Euproctus platycephalus, none seen in specimens examined.

101

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Parr 3, 1947

Pleurodelides watli, typical and well developed; the head above
on one side 60 spots, ventrally 40 on a side. Body areas well
marked. A dorsal row from 1 to 4 vertically arranged spots in
each area or about 24 in all. Lateral line 11 areas 1 to 3 spots in
each or about 24 in all; ventral row 10 or 11 areas, 2 to 3 spots in
each or about 25 in all. As contrasted with the dorsal, horizontal.

Cynops pyrrhogaster. Many examined, some typical, others
faint. On head above 38 on a side, 35 on a side ventrally of which
3 or 4 on a side were on the lower side of the upper lip not far
from the nostrils.

Tylototriton andersom. In an adult of this no sign of the
sense organs was found.

Pachytriton brevipes. In several specimens, the sense areas
were found rather typically but faintly on the head but not on the
body. In one there were 30 on each side of the head and 11
ventrally.

Salamandra maculosa and S. atra, adults, none found,

Plethodontidz

In this family the sense areas were fewer and less marked than
in Salamandride and Amblystomidz. Even in larve it was often
difficult to make them out and yet one genus has the most con-
spicuous sense organs for its size of any salamander and it is a
member of this family.

Typhlomolge rathbumi. Numerous and typical on the head,
but small and hard to locate. About 35 on each side of the head
both above and below. Lines on the sides of the body not perfectly
typical. About 20 areas in all in two or three poorly defined rows.
About the same number on the tail, mostly a continuation of a_
poorly represented lateral row.

Typhlotriton speleus. No clear evidence of areas in adults.
On the head of a larva there were about 20 on a side above and
11 on each side below. Median line on body and tail, dorsal and
ventral lines not well represented on the body or tail.

Desmognathus fuscus fuscus. Some specimens show little
signs of sense organs, others only on the head. Never conspicuous
or abundant. One specimen had 10 on each side of the head above
and 8 on a side below. On the body the dorsal line is usually
poorly represented, the ventral line a little more marked, the lateral
line faint but with continuous spots which are continued a short
distance on to the tail.

D. f. auriculatus, D. f. brimleyorum, D. 0. ochropKus, D. 0.
carolinensis, D. phoca, and D. wrighti, similar to above.

102

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES -Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

D. quadramaculatus quadramaculatus. In this species I found
the clearest picture in the genus if not in the whole family, with
one or two exceptions. There were about twelve on the head
on each side above and fifteen on each side ventrally of which
last 7 were in the lower side of the upper jaw. On the body dor-
sally the row was short with about 7 spots on a side; there were
about 12 well-marked sense spots laterally between the legs and a
ventral row also between the limbs of 10 to 12 well-marked sense
spots. The tail on each side had a row of about 15 sense spots.

Leurognathus was much like Desmognathus in the adult, but
the larve being quite large were more typical than most of the
larve of Desmognathus examined.

The following species of Plethodon were examined sometimes
with many examples and in all of these, young and adults, in the
adult stage not a single clear sense spot was found in the skin:

P. c. cinereus, P. c. dorsalis, P. dunn, P. elongatus, P. glu-
tinosus. (A large number examined of many sizes but no sense
areas seen).

P. g. shermam, F. hardu, P. Idahoensis, P. jordan, P. met-
calfi, P. nettingi, P. richmond, P. vandykei, P. vehiculum, P.
weherlei, P. welleri, P. yonahlosse.

Other species examined with negative results were:

Plethopsis wrighti, Hemidactylum scutatum, Manculus quad-
riditatus, and most of the species of Batrachoseps, all the species
of Aneides, most of the subspecies of Ensatina.

In the adults of Eurycea a few sensory spots were found in
the head region and in larve. Some adults examined were as
follows:

E. bislineata bislineata. Some showed little or nothing of the
sense spots. One had 7 on one side of the head above and 3 ona
side below. Another had 8 on a side above and none below but
three marked spots below just back of the head.

Peo ncinigend, Like i. bb. faint.
E. b. wilderi, none seen in several specimens.

E. longicauda longicauda. Most show nothing but one had
three in front of the eye on each side with five on a side below.
Another had three in front of the eye and two under the eye, on
each side.

E. 1. guttolineata. Most show nothing, others a trace.
E. 1. melanopleura. Most show little, one had 10 on the head
above on one side and 6 on a side below.

103

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

E. lucifuga, nothing seen in a number of specimens,

E. multiplicata. One had 8 on a side on the head above and
8 on a side below. Larvze were rather typical in distribution of
sense areas but not marked.

E. neotenes and E. nana. These had the larval condition but
the areas were not conspicuous. A specimen of E. nana had 15
on a side on the top of the head and about 24 on a side below.

Hydromantes platycephalus and H. gener showed no sensory
areas in several specimens examined.

Pseudotriton ruber ruber. Adults show a typical arrangement
of areas but they are not conspicuous. The rows may be made out
along the sides of the body and one to two rows on the tail but
the spots are not numerous. Other species of the genus examined
are similar but individual variation was too great to distinguish
differences. P. r. vioscai was similar in a number of specimens.
One of these had about 15 spots on the head above on each side
and about the same number below.

Gyrinophilus porphyriticus porphyriticus is quite typical in
the larva, as shown by Kingsbury but weak in the adult. One
specimen had about 12 areas dorsally on each side of the head and
about the same number below. Areas on the body were not
clearly seen. ;

G. danielsi danielsi. Similar to the last with about the same
number of sensory spots and like distribution in the head region.

Stereochilus marginatus. Cope ’89, figures the sensory areas
in this species, but does not show quite all that may be found in the
head region. In specimens at hand, the body areas were like
those of the head in appearance with the usual distribution, but
the skin was so wrinkled that I could not plot them perfectly. The
head above on one side had 20 areas. The post-orbital group was
not well developed. Ventrally there was but one row of spots on
each side with about 11 in each row. These spots which are quite
depressed were unusually large and prominent. Sections examined
under high magnification revealed them as true neuromasts, not
slime pores.

Examples of the following Mexican and Central American
genera of the family Plethodontide were studied:

Pseudoeurycea, Chiropterotriton, Magnadigita, Boltoglossa,
Thorius, Oedipina and Oedipinola. No indication of skin sense
organs were found in any of these,

SOME CONCLUSIONS
1. Neuromasts are found in all the families of salamanders.

2. These sense organs are more or less spherical as individuals

104

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

and usually are arranged in a linear manner. Sometimes they may
seem to form depressions. Sometimes several neuromasts are
grouped together.
3. They have a regular and usually a symmetrical distribution.
4. They are found especially in larve and aquatic forms.

5. They are impossible to locate or not easily recognized from
the surface in land forms and they may not appear in some species
which are somewhat aquatic in the adult.

6. The most primitive type of sense organ in the skin seems to
be the elongate, short line type, such as found in Necturus, Pro-
teus. Siren, Amphiuma and in the larve of Dicamptodon.

7. When the areas are well developed, definite areas may be
seen on head, body and tail.

8. Often the sense areas may be found on the head when they
are not clear on the body and tail.

9. The sense spots are poorest developed in the family Ple-
thodontide. Some others such as especially the Hynobiidze and
members of the Salamandride and Amblystomide, so far as
studied have many species where the organs are not marked in
the adult.

10. They are the largest in proportion in Stereochilus.

11. The genera—Plethodon, Ensatina, Batrachoseps, Hemi-
dactylum, Manculus, Hydromantes, Plethopsis and Aneides do not
seem to have these structures in the adult. Most of them, so far
as known have no aquatic larval stages.

12. Some species of Salamandridze, Amblystomide and Ple-
thodontidz sometimes show these structures in the adult in some
specimens, but not at all in other individuals.

13. Not all aquatic forms show these sensory spots in the adult
_ but all aquatic larvee so far as known, possess them.

14. No sensory spots were found in any strictly land forms.

15. When the tail of a salamander is cylindrical, sensory spots
were not found.

16. When the tail is somewhat compressed, that is flattened
from side to side, the sensory spots are usually evident, either on
the head alone or on both head and body.

17. No cases were found where sensory spots were found on
the body alone, although there were many individuals where they
were found on the head alone.

18. Usually there are three lines of areas along the body where
these sensory spots are located, especially in larve, but there are
exceptions. Some larve have apparently but one line although
this is usually with several spots in each area.

105

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

REFERENCES
BuGNION, E.
1873
Recherches sur les organes sensitifs qui se trouve dans l’epiderme
du Proteé et del’Axolotl.
Diss. Inaug. de Zurich. Tiré du bull. nr. 7. de la soc.
Vandoise de sci. nat. vol. xii.

Corr, E. D.
1889
The Batrachia of North America.
Bull. of the Nat. Mus., no. 34. Washington, D. C.

KiInGsBury, B. F.
1895
The lateral line system of sense organs in some American Amphibia,
and comparison with the Dipnoans.
Proc. Am. mic. soc. vol. xvii.

LANGERHANS, P.
1873
Ueber die Haut der Larve von Salamandra maculosa.
Arch. mic. Anat. vol. ix.

Harrison, R. G.
Entwicklung der Seitenorgane der Seitenlinien bei den Amphibien.
Arch. mikr. Anat. Bd. 68.

Lerypie, F.
1868
Ueber Organe eines sechsten Sinnes.
Nova Acta. Acad. Caes. Leopold. Carli. nat. curios. Dresden.

Mapranc, M.
1876
Von Seitenlinie und ihren Sinnesorgnen bei Amphibien.
Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xxv.

RETZIUS
1893
Die Nervenendungen in den -Endknospen, resp. Nervenhugeln der
Fische und Amphibien. Biol. Unters. N. F. iv.

SCHULTZE, F. E.

1861

Ueber die Nervenendigung in den sogenannten Schleimkanéalender.

Fische und Amphibien.
Arch. f. Anat. u. Phys.

1870

Ueber die Sinnesorgane der Seitenlinie bei Fischen und Amphibien.
Arch. f. mic. Anat. Bd. vi.

STENONIS

1664

De muscalis te glanduis observationum specimen cum duabus epis-

tolis quarum una Guil. Pisonum de anatome Raje ... Amsterdam.
Tuets, A.

1932

Histologische Untersuchungen ueber die Epidermis im Individual-
cyclus von Salamandra maculosa.
Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. 140., 2./3. Heft.

WEIDERSHEIM, R.
1893
Grundriss der vergleichenden Anatomie der Wirbelthiere.
Jena.

106

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Parr 3, 1947

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES

PLATE 20. Distribution of lateral line sense organs in the families
Proteide, Sirenide, Amphiumide, Cryptobranchide and Hynobiide.
1, 2 and 3—Upper, lower and lateral views of the head. Proteus. 4, 5, 6
and 7—Necturus adult. Body from the side and head from below, the
side and above, 8, 9 and 10—WSiren adult, side of the body and head from
below and above. 11, 12 and 13—Amphiuma, adult head from below,
above and the side. Cryptobranchus—14 and 15. From a specimen of 30
mm. length, side of the body and head below. 16—A specimen of 40 mm.
length from above. Both stages are larval. 17—Batrachuperus head
above.

PLATE 21. Families Amblystomide and Salamandride. 1, 2 and 3—
Amblystoma maculatum larva of 28 mm. Side body, head from above
and below. Partly from Kingsbury. 4—Larva of Amblystoma annulatum
of 45 mm. from the side. 5 and 6—Amblystoma tigranum tigranum, full
grown larva. Body from the side and head below. 7, 8 and J—AmbDlys-
toma maculatum adult, from side, head below and above. 10, 11—Rhy-
acotriton olympicus adult above and below. 12, 13—Dicamptodon head
above and below. 14, 15 and 16—Triturus granulosus granwiosus, from
the side and head above and below. 17, 18, and 19—Pachytriton brevipes,
head above, below and from the side. 20, 21 and 22—Pleuridelides
watli, from the side, head above and below. 23—Triturus cristatus, head
above. 24—Triturus alpestris, head above. 25—T. v. viridescens, head
above. 26—Triturus vulgaris, head above. 27, 28 and 29—Cynops, head
from above, below and the side,

PLATE 22. Members of the family Plethodontide. 1, 2 and 3—JDes-
mognathus fusca, side of the body, head above and below. 4—D. q.
quadramaculatus, partly from the side and above. 5 and 6—Typhlo-
triton spelaeus,, late larva from above and head below. 7, 9, 10—Ty-
phlomolge, adult from the side, head below and above. 8—Pseudotriton
r. ruber from the side. 11 and 12—Gyrinophiius p. porphyriticus adult,
head below and above. 13 and 14—EHuwrycea longicauda melanopleura,
head from below and the side. 15, 16 and 17—£. 1. longicauda, head
above, from the side and another above. 18, 19 and 20—Stereochilus
marginatus, head above, below and from the side. 21, 22 and 23—H. b.
bislineata, head above, from the side and below. 24, 25—Pseudotriton
r. vioscai; head above and below. 26 and 27—Pseudotriton r. vioscai,
head above and below.

107

Buty. So Can. Acap. Scr. 46: 3, 1947 Salamanders. Hilton

ve
SErarreyy sss

|

PLATE 20

108

Buty. So Cau. Acap. Scr. 46: 3, 1947 - Salamanders. Hilton

23 24 25 26

PLATE 21

109

Buu. So Can. Acap. Scr. 46: 38, 1947 Salamanders. Hilton

PLATE 22

110

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ~ Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

AUSTRALIAN TINGIDA® (Hemiptera)

By Cart J. DRAKE
Ames, Iowa, U. 8. A.

Since the publication in 1925 of “Rresutts or Dr. E. Myoserc’s
SWEDISH SCIENTIFIC EXPEDITIONS To AUSTRALIA 1910-1913,”
Horvath, ARKIV ror Zootocr, considerable interest has been
taken in the Tingidz of Australia. Most of the papers on these
Australian insects have been published by Hacker and by Drake
and coworkers.

The present paper contains the descriptions of ten species
and notes on a few other species. Illustrations of two species de-
scribed by Horvath are also included. The writer is indebted to
the officials of the Stockholm Museum for the privilege of study-
ing type specimens of certain species described by the late Doctor
Horvath. The types of the new species described below are in
the Drake collection, and are largely from the H. H. Hacker col-
lection of Australian Hemiptera. .

NATHERSEA MACULOSA Horvath
Nethesia maculosa Horvath, Ark. Zool., 17 (24): 15, 1925, fig. 9.

Type, female, Broome, in Stockholm Museum. Head fer-
rugineous, pitted, with four short testaceous spines; hind pair
appressed, extending forward as far as middle of eyes, front pair
shorter, with tips directed inward. Eyes large, black. Rostral
channel very wide, open behind; lamin rather wide, testaceous,
uniseriate, clothed with bristly hairs; rostrum not reaching mid-
dle of mesosternum. Hypocostal ridge uniseriate, the areolz
small. Pronotum strongly convex, shiny, the pits moderately large ;
lateral carinzee almost obsolete on disc, distinct on hind process,
there testaceous; paranota narrow, keel-like behind, wider and
uniseriate in front, there reflexed upward and testaceous; collar
distinct, scarcely raised, areolate.

The above notes were taken from the type. It was difficult to
trace the lateral carine on the disc, although visible with good
light. In front the carinz are distinct and whitish.

_ Male: Longer and slenderer than female; lateral carine dis-
tinct on disc, there (as in female) concolorous with pronotal disc.
Antenne and legs clothed with stiff, bristly hairs.

111

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

PARACOPIUM SUMMETVILLEI (Hacker)

Teleonemia summervillei Hacker, Mem. Queens. Mus., 9 (1);
22, 1927, Pl VV, fig. 4:

Described from Palm Island, N. Q.; two paratypes studies.
Breeds on Scoevola Koemigu Vahl. Other specimens examined:
4 from Dunk Island, Aug. 27, 1927; 3 from Bowen, Queensland,
June 21, 1930; 2 from Prince Wales Island, Torres, St. Austr. ;
and one from New Hebrides, March 15, 1943, collected by
P. W. Oman.

LeptoyPHA ANCEPS (Horvath)
Paracopium anceps Horvath, Ark. Zool., 17 (24): 9, 1925,

The type (male), Yarrabah, and two males, Dunk Island,
Aug. 1927, have been examined. The third segment of the an-
tennz is smooth, slenderest and slightly more than twice as long
as IV. The pronotum is coarsely pitted as in L. hospita Drake
and Poor from the Philippines and L. suppura Drake from Japan.

Tingis impensa, n. sp., Plate 24, fig. a

Large, obovate, dark brown. Head tumid above, dark fer-
rugineous, with five stout, dark ferrugineous spines, the median
and hind pair of spines directed upward, the front pair shorter,
rather long, with their tips touching. Rostrum long, extending on
venter ; laminz parallel, not widely separated, open behind. - Tho-
trax beneath brown, the venter vellowish. Antenne ferrugineous-
brown; segment I short, much stouter and twice as long as IJ;
III broken off some distance from base. Eyes rather large, red.
Legs brown. Orifice present. Hypocostal ridge uniseriate.

Pronotum sharply, transversely convex, coarsely pitted, tri-
carinate ; median carinz uniseriate, sharply angulately raised on
disc, there biseriate and with a narrow, transverse, areolate lami-
ne; lateral carine long, concave within and slightly more widely
separated anteriorly, Collar raised areolate; without distinct hood ;
paranota rather wide, strongly reflexed, widest opposite humeri,
there four areolate deep and somewhat flaringly produced, tri-
seriate in front. Elytra widest along basal half, completely over-
lapping in repose; costal area moderately wide, biseriate along
basal third, thence uniseriate; subcostal area biseriate; discoidal
area large, narrowed at base and apex, widest at middle, there
about eight areolz deep, the outer boundary sinuate.

112

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ~ Vol. 46, Part 3, Ty47

PLATE 23

Tingis virigata Horvath

Length, 3.65 mm.; width, 1.40 mm.
Type, female, Tasmania, taken by Dr. J. W. Evans.

This species differs from all other members of the subgenus
Tingis in the peculiar, transverse, areolate, plate-like structure of
the median carine and the stout, erect median and hind pair of
cephalic spines. The type is figured.

Tingis hurde, n. sp., Plate 25

Large, obovate, yellowish brown, the pronotum and a very
broad transverse band on elytra darker reddish brown. Head
short, brown, with five, stout, testaceous spines; median spine
erect; hind pair appressed, extending a little beyond middle of
eyes; front pair diverging laterally, somewhat curved upward;
eyes large, reddish. Rostrum long, extending on metasternum ;
rostral lamin parallel on mesosternum, widely separated and

113

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

PLATE 24

a. Tingus impensa N. Sp.;
b. Tingis myobergi Horvath

concave within on metasternum, widely open behind. Buccule
rather long, broad, testaceous, meeting in front. Antenne rather
long, indistinctly pilose; segment | and. II] dark brown, short, the
former much stouter and twice as long; III light brown, three
times as long as IV; IV short, fusiform, mostly black. Abdomen
beneath brown, the mesosternum black.

Pronotum longly convex, very coarsely pitted, tricarinate, each
carine uniseriate, the areole tiny; lateral carine diverging an-
teriorly, broadly concave within in front; hood and collar testa-
ceous, the hood small, inflated, tectiform, slightly protruding in
front; carine testaceous, moderately broad, reflexed almost up-
right, mostly biseriate, uniseriate behind. Orifice present. Hypo-
costal ridge uniseriate. Elytra completely overlapping behind in
repose ; costal area wide, mostly biseriate, triseriate in widest part ;
subcostal area largely triseriate; discoidal area long, narrowed at
base and apex, six areolze deep in widest part. Legs yellow brown.

114

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

PLATE 25

Tingis hurde, n. sp.

Length, 4.25 mm.; width, 1.85 mm.

Type (male), Queensland, Australia, taken by H. Hacker.
The type is figured.

This species (subgenus Tingis) is broader than other mem-
bers of the subgenus Tingis; the high carinz, spines and pale
trum and wide paranota are distinguished characters. Named in
honor of the artist, Dr. Margarat Poor Hurd, who has illustrated
many Tingidz and published numerous papers on the family.

Tingis aemula, n. sp.

Elongate-ovate, testaceous, the pronotum reddish brown; head
brown, with five, long, slender, brownish spines, the surface of

115

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

head and spines beset with pale hairs. Antenne long, slender,
brown, clothed with pale, bristly hairs; segment I short, much
stouter and less than twice as long as II; III very long, straight,
much more than three times as long as IV, the latter subclavate.
Eyes rather small, transverse, reddish. Buccule broad, closed in
front, areolate, brownish testaceous. Rostrum extending a little
beyond mesosternum; channel wide, the laminz testaceous, not
meeting behind. Legs brown, setose. Body beneath reddish
brown.

Pronotum moderately, longly convex, coarsely pitted, tricar-
inate; carinz strongly foliaceous, high, mostly uniseriate, the
areole rectangular, upright; hood small, faintly projecting an-
teriorly, paranota subequal in width to height of carinz, reflexed,
biseriate, testaceous. Elytra, carinz, paranota and collar clothed
with pale, somewhat recumbent hairs, their margins and also
principal nervures of elytra with pale, shorter, recurved bristly
spines or hairs. Elytra with tips slightly separated in repose;
costal area moderately wide, biseriate, the areole clear; subcostal
area biseriate; discoidal area long, extending beyond middle of
elytra, narrowed at both ends, widest at middle, there four areolz
deep, the boundary nervures raised and spinose.

Length, 3.00 mm.; width, 1.20 mm.
Type, female, Oldea, South Australia, collected by A. M. Lea.

This species may be separated from other Australian mem-
bers of the subgenus Tingis by the high carinz, spines and pale
hairs on veins.

Tingis muiri, n. sp.

Moderately large, brownish. Head black, with short, testa-
ceous spines. Antennz brown, nearly as long as pronotum, indis-
tinctly pilose; segment I short, stouter and nearly twice as long as
III; III a little more than twice as long as IV, the latter mostly
black and pilose. Rostrum long, nearly reaching end of channel;
laminz testaceous, areolate. Hypocostal ridge uniseriate. Orifice
present.

Pronotum moderately convex, pitted, distinctly tricarinate, the
carine slightly lower on disc, the lateral pair concave within in
front of disc; collar truncate in front, narrow, raised, biseriate ;
hood absent; calli dark, deep; paranota narrow, reflexed upward,
uniseriate, narrower opposite humeri. Elytra slightly narrowed
posteriorly, constricted behind middle ; costal area narrow, mostly
uniseriate, biseriate in front, the areole very small; subcostal area

116

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ~ Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

wider, biseriate, discoidal area large, about two-thirds as long as
elytra, widest near middle, there seven or eight areole deep;
sutural area large, more widely areolate.

Length, 3.45 mm.; width, 1.15 mm.

Type (male), allotype (female) and 3 paratypes, Coolangata,
Queensland, Aug. 1919, taken by Muir,

This insect may be distinguished from the members of the
subgenus Tropidocheila by the low carine, narrow paranota and
nearly uniform color of reticulations,

Tingis acris, n. sp.

Small, grayish testaceous, with dark fuscous markings. Head
dark castaneous, with five testaceous spines, the median short,
sometimes wanting; hind pair longest, appressed. Antennz mod-
erately long, indistinctly pilose, testaceous, the terminal segment
blackish ; segment I short, stouter and slightly longer than IT; Jil
longest, two and one-half times the length of IV. Rostrum extend-
ing to middle of mesosternum; laminz foliaceous, areolate, not
meeting behind. Bucculze broad, contiguous in front. Body be-
neath brown. Orifice prominent. Hypocostal ridge narrow, uni-
seriate.

Pronotum transversely convex, pitted, sharply tricarinate ; car-
ine uniseriate, the areole indistinct in front, the lateral carinze
more widely separated and concave within in front; paranota re-
flexed upward, biseriate; collar raised, truncate in front, with
small hood. Elytra with wide, transverse band near middle of
costal and subcostal areas, most of discoidal and sutural areas
dark fuscous; costal area narrow, uniseriate ; discoidal area large,
extending beyond middle of elytra, widest near middle, there seven
or eight areole deep. Carinz on disc dark fuscous.

Length, 2.20 mim.; width, 0.90 mm.

Type (male), allotype (female) and 2 paratypes, Benakin,
Queensland, March 17, 1933, H. Hacker. This is species belong-
ing to the subgenus Tro pidocheila and is smaller than other species
described herein.

Tingis perkensi, n. sp.
Moderately large, grayish testaceous, variegated with brown
to fuscous. Head brown, with five short, sharp spines, the hind
pair appressed, the median short, erect. Eyes transverse, reddish.

Rostral channel narrow, open behind, the laminz testaceous ; ros-

117

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

trum brownish, reaching middle of metasternum. Bucculz testa-
ceous.

Orifice prominently rimmed. Hypocostal ridge uniseriate. Legs
testaceous, the tarsi dark. Antenne moderately long, testaceous,
indistinctly pilose ; segment | short, stout, scarcely longer than II;
III, about two and one-half times the length of 1V; IV thickened,
blackish.

Pronotum transveresly convex, coarsely pitted, tricarinate;
lateral carine sharply raised, non-areolate, slightly diverging an-
teriorly, slightly convex within before disc ; median carinz slightly
more elevated, indistinctly areolate; hood rather small, areolate,
roundly produced in front, somewhat flattened above; paranota
narrow, reflexed, biseriate. Elytra constricted beyond middle,
completely overlapping behind; costal area moderately wide, bi-
seriate; subcostal area biseriate; discoidal area impressed, nar-
rowed at base and apex, closely areolate, widest near middle,
there seven or eight areolate deep; sutural area large, more widely
reticulate.

Length, 3.00 mm.; width, 0.95 mm.

Type (male), allotvype (female) National Park, Queensland,
May, 1929. Paratypes, many specimens, taken with type and from
Mt. Glorious, Queensland.

The smaller size and biseriate costal area separate this species
from other members of the subgenus Tingis occurring in Aus-
tralia,

Tingis hackeri, n. sp.

Head brownish, black, the frontal spines short, the hind pair
slender, appressed. Rostrum extending beyond mesosternum ;
lamine foliaceous, areolate, testaceous, not meeting behind. An-
tenne moderately long, pilose, testaceous, the terminal segment
blackish ; segment I short, stout, stouter and slightly longer than
II; III longest, two and one-half times the length of 1V. Rostrum
extending beyond middle of metasternum; laminz foliaceous,
areolate, not meeting behind. Bucculz broad, contiguous in front.
Body beneath brown. Orifice prominent, with an elongate hypo-
costal ridge.

Pronotum transversely convex, brown on disc; carine promi-
nent indistinctly areolate, the lateral distinctly constricted behind
disc, longly concave within in front; hood moderately large,
scarcely produced in front; paranota narrow, reflected, biseriate.
Elytra and paranota clothed with fine rather short hairs; costal

118

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Parr 3, 1947

area moderately wide, biseriate; subcostal area narrower, biseri-
ate; discoidal area large, narrow at base and apex, widest at mid-
dle, there seven areola deep; sutural area more wide areolate.
Reticulations yellowish brown to brown, variegated with dark
fuscous,

Length, 4.00 mm.; width, 1.60 mm.

Type (male) and allotype (female), National Park, Queens-
land, December, 1921, H. H. Hacker. Allotype, Mt. Tambourine,
Queensland, H. H. Hacker. Four paratypes, taken with types; 1
specimen from Springbrook, Dec. 29 and 1 example, Mackag,
Kuttabal, June 10, 1932, W. A. McDougall.

This subpilose species (subgenus Tingis) is distinctly larger
than 7. perkinsi, but of same general appearance.

Tingis teretis, n. sp.

Small, clothed with short, pale scale-like hairs. Head black,
clothed with short, pale, flattened hairs, the front and hind pairs
of spines brown, short, the median absent. Antennz moderately
long, clothed with pale, moderately long, somewhat decumbent
hairs, segment I very short, thicker and scarcely longer than II,
the latter moniliform; III very long, nearly three times as long
as IV, IV subclavate. short, black. Rostrum long, reaching on
metasternum, the laminze not widely separated, parallel. Legs
ferrugineous, rather short, clothed with whitish, flattened, some-
what decumbent hairs, the tarsi blackish.

Pronotum dark reddish brown, deeply closely pitted, clothed
with white, recumbent, scale-like hairs, tricarinate, truncate in
front ; carinze low, minutely uniseriate, the outer pair slightly con-
cave within in front; paranota narrow, brown, with minute areolz
in front; collar raised, brown, areolate.

Elytra a little longer than abdomen, moderately constricted
beyond the middle, completed overlapping behind in repose ; costal
area narrow, uniseriate, finely serrate along outer margin, the
areole small, longer than wide, subcostal area much wider, quad-
riseriate; discoidal area large, about three-fourths as long as
elytra, narrowed at both ends, widest at middle, there six or seven
areole deep, the outer boundary nearly straight; sutural area
large, the areole largely apically.

Length, 2.20 mm.; width, 0.90 mm.
Type, male, Ooldea, South Australia, collected by A. M. Lee.

This species, perhaps, belongs to the subgenus Tingis, and
may be separated at once by the clothing of pale scale-like hairs.

119

BULLETIN, So. Cattr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

Froggottia disticha, n. sp.

Large, brown, without conspicuous color markings. Head
rugulose; hind pair of spines absent, the anterior ones greatly re-
duced, appressed; eyes large, dark, transverse. Antennz moder-
ately stout, yellowish, indistinctly pilose ; segment I short, slightly
stouter and a little longer than II, the Tatter obconical- Ill
straight, two and a half times as long as IV; IV slightly thick-
ened, mostly fuscous black. Bucculz brown, contiguous in front.
Rostrum extending to middle of mesosternum. Hypocostal ridge
uniseriate. Legs yellowis h brown.

Pronotum moderately convex, coarsely pitted, unicarinate, the
lateral carine indistinct; paranota very narrow, ridgelike; collar
raised, short, areolate. Ely tra distinctly constricted before apex ;
costal area narrow, biseriate in front, uniseriate behind, the areo-
le small, round; subcostal area wider, biseriate; discoidal area
large, extending to middle of elytra, widest a little behind middle,
there five areole deep; sutural area large, more widely reticulate.

Length, 3.65 mm. ;

b

width, 1.25 mm.

Holotype, female, Cedar Creek, Queensland, Australia, Jan.
Zo 192s

Separated from the olive bug F. olivina Horv. by its uniform
color, narrower paranota, spines on head and paranotal carine.

Teratocheila accedentis, n. sp.

Moderately large, brown, with dark fuscous markings, the
areole hyaline, the margin of elytra and nervures of paranota,
carine and hood hairy. Head black, with five, moderately large,
yellowish brown, hairy spines. Antennze moderately long, shortly
pilose; segments I and II short, stout; III slender, long, four
times as long as IV, the latter subclavate, blackish. Rostrum
brownish, very long, extending on third or fourth venter. Legs
dark brown, shortly hairy. Orifice with distinct rim. Hypocostal
ridge uniseriate. Bucculze long, narrow, areolate, testaceous.

Pronotum broadly transversely convex, coarsely pitted; carinz
foliaceous, uniseriate; median distinctly arched on disc; lateral
carine becoming higher anteriorly, moderately constricted on
disc; paranota wide, evenly rounded, triseriate in widest part.
Elytra wide; costal area broad, irregularly triseriate, the areolz
moderately large; subcostal area biseriate; discoidal area very
large, more finely reticulate, widest a little behind middle, there
eight areole deep, sutural area large, becoming more w idely areo-
late behind.

120

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES " Vol. 46, Parr 3H LAT

Length, 4.10 mm.; width, 2.00 mm.

Type (female), paratype, Aldgate, Australia, October. 1929,
F. E. Wilson.

This is the first record of this genus in Australia. It is larger
and the lateral carinze extend a little farther forward than in 7.
peurilis Drake & Poor from India. Pyllontocheila cafer Distant
from Africa seems to belong to Teratocheila.

Physatocheila suttoni, n. n.

Physatocheila irregularis Hacker, Mem. Queens. Mus., 9 :328,
1929, Pl. XX XIII, fig. 6.

As the specific name of P. irregularis Hacker is preoccupied—
Physatocheila irregularis Montrouziei et Signoret, ANN. Soc.
Ent. Fr., 1861, p. 68—the name suttoni is proposed for Hacker’s
species. Several specimens of this species were collected by E.

Sutton in Queensland.

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

PARALEUCOPTERA HEINRICHI n. sp.
By Wyatt W. JoNnEs

Similar to P. albella (Chamb.) but differing in the much nar-
rower golden fascia, much more inclined, and with sharper mar-
gins of blackish-fuscous scales; in the prominent median dark
band of the cilia, usually accompanied with an apical band and one
about the base of the cilia; in the oblique V formed by fascia and
a dark line bordering the yellow patch more towards apex in-
stead of a normal V, and in the interruption of the yellow scales
above the semi-metallic tornal spot. The caudal margin of the
seventh sternite is fringed by concealed black hairs,

The striking differences in the genitalia are grought out 1n the
illustrations by Mrs. Sara H. DeBord of the U. S. Bureau of
Entomology which were kindly furnished by Mr. Carl Heinrich.
See Plates 26:

Holotype: g¢ Palo Alto, Calif., emerged April 9, 1946.

Allotype: @ Palo Alto, Calif., emerged April 10, 1946, coll.

J. W. Tilden.
5 paratypes, Palo Alto, Calif., emerged April, 1928, coll. W. W.
Jones,

1 paratype, Palo Alto, Calif., April 9, 1946, J. W. Tilden.

16 paratypes, Palo Alto, Calif., emerged April, 1946, coll. J.
W. Tilden.

8 segment es :
tergite \*\.

a area

“ng edeagus "Qedeagus
P. heinrichi Palbella

PLATE 26

122

BULLETIN, So. CALIF, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Parr 3, 1947

Faralevcoptera hemrsrAt
Sores

PLATE 27

32 paratypes, Los Angeles, Calif., emerged April, 1946, coll. W.
W. Jones.

1 paratype, Palo Alto, no date, coll. W. W. Jones, on “Prunus
ilicifolia.”’

Specimens have been distributed as follows: 2 to the U. S.
National Museum; 11 to Mr. J. W. Tilden of Stanford Univer-
sity, who sent us mined leaves and his own specimens for study.
Holotype, allotype and 55 paratypes at present deposited in the
Los Angeles Muesum.

In the winter the mines are merely brownish spots on the host
leaves resembling fungous infections. The presence of larve can
be detected by examination in strong transmitted light and with a
lens. Four larve are practically always found in one mine. No
adults have been seen out of doors.

Mines are abundant at Palo Alto and Los Angeles but have
not been observed at Berkeley nor San Diego.

Plate 27 illustrates the right primaries of Paraleucoptera hein-
richi and P. albella (Chamb.)

Foodplant; Prunus ilicifolia Walp. and Prunus Lyon
(Eastw.) Sarg.

123

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF
ORTHODES ACCURATA

Hy. Epwarps
By JoHN ApAMs CoMsTOCK

This species was first described in 1882 by Henry Edwards °* as
Plusia accurata, from a single female collected in Arizona by H.
Kk. Morrison, with the type recorded as in the Neumoegen col-
lection.

John B. Smith listed it under Plusia in his Catalogue of the
Noctuide, giving the habitat as “Washington,” and stating that
“it is probably not a Plusia at all.”

Dyar in his List of North American Lepidoptera’ placed it in
the genus Autographa and follows Smith in recording it as occur-
ring in Washington.

Hampson’ gave its range as “Washington, Arizona, Huachuca
Mts. (Oslar),” and placed it in the genus Cobaliodes.

The Barnes and McDunnough List of 1917° followed Hamp-
son, leaving it in Cobaliodes, but McDunnough, in his Check List
of 1938° transferred it to Orthodes.

In the Los Angeles County Museum collection we have ex-
amples from Brewster County, Texas; Paradise, Arizona; Babo-
quivaria Mountains, Arizona and a reared series from Madera
Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, Arizona, but none from Cali-
fornia, Oregon or Washington. Apparently Smith was in error
when he gave its habitat as Washington.

During August of 1946 the writer spent two weeks collecting
in and below Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, southern
Arizona.

Among the lepidopterous larve that were taken was a series
found ona species of Brickellia (probably Rusby Gray), several
of which were reared to maturity and proved to be Orthodes
accurata Hy. Edw.

The larva folds a leaf, uniting the edges with a fragile silk
and remains concealed during the daytime.

MATURE LARVA: average length, 26 mm.

Head; glistening dark orange. Ocelli tipped with brown.
Mouthparts concolorous with head.

30dy; ground color, rich velvety black. The first segment
bears a glistening black scutellum.

On the first three segments there is a mid-dorsal broken line
composed of white dots and dashes. Lateral to this are two or

124

BULL. So. Cau. Acap. Sct. 46: 3, 1947 Orthodes. Comstock

PLATE 28

Mature larva (figures A and B) and pupa (figures C, D and E)
of Orthodes accurata Hy. Edw,

Larva enlarged approximately X 214. Pupa enlarged X 3.
Reproduced from painting by John A. Comstock

125

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

three fine longitudinal lines made up of white dots, irregularly
placed and variable as to size, number and position in different
individuals,

Along the infrastigmatal fold occurs another double white line
composed of dots or dashes. This is occasionally suppressed along
part of its course.

On the 4th and fifth segments the dorsal area is almost devoid
of spots, giving the appearance of a velvety black saddle. Occas-
ionally the 5th segment has a few irregular white spots. Dorso-
laterally in this area a small number of irregular white dots are
present.

From the 6th to the 10th segments there is a wide longitudinal
mid-dorsal orange band, margined with black. Lateral to this is a
double line composed of white dashes of irregular form and size.

Infrastigmatally there is a longitudinal line made up of mixed
orange and white elements, and above this, in line with the spir-
acles, occurs a line made up of small white dashes. Caudal to each
spiracle this line expands to form a lunate mark which arches
around the margin of the spiracle posteriorly. This lunate ele-
ment is tinged with orange. The spiracles are white, and con-
spicuous.

The 11th segment bears two large white ovate spots, one each
side of the mid-dorsal line.

Abdominal surface slaty gray. Legs, dark orange, as are also
the prolegs. Crochets, straw colored. The infrequent sete are
straw colored, short and inconspicuous.

Plate 28, figures A and B illustrate the mature larva.

Pupation occurs under the soil in a fine silken barely definable
cocoon into which particles of gravel and soil are incorporated.

Thirteen of our larve pupated successfully, of which one
emerged September 30, 1946, and eight appeared between the
dates of June 4 and June 27, 1947,

Pura: length, 17 mm.; fusiform, tke caudal and cephalic ends
both well rounded.

Color, dark wood-brown. Surface, finely rugose, and appar-
ently lacking all setze. The wing cases extend 2/3 the distance to-
ward cauda and the antenne do not reach to the wing margins.

Spiracles, small and inconspicuous. Cremasteric hooks, four
in number, arising from a rugose papillus, recurved laterally, one
pair only half as long as the other.

The pupa is illustrated on Plate 28, figures C, D and E.

1Papilio. II; (8) 127. 1882.

3Bulletin 44, U. S. Natl. Mus. 257. 1893,
3Bulletin 52, U. S. Natl. Mus. 202. 1902 (1903).
4Cat Lepid. Phalaenae Br. Mus. VII: 506. 1908.
5Check List Lepid. Boreal Am. 63. 1917.
®Memoirs So. Calif. Acad. Sci. I: 74. 19388.

126

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

ANALYSIS OF MEASUREMENTS IN LENGTH
OF THE METAPODIALS OF SMILODON

By Henry W. MENARD, Jr.

Introduction.—The saber-tooth cats are perhaps the most in-
teresting members of the Pleistocene fauna from Rancho La Brea.
As a result of the study by Merriam and Stock’ these machzro-
donts are known to be the most striking of the Felidz occurring at
this locality, both in abundance, and in the unusual morphological
characters which they possess. Opportunity has been presented re-
cently to make a statistical analysis, limited in scope, of measure-
ment data relating to metapodials of these animals. This investi-
gation appeared desirable not only because of the extraordinarily
large number of individuals available from the asphalt deposits,
but also because a similar analysis has been made recently of the
extinct dire wolf material from the same locality by Nigra and
ance

Acknowledgments.—The large numbers of specimens in the
Rancho La Brea collection were generously made available for
study by the Los Angeles County Museum. The writer is indebted
to Dr. Chester Stock for assistance and guidance, and likewise to
John F, Lance for help in the progress of the computations.

Procedure.—Approximately 5000 metapodials of Smulodon
were measured with regard to maximum length. Only those of
the left side were used since it was found that the extent of varia-
tion and mean length of the elements on one side do not materially
differ from those of the opposite side. In the manus metacarpals
II, Il], [V and V were measured, while in the pes only metatarsals
II, 111, and IV were employed for measurement data. Metatarsal
V was not measured since it was found difficult to standardize the
longitudinal diameter of an element with the variable curvature
of this metapodial. Metacarpal I and metatarsal I were likewise
not measured because too few of these elements are present in the
collection.

For each metapodial, the measurements of length were
analyzed to determine the arithmetic mean, standard devia-
tion, and coefficient of variation. The maximum and minimum
lengths of each element were also established. Furthermore, the
metapodials were segregated according to the excavations from

1Merriam, John C. and C. Stock, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Contrib. No. 422, 1932.

2Nigra, John O. and John F. Lance, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 46, pt. 1,
pp. 26-34, 3 pls., 1947.

127

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

120

110

‘
'
'
i]
‘

100 ae

Murs oe erase a |

RK

ower ee ee

90

80

iO

60

50

40

30

20

10

O
MM. METACARPALS

PLATE 29.—Actual and relative sizes of left metacarpals in Smilodon
californicus. The solid bars represent the mean size in each series the
dotted lines above and below represent the maximum and minimum
records, respectively.

which they were recovered at Rancho La Brea. As a result, the
mean length for each series of metapodials was established for
each of the major pits selected. These results are presented in
charts and in the form of frequency curves and bar-diagrams.

The possibility seems slight that metapodials other than those
of Smilodon were included in the measuring operation, because of

128

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

120

[10

100

90

80

Oo

60

| 20

40

&)(0)

20

Re)

: O
METATARSALS MM.

PLATE 30.—Actual and relative sizes of left metatarsals in Smilodon
californicus. The solid bars represent the mean size in each series; the
dotted lines above and below represent the maximum and minimum rec-
ords, respectively.

the distinctive morphological characters readily recognized in
these elements of the Pleistocene saber-tooth. On the other hand,
the collection.can not be regarded as pure for statistical purposes
because both sexes are present. Also, some elements may not be-
long to wholly mature animals, although those belonging to obvi-
ously immature forms were not considered.

129

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

METACARPAL IL METACARPAL III
75 |
70 +
65)
69)
35
Si
45 + +
> »
o 4Or 8
2 &
on vu
& 35 &
30; +
25
20} +
*
15 %
a
"
JO c
&
5 a =
4
70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105
Length, mm.
9 METACARPAL V¥
zi |
85
80) T
|
75 Ll ol
METACARPAL IV |
70}
65 +
60 |
| | |
55 ;
| | i}
> a
oD 50)
8
45
> & | i 1
3 2 | | | | |
& u 4 jinenall T |
2 |
F 35
w |
30) 1 j
25) 7
20r
15E | N eat
| 2
D
fe) T S
v
ty =
|
fo} i {2}
80 es 90 95 eye) 105 v0 60 65 70 75 80 85 390
Length, mm : Length, mm.

PLATE 31.—Frequency distribution curves of lengths of left metacar-
pals of Smilodon californicus.

Discussion of Statistical Results —The maximum, minimum
and mean lengths of the metapodials of Smilodon are graphically
represented in Plates 29 and 30. These results agree substantially
with those given by Merriam and stock.*

Graphs of the frequency distribution of metapodials of Smilo-
don according to length are shown in Plates 31 and 32. The
lengths are grouped in class intervals which are ten times as coarse
as the original measurements. The graphs appear normal except
for minor variations. These may be attributed in part to differ-

’Merriam, John C. and C. Stock, ibid., pp. 128-134, 153-158, 1932.

130

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Parr 3, 1947

METATARSAL IT METATARSAL I
70 75
65) [ = 70
60} = 65
55 sf 60
50 OS)
45 50)
Dp 40 45
is RD)
(0 &
3 35 + © 490
my ry
: =
it 30 d! o 35
w
25; 30}
20 1 25
+ | 2
1S s | 2)
Da
10 iS 15 Q
5 Cy
2 W
5 10 iD
is]
&
(2) © S S
70 75 80 85 90 OS /00
Length, mm. (a)
85 30 95 100 105 10 MS
Length, mm.

Fr requency
wv
is)

85 90 95 /00 105 110 WS
Length, mm.

PLATE 32.—Frequency distribution curves of lengths of left metatar-
sals of Smilodon californicus.

ences in sex and age, and in part to the variation in size as de-
termined for the material from the several excavations. Thus, ©
each frequency distribution given actually represents the sum of
a number of frequency distributions with slightly variable means.

The mean sample range for any sample of 700 individuals is
approximately 6.275 times the standard deviation.” The observed

*Simpson, G. G., Range as a Zoological Character; Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 239,
pp. 785-804, 1941.

131

Buu. So. Cat. Acab. Scr. 46: 3, 1947 Smilodon. Menard

N
Ry)
ah
O
=
Q

95
30
S
iS
=
is
c
O 85
c
9
0)
S
80
TN
7O

PLATE 35.—Curves showing comparison of mean lengths of left meta-
podials of Smilodon californicus from five major pits at Rancho La Brea.

BULLETIN, So. CALIF, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

ranges of metacarpals II, IV, and V, and of metatarsals II, II],
and IV lie within the mean sample range for each metapodial.
Metacarpal III has a mean sample range of 28.9 mm. and an ob-
served range of 37 mm,, but, despite the large size of the observed
range, only 0.28% of the sample lies outside the mean sample
range. However, in this instance, the possibility exists that an
element 80 mm. long represents the small subspecies occurring at
Rancho La Brea, namely Smilodon californicus brevipes. This
smallest third metacarpal is four millimeters shorter than the next
shortest element in the series, and is therefore separated from it
by a standard deviation of 87. For the series this is an unusual
hiatus. The present metacarpal cannot be compared morphologi-
cally to S. c. brevipes because the corresponding element has not
been described for that subspecies. However, Merriam and Stock’
have observed that each metapodial of brevipes shows approxi-
mately the same degree of shortening when compared with the
corresponding element of Smilodon californicus (ss.). If the
shortest metacarpal III in the present series is considered to be-
long to brevipes, and is compared with the remaining third meta-
carpals the degree of shortening is found to be not of the same
order of magnitude as that which would be expected for the small
subspecies. The longest third metacarpal measures 116 mm. This
specimen is four millimeters longer than the next longest element.
The value of its standard deviation from the mean is 4.4. The
metacarpal falls within the size range of Panthera atrox, but on
the basis of its morphological characters it definitely belongs to
Smilodon.

Since the frequency curve is more or less normal for each of
the several kinds of metapodials measured, the observed range
closely approximates the mean sample range, and the coefficient
of variation is small. It appears also that the sample is pure and
contains individuals of only one species.

Analysis of data differentiated according to individual Mu-
seum excavations.—The mean length of each series of metapodials
was calculated for each of five major excavations at Rancho La
Brea from which they were recovered. With two minor excep-
tions, the mean was found to vary from pit to pit according to a
definite sequence. In the order of increased length, the meta-
podials come from Pits 77, 4, 3, 61-67, and 13. This relation is
shown graphically in Plate 33.

It is worthy of note that a similar sequence was found in the
mean length of metapodials of the Canis (Aenocyon) group from
Rancho La Brea.” However, in the instance of the dire wolf
group, the sequence of pits is not the same as that arrived at for

SMerriam, John C. and C. Stock, ibid., p. 168, 1932.
®Nigra, John O. and John F. Lance, ibid, 1947.

133

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

the saber-tooth. With regard to Pits 4, 3, and 13, the order is
reversed, since Pit 13 contained the longest elements. Pits 61-67
and 77 do not appear to fit into any discernible order if the mean
length of metapodials of Smilodon and of the Aenocyon group
are compared.

Calculations —One of the procedures suggested by Simpson
and Roe was used in making the calculations for this paper. The
equations employed may be found in a recent paper in this Bul-
letin (Nigra and Lance).'

*Nigra, John O. and John F. Lance, ibid, 1947.

California Institute of Technology,
Division of the Geological Sciences,
Contribution No. 409.

MEAN, STANDARD DEVIATION, AND COEFFICIENT OF VARIATION
oF Lert METAPODIALS OF SMILODON

Metapo- Mean in pauenn eee

dial Number Millimeters Millimeters Variation
IMG BU ya TAT Soa sk Ab seer il Hobs el
MC TEs: 708 95:95 E22 4:02 tee Zit | See
MGC ALVis..5.- 715 O252i =e 4252 seer al: AS rgge el
WG Wee Se 735 (G33) eee ell Sal all ASO Ea
IMTS oe year 666 SAdy eee? 4:0 eel 4.7 1
WEIU IU GLS Sie Se, fess): berets aC Rifas Gil pepo a eal |
MD EVs Sense 731 Uh Gar AT, ae coral zo (yee

134

Vol. 46, PArT 3, 1947

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

0g T00T 69 816 6LL 8°96 861 166 GGG CG Omeimeiem sine Al LIN
gg 166 9g 196 Sol LY6 L6L 0°66 C86 86 °°" °°" "Til LW
Gg 8°98 69 878 GOL 0°38 GST G°g8 682 USB eee te "TT LW
98 G9L G8 GPL 6ET PEL T9T T9L 696 (EY AN OUI
GP T'¥6 GL 616 OIT 0°68 9LT 6 66 G9G 666 “"""""°"AT OW
VY 9°16 +9 676 SéL G°S6 LLY TL6 LEZ VO Ill ON
OF €'68 LL 118 FPL PSs TLT 606 19Z G68 “°° "°"*"II OW
‘adg “WUE UT ‘aadg “WUL UT ‘vadg ‘WUr Ut ‘2adg “WU UT ‘sadg “WUE UT [erp
JOON Y}Sue] uray jo ‘on YSU] uray jo ‘on yy Sue] uray JO‘ON YySud, uvayy jo ‘ON yy Sua] uray, -odeya
&l Lid ¥ Lid LL Lid L9-19 Lid § Lid

QTHWIA LSALVEAO AO YAdCUO NI SLId YOLVN

135

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA

13. A PROGRESS-REPORT ON THE RANCHO EAGBIREA
ASPHALTUM STUDIES.

By W. DwicutTt PIERCE

I have been asked to prepare a progress report on the results
so far obtained in the study of the insect life of the Pleistocene
asphalt deposits at Rancho La Brea (Hancock Park), Los An-
geles, California.

The material is so rich, and the problems of identification so
complex, that it may be years before all of the results are pre-
sented. At the present time, however, certain points seem to be
indicated, and perhaps the statement of these may assist those
investigating other aspects of the material.

To date there have been found insect remains from 19 differ-
ent pits (A,B, 3, 4, 9; 10, 13, 16, 28,29) 3658377 soleoOmnolr
67, 77, 81, 101) at Rancho La Brea and some from a site on
Wilshire Boulevard several blocks beyond Hancock Park.

Since matrix material for original examination was only avail-
able from pits A, 81, and 101, George Kanakoff, of the Division of
Life Sciences, suggested study of the skulls of the saber-tooth
cat, Smilodon californicus, an undoubted Pleistocene animal. Most
of the skulls had only been superficially washed in kerosene, so
they were soaked in benzene, and the contents of the brain cavity
syringed out. This proved a valuable source for fine material,
and the data on the skulls gives very significant information. In
all, 27 skulls have been washed out, coming from pits 3, 4, 13, 60,
61, 67, 77. The horizontal and vertical positions where each skull
was found make the information exact. The depths at which
these were found range from 4 feet to 19.5 feet below the surface.

Many species of tiny insects were recovered from the skulls,
which had not been obtained in the washing and sifting from
Pits A, 81, and 101. When the whole story is told, most of the
species records will come from more than one pit.

3y far the greatest bulk of the chitinous material consists of
beetle remains, with millipede (Julidae) next in quantity. As a
criterion, the number of beetle elytra so far recovered is 2867,
some from each of the pits listed, although 1899 are from Pit A,
166 from Pit 81, and 155 from Pit 101, which we have only begun
to examine.

BULLETIN, SO. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Parr 3, 1947

So far there have been located 14 families of beetles, which
may be ecologically separated as: water beetles (Dytiscide,
Hydrophilide, and Haliplide); carrion beetles (Silphide, Der-
mestide, Histeride); predaceous beetles (Carabide, Cicindeli-
de) ; dung beetles (Scarabaeide ) ; ground dwelling beetles (‘Te-
nebrionide ) ; and plant feeding beetles (Cerambycidz, and wee-
vils of the families Platypodidz, Apionide, Psallidiidze, and Cur-
culionide ).

Pit A has also yielded Orthoptera, Araneida, Diptera, Dip-
lopoda, and Hymenoptera (wasp and ant); Pit 3 gave Diptera
Hemiptera, Diplopoda, Isoptera (termite droppings), and insect
galls; Pit 13 termite droppings, Hemiptera, and Homoptera;
Pit 67 Ostracoda shells, Diptera, and Hemiptera; Pit 81 Diptera,
Hymenoptera, and Diplopoda; and Pit 101 has already yielded
Orthoptera, Isoptera droppings, Dinlopoda, Hymenoptera (ants),
Hemiptera, and Phalangida.

Little has been done toward determining the non-Coleopterous
material, but we may list among the Orthoptera, Jerusalem crick-
ets (Genus Stenopelmatus, Gryllacridide), and grasshoppers
(Acridide), The Diptera are largely puparia of Metopiide (blow
flies and fleshflies). The Hymenoptera are Vespide, and Formic-
ide (ants). The Hemiptera are Notonectide (backswimmers),
and Corixidze (water boatmen).

The turmoil in the tar has resulted in complete separation of
the parts of the skeleton of most insects; only rarely are several
parts connected. The eye sockets are empty, and mouthparts gone
in all La Brea material.

Two conclusions seem permissible at present:

1. That the submergence of carcasses was very slow, permitting
the disintegrating work of series after series of insects; first the
blowflies and fleshflies, which attack in a few hours after death;
second, the Dermestid beetles, of the genus Dermestes; third,
the Silphid beetles, which belong to the genera Nicrophorus and
Siulpha; fourth, the Histerid beetles of the genus Saprinus, and
other undetermined genera. This means that the carcasses reached
the fourth and fifth stages of decomposition before complete sub-
mergence in the tar, which may mean up to 5 months exposure.
It must have been a foul smelling locality.

2. There was probably standing water over a considerable
period of the year, over the surface of the asphalt, because the
predominant insect remains are water insects: Hydrophilide,
Dytiscidz, Haliplide, among the beetles; and Notonectide, and
Corixidee among the bugs. Likewise the presence of Ostracoda
indicates that the water pools were more or less permanent.

137

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

Detailed studies of each group will follow as they are com-
pleted. This work has many difficulties, because there is no pub-
lished comparative morphology of insects, and it sometimes takes
a great deal of research to find where a fragment belongs in the
classification scheme. The findings at McKittrick of whole in-
sects will give many valuable clues for the La Brea study.

14. A PROGRESS” REPORT, ON TEE Micka Cie
ASE EAE Fae)

By W. DwicutT PIERCE

In October 1945, the writer visited the asphalt field about a
half mile south of McKittrick in Kern County, but at an altitude
of 1250 feet, about 200 feet higher than the town. A new road
had been cut directly through the tar field, and along this cut on
the east side, there was a place where the asphalt had been re-
cently cleft and started to sink. At a depth of about two feet be-
low the crust a deposit of insects was found that was of great
interest. This site was designated Site 3 McKittrick, the two
University of California pits at the lower end of the same field
on the west side being Sites 1 and 2.

On August 10, 1947, Mr. Leonard Bessom of the Paleontology
Department of the Los Angeles County Museum visited the same
road cut, and at a depth of about 4 feet found layers of insects of
an entirely different series, the 1945 insects being all Coleoptera;
the 1947 series being to a large degre Odonata, and Hemiptera,
with many Coleoptera, and a mixture of other orders. There being
at the time no way of correlating the two lots, Bessom’s location
was called Site 4.

The preliminary examination of Bessom’s material brought.
out so much of interest and also raised so many questions, that
“Operation McKittrick” was organized and carried out Novem-
ber 2, 1947, with George P. Kanakoff, Gearhard Bakker, Leonard
3essom, Robert Arris, Mrs. Cora Dahle, Mrs. Clara Pierce and
the writer participating. The entire study was made on the East-
ern exposure along the roadside.

Sites 3 and 4 were found to be just 5 feet apart. The Pierce
1945 material would correspond to the 24 to 30 inch layer at
3essom’s Site 4. This 3-4 zone was 180 yards north of the be-
ginning of asphalt exposures, the first evidences being oil sands
deep under many feet of rock.

With measuring tape, zones for examination were marked off

from Site 4 as base; Site'5 being 50: it.; Site) 6) LOO mites Site 7,

138

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Parr 3, 1947

PLATE 34

A clump of matrix asphalt from McKittrick asphalt field, Site 4,
depth 4 ft., showing in center Hemipterous wing, dragon fly bodies and
beetles, at left dragon fly head, at right large beetle head.

150 ft., Site 8 200 ft., Site 9 250 ft., and Site 10 300 ft. south of
Site 4. The diagonal height of the 45° slopes was: Site 4 12 ft.,
Site oii, Site 6 18 it, Site 7 44 tt. Site 8 32 ft.Site 9 40 ft,
Sires LO sa it:

The asphalt lies in definite strata which have about a 2° slope,
although some levels are irregular. The top layer of very black
asphalt at Sites 3, 4 was 28 mches thick, and it began at the sur-
face near Site 5. Below this was a brown tar-filled zone of con-
siderable depth, which at all exposures was rich in insect ma-
terial. Below this was a blacker zone down to 100 inches at Site 4,
60 inches at Site 5, 48 inches at Site 6, and at the surface of Site
7. Sites 8, 9, and 10 showed only oil sands of even texture, prob-
ably not surface exposed; at Site 9 there was a recent flow over
the matrix.

Samples were taken at every 6 inches vertical depth at Site 4;
at every foot depth at Site 5; and a few samples at Sites 6, 7, and
10. Then 33 feet south of Site 4 a cleavage indicated good ma-
terial, so this was called Site 11, and a sample taken in the same
level as the 30 inch at Site 4.

139

Fossil Arthropods. Pierce

3, 1947

BULL. So. Cat. AcaAbD. Scr. 46

35

PLATE

ad, and grasshopper leg.

on fly he

ag

Enlargement from Plate 34 showing dr

140

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

Test holes have been dug by others in various places in the
same field and in one of these were found insect deposits in the
same stratum as the most productive 30 inch depth at Site 4.

Beyond the tar field to the east is a deep ravine into which a
new flow of tar has been seeping. Here is the modern event hap-
pening, which must duplicate all of the events of long ago written
in the asphalt deposits. In this shallow flow over the sand have
been caught many dragon flies, beetles, a scorpion, a tenebrionid
beetle, a Hydrophilid beetle, rabbit and crow, kangaroo rat, 3
snakes, and various small birds. Less than a half inch of tar lying
over the tar-soaked sand has caught them and brought about their
death. It had flowed during the summer, but had stopped by No-
vember 2. All animals were skeletonized by insects, but encrusted
by dust, and on touching would crumble. The bones were white.
It will take the flows of succeeding years to enclose and preserve
the parts that are not destroyed by winds, and the many exigencies
of nature. The animals seen by us were there in August at Bes-
som’s first visit.

_ Then some distance to the West on a hillside draining into a
wash filled with powdery alkali, this same thing was duplicated.
In the shallow trickle of tar were caught Jerusalem cricket, dragon
flies, beetles, rabbits, birds, and snake. All animals were encrusted
and skeletonized.

John R. Schultz (1938) in an article “A late quaternary
mammal fauna from the tar seeps of McKittrick, California”
(Carnegie Inst., Washington, Publ. 487 (IV) :115-215), discusses
this field, from which may be quoted a few pertinent sentences:
“From the existing distribution of the seeps, it seems probable
that none of the fissures is very extensive laterally, and that the
almost continuous belt of brea is actually due to coalescence of
numerous individual seeps of slightly different ages rather than to
one large flow. V. L. Vander Hoof————— has observed that
old seeps become active after an unknown period of quiescence.
It seems reasonable to assume that such was also the case from the
earliest inception of the fissures, so that the brea belt rather than
constituting one definite horizon actually may represent a compli-
cated sequence of events extending from middle to late Pleisto-
cene time down to the present.

“During late Pleistocene sedimentation was active in the area
and as the oil reached the surface and spread out in sheets of a
fraction of an inch or so in thickness it became intercalated with
clay, sand, gravel, and wind-blown material. The resulting prod-
uct is a rudely stratified material consisting of fine and coarse
sediments more or less uniformly saturated with petroleum.
Vander Hoof contends that it was mainly during the summer
months that the oil became fluid enough to spread over large

141

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

areas; while the winter rains carried in most of the clastic ma-_
terial.”

With this statement our findings agree, but with the sugges-
tion of a lake, which had also seemed the case to us, the writer is
at present inclined to think such an explanation entirely unneces-
sary. The larval forms that were present could have developed
just as well in little pools lying on the surface of the more or less
liquid tar. While the country today is very barren, there 1s water
underground, because we found a seepage of water below the 6 ft.
level at Site 4. Probably in the spring the rains form little pools
sufficient for water insects to breed in. The chances are that this
has been the state of affairs for long periods of time. Buena
Vista Lake, a few miles away, is close enough to have been the
source of the flying water insects.

The present report is upon the Bessom findings mainly, as it
will take a long time to explore the materials obtained on Novem-
ber: 2: Figure” 1 illustrates a clump of matrix asphalt from the
4 ft. level at Site 4, just as found, and one can recognize two
abdomens and a head of a dragon fly, the head of a large Hy-
drophilid at the edge of the clump opposite the dragon fly head ;
three or four beetles, and the wing of a water boatman (Co-
rixide ).

The Bessom Site 4 material is quite different from the 1945
material in that dragon flies and damsel flies are dominant. The
condition of the insects suggests very little movement from tie
point of death. (The modern dragon flies caught in the seepage
died at the spot where they alighted, without any movement, as
their feet were caught). They are filled with asphalt permeated
fine silt, and many of the insects are entire, except for the wings.
One striking point is that the eyes are often present, although
sometimes loose in the sockets, in dragon flies, beetles, wasps, flies,
and moths. Figure 2 is an enlargement of the dragon fly head in
Figure 1, and clearly shows the pattern of the eyes.

The Bessom material has yielded several species of dragon
flies, damsel flies, and even damsel fly larvae. Packed in closely
with them are many whole predaceous diving beetles, family
Dytiscide, of which the genera Cybister, Colymbetes, and Agahus
have been separated out. The giant water scavenger beetles (Hy-
drophilide ) were also numerous, and belonged to the genera Hy-
drous and Tropisternus.

The crawling water beetles of the family Haliplidz, genus
Haliplus, were present in small number.

Also there were 5 families of water bugs. The back swim-
mers, Notonectide, are represented by a new species of Notonecta,
which was common. The water boatman, Corixide, are repre-

142

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

sented by two genera. The rare Nepide, or water scorpions, are
represented by two new species of Ranatra; the water striders,
Gerride, by a species of Gerris; the giant water bugs, Belosto-
matide, by two species, a Lethocerus, and a Belostoma. This
makes 10 families of exclusively water dwelling insects; and in
addition our material contains the mud beetles, Heteroceride,
genus Heterocera; and a tiger beetle, Cicindelide, genus (7-
cindela.

Scavenger insects are nowhere near in the proportion that
they are in Rancho La Brea; and of course, insect remains far
outnumber the bird, rodent, and toad bones found in the 4 ft.
level. To date only a Silphid (genus Nicrophorus), and a few
Diptera have been found.

Predaceous beetles of the Carabide are not common; a few
Staphylinidz have been found. At the 2 ft. level I found some
Tenebrionide, but there have been none from the 4 ft. levei.

Incidentally there are remains of grasshoppers (Acridide),
and Jerusalem crickets (Gryllacride), among the Orthoptera;
a few badly mangled moths, which will be difficult to determine
(order Lepidoptera) ; fragments of several kinds of wasps (order
Hymenoptera), including cuckoo wasp (Chrysidide) and paper
wasp (Vespide) ; one dung beetle, Scarabzeidz ; one wood borer
(Buprestidz ).

The material now on hand will take a long time to study, but
the collection of this by definite levels will make it possible to get
relative timing on the insects, and small vertebrates.

The figuring of age will be difficult, because the deposits have
been spasmodic and very slow: From the external appearance of
the strata, the different colors of the asphaltum indicate very dis-
tinct periods of time. We must leave the calculation to the stratig-
raphers. What we are interested in is the existence of a continu-
ous series of deposits full of interesting material. The farther
down we go the older it is.

The following articles, to be subsequently published, will
show that some, at least, of the insects are not known today, and
hence must be considered as new species.

143

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

THE TOLERANCE OF RODENTS TO THE FEEDING
OF CONE-NOSED BUGS (Hemiptera, Reduviidae) *

By SHERWIN F. Woop

Department of Life Sciences, Los Angeles City College,
Los Angeles 27, California

INTRODUCTION

The writer has previously pointed out the remarkable adapta-
bility of rodents as laboratory hosts of haematophagous bugs
(Wood, 1943). This paper, based on feeding data recorded from
1938 through 1942 on cultures of Triatoma harboring Trypano-
soma cruzi Chagas, gives additional information on rodent toler-
ance to bug exposures. Where possible, the number of bugs that
were seen to feed is specified, including mention of those which
fed to capacity. Where animals are mentioned as exposed to feed-
ing, no note was taken of the exact number which fed although
some bugs fed on the rodent at every exposure. Where the re-
mark ‘“‘most fed” is made, the majority of the insects in the moist
chamber had fed although no count was made at the time. For
details of technique in feeding and caring for Triatoma see Wood

(1941b).

The following species of cone-nosed bugs were used: Triatoma
protracta, T. protracta woodi, T. rubida, T. longipes, T. ger-
staeckeri, T. heidemanni, T. sanguisuga and Paratriatoma hirsuta.
These insects with the exception of Paratriatoma will hereafter
be referred to by their specific names. Instar equivalents for
nymph sizes are as follows: protracta and protracta woodi, large
(4th and 5th), medium (2nd and 3rd), small (1st); rubida,
heidemanni and P. hirsuta, large (Sth), medium (3rd and 4th),
small (1st and 2nd); and longipes and gerstaeckeri, large (4th
and 5th), medium (3rd), small (1st-and 2nd).

Where weights of rodent hosts and experimentally infected
animals are specified, they refer to the weight before first bug
exposure or inoculation.

OBSERVATIONS

NaTIvE Ropents: One adult Gambel white-footed mouse,
Peromyscus maniculatus gambeli, survived the feeding of 1 me-
dium and 9 large nymphs, 1 male and 1 female (adults) and ex-

*Presented in part before The Western Society of Naturalists at the 15th Annual
Winter Meeting on December 28, 1945, Mills College, Oakland, California.

144

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

posure to feeding of 14 medium and 3 large nymphs of protracta
over a 12 hour period.

One adult male southern parasitic mouse, Peromyscus cali-
fornicus imsignis, survived the feedings of 8 small and medium
rubida nymphs and 4 medium longipes nymphs over a 12 hour
period with no apparent ill effects to the mouse. Another adult
survived the feeding of 1 large nymph and 1 female protracta and
exposure to feeding of 13 small and medium rubida nymphs on
November 17th and exposure to the feeding of 48 small, medium
and large protracta nymphs on November 28th and December 5th.
Many of the latter group of bugs fed on the mouse both times
with no apparent ill effects to the rodent.

One adult female southern parasitic mouse survived exposure
to feeding of 22 bugs including 12 medium gerstaeckeri nymphs,
6 small and medium rubida nymphs and 1 medium heidemanm
nymph on November 17th and 3 large rubida nymphs on Novem-
ber 28th. There were no apparent ill effects to the mouse.

One adult female San Diego wood rat, Neotoma fuscipes
macrotis, survived the feeding of 14 medium and large protracta
nymphs on November Ist, 11 small protracta nymphs on Decem-
ber 20th, 2 large nymphs and 1 male protracta woodi and 9 me-
dium and 2 large rubida nymphs on December 22nd. It was ex-
posed to the feeding of 1 medium and 1 large nymph and 1 female
protracta, 1 large nymph and 1 male protracta woodi and 2 large
rubida nymphs on November Ist and 16 medium and large pro-
tracta nymphs on December 20th with no apparent ill effects to
the rat.

An adult female southern parasitic mouse served to feed 1
small, 10 medium and 2 large rubida nymphs but died after ex-
posure to 9 small, 59 medium and 20 large protracta nymphs over
a period of four days. Most of the 88 protracta fed.

Over a 3 day period, an adult female San Pedro Martir white-
footed mouse, Peromyscus truei martirensis, served to feed 17
small and 7 medium and large protracta nymphs, 1 medium and 2
large longipes nymphs, and 28 small rubida nymphs. The mouse
died on the third day while exposed to 9 large nymphs and 1
male protracta woodi involving a total exposure to the feeding of
65 bugs.

IN ANIMALS EXPERIMENTALLY INFECTED WITH Trypanosoma
cruzi, an adult male, 35 gram southern parasitic mouse, experi-
ment 50, served to feed 10 small protracta nymphs on the 14th
day after inoculation and was exposed to 82 small protracta
nymphs on the 18th day. Most of the bugs fed and many fed
again on the 25th day when placed with the mouse. The animal
was discarded on the 90th day in apparent good health.

145

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

An adult female, 35 gram southern parasitic mouse, experi-
ment 56, which showed a heavy Trypanosoma cruzi infection,
served to feed 19 small protracta nymphs on the 18th day after
inoculation, 4 small protracta nymphs on the 19th day and 8 small
longipes nymphs on the 30th day. This mouse was exposed to the
feeding of 26 small protracta nymphs (most fed) on the 19th day,
25 small protracta nymphs (most fed) and 34 small rwbida nymphs
on the 21st day, 20 small Jongipes nymphs (most fed) on the 31st,
32nd and 36th day. The mouse was anesthetized on the 90th day
in apparent good health.

An adult male, 37 gram southern parasitic mouse, experiment
76, served to feed 15 small protracta and 2 small longipes nymphs
on the 19th day and was exposed to 24 small, medium and large
nymphs, 1 male and 3 female protracta (most fed) on the 16th
day. The mouse was apparently in good health when sacrificed
for tissue studies on the 22nd day after inoculation.

An adult male, 38 gram southern parasitic mouse, experiment
79, served to feed 41 and 67 small protracta nymphs on the 22nd
and 48th days, respectively. It was exposed to the feeding of 14
nymphs and 6 adult protracta on the 26th day, 30 small protracta
nymphs on the 32nd day, 14 nymphs and 2 adult protracta and 22
small rubida nymphs on the 47th day and 58 small protracta
nymphs on the 48th day with no apparent ill effects.

An adult female, 45 gram southern parasitic mouse, experi-
ment 91, was exposed to the feeding of 31 small protracta nymphs
on the 14th day, 31 small protracta and 44 small gerstaeckeri
nymphs on the 16th day, and 44 small gerstaeckert nymphs and 34
small and 53 medium nymphs and 18 female protracta on the 28th
day with no apparent ill effects to the mouse.

An adult male, 20.5 gram white-footed mouse, Peromyscus
crinitus stephensi, experiment 98, was exposed to the feeding of
49 and 80 small protracta nymphs on the 18th and 22nd days, re-
spectively, with no apparent ill effects to the mouse.

An adult male white-throated wood rat, Neotoma albigula
albigula, experiment 81, served to feed 9 female rubida and 2 me-
dium and 2 large longipes nymphs on the 20th day, 17 small rubida
nymphs on the 40th day and 2 medium and 2 large nymphs and 1
male longipes on the 47th day. The rat was exposed to the feed-
ing of 30 small protracta nymphs on the 32nd and 38th days and
66 small, medium and large protracta nymphs, 17 small and 8 me-
dium rubida nymphs (most fed), and 7 medium longipes nymphs
on the 47th day with no apparent ill effects to the rodent. An un-
infected adult female rat, as reported previously (Wood, 1943, p.
318), survived 1,016 feedings over a period of 6 months.

An adult male, 41.5 gram southern parasitic mouse, experi-
ment 78, died after exposure to the feeding of the following bugs:

146

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

1 large nymph and 2 female rubida on the 32nd day, 30 small
protracta nymphs and 1 large longipes nymph on the 89th day and
11 medium protracta nymphs and 17 medium rubida nymphs on
the 90th day. Another adult male, 38 gram southern parasitic
mouse, experiment 95, died after being fed on by 67 small rubida
nymphs on the 22nd day and 2 small, 2 medium and 19 large
nymphs, | male and 1 female protracta on the 55th day after inoc-
ulation.

An adult female, 18.5 gram white-footed mouse, Peromyscus
crimitus stephensi, experiment 97, died after being fed on by 32
small rubida nymphs on the 20th day and 6 large nymphs, 4 male
and 5 female protracta on the 22nd day, although an uninfected
male (Wood, 1943, p. 318) survived exposure to 61 small longipes
nymphs.

LaBorATorY Ropents: Over a 10 hour period, one male white
mouse, Mus musculus, survived being fed on by 1 small nymph, 1
male and 1 female protracta and another survived being fed on by
12 nymphs and 5 adult Paratriatoma hirsuta. Another adult male
weighing 26.5 grams survived the feeding of 77 small protracta
nymphs (Wood, 1943, p. 318).

Table 1 summarizes the results on feeding exposures for 30
uninfected and 3 experimentally infected white rats, Rattus nor-
Vegicus.

Two young white rats died after overnight feeding of 39 me-
dium and large protracta nymphs. A young hooded white rat died
after feeding of 31 small and 31 medium (partly fed) protracta
nymphs and 17 small gerstaeckert nymphs over a 48 hour period.

A half-grown white rat died after feeding of the following
bugs from July 3 to August 9: 24 medium, 14 medium and large
nymphs, 3 female and 1 male protracta; 65 small and 20 medium
rubida nymphs (exposure to 27 small and 20 medium nymphs) ;
4 medium longipes nymphs; and 3 medium (fed to capacity) and
1 large gerstaeckeri nymphs, a total of 182 bugs of which 145 are
known to have fed.

An adult white rat died after feeding of the following bugs
over a 36 hour period: 9 medium and large, 6 medium, and 6 large
nymphs, 1 male, and 5 female protracta; 26 small and 37 medium
rubida nymphs; 2 medium longipes nymphs; and 1 medium and 1
large gerstaeckeri nymphs.

An adult female white rat, weight 205 grams, died after being
fed on by the following: March 4, 454 small longipes nymphs;
March 5, 1 male Paratriatoma hirsuta, 41 small, 46 small and me-
dium nymphs and 1 female protracta, 29 small, and 41 small and
medium rubida nymphs ; March 6, 75 small rubida nymphs; March
10, 77 small rubida nymphs; March 11, 12 medium longipes

147

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

nymphs, 4 small, 1 medium, 2 large nymphs and 1 female Par-
atriatoma hirsuta, and 37 small and 38 small and medium rubida
nymphs; and March 13, 2 female protracta fed to capacity and 13
medium nymphs of longipes fed before the rat died. Thus, this
rat succumbed after 875 feedings of individual Triatoma and
Paratriatoma over a 9 day period.

Five guinea pigs were exposed at irregular intervals to the
feeding of cone-nosed bugs. There was no evidence of injury to
any of these animals even after a maximum exposure to feeding
of 949 small /ongipes nymphs over a 12 hour period.

From April lst through April 4th, an adult male guinea pig,
no. 1, served to feed 2 medium, 6 large and 16 medium and large
protracta nymphs, 4 large protracta woodi nymphs, 2 medium and
5 large rubida nymphs, 2 large longipes nymphs, and 4 small
gerstaeckeri nymphs. It was also exposed to the feeding of 28
small and 15 small and medium protracta nymphs. Forty-one
bugs were seen to feed and laboratory notations indicate that
most of the remaining 43 fed some over the 3 day exposure period.

From November 2, 1940 to February 4, 1941, another adult
male, no, 2, served to feed 2 medium and 4 large nymphs, 1 male
and 1 female protracta, 33 small, medium and large, 2 medium and
41 large rubida nymphs, 17 small Jongipes nymphs, 1 large heide-
manni nymph and 3 female gerstaeckeri and was exposed to the
feeding of 15 small and medium and 1 large protracta nymphs, 5
large protracta woodi nymphs, and 41 small, medium and large,
244 small and 50 large ruwbida nymphs (many fed). Thus, this
guinea pig was exposed to the feeding of 461 Triatoma of which
105 bugs were actually observed to feed.

From October 26, 1940 to February 5, 1941, another adult
male, no. 3, served to feed 50 small nymphs aa 1 female protracta,
6 large protracta woodi nymphs, 36 small and 43 large rubida
nymphs, 151 small Jongipes nymphs, 8 small gerstaeckert nymphs
and 2 medium Paratriatoma hirsuta nymphs and was exposed to
the feeding of 52 small nymphs and 1 female protracta, 167 small
rubida nymphs, 393 small and 47 medium and large longipes
nymphs, 3 large nymphs and 1 male heidemanni, 48 small nymphs
and 1 female gerstaeckeri and 5 small, medium and large Par-
atriatoma hirsuta nymphs. This guinea pig survived in good con-
dition a total of 1015 exposures including 297 observed feedings.

From April 10, 1941 to February 23, 1942, an adult male, no.
4, served to feed 28 small and medium, 28 medium and large
nymphs and 1 female protracta, 3 large protracta woodi nymphs,
1 medium and 4 large nymphs and 18 female rubida, 7 medium
and large nymphs, 142 male and 57 female longipes and 1 large
heidemanni nymph. This animal was exposed to the feeding of
10 small and 84 small, medium and large protracta nymphs (most

148

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

fed) ; 151 small rubida nymphs (most fed) ; 39 small and 2 large
nymphs, 51 male and 11 female Jongipes (many fed) ; and 7 small
gerstaeckert nymphs. Thus, this guinea pig survived in good con-
dition a total of 645 exposures including 290 known feedings.

From April 12 to December 6, 1941, an adult female, no. 5,
served to feed 10 small and 1 large nymph and 4 female protracta,
5 large nymphs and 1 male protracta woodi, 289 small nymphs, 60
male and 105 female rubida, 447 small and 9 medium longipes
nymphs, 14 small and 8 medium gerstaeckert nymphs and 8 small,
4 medium and 4 large nymphs, 2 male and 3 female Paratriatoma
hirsuta. It was exposed to the feeding of 138 small nymphs, 1
male and 3 female protracta; 1646 small, 173 small and medium
and 82 large nymphs, 29 male and 43 female rubida,; 5150 small,
9 medium, 105 small and medium nymphs, 3 male and 4 female
longipes; and 6 small gerstaeckeri nymphs. Thus, this guinea pig
survived a total of 8366 feeding exposures including 974 observed
feedings.

IN ANIMALS EXPERIMENTALLY INFECTED WITH Trypanosoma
cruzi, five male white mice weighing between 23.5 and 26 grams
showed no ill effects from feeding of 10 each (3 mice), 15 (1
mouse) and 25 (1 mouse) small protracta or rubida nymphs be-
tween the 17th and 3ist days after inoculation. All were anesthe-
tized by the 93rd day after inoculation.

An adult male, 22 gram white mouse, experiment 43, which
survived a heavy infection with Trypanosoma cruzi served to feed
34 small protracta nymphs on the 15th day, 24 small rubida
nymphs on the 17th day, 3 medium gerstaeckeri nymphs on the
~ 26th day and 1 medium gerstaeckeri and 1 medium sanguwisuga
nymph on the 28th day. This mouse, which had injured its eye in
the wire cylinder (Wood, 1941c, pp. 3 and 4) on the 7th day after
inoculation was anesthetized on the 120th day. It was weak and
thin and both ears were infested with mites, Ereynetes concolor
Haldman.

Another adult male, 16.5 gram white mouse, experiment 49,
served to feed 1 large nymph and 5 adult protracta woodi on the
5lst day and 15 small protracta nymphs, 10 small and 1 large
nymphs and 4 male protracta woodi, and 7 small longipes nymphs
on the 109th day after inoculation with no apparent ill effects to
the mouse.

An adult male, 21 gram white mouse, experiment 82, served to
feed 2 female rubida on the 28th day and 21 medium and large
protracta nymphs (most fed) on the 47th day with no apparent ill
effects.

Another adult male, 24 gram white mouse, experiment 86,
served to feed 25 small rubida nymphs on the 34th day and was

149

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

exposed to the feeding of 12 small protracta nymphs (most fed),
and 89 small rubida nymphs (many fed) on the 36th day and 23
nymphs, 1 male, 2 female protracta (most fed), 36 small rubida
and 23 small gerstaeckeri nymphs (a few fed) on the 44th day
with no subsequent ill effects to the mouse.

An adult male, 21 gram white mouse, experiment 88, was ex-
posed to the feeding of 38 small protracta nymphs and 23 small
gerstaeckeri nymphs on the 32nd day after inoculation. This mouse
was so active in the wire cylinder that most of the bugs did not
feed. Another adult male, 22 gram white mouse, experiment 94,
was exposed to the feeding of 41 small protracta nymphs and 67
small rubida nymphs on the 20th day. An adult male, 28 gram
white mouse, experiment 109, served to feed 5 small and 1 medium
nymph and 2 female protracta. No apparent ill effects were noted
in any of these mice.

An adult male, 25.5 gram white mouse, experiment 63, suc-
cumbed to the feeding of 18 medium and large nymphs and 1 fe-
male protracta on the 27th day after inoculation. Another adult
male, 22 gram white mouse, experiment 84, served to feed the fol-
lowing small protracta nymphs: 18 on the 20th day and 29 on the
22nd day and was exposed to the feeding of 19 on the 22nd day
(most fed) and 18 on the 23rd day. The mouse was very weak
and died on the 24th day after inoculation.

An adult male, 21 gram white mouse, experiment 85, served to
feed 2-small longipes and 18 small gerstaeckeri nymphs on the
27th day and was exposed to the feeding of 23 small, medium and
large nymphs, 1 male and 2 female protracta and 39 small rubida
nymphs on the 26th day, 12 small protracta nymphs on the 27th
day, and succumbed while exposed to 51 small rubida nymphs on
the 28th day.

An adult male, 20 gram white mouse, experiment 87, showing
a heavy infection with Trypanosoma cruzi, served to feed 23
small rwbida nymphs on the 18th day and 45 small rwbida nymphs
on the 28th day. This mouse was very weak and was found dead
in its cage on the 29th day after inoculation. It was parasitized by
the mite, Ereynetes concolor Haldman.

Another adult male, 21 gram white mouse, experiment 89, with
a heavy infection of Trypanosoma cruzi, served to feed 11 small
protracta nymphs on the 12th day, 34 small rwbida nymphs on the
20th day and 12 small, medium and large protracta nymphs on the
28th day. It was exposed to 29 small gerstaeckeri nymphs (a few
fed) on the 16th day and 21 small protracta nymphs (most fed),
16 small and 5 medium rubida nymphs, 24 small gerstaeckeri
nymphs and 1 male and 1 female hetdemanni on the 28th day. The
mouse died on the 28th day.

150

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

A male, 22 gram white mouse, experiment 90, served to feed
24 small rubida nymphs on the 22nd day, 10 small rubida nymphs
on the 26th day, and 10 medium and large protracta nymphs on
the 32nd day. It was exposed to the feeding of 32 small rubida
nymphs on the 32nd day and 8 medium protracta nymphs on the
33rd day when it died.

Another adult male, 22 gram white mouse, experiment 92, died
after exposure to feeding of 18 small protracta nymphs on the
20th day and 1 female protracta, 10 medium and large nymphs
and 1 male protracta woodi, 4 small and medium rubida nymphs
and 4 medium and large longipes nymphs on the 22nd day.

A male, 52 gram white rat, experiment 96, served to feed 66
small ruwbida nymphs on the 23rd day and succumbed to exposure
to feeding of 21 medium and large protracta nymphs, 31 small,
medium and large rubida nymphs (most fed) and 7 medium
longipes nymphs (most fed) on the 25th day.

DISCUSSION

The number of cone-nosed bugs collected in surveys (de
Shazo, 1943; Packchanian, 1939, 1940; Wood, 1942); or found
in specific localities, as at the Alvarado Mine near Congress Junc-
tion, Arizona (Wood, 1943); or which periodically seem to in-
crease abnormally in abundance as reported in the “kissing bug
scare of 1899” (Wood, 194la) would seem to indicate a large
animal reservoir of food for these insects in nature. That ele-
ments of the native mammal population can furnish an ample food
source for these bugs is indicated here by the efficiency of rodents
to supply blood at daily, weekly or monthly intervals.

Rodents rarely would be subjected to massive bug feedings in
nature since the average number encountered in 451 wood rat
houses was 2.88 bugs per house (Wood, 1941d). Since houses of
wood rats are usually occupied by one adult, except during the
breeding cycle, their support of large bug populations is doubtful.
The maximum number of bugs collected from one wood rat house
was 85 Triatoma protracta in California and 76 T. p. woodi in
Texas (Wood, 1941b). Both of these records were from nests
harboring female and young rats. In a thorough study of 100
wood rat dens, Vorhies and Taylor (1940) found 59% containing
-from 1 to 10 Triatoma.

Bat caves with well established resident populations have been
found to harbor Triatoma and probably support big bug popula-
tions. Clark and Dunn (1931) report that all stages of Triatoma
geniculata were found in bat caves indicating breeding of the bug
there. These big bat concentrations would seem to offer a good

151

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 3, 1947

source of food for cone-nosed bugs although great difficulties
would be encountered in collecting the bugs because of the struc-
ture of the caves. The writer found one T. longipes nymph in a
mine shaft occupied by bats at the Alvarado Mine in Arizona
(Wood, 1943, p. 316). Possibly other caves in the vicinity are the
source of some adult bugs attracted to the miner’s houses during
the warmer parts of the year.

SUMMARY

Among the native rodents, 10 white-footed mice (Peromyscus )
survived feedings of 10 to 108 cone-nosed bugs and exposure to
feeding of as many as 255 bugs. Five Peromyscus died after feed-
ing of from 47 to 92 Triatoma. Two wood rats (Neotoma) sur-
vived the feeding of as many as 39 bugs and exposure to 158 bugs.
Of the laboratory rodents, 14 white mice survived feedings of
from 3 to 63 cone-nosed bugs and exposure to feeding of as many ~
as 211 (25 fed) bugs. Seven white mice succumbed to the feed-
ing of 19 and 68 bugs and exposures to 38, 84(2), 148 and 154
bugs. Thirty-three white rats of different ages survived feedings
of from 14 to 317 cone-nosed bugs over various time intervals.
White rats survived exposure to as many as 130 bugs over a 7 hour
period and 855 possible feedings over a 62 day period. Seven
white rats died after feeding of as few as 39 (24 hour period) and
as many as 875 (9 day period) bugs. Five guinea pigs survived
feedings of 41, 105, 290, 297 and 974 bugs involving exposures to
feeding of as many as 949 bugs over a 12 hour period and 8,366
cone-nosed bugs over an 8 month period. No differences in toler-
ance were noted in animals experimentally infected with Trypa-
nosoma crust Chagas.

REFERENCES

CLARK, H. C. and L. H. Dunn 1931. Experimental studies on Chagas’
disease in Panama. United Fruit Co., Med. Dept., 20th Annual Rept.,
131-152.

DE SHAZO, T. 1948. A survey of Trypanosoma cruzi infection in Triatoma
spp. collected in Texas. Jour. Bact. 46, 219-220.

PACKCHANIAN, A. 1939. Natural infection of Triatoma gerstaeckeri with
Trypanosoma cruzi in Texas. Publ. Health Repts., 54, 1547-1554.
1940. Natural infection of Triatoma heidemanni with Trypanosoma
cruzi in Texas. Pests, 8, 20.

Voruies, C. T. and W. P. Taytor 1940. Life history and ecology of the
white-throated wood rat, Neotoma albigula albigula Hartley, in rela-
tion to grazing in Arizona. Ariz. Agr. Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull., 86,
455-529.

152

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 46, Part 8, 1947

Woop, S. F. 1941a. Chagas’ Disease (Does it exist in men in Arizona?).
Southwestern Med., April, 112-114.
1941b. Notes on the distribution and habits of Reduviid vectors of
Chagas’ disease in the southwestern United States (Hemiptera,
Reduviidae). Pan-Pacific Ent., 17, 85-94, 115-118.
1941c. New localities for Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas in southwestern
United States. Amer. Jour. Hyg., Sect. C, 34, 1-13.
1941d. A method of collecting and transporting cone-nosed bugs.
Bull. Brooklyn Ento. Soc., 36, 137-139.
1942. Observations on vectors of Chagas’ disease in the United States.
I. California. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 47, 61-69.
1943. Observations on vectors of Chagas’ disease in the United States.
II. Arizona. Am. Jour. Trop. Med., 23, 315-320.

153

TABLE 1 |
Cone-nosed bug feeding records on surviving Rattus norvegicus. |
Bugs Fed
Rat Adults Nymphs | Total Bugs |
Wt. Reduviid =|—— —— Fed and Time |
No. | Sex| Age |Grams| Species M|F/]L{M|S | Exposed | Exposed* }
protracta BN ME) |
ess Imm longipes 1 226 6% months
gerstaeckeri 1 20
2 Imm protracta 40 40 48 hours
3 Imm protracta 90 219 4 days
4 Imm protracta 139 273 5% months
rubida 30
5 Imm protracta 106 106 24 hours »
6 Imm protracta 113 113 24 hours
7 Imm protracta 52 52 12 hours
§ Imm protracta 52 52 48 hours
protracta D 4; 3 DV26
rubida 84
9 Imm longi pes 2 133 7 days
gerstaeckert 10
10 Imm protracta 29 29 10 hours
1] o | Imm protracta 113 113 10 hours
12 o | Imm protracta 21 21 10 hours
13 Q | Imm protracta 32 32 10 hours
14 2 | Imm protracta 21 21 10 hours
protracta en Riese Asset
15 9 | Imm rubida 1G 2 fecal 79 10 hours
gerstaeckeri 1 1 ‘
OS S| Cte eval protracta 107 107 10 hours —
17 o | Ad protracia 47 47 10 hours
18 Cua ead protracta oy) 52 10 hours
19 o | Ad protracta 38 38 10 hours
20 o | Ad protracta 14 14 10 hours
protracta 1 3} 14
21 o' | Ad protracta
woodi 1 8 52 82 hours
rubida 1 1
protracta 1 CV LO ©
rubida 16 | 27 | 12
22 o | Ad longipes 1 83 10 hours
gerstaeckert 1 1

TABLE I—(Continued)

Bugs Fed
Rat Adults Nymphs | Total Bugs
Wt. Reduviid = Fed and Time
Sex| Age |Grams| Species M|F|L|MJ 8S _ | Exposed | Exposed*
protracta 1 1 7 | 24 |
o | Ad 212 | rubida 22 5a 10 hours
longipes 1 1
protracta WS lk, |) AS
o' | Ad 160 | rubida 1 | 16 9 130 7 hours
longipes 32 | 14
protracta 1 1 4 | 24 | 16
rubida DN | ZO |) SO
o | Ad 154 | /ongipes 10 | 3 EO 168 82 hours
gerstaeckert 3 2
protracta 70
longipes 4
@ | Ad 151 | gerstaeckert Meal ea(6) J 8) 93 10 hours
P. hirsuta 1 yy 1 2
protracta We 4b WO. I Us)
rubida 6
Q@ | Ad 111.5] /ongipes 1 40 10 hours
gerstaeckeri 4 1
Q | Ad 160 | protracta DONE ea) 66 10 hours
protracta 1 46
9 | Ad rubida 3 | 14 1 76 5 days
heidemannti 1
protracta 5 50
rubida 1 6 | 20 {138
@ | Ad gerstaeckert 26 | 61 855 59 days
heidemanni 3 1 6
Q | Imm protracta | 107 107 7. days
o | 17 days longipes 15 15 2 hours
o | Imm protracta 10 10 2 hours

*Time exposed refers to actual exposure indicated in hours only.
Other exposures refer to discontinuous daily contacts over the entire
time period. Additionally, no. 1 was exposed to the feeding of 14 male,
5 female, 35 large, 78 medium and 43 small nymphs of protracta and 8
small rubida nymphs. No. 3 was exvosed to 2 male and 91 small nymphs
of protracta and 36 small rubida nymphs. No. 4 was exposed to 2 male
and 102 medium nymphs of protracta. No. 21 was exposed to 1 female,
4 large and 16 small nymphs of protracta, 4 large protracta woodi
nymphs, and 1 female, 1 large and 1 medium nymph of rwbida. No. 24
weighed 148.5 grams and no. 26 weighed 133.5 grams after exposure.
No. 29 was exposed to 10 medium gerstaeckeri nymphs. No. 30 was ex-
posed to 10 male, 3 female, 6 large, 21 medium and 327 small nymphs of
protracta, 22 male, 15 female, and 116 small nymphs of rubida, 1 male
and 4 small nymphs of heidemanni and 13 small gersteckeri nymphs.
E32, E35 and E36 were experimentally infected with Trypanosoma cruzi.

155

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to Dr. JoHN A. Comstock

Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,

Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.

MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers
in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October)
in 1920.

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August;
Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2,
March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-
October; No. 6, November-December.

From 1925 to 1946, including volumes XXIV to XLV, three numbers
were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April;
No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.

MEMOIRS

Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1,
1947.

156

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

For Sale at the Appended Prices

BULLETIN: To To Non-
Members Members

Complete set, Vols. 1 to 41, bound.............. : $150.00
(Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 33, bound ............ 80.00
VOR SS INOS Che O 4 erecta. tcc craleds eis eisseiaeharoleinie oats ese $ .25 50
EA eet LOO D0 oes ds we ae ailevSlal ove ois revere Wie eceverewele' 25 .50
ee ON te POL QU cuca sis: scr os oites aloueren alae alg Merctatece: 6 25 50
manera Mee NO 0S re oe. Alo euataa cite retraite rabeh sinner aneuene 1.00 2.00
Ne Seman nls n MO (VO. Yer cia rie ee cust ee ails cialis aie Shellalelb anerecg 1.00 2.00
pee seer vewle ALIN); oosts cae toseg Siar: ecgcouske otal @iare wicvere: orale 2.00 4.00
EO HR OR LOMO Ns 25 bie e Sha siel\ coarerore) winienee a acei Ge eels 75 1.50
atl rere ALM secs os ceda ale leivete ieraveeieieye eisarelorlle’e 406 1.00 2.00
ell enema MOSUL ee Sts Sr ree oie ene RUNS Gueiabsieveue 2.00 4.00
amen Manca STO Thon tees cae cece hcucneie endiousia) sue rereiere tere wlarelsiels 1.00 2.00
parol rien oO UG) 5 ty cca se eee orale lla aeccie ere 75 1.50
cane amen See Seer es AN eeatclintr dilate acere: cosie weet 1.50 3.00
me Mire commer ate chai crthal, Riale Mi cuasun cul porate wleote 50 1.00
tie lO Mme eA se D2 Oli iuianch a wicieiaaleaciete aves sh eies gidis sereseratelerete 50 1.00
OO DIL. SG) Gee A rie eS eS AUS ae 1.00 2.00
eo eilea: 34.0 Gs TOZAN (EQCh’) isisce sleeve ciercvsrs .25 50
ee Amica SPO DD. (@ACIY) als isiccessuete olelareresets oes .25 50
ne Oe MceinrOrey MUO DOM chi ct tae svanc c eceieenere loi se longtn eieiey ere 25 50
cae Om cent to, MUO 2 (CACH) OO Nisinjcie s eres isisteccgiele © cis 6 .25 50
© Gilg dls se IRS (EHON) S3a6ndoacccncgnb0K .25 50
ae oS smmeme 2) O29) (CAC) Sc clcreenicts coarse sisi secceee 6 .25 50
aro eel 2523.0 1 OOM (ACH); cele ecccers aieratevs @ie etetes .25 50
leaner. MOSS CACH)) i a-clhlrs < elaicyeiscetere wieiene .25 .50
POC MwA Ae eds 1 ISS (CAC) se calee citiecerlas ae eters .25 .50
MOO memes o: oe LOS CCACH) i ieeeivs, clejeheleieieleelsieiciss 25 50
moa mia 2N So TOS) COACH), onicis ecierereielereelel s .25 50
OOM les Ads MISO (GACH) Murailsco ca wclars ere sisiets 25 50
“BG; 7 a 7B BY (CRE) Gog deoaducoobuD UOT 25 50
emcee And) TOSS CSAC)! foci <icle eer atare ave ele 25 50
~ BB, 9 a, 2 By RY (GEG) SB Ga goocoadeago000d .25 50
MESO ia On LOAO i cise sretenainee carter decie aucteneislereie cczsets .25 50
ee OR red 23.) QAM. (@a@ly)) eases scenes crenereostacecssiele .25 50
Sealers 20350 GAZ er(CCACH) a ve.c nie sieie ercwrersiesretel 6 .25 50
ee OMceie nD TO OAS GAA) wie arels ciste Sie eleteue 25 50
A Oe ee Oe st 944 (Gach) eshte k. cers eis inten srers .25 50
per on ee 2a our O A yn COAC IM) ramtenpeys oiler see erersielevelle's 25 50
peed eed Wed. 4 Gur (@ACh)) ea oeiitececs ceiserevetsccvere coos .25 50

(Continued en next page)

157

PUBLICATIONS (continued)

MEMOIRS To

Members

Vols) 19 38—paper COVE seis ce): cis clscnese ceo svoieleroloe $2.00
PS IB com ahi bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00
sce eburs Viaer tec printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00
Se ae te printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00
Vol. 2, No. 1, 1989—paper cover ..........ee.00% 1.25
Sa A cage Renters a bound in black fabrikoid.... 2.25
SMO N ens o printed on one side of page . 1.75
SE Es 2 19 44——paper: COVEN oo. <4... sls ets # eelele 15
OO Bie wee Le L947 —paper COVER = i. sak ssncs cane 1.00

Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or

Co-operating Organizations

Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...

To Non-
Members

$4.00
5.00
5.00
6.00

2.50
3.50
3.50
1.50
2.00

-bound $1.50, unbound $1.00

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES

EARTHQUAKHES,

Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published),
chiefly Entomological, 1 colored plate

RoE Baill ee eee bound

ecocee ee eo eee see eee

2.50

1.00

Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of

Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..

1.00

FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David-

son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923..............

Reprints:

-- 2.50

Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami-
lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed
on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes),

Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927

The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County,

New Mexico, 1931. F. R. Fosberg

eee ees eee eee ee ee eae

Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United
States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on
white bristol board, one side of page (without index)
suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1. 50. To non-

members

eee eee eee ee eee soe ee oe eer ee ees ese sees eee eee eee

A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their
habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3.plates, by Arnold Mallis 50

A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA,
32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm.M.

Ingram

ApDpRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Care Dr. Joun A. CoMSTOCK)
Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

158

ee

The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf-
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this
program, the following forms are suggested:

Form of Legacy

To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects
of value.

I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of.....................::.:----ee-eeeee=
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said ‘Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses,
dispositions and benefits thereof forever.

Form of Devise
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy.

I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences”
Ofsther City, ot Wos Angeles: -(.:2.2 2.22. ee ee
here describe the property or ground rent..............---...::--2::cceeceeeceeeeeeeceeees ),
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever.

PT DIO IIIT

A re

aha,

=>

aa a ae

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences

Vol. XLVI, 194% 1947

INDEX OF SUBJECTS

accurata, Orthodes ..........-..-..-------- 124

A Contribution to the Natural
History of Helminthoglyptaar-
rosa and H. nickliniana awani 81

Actiocyon leardi Stock................ 85
Adelocephala heiligbrodti form
IDORDDOOHCHS, srsscccoe cones eeceen oa ener 12

Analysis of Measurements in
Length of the Metapodials of

SMMMOMOM) | ee ee 127
A New and Remarkable Keyhole

Nr, @ Wau eae a ee 17
A New Eucosma...................22....222--- 51

A Peculiar New Carnivore from
the Cuyama: Miocene, Cali-
fe IRINIT A pecs lea ee Sa: 84

Arthropods, Fossil, of California 136

A Statistical Study of the Metap-
odials of the Dire Wolf Group 26

Asymmetrical Valleys of San

Diego County, California...;...... 61
Australian Tingide.............. Slee: ilalal
awanichi, Tipula...........-.......------.-- 38

Aztecs, Feather Working Among
TELO\GY «| seas te a i GN Na a

beebei, Trophon ....._.............--------- 79
Canis (Aenocyon) dirus............-- 26
Carpenter, Ford Ashman ............ 90
Cone-nosed Bugs ..............-222------+ 144
comstocki, Gnophomyia .........--.-- 45
comstockiana, Tipula .................. 36
Cynarctus crucidens McGrew 89
@ranlesiies: 2c. ee 35

Description of a New Species of
Trophon from the Gulf of
Caliiorniae= eee 79

DD TOV AWiO Tike ees eA alee aati 26
Egg Laying of the European
Brown Snail in Terraria.......... 55
El Segundo Sand Dunes.............. 51
Eucosma, A New...........--.-------------- 51
Eucosma hennei Clarke................ 51
Feather Working Among the
DART ECS) aa A aC ais ee ae 1
Fossil Arthropods of California 136
Froggotia disticha Drake............ 120
Gnophomyia comstocki Alex...... 45
heiligbrodti, Adelocephala.........- he
heinrichi, Paraleucoptera ._...... 122
Helminthoglypta arrosa ...........--- 81
Helminthoglypta nickliniana
UOC 1s Ne Sie eek 81
Hexatoma (Eriocera) palamar-
ensis Al@x 22 20 ania a 43
Keyhole Urchin, A New and
Remarkable .......02.......0222222.2....--- 17
Lateral Line Sense Organs in
Salamanders. .........-02222....22-222----- 97
leardi, Actiocyon ...........-....--------- 85
Mellita notabilis Clark.................. 17
McKittrick Asphalt Field, A
Progress Report on................--.- 138
Molophilus palomaricus Alex.... 47
New or Little Known Crane-
Files from California................ 35
Notes on the Early Stages of
Adelocephala heiligbrodti........ 712
Notes on the Early Stages of
EHucosma henneéi ........--.........----- 53

Notes on the Life History of
Orthodes accurata Hy. Edw..... 124

DF Way a ena
NEW YORK
BOTANICA

GARDEN

eee Se ee ee ee eee

palomarensis, Hexatoma ...........- 43
palomaricus, Molophilus ............ 47
Paraleucoptera heinrichi Jones 122
Physatocheila suttoni Drake...... 121
Rancho La Brea Asphaltum Stud-

ies, A Progress Report on........ 136
RefertaymipUlae 41
Salamanders, Lateral Line Sense

Ones ee ee 97
San Diego County, Asymmetri-

Gal \VENIIES “Ole 61
Srmillodomys eo ee ae en 127

Teratocheila accedentis Drake.. 120

The Flora and Fauna of the El
Segundo Sand Dunes................ 51

The Tolerance of Rodents to the
Feeding of Cone-nosed Bugs.... 144

Tingide, Australian .................... 111
Tingis acris Drake...................... 117
Tingis zmula Drake.................... 115

Tingis hackeri Drake.................... 118

Tingis hurdz Drake...................... 113
Tingis impensa Drake.................. 112
Tingis muiri Drake..........00...00.0..- 116
Tingis perkensi Drake.................. 117
Tingis teretis Drake .................... 119
Tipula (Lunatipula)

awanichi Alex...........02002000..222...- 38
Tipula (Lunatipula)

megalobiata referta Alex........ 41
Tipula (Lunatipula)

vitabilis Alex... --39
Tipula (Oreomyza)

comstockiana Alex .................--- 36
Mriato ma; (ee Sea ee aa ee 144
TryPpAnOSOMa CruUai.....------------------- 145
Trophon, A New and Remark-

able Species of................------------ 79
Trophon (Boreotrophon beebei

Hertlein and Strong.................. 19
vitabilis, Tipula.......-....20...222...--. 39

New varieties and species indicated in bold face type

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Alexander, Charles P..................- 35
Clark, Hubert Lyman.......... sean 17
Clarke, J. F. Gates...........2..2......... 51
Comstock, John Adams....53, 72, 124
Drakers@anl= iirc he. 111
IME TAKE OMe ee 61
Hertlein, Leo George................---- 79
Hilton, William A................-.---.--- 97

Ingram, William Marcus.......... 55, 81

Jomes, Wyatt W.......--2cccccccecceecensee 122
Wance John h ye) ee ae 26
Menard, Henry W., Jv................. 127
ING aca O lara ©) ee ees ee 26
Pierce, W. Dwight.................... 136, 138
Stock, Chester ..........000......0022..2203 84
SHE Om ee Ay Mine eae ie eon ee 79
Wood, Sherwin F..............------------- 144
Woodward, Arthur ..................------ 1

s ee ia tip

aa te

Wb Gennes pe

ay
|

sey are

=neh

REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in
the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return
galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the
Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co.,
415 East Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor
paying for all his reprints.

PRIGE EIST (OF REPRINTS
(WITHOUT COVERS)

4pp. 8pp. 12pp. 6pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp.
50 copies ...... $3.75 $5.75 $8.50 $10.25 $11.75 $1350 $16.00 $17.00

OO RS FP ona ASO. 750.810.795.012") 15:00. W725) 20.25 21:50
DOA ttc 5255. 9.25)» 13.00" 21525" 18.25 21.00." 2450 26:00
BOO} ee Siem G00 LOO 1>i5a) 17875... 21:50) © 24.15) 28475 30:50
BO) fe Sonne 675 1275 17.50 20.25 2475 2850 33.00 35.00
310,05 Mie sae Oh 14-50 1985) 0)22. 75 & 23.00) 032.25 371-251) 39:50

Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1¥c each.
California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state.

vs

Distinctive

eee N lI NG

Books @® Catalogs @ Broadsides
stationery and Office Forms

e
McBRIDE PRINTING CO.

PHONE: PRospect 2045
415 EAST ELEVENTH ST.
“Since 1879” Los Angeles 15, Calif.

BULLETIN OF THE

- Southern California

Br PR et =

See ee

Oa Sm ae

‘3 Vor. XLVII January-ApriL, 1948 Part |

Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

CONTENTS
Page

LIFE HISTORY OF HESPERIA LEONARDUS HARR, shes radian
V. G. Dethier . i MG 2
THE LARVA AND PUPA OF EUMAQUS DEBORA HBN, ‘(Lapidop®
John A. Comstock
THREE APPARENTLY UNDESCRIBED GEOMETRID MOTHS FROM
THE SOUTHWEST
John L. Sperry . e 3 °
A CHECK LIST OF THE HAPL OTREMATIDAE, TESTACELIDAE
AND ZONITIDAE OF CALIFORNIA
William Marcus Ingram - - z < < m ” a
FOUR NEW GASTROPODS FROM THE UPPER PLEISTOCENE OF
NEWPORT BAY MESA, ORANGE COUNTY, ee here
George Willett ( é #
FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIF ORNIA
15. Some Hemiptera from the McKittrick ne oe Field
W. Dwight Pierce
FOSSIL ARTHROPODS FROM BRITISH COL UMBIA
1. -INtRopucTION. W. Dwight Pierce ; i ; 7
2. Pleistocene Fossil Beetle and Vegetal ai uine in: Intéralacial
Deposits. Walter MacKay Draycot ; ; i

8. A Chermid Wing from Interclacial Lienite,
W. Dwight Pierce i ; .

Issued July 20, 1948

PES Cage ie
Na Ase
MATANIC ih

ae

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

OFFICERS anp DIRECTORS

RB WR BEL a: OS ic Gk. us opt) ea ae Se ee ee President
Da, Wri14mM lL. LLoyd .- - +: «=. '= i= = First Vice President
Dr. Louis C, WHEELER - = me a | Second Vice President
Mr. KENNETH HE. STAGER - =). - = = = 2) = 25 Secretary
Dr. W. Dwieut PIERCE PMNS TING gee Ue MRS Tianhe se SNS lee PIT er
DR; JOHN As. COMSTOCK 1.96) 8 el i nd om be ee ee

Dr, H. J. ANDREWS Dr. WittiaAmM L, Lioyp

Dr. A. Wem BELL Mr, THEODORE PAYNE

Dr, JoHN A. Comstock Dr. W. Dwieut Pierce

Dr. Ropert D, EMERY Dr, CHESTER STOCK

Dr, HILDEGARDE Howarp Dr. Lovis C, WHEELER

Dr, SHERWIN F’. Woop
ADVISORY BOARD

Mr. Frep E. BURLEW Dr, HowarpD R, Hi
Mr. A. YoRK ESCALANTE Mr. KENNETH E. STAGER
Dr, JOHN HERMAN Dr. R. H. SwierT

Mr. RUSSELL 8. WoGLUM

BOTANICAL SECTION
Miss BONNIE TEMPLETON, Chairman

SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION
Dr. Roperr D. Emery, Chairman
SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Dr. RayMonD C. OSBURN, Chairman

SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES
Mer. Jos. B. Fickian III, Chairman

SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES
Dg. JoHN HEegmMan, Chairman
SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Dr. PRESTON CLINE CaykE, Chairman
SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES
Mr. Russect S. WoGLum, Chairman
SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCES
Pror. J. STANLEY Bropr, Chairman

ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. ARTHUR WooDWARD, Chairman

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. Rogpert D. Emery, Chairman

*
“ter

Dr. W. DwicHt PIERCE, Dr, Joun A, Comstock
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. A. WEIk BELL, Chairman Dr, Louis C. WHEELER

HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE
Dr. W. DwicHt PIERCE, Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Dr. Joun A. COMSTOCK, Chairman
Dr. HrmprecarpE Howard Dr. Howarp R. Hou Dr, Witt. L, Lioxyp

COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION

et ee «eS > ) Se Oe Petes eee

Dr. Saerwin I. Woop, Chairman
Mr. Tueopore PAYNE Mr. R. 8. WoeLum .
Pror. J, Srantey Bropr Dr. Joun A. Comstock :

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif.

ge) ee ee ee

ay
Was LORK
BOTANICA.
. i GARDEN
Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences

VOLUME 47 = = = - - = Part 1, 1948

LIFE HISTORY OF HESPERIA LEONARDUS HARR

By V. G. DETHTER

The Johns Hopkins University

This conspicuous skipper is locally abundant in northern New
England from late August till the advent of frost. Its late sea-
sonal appearance may explain in part why its life history has
never been worked out completely. The egg and first two instars
have been described by Scudder (1889) and Dethier (1939), The
remaining stages are described below.

Tuirp Instar: Head width, 1.4 mm.; head height, 1.5 mm.
Head dark fuscous. Evenly marked with large piceous puncta-
tions except in a vertical line adjacent to the epicranial suture, in
the frons, the adfrontal areas, and the region of the ocelli. The
color pattern of the species appears unmistakable in this instar.
The markings are light cream to light brown against a darker
brown to black background. Hairs are short, colorless, pointed,
and inconspicuous. Body length, 6 to 10 mm. The larva is now
darker than before. Its body is finely and irregularly mottled
with white and maroon. Hairs short and spine-like but still slightly
spatulate.

Fourtu Instar: Head width, 1.8 mm.; head height, 1.9 mm.
The color pattern is now pronounced but does not differ markedly

PLATE 1

Head of fifth instar larva of Hesperia leonardus Harr. showing distribu-
tion of distinctive color pattern and piceous punctations.

1

BULLETIN, So. CAtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

from the previous instar. Body length, 10 to 13 mm. Body darker
and more brownish in general appearance, otherwise no conspicu-
ous change.

Fretu Instar: Head width, 2.52 mm.; head height, 2.6 mm.
Pattern as figured. Punctations larger than before. Body length,
13 to 17 mm. Body becoming lighter.

StxtH Instar: Head width, 3.4 mm.; head height, 3.7 mm.
No change in pattern. Body length, 17 to 30 mm. No marked
change.

CurysaLis: Length, 19 mm. Color rather nondescript brown
and green. No conspicuous color markings. Salient structural
characteristics are shown in the accompany-
ing photograph.

The larva of this species 1s most easily
confused with the smaller Polites themistoc-
les. It can be distinguished from P. themus-
tocles by the absence of any pattern on the
anal plate, by the less intense yellow of the
head markings, the more pronounced V near
the ocelli, the less reddish overall appearance
of the head, and the presence of a few re-
maining spatulate hairs on the body.

The insects upon which the above de-
scriptions are based emerged September 25
from eggs laid August 30. Moulting occurred
October 1, 13, 23, and 29, November 6 and
27. The first instar required six days; the
second, twelve days; the third, nine days;
Gh aeons the fourth, six days; the fifth, eight days ; the
peria leonardus sixth, twenty-one days; pupation, sixteen

Harr. days.

PLATE. 2

LITHRATURE CITED

Dethier, V. G. 1939. Early stages of some Hesperiine. Canad. Ento-
mologist, 71: 117-118.

Dethier, V. G. 1942. Notes on the larva and chrysalis of Polites
themistocles Latr. Bul. S. Calif. Acad. Sci. 41: 41-43.

Scudder, S. H. 1889. Butterflies of eastern United States and Canada.
2: 1675-1677.

bo

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

THE LARVA AND PUPA OF EUMAXUS DEBORA Hbn.
By JouHn A. Comstock

Three species of the Genus Ewme@us have thus far been re-
ported for the American continent, namely Eumeus atala Poey,
E. minyas Hbn., and £. debora Hbn.

The first named of these occurs in southern Florida, the Flor-
ida Keys and Cuba, where the larva has been reported as feeding
on Zamia integrifolia Willd., a native Cycad, commonly called
“Coontie,’ and also on certain introduced plants of the genus
Mamhot.

The last two instars, and the pupa, were described and illus-
trated by Scudder in 1875," and the life history recorded by E. A.
Schwartz in 1888." John L. Healy of Chicago also published two
short papers on E. atala in 1910."

The second species, Eumeus minyas Hbn., ranges from south-
western Texas to Brazil. We know of no published account of its
metamorphosis but its early stages are doubtless very similar to
those of atala, and it probably feeds on the same foodplants. There
are no native Cycads growing in Texas, but Manihot carthagin-
ensis Muell, locally known as “Yuquilla” is indigenous in the
southern part of the state and may account for the butterfly hav-
ing been taken there.

Seitz’ described two subspecies of minyas, one occurring in
Costa Rica, which he designated costaricensis, and the other from
the Amazon which he named brasiliensis.

The third species, Eumeus debora Hbn., ranges from Mexico
to Guatemala. Dr. M. Draudt, in Seitz, says that ‘the carmine,
Dlack-belted larva lives gregariously on an Amaryllis standing in
water.” His reference does not give the specific name of the plant
and the designation of “black-belted’”’ does not tally with larva
reared by us, unless the sparse black hairs crossing the center of
the segments gives an impression of black bars.

Dr. E. Yale Dawson secured a number of larve on February
10, 1947, while collecting plants in the State of Tamaulipas, in a
locality between Antigo Morelas and Mante, Mexico. They were
feeding on Dioon edule Lindl., a Cycad that is native to the area.

' 1Mem. Boston Soe. N. History. 2: 413. pl. 114. 1875.
“Insect Life. U. S. D. A. Vol. bs p. 37. figs. 1888.
3Ent. News. 21: 179 and 327.
4Macrolep. Vol. 5, p. 745. 1919.

Butt., So. Cau. Ac. Scr., vol. 47: 1,1948 Lepidopt. Larva & Pupa, Comstock

PLATE 3
Larva and pupa of Humeus debora Hbn.

9

Fics. a and b, mature larva, dorsal and lateral aspects, enlarged X 2 1/3.
Fic. c, head of larva enlarged X 10.
Fics. d and e, pupa, dorsal and laterai aspects enlarged X 2 1/3.

Reproduced from painting by John Adams Comstock

4

BULLETIN, So. CALiIr. ACADEMY OF SUIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

These larve were transferred to Cycas revoluta Thunb (Sago
palm) on February 18th, and were carried to maturity, thus en-
abling us to describe and illustrate the mature larva and pupa.

Mature Larva: Length, 30 mm. (average). Body, cylindri-
cal, stout, and of about equal girth from the 3rd to the 11th seg-
ments. .

Head relatively large for a Lycenid, and only retractile into
the second segment to a slight degree. Color of head, light orange-
scarlet; lobes well rounded. Mandibles, black. Antennz, yellow.
The few minute sete occurring on the head are colorless, and
almost indistinguishable even with a lens, except for a few near
the mouth parts and ocelli.

Body ground color, deep scarlet. On the second to ninth seg-
ments there occurs an orange-yellow bar placed dorsally on the
posterior half of each segment. This gives the larva a yellow-
banded appearance. These bars do not extend laterally below the
spiracles.

The dorsal and ventral surfaces of the body are sparsely cov-
ered with short black hairs, and a few long black stiff sete are
located on the yellow bars. These are approximately three times
as long as the more numerous short hairs.

The spiracles are placed in a straight line, are darker than the
ground color, and are not markedly conspicuous,

Legs, black, and well developed. Prolegs, concolorous with

body.
The larva is illustrated on Plate 3, figs. A and B.

Pura: Length, 17 mm, When fresh, the color is a deep scar-
let, but soon changes to a ruddy brown. Rows of round black dots
occur transversely across the abdominal segments, as shown in
the illustration on Plate 3, figs. D and E. The thorax and wings
bear numerous irregular black spots. Spiracles, black rimmed.
Numerous short hairs occur on the thorax, and to a lesser extent
on the mesothorax. The remainder of the surface is smooth, and
free of visible sete.

The shape is that of a typical Lyceenid, with prominently
rounded thorax and abdomen. A silken girdle, and also a pad of
silk at the cauda attaches it to the surface on which it has pupated.

Imagos emerged the third week in March, 1947.

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

THREE APPARENTLY UNDESCRIBED GEOMETRID
MOTHS FROM THE SOUTHWEST

By Joun L. SpPERRY
Riverside, California

During the latter part of June in 1947 Mrs. Sperry and the
author made camp with Dr. and Mrs. Charles P. Alexander on
the South Fork of the Little Colorado River in the White Moun-
tains of Arizona. The collecting was fair both for Tipulids and
Geometrids in spite of the dry season. On the 25th of June Mrs.
Sperry, who always catches all the rare insects, took a single
female belonging in the Hemitheinze and this little green had
given the author considerable trouble until Dr. Comstock and
Lloyd Martin appeared with samples of their 1947 Santa Rita
Mountains catch, in which there were four more of the species
which the author pounced upon at once, and the presence of a
male established the genus and allows the author to describe

CHLOROCHLAMYS MARTINARIA, N. Sp.

Mave: Palpi, front, antennz beneath and legs ochreous buff,
antenne above and collar light buff. Thorax, abdomen and all
wings olive green (Ridgway color) heavily irrorate with gray
white. The antennz are short branched, the pectinations clavi-
form, the apex dentate. Hind tibiz swollen, with hair pencil and
lacking median spurs; hind tarsi short. Abdomen tufted laterally
on the eighth segment. Forewing, costa narrowly naples-yellow
flecked more or less from base to apex with dark brown striga-
tions. Most specimens show very obscure light lines; t.a. line,
when present, from just beyond 1/3 out on the costa, narrow and
irregular to inner margin at 1/3 out from base; t.p. line stronger,
from 34 out on costa bulging outward to the cell, concave across
cell, curving outward again at line 3, inward again at line 2 and
outward to inner margin at 34 out from base. These lines are
made of a thickening of the light strigations and the median area
is shghtly darker than the remainder of the wing. Discal dash
can only rarely be seen as a slight darkening of the ground color,
it is usually absent. On the secondaries the lines continue as on
primaries, the t.a. line is usually obsolete and the t.p. line usually
discernible though obscure. There is no discal dot. Fringes gray
with tiny naples yellow dots basally at the ends of the veins.
Beneath pale lumiere green with a silken lustre, the costa colored
narrowly as above, the secondaries slightly lighter than the pri-
maries. There are no strigations or discal dots on either wing.

6

BULLETIN, So. CALIr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

The female is somewhat larger than the male, the lines stronger
and tending to be accentuated on the veins by light spots especially
on veins | and 2 of the primaries. There is a light green hair line
at the base of the fringes broken by light dots on the veins and
there is a shallow scallop of the outer margin at vein 5 of the
secondaries. The antenne are dentate and there is a square light
spot dorsally on the third segment of the abdomen.

When faded in relaxing or from flying in the rain, the color
of these insects is light ochreous buff with more or less tinge of
green. Expanse, male, 17 to 20 mm.; female, 20 to 23 mm.

Holotype, male, Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mountains, Ariz.,
August 15, 1947 (J. A. Comstock and Lloyd Martin) and in the
collection of the Los Angeles County Museum.

Allotype, female, South Fork Camp, Little Colorado River,
White Mountains, Ariz., June 25, 1947 (Grace H. Sperry) and
in the collection of Grace H. and John L. Sperry.

Paratypes, 37 males, 20 females, Madera Canyon, Santa Rita
Mountains, Ariz., July 16 to August 11, 1947, August 20 and
August 30, 1946 (Dr. J. A. Comstock and Lloyd M. Martin) and
in the Los Angeles County Museum, U. S. National Museum,
Canadian National Museum, Museum of Comparative Zodlogy,
American Museum of Natural History, British Nluiseum and the
Sperry collection.

It gives me great pleasure to name this interesting species in
honor of our friend Mr. Lloyd M. Martin, Assistant Curator at
the Los Angeles Museum, president of the Lorquin Club and one
of the most active and enthusiastic lepidopterists it has ever been
our good fortune to know. May there be many more Madera
Canyons in his entomological pilgrimages and many more inter-
esting species to enrich our lists of the fauna of the Southwest.

This species belongs immediately before C. appellaria, Pears.
in the list, the pink color of the latter of course separating the
species at once. The edeagus in the male genitalia is the same
needle-like type but the apex of the organ is more heavily deco-
rated with small tooth-like cornuti. The size and obscure macula-
tion separates the species from all others of the genus as do also
the short clavate pectinations of the male antenne.

Since 1934 there has been in the Sperry collection a single
female specimen of the genus Drepanulatrix, species unknown.
Through the kindness of Dr. J. A. Comstock and Lloyd Martin
the author has been enabled to examine the species in the Los
Angeles County Museum collection and to find therein three more
specimens of this species, one of which being a male allows the
author to describe.

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

DREPANULATRIX RUTHIARIA, Nl. Sp.

Both sexes: Palpi, front and legs, light ochraceous buff; col-
lar, thorax, abdomen and all wings cartridge buff (Ridgway
color), antenne gray-brown.

Male antenne bipectinate, pectinations long, apex simple; fe-
male antennze simple. Maculation of the wings brown-black.
Forewings: there are two squarish heavy spots on the costa., the
first, about 3/4 mm. square, just over 1/3 out on the costa the
second, slightly smaller, at 2/3. There are two small spots on
vein | near the inner margin at 4/10 and 7/10 out from the base,
the lines which should connect these spots with those on the
costa are almost entirely missing in the male and quite so in the
female. The subterminal line of dark triangular dots which
appears in so many species of this genus is indicated in the holo-
type by four indistinct spots which show the direction of the line
to be from 1 mm. inside apex at costa curving inward across cell
toward the place where the t.p. line should be thence parallel to
the imaginary t.p. toward inner margin, fading out at vein 2. A
small distinct discal dot, distad of and below the first costal blotch.
Fringes concolorous with wing. Secondaries: A single line about
1/2 mm. wide from 2/3 out on inner margin goes straight toward
the center of the wing, fading out as it reaches the cell. There
is no discal dot; fringes concolorous with wing. All wings very
sparsely irrorate with dark brown atoms. Beneath lighter, almost
silky, no maculation, a minute discal dot on secondaries, none on
primaries.

The maculation of the female is the same as that of the male
but the spots are smaller and less distinct and the line on the
secondaries tends to become obsolete. Expanse 27 to 28 mm.

I note that this species has been examined by Dr. McDun-
nough, Mr. F. H. Benjamin and Mr. Frederick Rindge, whose
label states that it is close to bifilata Hulst, which is quite cor-
rect. The female genitalia offers little information except that it
belongs near bifilata in the list. The male genitalia are almost
identical but there seem to be two short spines in the armature of
the vesica to three in bifilata, the valve seem shorter and broader
and the saccus more constricted distally.

Holotype, male, Charleston Mountains, Nevada, May 14, 1934
(Dr. J. A. Comstock) and in the collection of the Los Angeles
County Museum.

Allotype, female, Charleston Mountains, Nevada, May 13, 1934
(G. H. and J. L. Sperry) and in the Sperry collection.

Paratypes, 10 males, Bailey Park, Panamint Mountains, Inyo

8

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

Co., Calif., July 4, 1940 (Henne); 2 females, data as in holo-
type, in the Los Angeles County Museum and Sperry collection.

It gives me great pleasure to name this rare species in honor
of our friend Mrs. John A. Comstock, who probably captured
part of the Nevada series, perhaps most of it, herself, with her
husband, our companion on many a gorgeous collecting trip and
whose ability to conjure delectable dinners from a camp cook-
stove is entirely beyond belief. May the time come soon when we
may all take the road again together.

This species should be placed after bifilata Hulst in the list.
The maculation is similar but more obscure and bifilata is sexually
dimorphic which ruthiaria is not. Antennal pectinations are longer
than in monicaria secundaria and carnearia and it lacks the red-
dish tinges of Jutearia and columbiaria ; maculation, size and shape
of forewing separate it from all other species in this genus. It 1s
possible that this may be a form of bifilata, far removed from the
parent stock but this can only be determined by breeding the
species.

Among the specimens brought from the Los Angeles County
Museum there is a short series of another Drepanulatrix which on
careful examination proves apparently undescribed,

DREPANULATRIX RINDGEARIA, Nn. Sp.

Both sexes: Palpi, front, legs, thorax and ground color of
forewings, light vinaceous cinnamon (Ridgway color); collar
and antennal pectinations brown-black ; abdomen and secondaries
light cinnamon, maculation of all wings black-brown. Male an-
tennze bipectinate, pectinations long, apex simple. Female an-
tennz simple.

Forewing: T.a. line starts from a spot on the costa at 1/4 out
from base at right angles to costa, curves evenly through cell then
straight to inner margin at 1/3 out from base. There is a wide
(1 mm.) median shade starting from an obscure blotch on the
costa at just beyond 1/2 going straight across the wing just out-
side the large, oval, dark discal dot and narrowing to 1/2 mm.
in width at the inner margin at 2/3. T.p. line starts at 3/4 out
from base curves evenly through the cell to line 3 then straight to
inner margin where it touches the outer edge of median shade.
The usual line of dark triangular dots appears between the t.p.
line and the outer margin, starting about 2 mm, from apex on
costa, the line goes subparallel to the t.p. line to inner margin,
the dots appearing between the veins. There is a dark dash ex-
actly at the apex, fringes concolorous with the ground color of
the wing, the whole wing dusted lightly with dark atoms. Second-

9

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

aries: much lighter than the primaries, a median line 7/10 out
from the base on inner margin starts at a heavily shaded spot and
goes toward the center of the wing, fading out before reaching
the cell, there is a start of an outer line in small connected blotches
above the angle. The wing is lightly dusted near anal angle and
along inner margin with dark brown atoms. A small dark discal
dot. Fringes concolorous with wing.

Beneath creamy cinnamon, without maculation, discal dots on
both wings showing dimly through. The female tends to be lighter
and to have more of an ochreous tinge than does the male, which
is often the case in this genus.

The maculation, though lighter, is as distinct as in the male.
Expanse, male, 32 to 33 mm.; female, 32 to 34mm

Holotype male, Round Vallev, Inyo Co., Calif., Aug. 10, 1929
and in the collection of the Los Angeles County Museum.

Allotype, female, same data, Aug. 4-6, 1929 and in the Sperry
collection.

Paratypes, 4 males, + females, same data and in the collection
of the Los Angeles County Museum and the Sperry collection.

This species is nearest /ulsti Dyar but is more heavily and
evenly maculated, the outer row of dots parallels the t.p. line on
the forewing instead of approaching it as in hulsti and the apical
dash is usually missing in hulsti. The genitalia are very close but
the armature of the vesica is lighter in rindgearia and the edge
is less heavily dentate. The wings of hulsti are broad, those of
rindgearia considerably narrower although the expanse is the
same. In an average hulsti the distance from apex to anal angle
is 13 mm. in rindgearia 10 1/2 mm. and the perpendicular dis-
tance from anal angle to costa is 11 mm. in hulsti and 8 1/2 mm.
in rindgearia.

Breeding, of course, may find that this is a form of Jails? but
from our present knowledge of the Drepanulatrix species it would
seem to be a good species.

It gives me pleasure to name this species in honor of my
friend, Mr. Frederick Rindge, who, I suspect, knows more about
this genus than do I, with the hope that he may one day find time
to revise it to the profit of us all.

10

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

A CHECK LIST OF THE HAPLOTREMATIDAE,
TESTACELLIDAE, AND ZONITIDAE
OF CALIFORNIA

BROMSEAENRY A. PILSBRY.S MONOGRAPH

WiLLtiAM Marcus INGRAM
Mills College, California

As was, “A Check List of the Helicoid Snails of California’,
Ingram (1946), this paper is based on Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry’s
monograph on “The Land Mollusca of North America (North of
Mexico)”, Pilsbry (1946, vol. 1, pt. 1). This paper should be
considered as a companion work to the one published by Ingram
(1946), which was based on Pilsbry (1939), (1940). A third
paper will appear in this series when part two of volume two of
Dr. Pilsbry’s monograph is finally published.

Thirteen species and subspecies of Haplotrematidae in the
genus Haplotrema; one species of Testacellidae in the genus
Testacella, and eighteen species of Zonitoidea including four spe-
cies of Oxychilus, one species of Euconulus, one species of Reti-
nella, seven species and subspecies of Pristiloma, two species of
Zonitoides, and one speies each cf Striatura and Vitrina are re-
ported from California.

Apparently due to the obscurity and the scattered nature of
specific records of a number of these species, specific localities
are less often cited by Dr. Pilsbry than in volume one, the author
often just citing the distribution by counties. Localities are added
from the text since not all are included in the distribution section
under each species.

SIP CMAS WLS T
PAMILY—HAPLOTREMATIDAE

HAPLOTREMA DURANTI (Newcomb)
Type locality: Santa Barbara Island.
Los Angeles County: Santa Barbara Island.
Santa Barbara County: Santa Cruz Island at Scorpion Har-
bor, Pelican Bay, Canada del Puerto, and Prisoners Har-
bor.

HAPLOTREMA DURANTI CONTINENTIS H. B. Baker
Type: 152672 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania.
Type locality: Under rocks in arroyos on slopes of Big Griz-
zly Peak, back of Berkeley, Alameda County.

11

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

Alameda County: See type locality above; hills back of Hay-
ward.
Marin County: Near Lagunitas.
HAPLOTREMA CATALINENSE (Hemphill)
Type locality: Catalina Island.
Los Angeles County: Catalina Island.

HAPLOTREMA CAELATUM (Mazyck)
Type locality: Santa Barbara, Santa Barbara County.
Alameda County: Hayward.
San Diego County: San Diego.
Los Angeles County: Mullard Canyon back of Pasadena;
along Los Angeles River near Glendale ; near Pasadena.
Santa Barbara County: Santa Barbara.

HAPLOTREMA KEEPI (Hemphill)
Type locality: Hills near Oakland, Alameda County.
Alameda County: Hills near Oakland.
Mendocino County: One mile west of Cold Creek Fish
Hatchery between Blue Lake and Ukiah.
Shasta County: Redding,

HAPLOTREMA TRANSFUGA (Hemphill)
Type: Hemphill Collection in the California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco, California.
Type locality: San Diego, San Diego County.
San Diego County: San Diego.
HAPLOTREMA ALAMEDA Pilsbry
Type: 82879 Academy of Natural Sciences. Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania.
Type locality: Niles Canyon, Alameda County.
Alameda County: Niles Canyon.
Mariposa County: Merced River near El Portal just outside
Yosemite Valley.
Contra Costa County: Mt. Diablo.
Calaveras County: Banks of Calaveras River near Jenny
Lind.
Tuolumne County: Side of Stanislaus River at Melones in the
Mother Lode country.
“Localities for varying forms of H. alameda in the interior
counties are known from Calaveras to Tulare Counties.
It appears that Alameda Co., type locality is a limited
western occurrence, rather out of the main range of the
species. Until further study of the species throughout its
range is made, no sound division into subspecies can be
made.” Pilsbry (1940).
HAPLOTREMA MINIMUM (Ancey)
Type: A lectotype, 7402 California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco, California.

BULLETIN, So. CALIF, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

Type locality: San Francisco, San Francisco County.

San Francisco County: San Francisco.

Marin County: Tomales Bay.

Napa County: Aetna Springs.

Alameda County: Oakland.

No specific localities in the following counties: Sonoma, San
Mateo, Santa Cruz, Monterey, San Luis Obispo.

HAPLOTREMA VANCOUVERENSE (Lea)
Type: 425341 United States National Museum, Washing-
tora, IDs (Ce
Type locality: Vancouver, Washington County, Washington.
Del Norte County: Lighthouse Isl., and Endert’s Beach near
Crescent City.
Humboldt County: Six miles above Charlotte; Capetown.

HAPLOTREMA SPORTELLA (Gould)

Humboldt County: Endert’s Beach, five miles north of Cres-
cent City and “Klamath” County. (Klamath County is now
probably in Humboldt County; see discussion under H.
voyanum humboldtense Pilsbry).

HAPLOTREMA SPORTELLA HYBRIDUM (Ancey)

Marin County: Bolinas Bay.

No specific localities in Napa and San Mateo Counties; these
localities are credited by Pilsbry to a var. semidescussatum
(Gratacap), and not directly to H. sportella hybridum
(Ancey) s.s.

HAPLOTREMA VOYANUM (Newcomb)

Type: In Newcomb Collection, Cornell University, Ithaca,
New York; paratypes 11816 Academy of Natural Sci-
ences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Type locality: Canyon Creek, Trinity County.

Trinity County: Canyon Creek; small creek entering Stuarts
Fork, Trinity River, half mile north of Trinity Alps Camp.

Shasta County: No specific locality.

TIAPLOTREMA VOYANUM HUMBOLDTENSE Pilsbry

Type: In Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Penn-
sylvania.

Type locahty: “A large form from Humboldt and “Klamath”’
counties has a somewhat narrower spire than typical voy-
anum, and the striation is strong and coarser.” “Klamath”
is an extinct county (Nautilus 50:105) ; the locality of the
Haplotrema is in what is now Humboldt County. Pilsbry
(1946).

FAMILY—TESTACELLIDAE

TESTACELLA HALTOTIDAE Drap.
Alameda County: Berkeley.

13

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

FAMILY—ZONITIDAE

EUCONULUS FULVUS ALASKENSIS (Pilsbry )
Type: 59522 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania.
Type locality: Dyea Valley, Alaska.
“Tn California it is found in places along the western slope of
the Sierra Nevada, and as far south as the San Bernar-
dinos.” Pilsbry (1946).

OXYCHILUS CELLARIUS (Muller)
San Francisco County: San Francisco.

OXYCHILUS DRAPARNALDI (Beck)
Alameda County: Oakland; Berkeley.
San Francisco County: San Francisco.
San Diego County: San Diego-Balboa Park.

OXYCHILUS ALLIARIUS ( Muller)
Alameda County: Oakland.
San Bernardino County: Redlands.
San Francisco County: San Francisco.

OXYCHILUS HELVETICUsS (Blum)
Alameda County: Oakland.

RETINELLA BINNEYANA OCCIDENTALIS H. B. Baker

Type: 150605 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania.

Type locality: Along McAleer Creek, near border of King
County, just north of Seattle, Washington.

Siskiyou County : Bear Creek and Pavilion Dome.
“Tn northern California (around Mt. Shasta), a form with
the burnished, hyaline shell, the spiral sculpture and gene-
talia (animals from near Weed, Siskiyou Co.) of occi-
dentalis attains a much larger size and actually approaches
the dimensions of electrina. (H. B. Baker)”. Pilsbry
(1946, p. 262).

PRISTILOMA LANSINGI (Bland)
Type locahty: Astoria, Oregon.
Humboldt County: Endert’s Beach and Klamath.

PRISTILOMA NICHOLSONI H. B. Baker _

Type: 149978 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania.

Type locality: Under pieces of wood on hillside near spring
brook (first small branch below Big Canyon Creek) about
two miles south of Lagunitas, Marin County.

Marin County: See Type locality.

PRISTILOMA SHEPARDAE (Hemphill)

Type: A paratype 86664 Academy of Natural Sciences, Phil-

adelphia, Pennsylvania.

14

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

Type locality: Santa Catalina Island.

Los Angeles County: Santa Catalina Island.

Santa Barbara County: Santa Cruz Island at Scorpion Har-
bor.

PRISTILOMA oroTIS (Berry)

Type: 7095 Berry Collection, Redlands, California.

Type locality: Near sawmill on south ridge of Palomar Moun-
tains, east of Palomar resort, San Diego County ; in woodsy
ravine under fallen logs and bark.

San Diego County: See Type locality.

PRISTILOMA GABRIELINUM (Berry)
Type: 5033 Berry Collection, Redlands, California.
Type locahty: Near Camp Estelle, Upper San Antonio Can-
yon, San Gabriel Mountains, altitude 5100 to 5200 feet.
Los Angeles County: See Type locality; also from Icehouse
Canyon, San Gabriel Mountains in a wood rat’s nest.

PRISTILOMA CHERSINELLA (Dall)
Type: 109442 United States National Museum, Washington,

1) (G,

Type locality: Calaveras Big Trees, north group, Calaveras
County.

Calaveras County: See Type locality; many places in Cala-
veras.

Klamath County: Ouxy, east shore Upper Klamath Lake.
No specific localities in the following counties: Mariposa,
Mono, Fresno, Tulare.

PRISTILOMA SUBRUPICOLA SPELAEUM (Dall)

“Vitrea” subrupicola var. spelaea Dall is known by the follow-
ing notes only: “It. may be mentioned that the original
types of V. subrupicola were collected at Clinton’s Cave,
Utah, by Dr. Packard; while much larger specimens,
though with the same number of whorls, were collected
later at Cave City, Calaveras Co., California, by Hemphill.
After careful study I have found no characters except
size to separate these from the Utah specimens, but in
view of this difference the former may take the varietal
name of spelaea. Neither form can be confounded with
V. indentata by anyone who critically compares good spec-
imens. A specimen of lV’. subrupicola with four whorls has
a major diameter of 2.7 mm., one of the variety with ex-
actly the same number of whorls, measures 4.0 mm., and
my largest specimen is 5.5 mm. (Dall)”. Pilsbry (1946).

TLAWAIIA MINUSCULA (Binney)
Type: Possibly housed in the Academy of Natural Sciences,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, numbered 74416. Pilsbry
(1946, p. 423).

15

BULLETIN, So. CaLtr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

Type locality: Ohio.

Los Angeles County: San Gabriel Mountains.

San Diego County: Balboa Park; False Bay.

Santa Clara County: San Jose, in greenhouses.

San Bernardino County: Mouth of Mills Creek Canyon, San
Bernardino Mountains.

ZONITOIDES NiTipus (Muller)
San Diego County: San Diego.
Alameda County: University of California campus, Berkeley.
Los Angeles County: No specific locality.

ZONITOIDES ARBOREUS (Say)
No specific localities in the following counties: Calaveras, Los
Angeles, Madera, Mariposa, Modoc, Placer, San Bernar-
dino, San Diego, and Siskiyou.

STRIATURA PUGETENSIS (Dall)

Type: 107541 United States National Museum, Washing-
tons DG

Type locality: From near Seattle, Washington.

Orange County: San Juan Capistrano Creek.

San Bernardino County: Mountain Home, San Bernardino
Mountains.

San Diego County: Palomar Mountains.
No specific localities in the following counties: Alameda,
Calaveras, Los Angeles, and Mariposa.

VITRINA ALASKANA Dall
No specific localities in the following counties: Fresno, Inyo,
Lassen, Madera, Mariposa, San Bernardino, Siskiyou, Tu-
lare, and Plumas at altitudes from 4000 to 8000 feet.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

INGRAM, WILLIAM M. : :

1946. A Check List of the Helicoid Snails of California (from Henry
A. Pilsbry’s Monograph). Bull. So. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. XLV,
pt. 2, pp. 61-93. ;

PInssry, HENRY A.

1939. Land Mollusca of North America ‘North of Mexico). Mono-
graph 3, The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. 1,
Dis pps Wabi:

1940. Land Mollusca of North America (North of Mexico). Mono-
graph 3, The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. 1,
pt. 2, pp. 575-994.

1946. Land Mollusca of North America (North of Mexico). Mono-
graph 3, The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. 2,
Dial app l=520:

16

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

FOUR NEW GASTROPODS FROM THE UPPER
PLEISTOCENE OF NEWPORT BAY MESA,
ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA

By GrorGE WILLETT*

INTRODUCTION.—Previously reported from the Newport Bay
Mesa locality’ were two pelecypods new to the upper Pleistocene
marine fauna of southern California. In addition are four new
gastropods from the same locality. These are described below.

Turbonilla (Turbonilla) grouardi sp. nov.
(Plate 4, fig. 1)

DescripTion.—Shell white, slender with sides convergent, the
diameter increasing very gradually. Whorls slightly rounded,
shouldered ; shell constricted at the sutures; ribs vertical or nearly
so. Early whorls (about 5) missing from the type. Ribs 12 to 12
on first three of remaining turns, 16 on the next, and 21 on the
penultimate. These ribs extend from the summit almost to the
succeeding suture, the smooth band at their termination being
narrow. Intercostal spaces on penultimate whorl about as wide
as on earlier whorls. Base rounded, aperture oval, somewhat ex-
tended anteriorly ; columella nearly straight.

Type, No. 1069 Los Angeles County Museum, collected by
George P. Kanakoff in lower north exposure of upper Pleistocene
deposits of Newport Bay Mesa, Orange County, California
(L.A.C.M. Invert, Paleo. Loc. 68-B.) An additional example
(younger individual), also without nuclear whorls, taken at the
same locality. Measurements of the type (exclusive of missing
early whorls) : length 5.2 mm.; transverse diameter 1.6 mm,

Discussion.—The shape of the whorls in this species is much
as in Turbonilla calvini Dall and Bartsch, their diameter posteri-
orly being as great as it is anteriorly. However, T. growardi is
much larger than 7. calvini, and differs further in the abrupt in-
crease in number of ribs on the last whorl. This species is named
for Mr. and Mrs. F. L. Grouard, who first reported these deposits
to the Museum.

*Manuscript prepared by Mr. Willett shortly before his death.

y 1Willett, George, Two New West American Pelecypods, So. Calif. Acad.
Sci., vol. XLIII, pt. 1, pp. 19-22, pl. 7, 8, 1944.

17

BuLL. So. Can. ACAD. Scr. 47: 1, 1948 New Gastropods. Willett

PLATE 4

. Turbonilla grouardi Willett

. Triphora kanakoffi Willett
Odostomia elsiw Willett
Odostomia effie Willett

H ClO pope

jak
oo

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

Odostomia (Menestho) effiz sp. nov.
(Plate 4, fig. 4)

DeEScRIPTION.—Shell imperforate, elongate-conic. Nucleus
small, tilted, partly immersed obliquely in succeeding turn. Post-
nuclear whorls slightly rounded, ornamented with four heavy,
spiral cords, which are more than twice as wide as the grooves
separating them. On the last whorl the peripheral arc emerges to
form a fifth cord almost as heavy as the four preceding it. Sutures
weakly channeled. Base rounded; aperature rounded below,
acutely angled above; columella with distinct fold at its inser-
tion. Base with about 8 ribs which grow gradually weaker as they
approach the columellar region.

Type, No. 1070 Los Angeles County Museum, collected by
George P. Kanakoff at upper north location of upper Pleistocene
deposits of Newport Bay Mesa (LACMIP Loc. 63-A). Two
additional specimens collected at the same location, and one at
Los Angeles County Museum locality 66.

There are also at hand four examples of this species collected
by Effie M. Clark and Edna T. Cook at an upper Pleistocene de-
posit on Vermont Avenue near Sepulveda Blvd. just beyond the
city limits of Los Angeles. The type has 6 whorls and measures:
length 3.5 mm.; transverse diameter 1.3 mm. A paratype in Mrs.
Clark’s collection measures 4.0 by 1.6 mm.

This small species is similar in appearance to Odostomia
grammatospira Dall and Bartsch, from which it differs in smaller
size and heavier spirals, with correspondingly much narrower
interspaces. It is named for Mrs. Effie M. Clark, who has many
interesting species of mollusks in the fossil beds of this region.

Odostomia (Chrysallida) elsiz sp. nov.
(Plate 4, fig. 3)

Description.—Shell small, elongate-ovate ; sutures channeled,
Nucleus tilted, partly immersed in succeeding turn. Post-nuclear
whorls ornamented with slightly retractive axial ribs running
from suture to suture; on the first post-nuclear whorl of the type
these ribs are obliterated, the second has 14, the third 16, and the
last whorl 20. Spiral sculpture inferior to axial, consisting of
three thin, equally spaced threads on the anterior two thirds of
the whorl, there being no spiral thread at the summit. Base
rounded, marked with four strong, evenly-spaced cords of about
equal strength. Aperture oval, angulated above, rounded below,
with little, if any, anterior projection; inner lip expanded, cover-
ing the umbilicus; columellar fold inconspicuous and only visible
well within the aperture.

19

BULLETIN, £0. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

Type, No. 1071 Los Angeles County Museum, collected with
one additional specimen, by George P. Kanakoff, at the upper
north location cf upper Pleistocene deposits of Newport Bay
Mesa, Orange County, California (LACMIP Loc. 68-A). The
type has five post-nuclear whorls. Measurements: length 2.7 mm.;
transverse diameter 1.3 mm. The paratype is approximately of
same length, but shell more slender, probably due to wear.

Although this is a very small species, the writer does not know
any other which it resembles closely. It shows some similarity to
Odostomia talama Dall and Bartsch, but differs markedly from
that species in smaller sizes, absence of spiral at the shoulder,
and fewer basal cords. This shell is named for Elsie M. (Mrs.
T. P.) Chace, whose work on California mullusca is well known,

Triphora kanakoffi sp. nov.
(Plate 4, lg. 2)

Description.—Shell large for genus, sinistral, elongate-conic,
brown. Nucleus and first two post-nuclear whorls missing. First
two of remaining turns with two spiral rows of nodes, one at the
top, the other at the bottom of the whorl; on the next whorl (the
5th) a slender, tuberculated, spiral keel appears about midway
between the two marginal rows of tubercles; this keel increases
in strength until, on the ninth turn, it is about as strong as the
other two; on the last whorl there are four rows of tubercles, the
anterior of these being somewhat weaker than the others; also, on
the latter part of the last whorl is a median intercalated riblet.
On all the turns the anterior row of tubercles, on its anterior side,
slopes gently into the suture. Tubercles rounded, connected be-
tween the rows, but axial sculpture hardly apparent, always in-
ferior to spiral sculpture. Tubercles numbering 16 on first two
remaining turns, increasing to 22 on the penultimate whorl and 25
on the last. Base short, bounded posteriorly by a prominent,
smooth cord, followed by two, more obscure ones which are
somewhat roughened and broken by lines of growth. Aperture di-
agonal, oval, extended at both ends, deeply channeled anteriorly ;
outer lip thin, inner lip expanded over the stout, twisted colu-
mella,

The unique type, No. 1072 Los Angeles County Museum,
was collected by George P. Kanakoff in the upper Pleistocene de-
posits on the south side of Newport Bay Mesa, Orange County,
California (LACMIP Loc. 66-1). The type has ten remaining
whorls. Measurements: length 9.0 mm.; transverse diameter 3.0
mm. A complete specimen of comparable size would measure ap-
proximately 9.5 millimeters in length.

In shape and sculpture this shell is similar to Triphora ped-
roana Bartsch, which occurs in the same deposit. It differs from

20

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

that species in much larger size, wider sutures, and earlier ap-
pearance of the median row of tubercles. In diameter, this is the
largest of our known local Triphoras; in length, it is exceeded
only by the more slender and very differently ornamented Triphora
callipyrga Bartsch, which sometimes attains a length of 11 milli-
meters. The writer takes pleasure in naming this interesting
species for George P. Kanakoff, through whose efforts these col-
lections were obtained.

Los Angeles County Museum.

COC

FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA

15. SOME HEMIPTERA FROM THE McKITTRICK
ASPHALT FIELD

By W. DwicuHtT PIERCE

The great abundance of aquatic Hemiptera in the McKittrick
deposit is of interest, especially because many of the insect bodies
are more or less intact. These will assist in the determination of
the fragments found in the Rancho La Brea Asphalt. As was
stated in the preceding article, the writer has dropped the idea of
an ancient lake, and is inclined to the theory that these insects
were either trapped by alighting on active flowing sheets of shin-
ing tar, or by swimming in pools of water lying on top of active
liquid tar. That there were at least temporary pools is attested by
damsel fly larval remains.

In this and all other studies of tar field insects, it is the writer’s
purpose to give a new and modern interpretation of the anatomy,
using as far as possible the Snodgrass nomenclature. In many
ways this will differ from the classical terminology used in the
Hemiptera. In this order it has been difficult to find articles deal-
ing with the morphology of parts other than head, wings and
genitalia. The paleoentomologist is not always privileged to have
these parts. He must classify his fragments, no matter to what
part of the skeleton they belong. The heads and thoraces of the
water Hemiptera are very interesting, and illustrate great modifi-
cations for the purpose of water navigation.

Paleontological research in entomology has only one counter-
part, and that is the study of fragments found in bird stomachs,

21

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

and in the excreta of birds, mammals, and reptiles. While a great
deal of work has been done in this latter field, the workers did not
leave any record of their morphological findings.

It is the purpose in the present series to point out those facts
that will assist future workers.

The thorax is a dominant part of the remains. Its structure is
therefore a criterion for placing the fragment in its order. The
primitive orders of insects, belonging to the old grouping Thy-
sanura, have the thoracic segments subequal and non-agglutinate.
After the evolution of wings it was necessary to strengthen the
thorax and this was accomplished in several ways.

In the first group, the prothorax is independent, and more or
less emphasized, and the meso-and metathorax are agglutinate.
To this group belong the Mallophaga, Isoptera, Embiida, Corro-
dentia, Plecoptera, Orthoptera, Phasmida, Blattariae, Mantodea,
Hemiptera, Homoptera, Thysanoptera, Dermaptera, Coleoptera,
Rhaphidodea, and Neuroptera.

In the second group prothorax is much reduced, and meso-and
metathorax are strengthened. Of these, the parts of the thorax
are all independent in Aleurodoptera, and Strepsiptera, with the
metathorax strongly developed in the latter. In the second sec-
tion of this group the entire thorax is agglutinate in Odonata and
Ephemerida among the hemimetabolous insects; and in the holo-
metabolous insects the mesothorax is dominant with only meso-
thoracic wings in Diptera and Coccoptera; while the metathorax
is dominant in the wingless Siphonaptera, and the winged Mecap-
tera, Megaloptera, Trichoptera, Lepidoptera, and Hymenoptera.
In the last order the first abdominal segment is also agglutinate.

The Hemiptera fragments found in the Bessom material bring
out a number of interesting features. The head and prothorax in
all five families (Notonectide, Corixide, Belostomatide, Nep-
ide, Gerride) separate from the meso-metathorax. The heads
are very distinctive: head flattened against prothorax and eyes
inset in Notonectidz and Corixide ; but eyes protuberant in Ger-
ride, Nepide, and Belostomatide. The Corixid head is like a
closed disk with only a small opening for attachment to the pro-
thorax ; while the Notonectid head is broadly open behind. In the
Nepidz, at least Ranatra, there is a distinct neck, although this is
not apparent except on dissection, or when found as in the tar.
The Notonectid, Corixid, and Belostomatid pronota extend back
as a covering over considerable part of the mesonotum, while the
sternal portion is very small. The Nepid thorax as found in Ran-
atra is a dominant segment, with only the posterior portion ex-
tending over the mesonotum ; the front legs are almost adjacent to
the tiny head, and the bulk of the prothorax extends far to the
rear. In the Gerridz an unusual feature results from the union

92

BULLETIN, SO. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

of the mesonotum with the prothoracic ring, so that the cleavage
line separates almost all the mesothoracic covering. Finding an
elongate meso-metathoracic shell with the dorsum missing is a
clue to its position in the Gerride. This feature and the broader
separation of metathoracic coxe separates the thoraces of Gerris
from Ranatra.

The present paper contains the studies only of the Notonec-
tidee and Nepide. The others will follow in a later contribution.

FamMity NOTONECTIDA

The back swimmers of the family Notonectidz were present
in great numbers at McKittrick, but careful study of the frag-
ments from the 4 foot level at Site 4 indicates only one species
belonging to the subgenus Paranecta, genus Notonecta. From the
numerous fragments, almost all of the characters of the species
can be elucidated. In fact a number of specimens were almost
complete.

These insects are called back swimmers because they swim at
the surface with the venter up. They inhabit ponds, lakes, and
stagnant pools. They are predaceous upon other insects, grasping
their prey with the front legs while they suck the blood. The hind
legs are used as oars.

Fortunately there is a beautiful monograph of the genus Noto-
necta for the World by Dr. H. B. Hungerford (Bull. Univ. Kans.
34 (5) :1-195,17 plates (5 colored) ).1933), and by study of this
and the modern insects in the collection of the Los Angeles County
Museum, | have determined that the insects from the 4 foot level
of Site 4, McKittrick, are a new species.

It may be stated at this time that the genus Notonecta was also
present in the Los Angeles La Brea deposits, but the material is
more fragmentary and must be reported on later. It is unques-
tionably Pleistocene, because all of the recovered fragments come
from the skull cavities of saber-tooth cats, found in Pits 3, 4,
and 13.

The material upon which the following description is based in-
cludes more or less whole insects numbered McK 7a (holotype),
McK 7b (paratype used in illustration), and McK 7g (male al-
lotype) ; head and thorax, McK 7f; heads McK 7c, d, e. I have
set aside under McK 7 as paratypes without letter, 9 bodies with
head ; one separated head and pronotum; 16 large body fragments
without head; 12 wings, and 15 wing fragments (all unicolorous).
The 7 heads included all measure 2.24 mm, width as in type. Only
head McK 7e is larger, measuring 2.32 mm. Over 65 fragments

23

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

of Notonecta, all apparently of this species, were not used in the
description, but are by virtue of their source all parts of the topo-
type series.

NoToNnEcta (PARANECTA) BADIA, new species (Figures 4-9)

Mckittrick, California, asphalt field, collected August 10, 1947
by Leonard Bessom, at depth of 4 feet in asphalt permeated silt.

Holotype Female (McK 7a) : length 8.80 mm. ; length of head
0.880 mm., prothorax 1.840 mm., scutellum 1.760 mm., inner line
of clavus from scutellum to apex 2.160 mm. Width of head 2.34
mm., vertex in front 1.040 mm., synthlipsis 0.408 mm., thorax at
base 2.960 mm., scutellum 2.560 mm.

Color very dark reddish brown or maroon; eyes, and scutelium
black. It is believed that these are very close to the original col-
ors, aS in our experience insect colors are preserxed by tar. The
wings are very dark, brown at base, becoming almost black at tip,
but without any spotting. (Three spotted wings are being held for
association with body fragments. )

The species runs in Hungerford’s key near to N. spinosa
Hungerford, and N. unifasciata Guérin, from both of which it
differs by the coloration of the wings, and the male genital capsule.

Anterior margin of head with vertex slightly more convex
than eyes; width of vertex to synthlipsis (distance between eyes
at base) as 13:6 (Fig. 4). Face without any definite fronto-
clypeal demarkation (Fig. 5), except for a slightly raised clypeal
zone almost reversing the shape of the labrum, which is broad at
base, suddenly concavely narrowed, so that the base is to the apex
as 14:3, roughly the form of a squat T. Beak with three joints
beyond the labrum, of which the second and third are subequal
and longer than the first.

Prothorax widening from apex to basal angles; with base
strongly rounded; length to width as 23:38. Scutellum triangular,
somewhat tapered toward apex, width to length as 32:22, base
concave.

Female abdomen (Fig. 7) with fourth sternite wider at apex
than the quadrate fifth, which is narrower at apex than the base
of the sixth; sixth subtruncate at apex; its exact outline inde-
terminate. In undulata, which it most approaches in abdominal
form the fourth sternite is narrower at apex than the base of
the fifth.

The mesotrochanter has the outer angle produced and the
mesofemur is spined near apex. The drawing (Fig. 6) of this
area 1s from specimen McK 7b.

The male capsule (Figs. 8, 9) was extracted from specimen

24

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

McK 7g. It measured 1.52 mm, in length and 0.8 mm in depth.
It might be described as a shell of a boat with two seats, the front
seat being the 9th and 10th tergites, and the rear seat the cross bar
of the aedeagus; behind which the claspers serve as rudders. The
frame work is solid beneath with three upward processes on each
side, and constitutes as a whole the sternite IX; the anterior
processes are united by a non-chitinous band of tergite X; the
median processes are broader and approach more closely, but are
not united; the posterior processes are separated by a posterior
cleavage and bend forward reaching to the median lobes. In the
curve between the median lobe and the posterior clasper is an ap-
pendage called the harpagone. Within this capsule are the tenth
or anal segment, which was not in good shape to study; and the
aedeagus, of which a double longitudinal bar, and a basal cross-
bar are visible. In shape this capsule differs from all figured by
Hungerford.

Famity NEPIDZ

Insects of this family are quite rare in California, only one
species of the genus Ranatra being reported, Rk. brevicollis Mon-
tandon, of which specimens are at hand from Los Angeles, and
Claremont in Los Angeles County, and Santa Ana in Orange
County. It was described from San Diego, and Hungerford re-
ports it from El Dorado County; Lindsay (Tulare Co.), and
Laguna Beach (Orange Co.).

It is therefore of considerable interest to report that at some
distant period Ranatra of two species occurred in the now very
dry country around McKittrick in the western foothills of Kern
County. -

In fact there are now at hand parts of 7 or at most 8 indi-
viduals, one head by itself, two thoraces with head, one thorax
and abdomen without head, and three pronota. They are not all
in fit condition for description and only three enter the descrip-
tion of Rk. bessomi, and one the description of R. asphalt.

The proportionate measurements vary greatly and it is possi-
ble that the genus was in great flux at the time this asphalt was
laid down.

To show the variation the measurements of all specimens are
given:

As a basis for the study we have Dr. H. B. Hungerford’s ex-
cellent monograph of the Nepidze of North America (1922. Kan-
sas Univ. Sci. Bull. 14 (18) :425-470, 8 plates). In the material at
hand there are no legs other than front coxz and no genitalia, but
all other characters used in the genus are available for study.

25

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

MEASUREMENTS OF RANATRA FRAGMENTS IN MILLIMETERS

Specimen |Mck Ilc]MckK 1la}/McK 11b]Mck 11f|/McK 11d/Mck 1le|McK 12a
R. R. R. R. R. R. R.
Species bessomi | bessomi | bessomi | bessomi asphalti
holotype | paratype] paratype| paratype holotype
mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.
Entirelength| 28.0
Head
complete 2.0
Head visible 1.84 1.6
Pronotum 6.88 7.44 6.60 7.04
Pronotum
to slit 4.28 4.96 4.80 4.76 4.44 4.12
Abdomen 15.80
Prosternum 5.80 6.80 6.00 5.32 5.80
Mesosternum| 2.68 2.80
Metasternum| 1.48 192
Width head Dt DA)
Pronotum
at apex 1.80 2.00 2.40 2.04 1.84 1.88
Pronotum
narrowest 1.36 1.44 1.80 1.64 1.40 1.60
Pronotum [
at slit 1.80 2.20 2.08 1.80
Pronotum
at base 3.04 256 3.60 2.80 3.20

Judging from the modern species at hand as well as the fos-
sils, the relationship of the length of bucculz to tylus (Figs. 10,
11, 13) is a good character. The sternal arrangement especially,
in length of metaxyphus, and the presence (Fig. 19), or absence
(Fig. 18) of delineation of the trochantin is of interest.

The writer has not found mention of the mesothoracic spir-
acles, which are at the edge of the prothorax, at base of mesoepi-
sternum (Fig. 18), while the abdominal spiracles are on the
pleurites of the segments.

Snodgrass (1947. The insect cranium and the “epicranial
suture.’ Smithson, Misc. Coll. 107(7) :1-52, 15 figs.) calls atten-

26

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

tion to the suture which defines the fronto-clypeal area. Hunger-
ford in his illustration of the head of Ranatra does not indicate
the existence of this suture, although it is distinct in all ate speci-
mens, modern and fossil, at hand. ts is shown in Figures 10, 11, 13.

For the purpose of comparison Figure 10 illustrates the head
of R. brevicollis as seen from above. This head is considerably
larger than in either of the fossil species.

RANATRA BESSOMI, new species (Figures 11, 12, 16, 17, 18)

Described from one head (McK lla), one headless body
(McK llc), one prothorax and head (McK 11f), three pro-
ioracess(MCKe Ib; de) trom Site 4) depth 4 ieet, Leonard
Bessom, collector of matrix.

_ Measurements of head: length as a whole 2.0 mm.; breadth
2.4 mm. The head (Figures 11, 12) is described from paratype
McK lla. By an unfortunate accident this delicate fragment
broke into two parts just after completion of the drawings and is
mounted in two cells on a slide. The head is slightly wider than
long. The beak is missing. The antenna of the right side is pres-
ent (Fig. 12), and is of the type of R. migra Herrich-Schaeffer,
an eastern species, and quite distinct from R. brevicollis Mon-
tandon, the only California species, which has a long lateral
branch to the second segment, about half as long as the third seg-
ment. The antenna is three-segmented, the third joint cylindrical,
tapering to apex, longer than either of the two preceding ; second
joint much enlarged on the inner side rather than on the outer
side as in other species.

Head (Fig. 11) roughly cross-shaped, with axis of eyes at
right angles to axis of head; eyes separated by more than their
transverse width, which separates the species from FR. drakei
Hungerford. The epicranial suture or cleavage suture of Snod-
grass separates the basal or occipital area medianly. In front of
the faint line differentiating two surface sculptures the epicranial
suture divides to form a broad ogival frontoclypeal area. This is
longer than the eye stalks. The zone behind the eyes, and the
narrow band enclosing the eyes is the parietal area. The fronto-
clypeus is called vertex in most Hemipterous literature, but the
true vertex is only the narrow median part of the parietals. The
anterior portion of the frontoclypeus is three lobed, with tylus in
middle and juga at its sides. In front of the juga are the append-
ages called bucculz, not extending forward beyond the tylus, as
they do in nigra, and brevicollis. The juga have a dorsal line of
punctures. The entire surface of frontoclypeus is minutely gran-
ulate, but this denuded condition is rarely seen in live freshly
collected material.

27

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

Ventrally (Fig. 12) the eyes are much narrower than dorsally.
The longitudinal axis is occupied by the strongly convex gular-
submental column, which is basally deeply excavated. The arcuate
postoccipital zone is indistinctly indicated and inserted in the
convex true gula. This is laterally defined by distinct longitudinal
sutures extending to the transverse depression bounding the oc-
cipital area from the genal area. In front of this depression the
gular zone is more convex and narrower, and may be considered
as submental in character, with the anterior narrowed portion
between the bucculz construed as mentum. The buccule are
subacute at tip. The ventral genal area is quite broad, deeply de-
pressed at sides of gula-submentum, the deepest part of the de-
pression probably corresponding to the tentorial pits. At each
side of the submentum are the jugal lobes, behind which are the
attachments of the antenne. These lie in the deep depression of
the genz at the sides of the submentum. Between base of eye and
jugum is a deep depression cutting each gena, the continuation of
the epicranial suture.

Prothorax (McK llc) length dorsally 6.88 mm., to slit 4.28
mm., ventrally 5.80 mm.; width at apex dorsally 1.80 mm., at
narrowest point 1.36 mm., at slit 1.80 mm., at widest point before
base 3.04 mm. The narrowest point is at the middle of the dor-
sum. The tergum folds over the sides and a good part of the
venter bounding the narrow sternum. The basisternite (Fig. 16),
or area in front of the cox, has a low median longitudinal con-
vexity; is quadrate and narrowly separated from the infolded
tergum laterally by a narrow impressed episternal-epimeral piece
to which the coxa is attached. The coxa swings forward in this
groove. The sternum continues behind the coxal attachment in a
narrowing band, which we may call sternellum. This is slightly
convex, narrowly impressed at sides, by which character it re-
sembles R. kirkaldyi, R. nigra, and R. brevicollis, and strongly
differs from R. buenoi. The coxe of this genus have only a piv-
otal attachment, and are very elongate, being 5.6 mm. long, with
terminal attachment for trochanter.

Length of body exclusive of head 26 mm. (McK llc, holo-
type) thus making total length of body about 28 mm. The meso-
notum is covered by the extension of the pronotum, but the meso-
sternum (Fig. 17) is broad in front and narrowed between the
coxe, at the apex of which it is indistinctly truncate. The an-
terior part is the basisternite and is medianly impressed. The
coxz are subspherical, with broad round attachment to the cylin-
drically raised episternum-epimeron, From the lateral view (Fig.
18) the epimeral piece is clearly seen. At the base of the epi-
sternum is the broadly elliptical mesothoracic spiracle at the lower
edge of two small pieces which must be considered epipleurites.
The broad median plate of the metasternum is indistinctly sep-

28

BULLETIN, SO. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

arated from mesosternum. This is the metaxyphus, which is
slightly raised above surrounding parts and narrows into a short
prominence barely passing the base of the cox, by which it dif-
fers from migra and brevicollis. At the sides of the basal portion
of metaxyphus are two narrow lateropleurites. Extending from
the mesoepipleurites to the abdomen is a large metzpipleurite
outside the subcylindrical episternum, on which can be seen in-
distinctly the outline of the epimeron. The trochantin is not sep-
arated from sternellum as in asphalti.

The abdomen is long and slender and ventrally composed of
five long segments, sharply angulate to the middle, with pleurz
depressed. The overfolded tergites slightly surpass the corre-
sponding sternites. Segments 2, 3, 4 bear round spiracles on the
tergo-pleural margins each at about the anterior third. The last
segment (male) tapers convexly to a point, thus having an ogival
pyramidal aspect. On the median line the relative lengths of the
segments is 40, 44, 43, 40, 32. The cerci are lacking.

RANATRA ASPHALTI, new species (Figs. 13, 14, 15, 19)

Described from one specimen (McK 12a) from the McKittrick
asphalt field, Site 4, depth 4 feet. This specimen has head, thorax
and basal portion of abdomen, without legs. The beak separated
and is mounted in a cell on a slide.

Length of head as visible 1.6 mm., width 2.12 mm. Length of
prothorax on median line 7.04 mm., to transverse crease 4.12
mm., prosternum 5.80 mm., mesosternum 2.80 mm., metaster-
num 1.92 mm. Width of prothorax at base 1.88 mm., at narrowest
point 1.60 mm., at transverse crease 1.80 mm., at widest basal
point 3.20 mm, :

The head (Figures 13, 14) is considerably smaller than in
bessomi or brevicollis. The buccule slightly surpass the tylus. The
beak (Fig. 15) is 3-jointed, with the basal joint laterally con-
stricted at the middle. The epicranial suture is sharply defined.
The antennz are biramous, the branch of the second segment
‘terminating opposite the tip of the third. The mentum is short
and sharply defined; submental column with sides parallel.

The mesosternum is as in bessomi, but the mesasternum 1s
quite different and gives an excellent study of structure. One
coxa is missing, showing that the coxal cavity is open behind
The metaxyphus is broadly attached to the mesosternum between
the mesocoxe, gradually broadens to a point just before the
metacoxe, and then sharply narrows to a long process reaching
to the posterior fourth of the coxe. It is bordered in its broader
portion by narrow strips, which may be called laterosternites ; and
in the posterior half by curved pieces which extend from the an-
terior to the posterior attachments of the cox, and are hence to

29

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

be considered as the trochantins. The tip of metaxyphus lies over
the broader sternellum. The posterior epimeron is not well differ-
entiated from episternum,

DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES

PLATE 5

Fic. 4. Dorsal view of Notonecta badia Pierce, length 9.35 mm., from
McKittrick, Site 4, depth 4 ft.

Fic. 5. Face of Notonecta bodia Pierce.

Fic. 6. Middle legs of Notonecta badia Pierce, C—coxa, Em—epimeron,
Es—episternum, F—femur, SII, III—sternites, Sp—spine, Tr—tro-
chanter.

Fic. 7. Posterior legs and abdomen of Notonecta badia Pierce. F—fe-
mur, Mc—metacoxa, Mx—metaxyphus, PI, II, III, IV, V, ViI—pleur-
ites, S IV, V, VI—sternites, Tr—trochanter.

Fic. 8. Lateral view of male genital capsule of Notonecta badia Pierce,
Ae—edeagus, Cl—clasper, Ha—harpagone, S IX—sternite IX, TX—
tergite X.

Fic. 9. Dorsal view of male genital capsule of Notonecta badia Pierce.
Ae—edeagus, Cl—clasper, Ha—harpagone, T IX, X—tergites.

PLATE 6

Fic. 10. Dorsal view of head of Ranatra brevicollis Montandon from
Los Angeles. B—buccula, J—jugum, T—tylus.

Fic. 11. Dorsal view of head of Ranatra bessomi Pierce, from McKittrick
Site 4, depth 4 ft., B—buccula, ES—epicranial suture, FC—fronto-
clypeus, J—jugum, Oc—occiput, Pa—parietal, T—tylus.

Fic. 12. Ventral view of head of Ranatra bessomi Pierce. A—antenna,
AS—antennal socket, B—buccula, Ge—gena, Gu—gula, J—jugum,
M—mentum, Oc—occiput, Poc—postocciput, Sm—submentum.

Fic. 18. Dorsal view of head of Ranatra asphalti from McKittrick Site
4, depth 4 ft.

Fic. 14. Ventral view of head of Ranatra asphalti Pierce.

Fig. 15. Lateral view of beak of Ranatra asphalti Pierce.

PLATE 7

Fic. 16. Ventral view of prothorax of Ranatra bessomi Pierce. BS—
basisternite, C—coxa I, Es—episternum, Sl—sternellum, T—tergite I.

Fic. 17. Ventral view of meso- and metathorax of Ranatru bessomi
Pierce, CC—coxe, Ep—epipleurite, Es—episterna, Mx—metaxyphus,
Pl—pleurite, S—sternite, Sl—sternellum, Sp—mesospiracle, T— tro-
chanter.

Fie. 18. Lateral view of meso-metathorax of Ranatra bessomi Pierce.
BS—masisternite, C—coxa, Em—epimeron, Ep—epipleurite, Es—
episternum, Ls—laterosternite, Mx—metaxyvhus, S—sternite, Sl—
sternellum, Sp—mesospirac, W—wing.

Fic. 19. Ventral view of metasternum of Ranatra asphalti, at double the
scale used for Fig. 17, Cx—coxa, Em—epimeron, Ep—epipleurite,
Es—episternum, Ls—laterosternite, Mx—metaxyphus, Sl—sternel-
lum, Tn—trochantin.

Butt. So. Cat. Acab. Sct. 47: 1, 1948 Fossil Arthropods. Pierce

PLATE 5

BuLL. So. Can. ACAD. Sct. 47: 1, 1948 Fossil Arthropods. Pierce

PLATE 6

But. So. Cau. Acap. Ecr. 47: 1, 1948 Fossil Arthropods. Pierce

PLATE 7

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol.-47, Part 1, 1948

FOSSIL ARTHROPODS FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA
By W. Dwicut PIERCE

l= IN ERODUGTION

The present series of studies is designed to present the find-
ings of Walter MacKay Draycot, of Lynn Creek, British Co-
lumbia. He has sent to the writer for study several collections of
pieces of fossil interglacial lignite (Pleistocene), containing in-
sect remains from two localities.

The first locality was originally found by Rev. Mr. Robert
Connell years ago on the shore of Cordova Bay, Vancouver Is-
land, and the first insects from the deposit were described by
T. D. A. Cockerell in Canadian Entomologist 59:303-304, as
Donacia connelli Cockerell, and D. pompatica Scudder.

Mr. Draycot visited this site with Mr. Connell in 1945.

Cockerell described the material as a “black lignite from the
south end of Cordova Bay, Victoria. The deposit is overlain by
180 feet of clay, sand and gravel called the Cordova sands and
gravels and the Maywood clays, the latter the older and both are
known to be interglacial. Just above the lignite is a bed of marine
shells, and below are finely stratified clays. The lignite contains
pieces of wood, seeds, and other plant remains.”

Cockerell discussed only the Donacia material but said that
there were “also a few small black elytra which | have not
attempted to determine.”

Mr. Draycot wrote October 23, 1946 that to get to the deposit
he had to take from Victoria, ‘the hourly-service bus to a point a
mile from Cordova Bay deposits, climb down a steep bank, 180
feet high—and hope for the tide being out when I arrived.” His
description of the geology is to be found in the following paper.

The second locality is on the Mainland on the banks of Lynn
Creek, near the post office of that name, outside of Vancouver;
and the geology of the deposits is reported on by Mr. Draycot
in the second article of this series.

The material he has sent is very interesting, and will have to
be reported on in sections. The botanical material will be studied
by paleobotanists. Most of the insect fragments are beetle elytra,
some of them so perfect that, by careful work under a binocular
microscope, they can be completely freed and mounted in a glass
ceil for study on both surfaces. Others are badly crushed and must
be mounted in cells in the matrix. This crushing is particularly

34

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

true of the Donacia material, which still retains its beautiful blue
or green lustre.

In all there are 7 insect specimens from Cordova Bay, and
103 specimens from Lynn Creek. Of these some are of course
unrecognizable, but there is part of an Elaphrus elytron, an
elytral fragment of a Phellopsis, possibly porcata Leconte, many
Donacia, and several species of small beetles, Lepidopterous pupal
remains, and the beautiful psyllid wing described in Article 3.
Twelve or more perfect elytra have been separated, and one head.

It is not always easy to locate the classification of elytra, and
some of these may need to wait until the study of the California
tar deposits gives the cues.

Pe wbmAtshOCHNE KOSSIE, BEETEE AND VEGEDRAE
RE VWAUNS IN INDERGEACIAL DEPOSITS;
A SUMMARY REPORT

By WaLTER Mackay Draycot

The occurrence of vegetal remains belonging to the Inter-
glacial Period of the Ice Age is recorded mainly along the coastal
region of British Columbia. The exposures are meagre; mostly
accumulated drift, and gradually disappearing through the effect
of river and marine erosional action. In the Greater Vancouver
area there are the Lynn Creek Series (situated five miles north
of Vancouver City), a shoreline deposit at Point Grey (Van-
couver west), and the Cordova Bay Series of Interglacial deposits
on the southeastern shoreline of Vancouver Island.

SUMMARY (OF PE ISTOCENE

Glaciation of Southern British Columbia and the State of
Washington, U. S. A. occurred in the form of two major epochs,
the first known as the Admiralty epoch and the second, and last,
the Vashon. Both epochs were southern extensions of the great
Cordilleran ice sheet that spread over northern and central Brit-
ish Columbia. The names Admiralty and Vashon denote an Inlet
and an Island, respectively, in the State of Washington where the
two separate glaciation deposits were first noticed by American
geologists.

Though retreats and re-advances occurred during the two
epochs these phases of minor interglacial periods are insignifi-
cant, inasmuch as their duration was too brief to permit vegeta-
tion, other than grasses and sedges, to flourish.

35

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

ADVENT OF THE ADMIRALTY GLACIER: At the time the Admi-
ralty ice-sheet was forming the land was much lower, relative to
sea-level, than now. As the crystallized mass transformed from
névé to glacier it culminated in an estimated height of 5,000 feet.
This ponderous weight of solid ice, besides depressing the land,
had the effect of pulverizing the sub-ice rock material over which
it steadily flowed, mainly southwesterly, far into the state of
Washington, Puget Sound and the Strait of Georgia. Infra-
glacial rock fragments, composed of small boulders, pebbles and
finer detritus, the result of earlier avalanches or snowslides, were
carried hundreds of miles from the source of origin.

DuRATION OF ADMIRALTY IcE: Compilation in number of
years for the existence of either this first epoch or the last one
must ever remain approximate. It can not be definitely known
what length of time climatic conditions remained stationary dur-
ing maximum frigidity.

RETREAT OF THE First IcE Epocu: As many thousands of
years (kalandar) had elapsed since the advent of the ice so thou-
sands more were required to melt the gigantic ice mass in Wash-
ington State and British Columbia’s southern area. As the melt
proceeded the run-off from above and below the ice formed great
glacial lakes. Far into these lakes spread the fine silts, known as
blue clay, and, nearer the ice front, the fine to course sands peb-
bles and small boulders. Toward the close of the Admiralty ice
epoch the great glacial lakes dwindled in size. Marine waters
entered, into which rivers of mostly new channels debouched.

INTERGLACIAL PERIOD IN LYNN VALLEY

Through the visitation of colossal ice conditions the terrain of
superficial deposits assumed a barren aspect. A semi-frigid climate
obtained for a considerable span of time before the ice had re-
ceded far enough into the mountain recesses to permit the hardiest
of the lower order of plant life to germinate its seed. Though
this was especially the case in the north Burrard region it was
not so with the more open terrain of the Cordova Bay area on
Vancouver Island, where favorable climatic conditions, close
proximity to marine water and far removed from the chilled air
of mountain glaciers, induced prior vegetal growth. In some re-
spects the Point Grey shoreline vegetation, somewhat removed
from the retreated glacier, enjoyed a similar climate.

DurRaATION OF INTERGLACIAL: Judging by the stratigraphy of
the Interglacial deposits there is evidence of a vast period of
time; necessary to deposit the thousands of alternating beds of
silt, clay, sand, gravel pebbles and small boulders. A fertile floor
for inducement of plant growth.

36

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

VEGETAL GrowTH: Continuity of plant life was established in
the Great Interglacial Period only during the second half of its
existence, although there is evidence of grass growth during a
brief withdrawal of the Admiralty glacier, indicated by the pres-
ence of brown clay. This was a midway phase during the forma-
tion of the glacier.

During the period of continued vegetal growth a minor cli-
matic oscillation occurred when, in the Upper Lynn Series, a
slight re-advance and subsequent retreat of a lobe of the ad-
jacent glacier, entrenched in the mountain region, caused blue
clay silt to become deposited upon the bed of the first growth
vegetation. This is evidenced by the alignment of fallen trees and
shrubs in a southerly direction. Vegetal growth resumed, by re-
afforestation from untouched localities, when this minor form of
glaciation was eliminated from the immediate area.

The exposures of Pleistocene deposits in the mountain region
of the Lynn river exhibit a series that form a reliable basis for
comparison in other sections of southern B. C., which are, in the
main, composed of drift material. An isolated deposit at Point
Grey being an exception.

Only after thousands of years had passed by, necessary to
reduce the bulk of the great ice sheet, did local climatic condi-
tions change to a temperature conducive to the production of a
green incrustation composed of the earliest germination of some
minute moss and lichen in favored areas. As the mosses and
grasses decayed their mould accumulated to form a soil for the
reception of the like and diminutive plants. Ferns, herbaceous
plants, shrubs and trees followed in sequence. Bogs, swamp and
marsh lands prevailed long before the advent of tree growth.

Pondering over the existence of a forest-marsh growth the
thought occurred to the writer that Nature, in her scheme of liv-
ing things, had included other forms of life in conjunction with
vegetation. With such a variety of plants, bushes and trees there
must be insects of some kind to pollinate and perform other func-
tions; for not all pollination is done by winds.

Fossit INsects: Small wavy grooves and frass accumulations
appearing on the surface of the wood under the bark of spruce
and poplar logs and branches, first drew attention of the writer
to the past existence of beetles in the Interglacial vegetal remains.
The effect was there, but to find the cause! Only beetle elytra of
the Order Coleoptera was anticipated.

Examination of samples taken from various sections of the
vegetal remains resulted in finding several specimens of the bril-
liant-hued Donacia and, later, other specimens. As expert au-

37

Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

SLISOSITD INFIIOLSITT AS
29 NO/93o NILLNNOWY NNAT ‘ANDO P NOILIIG SSOYD

ee DIS PACTE AIT

£46) yosharthy

129k © M0/2y panUl/uo7

peep wif rue ys fe oes

yim hero bypesmupy

yep oO LIT

a See SS TES

“eoesocb, pee Peery, ce

1570 hy ==
LITO.
pop, 1/04) 6
peasofx> +

PY 2404S YOY O
J PAPRIDQ 2IDOD G
PIM PIINYOP YLOIOYD 07
ULF PAD PY OUD vy
PUES OU 7

_ pasog x? 1384/2387
av_ Svahw/ /PAVD.ID
Aojo umorg{ 9

Pes apiebons turf Jo Soha) HoeT ba hed [PROID Pe PUBS P32

ee Revo 82 SHE pele east ator % 52/99 AS pau/a/s uo]
tO ecleetaes 4 a ae hojoumorg |
hojD sap/rog ~

' Ej PYOS abvDo0D
eee ysom, pus fp wOySoK, s

o
4
puns aur 9
9
9

g ays ee @) age 4
iy rib.
ome ye ™
AT” pee a

fy I " :

38

PLATE 8

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

thority was a factor in distinguishing the specimens they were
despatched to the State University of California, to be later trans-
ferred to a prominent expert in entomology, Dr. W. Dwight
Pierce of the Los Angeles County Museum, who is now proceed-
ing with their classification.

NATURE OF THE INTERGLACIAL Flora: The thickest deposit
of Interglacial vegetal matter occurs in Lynn Valley Park, com-
posed mainly of drift material. Prior to the disastrous landslide
of November 14, 1919 the thickness was 12 feet and occupied
several acres. Its extent is now measured in feet!

A heavy burden of Vashon (last ice epoch) detritus has
pressed the vegetal material into laminated compactness. In the
year 1916 the black to brown-black matrix attracted the attention
of two prospectors. They excavated a tunnel 100 feet into the mass
in the hope of finding coal! There is now no vestige of either
tunnel or material; a cloudburst and landslide swept the area
clean.

Logs and branches of trees in the matrix have a somewhat
flattened appearance. This peculiarity can be readily understood
when considering the weight of the massive bulk of glacial till,
immense boulders of the Vashon glaciation and, additional, for a
great length of time, the overburden of a glacier which for each
1,000 vertical feet there was 50,000 pounds of pressure to the
square foot (Prof. Dana).

Species of Populus formed the major tree growth; others, in
order of succession, as found, are cedar, willow, alder, spruce,
birch, and a species of yew. Among the bush plants the blueberry
(Vaccimum) and hardhack: (Spirea) held sway. Among sedges
and grasses, in the matrix, the age-old Equisetum (Horse-tail)
occurs. Considerable of the twigs and small tree branches have
become lignified. Taken collectively this assemblage of plant life
suggests a climate similar to that now obtaining in this coastal
area of British Columbia.

PLEISTOCENE Forest-BusuH Fires: In three localities of the
North Burrard area where Interglacial vegetal matter is exposed
there is evidence of conflagration having spread over an extensive
tract. Charred members of tree limbs and well-burned logs im-
bedded in black hardened mud compose a lower stratum of the
shaly vegetal deposit. Angular-shaped rock fragments underlying
the burned material are the result of great heat, thus altering the
feldspars of the granite to render the fragments friable.

As to the origin of the fire there are two possibilities. If not
through the agency of lightning then the cause can be attributed
to volcanic ejectamenta from the now extinct Garibaldi volcano

39

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

a few miles to the north. The occurrence of volcanic ash and
cinders in the Pleistocene deposits, in places intermingled with
the vegetation, suggests that origin.

With much of the area being swamp or marsh land the plant
growth did not suffer total extinction, as evidenced by subsequent
production. The great Interglacial Period, as distinguished from
lesser interglacial phases, is the time assigned to the growth of
this vegetation, whose scant remnants are exposed in places along
the banks of the Lynn Seymour and Thames and Hastings
streams. The deposits are overlain by varying thicknesses of
Vashon glaciation drift and outwash.

INTERGLAGIAL VEGETAL DEPOSIES HR@M
CORDOVA BAY, VANCOUVER 1S) Be

About 70 miles west of North Burrard (Inlet) another expos-
ure of Interglacial vegetal deposits occurs at the south end of
Cordova Bay, near Victoria, Vancouver Island.

Desiring to correlate these deposits with the Upper Lynn
Series a visit was made by the writer, accompanied by the Ven.
Archdeacon R. Connell of Victoria, in September, 1945. The
vegetal deposit at Cordova Bay is exposed a few feet above high-
water mark at the base of a cliff, 200 feet high, and although the
formation appears to be in situ it is suggested its present position
is the result of an almost vertical drop-down instead of a slide
toward the beach, resulting from marine erosion. ~

The cliff face is exposed sufficiently to show a series of strati-
fied sand gravel and clay overlying the vegetal deposit. About
200 yards southward is the lava-rock barrier of Cormorant Point,
that forms the southern extremity of Cordova Bay. This barrier
(to ice movement) once formed the southern margin of an Inter-
glacial lake or swamp.

Judging from the general aspect of this vegetal deposit, with
seams varying in thickness from 4 inches to 40 inches, the local
vegetation received an additional amount of detritus, in the form
of drift, from a locality immediately northward, through the
agency of Vashon glaciation. Crushing and folding are in evi-
dence throughout the whole mass of this superficial material, re-
sulting from resistance at the barrier and pressure from the north.

Indurated silt-clay immediately overlying the vegetal deposit
contains moderately scattered fragments of twigs, leaves and
grasses; suggestive of lake-shore material washed in contempo-
raneously with the debris from the north, or soon after. No logs
or stumps of trees have, as yet, been found in the matrix seams,

40

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

though a small piece of the branch of a cedar tree was picked out
by the writer. The vegetal matter is a brown-black to black mass
composed of swamp growth with fragments of small trees, shrubs,
plants, sedges and grasses. When sun-dried the matrix assumes
the near hardness of lignite. By immersion in water for a rea-
sonable time the laminated peaty substance separates. Between
the thin layers imprints of plants are discerned.

BEETLE Exytra: Several elytra of a metallic-green beetle
were conspicuous among the peaty layers of the vegetal matrix
when split apart. These, and other, insects are identical to the
ones occurring in the Upper and Lower Lynn Series and the
Scarborough Cliff Series of the Interglacial Period in Ontario,
Eastern Canada.

GEoLoGcicaL Comparisons: Although a distance of 70 miles,
or so, separates the Vancouver Island deposits from those of the
mainland there is but little difference in the stratigraphy and
composition. Cordova Bay is similar to Point Grey shoreline ex-
posures and both are situated at about the same land contour;
they both face the Strait of Georgia. But whereas the Point Grey
formation received its sediments from the Fraser Valley glacial
route, in the main, Cordova Bay material was transported from
the north, and contains considerable fragments of Coast Range
rock,

The land being depressed during occupation by glaciers rose
again on recession of the ice. At the time of Admiralty ice melt
the areas specified in this report, as containing vegetal matter,
were considerably below water level to permit silt deposits. Land
uplift occurring soon after the retreat of the Vashon glacier ele-
vated the Upper Lynn Series 825 feet above present sea level,
while the Cordova Bay vegetal deposits record only a few feet.
The mountain regions rose higher than the lowlands.

Under the black vegetal deposit at Cordova Bay there is a
seam of indurated clay; it contains an occasional angular pebble
of Coast Range origin and strata of fine sand, generally interca-
lated. The whole formation is underlain by stratified blue clay of
Admiralty glaciation. Compared with the Upper Lynn Series
these lower strata of the Cordova Bay formation are coeval. In
their order of deposition the exposure at Cordova Bay show:

1. Surface soil and general level.

2.A steep slope with dense vegetation, trees, shrubs and
plants, growing upon a strata of sand gravel and clays;
having a vertical depth of approximately 180 feet.

3.10 feet of indurated clay, interspersed with light vegetal
remains. Folding is shown.

41

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

4.40 inches of hard, compacted, black vegetal matter in shaly
arrangement. This depth of 40 inches is the maximum
thickness; the minimum being about 4 inches. The deposit
displays folding and faulting and has a dip westward of
about 25 degrees.

5.4 feet of white clay-sand, very fine, with inclusions of
calcareous concretions.

6. An undetermined depth of thinly stratified blue clay of Ad-
miralty glaciation origin. Conforming with numbers 4 and
5, above, it dips westward at about the same angle.

3. A CHERMID WING FROM INTERGLACIAL
LIGNITE

By W. Dwicut PIERCE

While examining the interglacial lignite collected by Mr.
Walter MacKay Draycot at Cordova Bay, Vancouver Island,
British Columbia, the writer split a piece open and discovered a
beautiful specimen of an almost perfectly preserved wing of a
chermid. This specimen had one characteristic which set it off
from most of the order, a cross vein between Radial sector and
Media, forming a closed elongate, somewhat pentagonal discoi-
dal cell.

In a search of the literature such a discoidal cell has been
found only in 5 described genera, but in none of these was the
cross vein in the same position. For this reason it is given a new
generic name.

D. L. Crawford did not consider the wings alone sufficient for
classifying the genera into groups, hence it is not definite to what
subfamily the new genera should be assigned. However, since
three genera with cieacd discoidal cells belong to the Chermine,
it has een so assigned.

Only two fossil Psylloptera have been described from North
America, Necropsylla rigida Scudder, based on 4 specimens, two
of which are figured; and Catopsylla prima Scudder, both from
Florissant, Colorado, shales (Scudder 1890. Tertiary Insects of
North America).

If one can judge at all from the drawings, the two specimens
of Necropsylla rigida do not belong to the ame species, although
they apparently have in common a cross vein between Media 3-4
and Cubitus 1. No. 310 also has a cross vein from Radial sector

42

BULLETIN, So. CaALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

to Media 1+2 beyond the forking of Media, and this is absent in
No. 349. The Scudder types should be reéxamined, and if the
drawings are correct one specimen should receive a new name.

PLATE 9

Wing of Draycotia cordove. Pierce
Enlarged approximately X 30
Drawing by the author

A cross vein from Media to Cubitus is very rare although F. W.
Pettey found it to occur as a variant in specimens of Arytaina
acacie-baleyane (Froggatt).

Order PsyLLtoptTerA Kraus & Wolff 1919.
Family CHERMIpDz Kirkaldy 1904.

Subfamily CHERMIN# VanDuzee 1916.

Genus DRrAYCOTIA, new genus,

Type-Draycotia cordove new species (Plate 9).

The genus and species are described from a single wing
(1945-269. CB-3), found on splitting a piece of interglacial lig-
nite from Cordova Bay, Vancouver Island, British Columbia,
collected by Walter MacKay Draycot, in whose honor the genus
is named. The type is deposited in the Los Angeles County Mu-
seum.

Wing elongate, measuring 2.04 mm., narrower at apex of anal
fold (0.07 mm.) than at apical fourth (0.84 mm.), apically
rounded. The heavy Costa-Subcosta vein is marginal, not reach-
ing the pterostigma. The Radio-media-cubital stem is more than
one-fourth the length of the wing. It branches into Radial and
Media-cubital stems. The Radial stem branches into Radius 1
and Radial sector, and is considerably longer than the Media-
cubital stem. Radius + has a short spur to the margin, and with

43

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vol. 47, Part 1, 1948

it forms a narrow clear pterostigma, beyond which the Radius be-
comes marginal, extending around the periphery of the wing to
the Anal fold. From Radial sector there is a cross vein to Media,
which thus forms the one discoidal cell, irregularly elongate
pentagonal in form. Media-cubital stem divides into Media and
Cubitus, and each of these divides again, forming Media 1+2,
Media 3+4, Cubitus 1, and Cubitus 2, the last almost vertical to
the margin. The anal or vannal fold faintly extends from base
of the wing to the end of Cubitus 2. One Anal vein (Anal 2) is
present, but not marginal in all of its course; it reaches almost to
the Anal fold.

The drawing is made from a photograph, and is correct in all
proportions.

The genus can be separated from others having a discoidal
cell by the following key:

Key to genera with closed discoidal cell formed by a cross-vein
from radial sector to media, or by contact of these two veins.

la. Media and Radial sector in contact at point of forking of
media. “Brazil eos fe Hise Eprcarsa Crawford

b. Media and Radial sector united by a cross vein-..-.....-----.--.---- 2

2a. Cross vein reaching Media a considerable distance before its
forking (British Columbia fossil)—Draycotta Pierce.

b. Cross vein reaching Media at or beyond the forking-........... 3

3a. Cross vein reaching Media at its forking. (Tahiti)
ag ie since tee eh kd eee ee MeEsoHoMOTOMA Kuwayama
ce NS Oe ele Lanai rte eed SE TENAPHALARA Kuwayama

b. Cross vein reaching Media 112 beyond forking..........-......- +

4a. No cross vein between Media 3+-4 and Cubitus 1. (Africa,
South and Central America) _____....-...- CERIOCREMUM Enderlein
see a ee Pe CORTERONEE UIC hAOn

b. Cross vein from Media 3+-4 to Cubitus 1. (Colorado Floris-
SATne) ew ee Ae er ee ae ee NeEcropsyLia Scudder

44

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to KENNETH E. STAGER

Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,

Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.

MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers
in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October)

in 1920.

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August;
Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2,
March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-
October; No. 6, November-December.

From 1925 to 1947, including volumes XXIV to XLVI, three numbers
were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April;
No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.

* MEMOIRS

Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1,
1947.

45

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

For Sale at the Appended Prices

BULLETIN: To
Members

Complete set, Vols. 1 to 41, bound..............
(Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 38, bound ............

VOLS SINO RG O04 2c SeieSrexcual acoteratieceuccaue oral elsioe oeneetare $ .25
Gh CA FON ODE ES, ssecy Slaves obs Sates Sere or ee 25
Be BO tae ONL O Oa rar n mredsiouaertue ukere ravenous Riera ieee .25
Tels 2 are edi OO Bsr ee eae ae 41s ane en neon ee 1.00
Baie eng eel ONG 2 coe kote ear u nal cgstertechur aheuaaveigcere MrT 1.00
Frerotte resected AMI) Race cai gap arr ara Were RUAN Bay 5 2.00
SSO ss Stee Ont) Sskcea sa lars wictce esterase ciate ee 75
Poel eee e. Are MON Mise srGe ketch ateuuass ne shat hacde eiane ues eo eee 1.00
pee 0 este ieac et so ts) ll Renae ever nah rumor Ror Rone MS (oc 2.00
pees rhe weed sult S's A petenay cea 's eaaurad es tos vaeneioucuateret ste leerenenete 1.00
ea Dg st a OM Grr gc oon cieeacchevat pase ea ssra ee cee 75
SAG Sore hse WOMB SST Sheets. sulaeane sls ane te are ee 1.50
CSN Oates Ue 2 Oi ais rare a satahanamenseisdcos ia naies Sona peverehenneueecaeie .50
SD 8 SAS VOD (Ve Sceice wa crater ctoke eave hens euenetecs sete eee 50
SM Dia ete Di NOD Der s uaraeuncrstatetela Miete sions cocaine ate eRe 1.00
S23, 1h 28,45 Oe 1924 (each)... eters .25
UO A tee er 2o8, Oe bes (CACM)! \osccarien te @ieiseerecee .25
CLD Oseal ces pL DOs aim vara cea ancdees cass vias 6 auateqscanateeeteneiege 25
SOs eee EAD) LOO COACIN) Me Wesco cloustate vel suecoretsterens 25
ieee eee 2. OO 28. ((CCACH)) Saters cusvccr noise eterno .25
TZ 85 c ere O29" COACH) se ecarencdecccolar ave order ese .25
Bee Os ee 12823. OS Geach) va.cscevetvc en Severe .25
SU SM 25585. EIS! each) acc wk ences .25
SS 2y roe d ow LOSS “COACH E .-5eyetececs ens eenee tore 25
SOs mee Ay on 9945 (ACH) csi sacs cereale .25
Pe OAs eel v2,y LOS 0% COACH!) Co ctahe,cverenc: storied: stevens 25
Seedy ees iat 2 os O36 (CaCI) vevererecetencrsl oe creteroretrere .25
SKdO50 er edlea 2S. UOSie CCaCh)iccesisscvers encrnenerreite 25
a ea cei daar qe yenl GSB Xsseal CeyzKG) 1) eerarinn EMEC Bs HO O.0 ab .25
oO Sir 2 a8. 1939) each)! aaa. os ete teres .25
POO pe arp el DAO! ay Sates dvieie: oa: crcriovelioiace Suavonale telgeaiol ae eeaes .25
AOE. oad 22638. NOAM (Ceaeh) 2 sie ake ee dees .25
So Ailes 2a oe hO 4D: ICGACHI) cel erervorekolerartttociereieee .25
IAD ie eile Oe 8, 21943. KCACIN) ita’ creveeecieraaeiierererert 25
SAAS alee mlb dso LOLA (Ceachyl Aaiecaivene: sees crenetenecer tere 25
SAA a2, 35 O45 leach!) 25 w.ste es aversion octane .25
SAD. 1 S82, 3s 946 (each )/ansans acter 20
“ 46, “.1, 2, 3, 1947 (each) .25

(Continued on next page)

46

To Non-
Members

$150.00
80.00
-50

50

50

2.00
2.00
4.00

1.50
2.00

4.00
2.00
1.50
3.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
50
50
50
50
00
50
50
50
50
.50
50
00
50
50
50
50
50
50
.50
50
50
500
50

PUBLICATIONS (continued)

MEMOIRS To To Non-
Members Members

Vol. 1, 1988—paper cover ............----eeeeee- $2.00 $4.00
ee Sain ney bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00
Sees rs printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00
Ree w printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00
Vol. 2, No. 1, 1939—paper cover ............ce0. 1.25 2.50
eee oiriietyycs 0 bound in black fabrikoid.... 2.25 3.50
SO Rein eect ag i printed on one side of page . 1.75 3.50
Setmmeemeniee., 1944“ Manner COVER. 2.c)s 6 sid sletse ae ens) a 15 1.50
emo Tt 9 4 —— paper COVER foc cs ccccguelete closes 1.00 2:00

Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or
Co-operating Organizations
Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES

[BVA RIMS QNOPAIRI DIS) 18 Uh TEHU Gocco duuaodoosoadcdods bound 2.50
Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published),

chiefly Entomological, 1 colored plate .................. 1.00
Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of

Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00
FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David-

son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1928................ 2.50

Reprints:

Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami-
lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed
on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes),

Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. $ .50
The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County,
New Mexico, 1931. F.R. Fosberg ................... .25

Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United
States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on
white bristol board, one side of page (without index)
suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-
THN NDE OTS assis corsa at aisotrence cos aire aie Raley enwiier olen feiperSuctinn a ciel elle lobe boreceiie leroy sees, 3.90

A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their
habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis 50

A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA,
32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm.M.
STW teats eeis sete reries Saas rciee crease MPa NS oo aL Dea at brie NOSE arty .b0

Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum—CHANNEL
ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers 1 to 33. Bound 3.00
ADDRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Care KENNETH KE. STAGER)
Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

47

The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf-
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this
program, the following forms are suggested:

Form of Legacy

To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects
of value.

I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....-.........2-22---seeeecceeeeeeeeeee
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses,
dispositions and benefits thereof forever.

Form of Devise
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy.

I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences”
of the’.City of ios Angeles, (¢...2::2..ci.2..J2ccceccceeeee ce ceeesee ee
here describe the property or ground rent..............--2-2---1ece--eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee )
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern
. California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever.

|
;
he
A

5

* REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in
» the Builetin should order reprints, if desired, when they return
galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the
Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co.,
415 East Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor

» paying for all his reprints.

| PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS
(WITHOUT COVERS)
| 4pp. 8pp. 12pp. 16pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32op.
50 copies ...... $3.75 $5.75 $850 $10.25 $11.75 $13.50 $1600 $17.00
MP ie re kits Old TOO NOMS Os keto ioe Wi Te 2029 2150

Bete enna aed 4"! Oo SOO: 16-25). 1B.25": 2000": 24.50: ,° 26.00
BS Wn ck BO POO: soe. Wado ane tee (28.09) 30/50
eae eee (ee iy Vaso: Viol: 20.29!) ania: @eo0 33.00): 35.00

<a any ae 50) 450 ISIS. 22.79. 28.00 *) 32.25). '.37.25.) 39,50
Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1c each.
California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state.

vi

Distinctive

PeiNTING

Books @ Catalogs @ Broadsides
Stationery and Office Forms

&
McBRIDE PRINTING CO.

PHONE: PRospect 2045
Bia EAST, ELEVENTH: 57.
“Since 1879” Los Angeles 15, Calif.

)

PBULLETIN OF THE

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

qOata Tucdimjup Lipsi>

~~
a

Vou. XLVI May-Aucust, 1948 Part 2

CONTENTS

Page
THE MATURE LARVA AND PUPA OF ARCTONOTUS TERLOOTH
Hy. Edw. (Lepidopt.)

John A Comstock

FOSSIL ARTHROPODS FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA
4. An Elaphrus from Interglacial lignite
W. Dwight Pierce

FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA
16. The Carabid Genus Blaphrus in the Asphali Deposits
W. Dwight Pierce

ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE LINGUATULIDA
Howard R. Hill - - - « “ Pi

Issued August 20, 1948

Linke
WEW Yaak
BOTHNIC AS

GARDEN

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

OFFICERS anp DIRECTORS
Dr. A, WeEIE BELL me ERS feed) ne eae ee ae - President

Da, Wimit14m L. LLoyd: = 2s ee) Beret Vice President
Dr. Louis C. WHEELER oe ey Sal wo ml OY Second Vice President
Mr, KENNETH BH. STaGER - = - = = «© = = = Secretary
Dr. W. DWIGHT PIERCE we a i [ee ee a) ae a) ane esaaregs
Dr, JOHN A.\COMSTOOCK (2) = abe OR re ee editor

Dr. H. J. ANDREWS Dr. Wittiam L. Lioyp

Dr. A. WEIR BELL Mr. THEODORE PAYNE

Dr. JoHn A. ComsTOCK Dr. W. DwicHTt PiImRcEe

Dr. Roper? D. EMERY Dr. CHESTER STOCK

Dr. HILDEGARBDE How Arb Dr. Louis C. WHEELER

Dr, SHERWIN F. Woop
ADVISORY BOARD

Mr. Frep BE. BuRLEW Dr. Howard R, Hm
Mr. A. YoRK ESCALANTE Mr. KENNETH E, STAGER
Dr. JOHN HERMAN Dr. R. H. Swirt

Mr. RUSSELL S. WoGLUM

BOTANICAL SECTION
Miss BoNNIz TEMPLETON, Chairman

SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION
Dr. Roserr D. Emery, Chairman ;

SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Dra. RayMoND C, OSBURN, Chairman

SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES
Ma. Jos. B. FicKtEN II, Chairman

SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES
De. JOHN HERMAN, Chairman
SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Dr. PRESTON CLINE CAYE, Chairman
SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES
Mr. RUSSELL S. WoGLum, Chairman
SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCES
Pror. J. STANLEY Bropr, Chairman

ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. ARTHUR WoopwaRrb, Chairman

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. Rosrrt D. EMEry, Chairman

Dr. W. DwicHt PIERCE, Dr. Joun A, Comstock
PROGRAM COMMITTER
| Dr. A. WEIR BELL, Chairman Dr. Louis C. WHEELER

: HOSPITALITY COMMITTED
| Dr. W. Dwicst Pierce, Cheirman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Dr. JoHN A. Comstock, Chairman
Dr. Hitprycarpe Howard Dr. Howarp R. How Dr. WitmMm L. Lroyp
| COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION
| Dr. SHERWIN EF. Woop, Chairman
| Mr. THEODORE PAYNE Mer, R. S.. WocLuM
Pror. J. Srantey Brope Dr. Joun A. Comstock

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif.

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME 47 > = - = = > Part 2, 1948

THE MATURE LARVA AND PUPA OF ARCTONOTUS
TERLOOTII Hy. Edw.

By JoHn ADAMS COMSTOCK

One of the rarest and most colorful of the small sphinges of
North America is Arctonotus terlootu Hy. Edw.

The species was first described by Henry Edwards in 1875’
from “Two ¢ Coll. Dr. Behr, taken near Mazatlan, Mexico, by
the late Baron Terloo, to whom, at Dr. Behr’s request, | dedicate
this interesting species.”

Prior to this Dr. Behr had described a butterfly taken by
“Baron Terloo in the pine forest region of the Sierra Madre...”
naming it Neophasia terloou.”

It will be noted that the original spelling of both these names
was “terlooii,’ and not terlootu. The collector mentioned as
“Baron Terloo” was actually Baron Terloot de Popelaire, and the
later change of the name to terlootu was therefore correct pro-
cedure.

Arctonotus terlootu has been very infrequently mentioned in
the literature, probably owing to its rarity. Herman Strecker
treated it briefly in 1873° and gave an indifferent colored illus-
tration.

Strecker correctly designated the collector as “the late Baron
Terloot”, but he retained the original spelling of terlooii, and
placed it in the genus Pterogon.

Dr. Druce, in the Biologia, treats the species under the name
Proserpinus terlooi, and states that the types were taken “... in
the Sierra Madre, in the State of Sinaloa, by the late Baron
Terloo.””*

Dr. Dyar, in his list of 1902° placed the species in the genus
Lepisesia, and retained the original spelling of the specific name.
He gave locality as “Mex. Ga.” It is doubtful if the moth occurs
in Georgia.

Dr. Draudt in Seitz” follows the Biologia designation of terloot
and reports it as “hitherto only known from Mazatlan (Mexico).”

During August of 1946 the Los Angeles Museum had a group
of its staff members in the field, collecting biological material in

1Proe. Cal. Acad. Sci. VI:90. 1875.

2Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. ii: 304. 1869.

3Lepid. Rhop. Het. 125. Pl. XIV, fig. 2. 1873.

4Biol. Cent. Am. Lep. Het. 1: 5. 1900.

5List of N. Am. Lepid. Bull. 52, U. S. Natl. Mus. 63. No. 662. 1902.
®Seitz. Macrolep. 6: 886. 1931.

49

LIBRARY
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL

GARDEN

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Parr 2, 1948

the Santa Rita Mountains south of Tucson, Arizona. Among the
lepidopterous larve obtained and successfully reared to maturity
was a series found on Boerhaavia coccinia Mill., which proved to
be Arctonotus terlootu Hy. Edw.

Four examples carried through to pupation, of which three
emerged on the following dates: July 31, August 23 and August
26, 1947. The fourth specimen is still viable in July, 1948.

As no record of the early stages of this rare moth has been
published to date it may be helpful to report such fragmentary
notes as we have on its metamorphosis.

The foodplant grows closely appressed to the ground in areas
of former clearings, and the larva being predominantly green is
difficult to see.

PLATE 10

Mature larva of Arctonotus terlootii. enlarged X approx. 1.2
Drawing by John A. Comstock

Mature Larva: Length, 65 mm. Color, predominantly light
green, the abdominal surface slightly lighter than the dorsum.

Head slightly darker than the body. Ocelli, dark brown. An-
tenne, bright green at the base, yellowish on terminal segments.
Mouthparts, translucent, very light green, the mandibles edged
with dark brown. Minute white hairs sparingly cover the head.

The dorsal area of the body is covered with minute round
orange spots, each of which is marked in the center with a yellow
dot bearing a short yellow hair. These orange spots are discernible
with a hand lens. They are arranged in transverse rows, and tend
to fade out in the area below the spiracles. These spots disappear
in alcoholic specimens,

There is a slight suggestion of a longitudinal light band above
the spiracles.

Caudal horn, short, and tinged with yellow.

Spiracles dark brown, margined with black, surmounted by a
blue lunule and edged posteriorly with a dark brown shading.

50

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 2, 1948

Legs, translucent light green, the tip of terminal segment
brown. Prolegs, light green, edged with a faint pink. Crochets
black.

The mature larva is illustrated on Plate 10.

Pupation occurs under the ground.

Pura. Length, 27 mm. Greatest width, 7 mm. Color, dark
brown, the cephalic and caudal ends darker, and the metathorax
black. The latter is heavily ridged.

Head rounded ; eves bearing a low papilliform protrusion.

The cremaster tapers to a point with a suggestion of fused
double elements at the tip. It is flat laterally, and arrow shaped on
dorsal aspect.

PLATE 11

Pupa of Arctonotus terlootii. Enlarged X 2.
Drawing by John A. Comstock

The maxillz extend to the edges of the wings. Prothoracic leg
prominent, and protruded as a rugose knob posterior to the eye.
Antenne extending 2/3 the distance toward the wing margins.

Texture of surface: Pro- and metathorax relatively smooth;
anterior half of wing rugose; posterior half relatively smooth.

The anterior half of each abdominal segment is profusely
pitted while the posterior half is smooth.

Spiracles inconspicuous, concolorous with body.
The pupa is illustrated on Plate 11.

51

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 2, 1948

FOSSIL ARTHROPODS FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA

4. AN ELAPHRUS FROM INTERGLACIAL LIGNITE
By W. DwicuT PIERCE

As stated in Article 16 of the series “Fossil Arthropods of
California,” one fossil ground beetle of the genus Elaphrus was
described from Interglacial clays of Scarboro, Ontario, and in
that article another Elaphrus is reported from the California
asphalt deposits at McKittrick and Los Angeles.

In the lignite material received from Mr. Walter MacKay
Draycot, collected at Lynn Creek, British Columbia in inter-
glacial deposits, was a rather badly crushed pair of elytra of an
Elaphrus (LC 8) belonging to the group of almost impunctate
elytra which includes E. fuliginosus, E. levigatus, E. clairvillei,
E. olivaceus, and E. obliteratus. Plate 12. represents an attempt
at reconstruction of one of the elytra.

ELAPHRUS CLAIRVILLEI, LYNNI, new subspecies

These elytra measure separately 2.00 mm. in breadth and about
4.4 mm, in length, the tip being broken. This would in usual pro-

PLATE 12
Elvtra of Hlaphrus clairvillei lynni
Drawing by the author

52

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Parr 2, 1943

portions make a total length for the insect ‘Of between 6 and 6.3
mm., which would make it smaller than most of the species in the
group. It is only tentatively placed in E. clairvillei. The surface
is smooth; the ocellate or crater-like fovee are clearly defined by
rounded rims surrounding a depression with several course punc-
tures. The fourth or cubital series of fovez are on a rim as in
E. ruscaris foveatus. In this the new form differs from HE.
clairvillei, which has a convex outline throughout and almost no
marginal concavity. The fovez vary in size but average about
0.4 by 0.3 mm, in size.

[>

FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA
By W. Dwicurt PIERCE

Opel BID GENUS EEAPEURUS TN aris
VS IMIGUME IDI OSIICS

Another evidence of the presence of water in the vicinity of
the Los Angeles and McKittrick asphalt deposits is in the finding
of the genus Elaphrus at both places.

This genus is Palearctic, with 9 species in Europe and about
20 in North America, one, EF. riparius, being on both continents.
Only one fossil species has so far been described, E. irreqularis
Scudder, from the interglacial clay beds of Scarboro, Ontario.
We are now able to add one species from California asphalt, and
in the series Fossil Arthropods of British Columbia, article 4, a
species from interglacial lignite.

The little beetles of this genus are found on sunny days run-
ning on sandbars and mud flats near streams and lakes; and in
cloudy weather hiding under plants and rubbish. This occurrence
checks with the Cicindelidz, Haliplide, and Heteroceridze which
have been found, in indicating mud in the vicinity of the asphalt.
They resemble tiger beetles in form, but their sculpture is dis-
tinctive, there bene four series of large fovez on the elytra, and
no impressed striz.

One perfect elytron was Sonndl in the McKittrick material col-
lected by Leonard Bessom, of the Department of Earth Sciences
of the Los Angeles County Museum, on August 10, 1947, at the
4 foot level at site 4; and a half elytron, somewhat crushed, but
apparently the same species is at hand from Pit A, Rancho La

53

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 2, 1948

Brea, Los Angeles. It belongs to the riparius, ruscarius section of
the genus.

ELAPHRUS RUSCARIUS FOVEATUS, new subspecies

This form is placed in ruscarius rather than in riparius, be-
cause the typical European riparius has very evident longitudinal
ridges connecting the fovez, whereas in ruscarius these are ab-
sent. If we had the whole insect it might very probably prove to
be a distinct species.

Described from a perfect elytron, specimen McK 13a, from
material collected August 10, 1947, by Leonard Bessom; washed
from a clump of asphaltum taken at site 4, depth 4 ft., McKitt-
rick asphalt field (see Article 14). It measures 1.76 to 1.92 mm.
in width by 4.64 mm, in length.

The elytra of Elaphrus have not been carefully described. It
will be recalled that in Article 2 of this series the writer showed
that the beetle elytra are inverted, and that the scutellar margin is
costal, and the humeral margin anal,

PLATE 138

Drawing by the author

Figure 1. Dorsal view of elytron of Elaphrus ruscarius foveatus Pierce.
V—Vannus.

Figure 2. Humeral lateral view of same elytron. J—Jugum; JF—Jugal
fola; R—Remigium; V—Vannus; VF—Vannal fold.

Ficguex 3. Outline of under view of same elytron. C—Costa; J—Jugum;
V—Vannus.

54

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 2, 1948

This is again demonstrable in Elaphrus, and Figures 1, 2, 3
illustrate the four basic regions of a wing as defined by Snodgrass:
(1) axillary, (2) remigial, (3) vannal, and (4) jugal. The three
axilla at the base of the elytron appear in Figure 3. The disc of
the elytron is of course the remigium, and the Costa-Subcosta is
evidenced by a tiny fold adjoining the scutellum in Figure 1, but
in Figure 3, it can be seen that it forms the sutural rib. Interpre-
tation of the remigial area is liable to error, but by comparison
with Carabus, it has been decided that the fovee are interstitial,
not strial.

With this interpretation, the first row of 6 foveze are radial,
i.e. between Radius and Radial sector; the second row of 5 fovee
lies between Radial sector and Media 1; the third row of 5 fovez
as between Media 1 and Media 2, or Paracubitus; the fourth row
of 5 fovez between Media 2, or Paracubitus, and Cubitus. They
all lie in the remigium, which is greatly wrinkled, due to the un-
even distribution of the shallow fovez. Each of the fovez is a
depression with a number of coarse punctures, and in life the
depressions were probably of a different color from that of the
surrounding area.

The entire surface is densely punctate, except for a large
smooth raised spot between second and third radial fovez, and a
smaller smooth spot between third and fourth radial fovezee. The
area covered by the first three rows is generally convex; and the
fourth row lies on a lateral shelf with raised edge. This edge is
the Vannal fold, which defines the lateral humeral vertical area,
shown in Figure 2, the Vannus. This is densely punctate, with
sides almost parallel to beyond the basal fourth, then strongly
narrowed until beyond the middle it becomes a linear strip be-
tween two ridges. The outer ridge or edge is the jugal fold, and in
Figure 3 it can be seen that the jugum is an infolded area on the
inside of the eiytron, extending to the apex, and marked inwardly
by a sharp uplifted edge. The Vannus has been called Epipeura
in Coleopterous literature. The internal Plica of early descrip-
tions is the Jugum.

The specimen from Pit A, Rancho La Brea, has the same
measurement and sculpture, but is only the anterior end of an

elytron, and is not considered as a type specimen. This is speci-
anein (© A/a

5D

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 2, 1948

ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
LINGUATULIDA

By Howarp R. HILi

The Order Lingwatulida comprises a group of worm-like para-
sites closely related to arachnids. In the literature, linguatulids are
frequently referred to the Order Pentastomida. The former name,
however, seems more appropriate as Linguatuwla was the first
genus described.

Because of their medical importance, structural peculiarities
and complicated life history, the Linguatulida have long been of
interest to physicians, veterinarians and zoologists. Publications
concerning them are difficult to obtain. It is hoped that this Bib-
liography will be helpful as a guide to the literature on the group.
After many titles, a short digest is appended in parenthesis to
indicate the subject matter or designate the correct specific name
of the species under discussion.

At the conclusion of the Bibliography, a Summary of Impor-
tant Articles, designates by number the publications deemed most
useful by the present writer. The Summary is divided into the
following Sections: I. General-Account of the Linguatulida.
II. Phylogeny. III. Life History. IV. Distribution. V. Mor-
phology. VI. Classification. VII. Pathology.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. ABILGAARD, P. C. 1789. In O. F. Muller’s Zoologica Danica.
Copenhagen 3:52. 3 figs.

2. AGERTH, E. 1907. Pentastomen in der Leber des Schweins, Zeit-
schr. f. Fleisch—u. Milchhyg. Berlin 17.

(Linguatula serrata).

3. AITKEN, W. 1865. On the Occurrence of Pentastoma constrictum
in the Human Body as a Cause of painful Disease and Death.
Handbook of the Science and Practice of Medicine. London and
Glasgow. Appendix 1:939-945. 5 figs. (Armillifer armillatus).

4. Atcock, A. 1928. Medical Entomology: a Retrospect. The Lingua-
tulida or Pentastomida. Trop. Dis. Bull. 20:265-276. (General
account).

5. ALESSANDRINI, G. 1908. Contributo allo studio delle malattie parass-
itarie delle Pecore. Bolletino della Soe. Zool. ital. 9.

6. ARNAUD ET JOYEUX. 1921. Note sur un Arachnide vermiforme,

parasite de JTintestin de l’homme, Porocephalus armillatus.
Bull. de la Soc. des. Sci. naturelles du Maroe. 1. (Armillifer
armillatus in human intestine).

. AUSTIN, J. H. and Carpenter, J. S. Jr. 1914. Larva of Linguatula

rhinaria recovered from human Feces. Proc. Path. Soe. Phila.
16:56. (L. serrata ex. Dantzig sailor in Philadelphia hospital).

“a

56

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Parr 2, 1948

19.

20.

21.
22.
23.
24.

25.

26.
27.
28.

29.
30.

31.
32.

. Bases, V. 1889. Die Wanderungen des Pentastomum denticulatum

beim Rinde. Centralbl. Bakt. Parasitenk, 5:1-5.
(Linguatula serrata—larval migration in cattle).

. Baird, W. 18538(a). Description of some New Species of Hntozoa

from the Collection of the British Museum. Cat. Hntoz. Brit.
Mus. 39. 1 fig.

1853(b). Same title. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. pp. 18-25. 2 figs.
(Armillifer annulatus and Diesingia megacephala).

1862. Description of some New Species of Entozoa. Loc. cit.
pp. 113-115. (Waddycephalus teretiusculus).

. BANGHAM, R. V. 19389. Parasites of Centrarchide from Southern

Florida. Tr. Am. Fisheries Soc. 68:263-268. (Sebekia oxy-
cephala in Florida fishes).

. BARNARD and Park. 18938. Rep. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 5:644.
. Bassi, R. 1877. I1 Pantastoma moniliforme (Dies.) della Pantera.

Giorn, il Med. Vet. Turin, 6:529-532.

. DE BrEaucHAMpP, P. 1918. Sur quelques parasites provenant di

Congo Belge. Bull. Soc. Zool. de France 43:14-20. (Armillifer
armillatus ).

. Bey, F. J. 1880. On the Pentastomum polyzonum of Harley: with

a Note on the Synonymy of the allied Species. Ann.. Mag. Nat.
Hist. 6:173-176. (Armillifer armillatus from the python).
1884. A second Note on Pentastamum polyzonum. Loc. cit.
14:92-93. (Armillifer armillatus).

. VAN BENEDEN, P. J. 1848(a). On the Organization and Development

of Linguatula (Pentastoma Rud) accompanied with the de-
scription of a new species from the abdominal cavity of the
mandrill. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 2:69-70. (Armillifer armillatus.
1848(b). Recherches sur l’organisation et le développment des
Linguatules. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belge, 15:188-190. (Armillifer
armillatus ). °

1849. Recherches sur lVorganisation et le développment des
Linguatules (Pentastoma Rud.) suivies de la description d’une
espece nouvelle provenant d’un mandrill. Mem. Acad. Brux.
23:1-38. 1 pl. (Armillifer armillatus-general account).

1855. De la Linguatula ferox (Pent denticulatum aut ser-
ratum). Notice de M. Kuchenmeister. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. 22.
(Linguatula serrata).

1857. Note sur quelques Pentastomes. Loc. cit. 26:29-82.

BEQUAERT, J. 1926. Arachnoidea. Linguatulida. Contr. Harvard
Instit. Trop. Biol. and Med. No. 4. Pt. 2. p. 168.

BERTOLINI. 1908. Di alcuni parassite del bestiame dell’Agro Ro-
mano e della Sardegna. I] Nuovo Ercolani. Pisa.

BILHARZ, T. 1856. Ueber Pentastomum constrictum. Zeitschr. wiss.
Zool. 7:329-330. 5 figs. (Armillifer armillatus-human infec-
tion.)

1858. Uhers, tiber d.i. Agypten beobacht. Hingeweidewtirmer.
Zeitschr. Ges. Artze, Wien. 1: 447.

BILHArRzZ, T. and Von Sresoip, C. T. 1852. Ein Beitrag, z. Helmin-
thographia humana. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. 4:68.

Bissetr, N. 1926. A case of fasciolasis in e>ttle. With a note on
the occurrence of the larva of Linguatula serrata. Vet. Jour.
Lond. 82:202-205. 1 fig.

BLANCHARD, EB. 1847. Sur Vorganisation des vers. Ann. sci. nat.
Zool. 8:96, 98, 127-128.

1850. De lVorganisation et des rapports naturels des Linguat-
ules. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris. 30: 645-647.

BLANCHARD, R. 1890. Traité de Zool. méd. Paris 2:47, 261-275. 2 figs.

BOCHFONTAINE. 1876. Pentastomes denticulés provenant du poumon
d’un cobaye. C. R. Soe. Biol. Paris 28:261. (L. serrata in
guinea-vig).

57

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 2, 1948

33.

BoGpASCHEN, N. 1931. Uber die Verbreitung von Pentastomum
denticulata in den Mesenteriallymphknoten des Schafes in
Sowjetunion, Tierirztl, Rundschau. 37(23): 401-402. (L. ser-
rata in Russian sheep).

34. Bosc, L. A. G. 1811. Sur un nouveau genre dans la Classe des Vers

40.

41.

54,

intestinaux nommé Tetragule Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris 44:269-
270. 4 figs. (L. serrata in guinea-pig).

. Bovien. P. 1927. Ueber einige Pentastomen aus Java, Vidensk.

Medd. fra Dansk Naturh. 84:1-9. 7 figs. (Kiricephalus pattoni
in Javanese frog. Raillietiella affinis from gecko).

. Braun, M. 1908. Die thierischen Parasiten des Menschen, Wiirz-

burg pp. 373-379, 462-463. (General account and pathology).

7. Braun, M. and Lune, M. 1910. Linguatulide. In Handbook of

Practical Parasitology. pp. 182-183.

. Brent, A. and HINpLE, E. 1909. A new Porocephalus (P. cercopi-

theci n. sp.). Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol. 2:321-322, 2 figs.
(P. subulifer in African monkey ).

. BREMSER, J. G. 1824. Icones Helminthum systema Rudolphi ento-

zoologicum illustrantes. Vienna. 2 figs.

Bropren, A. and RopHarn, J. 1908-1909. Contribution a l’etude de
Porocephalus moniliformis. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol. 1:493-
504; 2:303-313. (Armillifer armillatus in man and monkeys—
pathology).

1910 Contribution a etude du Porocephalus armillatus, Loc.
cit. 4:167-176. (Armillifer armillatus. Experimental infec-
tion of snakes and primates. Pathology).

2. BRUCHMUELLER, A. 1869. Lehrb. d. path. Zootomie. Vienna p. 500.
3. Brurs. CHARLES T. 1942. Oecurrence of Porocephalus crotali Hum-

boldt in Florida. Ohio Jour. Sci. 42(3):112. (In crotaline
snakes).

. BRUES. CHARLES T. and MELANDER, A. L. 1932. Order Pentastomida.

In Classification of Insects. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard,
73:579-581. 7 figs. (Classification).

5. Brumpt, E. 1927. Precis de Parasitologie. Paris pp. 826-832. (Gen-

eral account of the group).

3. Bucee, G. 1927. Ubertragung von-Linguatula denticulata auf einen

Hund. Deutsch. tierarztl. Wochenschrift., 35 Jahrg. Berlin.
(L. serrata in dog).

7. BuGNion, E. 1910. Le Pentastome du Python (Porocephalus monili-

formis Dies). Bull. Soe. Vaud. sci. nat. Lausanne 46:467.
(Armillifer armillatus ).

. Burr, R. 1911-12. Hin Fall von Pentastomatosis beim Rind. Mitt.

d. naturf. Gesellsch. in Bern. p. 22. (Linguatula serrata in
cattle). : 4

1913. Beitrag zur Kentniss der lokalen Verbreitung von Pen-
tastoma denticulatum beim Rindvieh. Schweiz. Archiv. f.
Tierheilkunde. Zurich 55. (Linguatula serrata in cattle).
1914-15. Die Bekaéampfung des Rindfleischbandwurms (Taenia
saginata GOze) durch die Fleischbeschau, sowie Haufigkeit des
Auttretens von Pentastoma denticulatum biem Schlachtvieh.
Mitt. d. naturf. Gesellscn. in Bern. (Linguatula serrata).

51. Burter, Cuas. S. 1924. Linguatula in nostrils of dogs. Pr. Helm,

Soc. Wash. 11:94. (ZL. serrata).

. CALANDRUCCIO, S. 1890. Parassiti dei polmoni del maiale e del bue.

Bollet. dell’acad. Gioenia di sci. nat. Catania. Ser. 2.

3. CANNON, D. A. 1942. Linguatulid Infestation of Man. Ann. Jour.

Trop. Med. Parasitol. 36:160-167. 3 figs. (Pathology).
CANSTAT?T. 1852. P. constrictum. Jahresber. Ver. d. ges. Med. p. 206.

on
w

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Parr 2, 1948

55.

56.
57.
58.
59.
60.
61.

62.

65.

66.

74.

75

CANTLIE, J. 1922. In commemoration of the life and work of the
late Sir Patrick Manson, G.C.M.G., F.R.S., L.L.D. Jour. Trop.
Med. Hyg. 15:155-156.

CARNEVALINI, C. 1931. Presence of Linguatula rhinaria in cattle in
Roman territory. Clin. vet. 54:71-80. (L. serrata).

CASTELLANI, ALpo. 1919. Linguatulida. In Manual of Tropical
Medicine. New York. pp. 732-738. (General account).

CHABERT, P. 1787. ‘Traité des maladies vermineuses dans les
animaux. Paris. p. 39.

CHALMERS, A. J. 1889. A case of Pentastoma constrictum. Lancet.
London. 1:1715-1716. (Armillifer armillatus in African negro).

CHANDLER, ASA C. 1936. Pentastomida. In Animal Parasites and
Human Disease. New York. pp. 429-434. (General account).

CHAPIN, E. A. 1926.On the Presence of Linguatula serrata Froel.
in the caribou, Rangifer granti. Pr. Helm. Soc. Wash. 12:180.

CHATIN, J. 1881. Sur la mode Ge locomotion et de pénétration des
Linguatules. C. R. Soc. Biol. Paris. 3:66-67.

1882. Ncetes anatomiques sur une linguatule observée chez
VAlligator lucius. Ann. Sci. nat. Zool. Paris. 14.

. CHAUNAT. 1890. Linguatula teniodes dans les cavités nasales d’un

chien. Recueil. d. med. vet. No. 15. pp. 489-498. (Linguatula
serrata in the dog).

CLELAND, J. B. 1912. On the possible relationship between endemic
redwater of bovines and pentastomes. Rep. Gov. Bur. Microbiol.
Sydney. N. S. Wales. 2:120-122.

CosBoLp, T. S. 1861. List of Hntozoa including Pentastomes, from
Animals dying at the Society’s Menagerie, between the years
1857-60 inclusive, with Descriptions of several new species.
Pr. Zool. Soc. London. pp. 117-127.

1862((a). Pentastomum denticulatum. Traus: Linn. Soc. Lond.
23:350-352. 4 figs. (Linguatula serrata).

1862(b). Remarks on all the Human Hntozoa. Pr. Zoo. Soc.
Lond. pp. 288-315.

1864. Hntozoa. London. pp. 393-402. (General account of the
group.

1867. On the prevalence of Hntozoa in the Dog. Jour. Linn.
Soc. Lond. 9:281-283.

Cotin, M. G. 1861(a). Recherches sur une Maladie vermineuse du
mouton due a la presence d’une linguatule dans les ganglions
mesenteriques. Bull. Soc. Med. Vet. pp. 1-14. (Linguatula
serrata in sheep. Pathology and life history).

1861(b). Ueber das Pentastoma in de gedrosdrusen den Schafe.
Repert. d. Thierk. Stuttg. 22:37-38. (Linguatula serrata in
sheep).

1862. Eine Linguatula aus der Mesenterialdruse des Schafes
und Dromedars ais zweites ungesche Stadium von Pent. twni-
oides. Notiz. u. Tagsber. u.d. Geb. d. Nat.v. Heilk. Jena. 5:127-
128. (L.serrata).

1863. Recherches sur le Pentastoma ténioide des cavités nasales
du chien et nouvelles observations sur les échanges de ce ver
entre les carnassiers et les herbivores. Recueil de Med. Vet.
10:721. (Linguatula serrata).

Corin, G. 1914. Presence de larves de porocéphale chez Tragelaphius
scriptus (Antilope rayee communes). Bull. Soc. Path. exot.
7:497-501.

CRAMPTON, G. C. 1928. The evolution of the head region in lower
arthropods and its bearing upon the origin and relationships
of the Arthropodan groups. Canad. Entom. 60:284-301. 3 pls.

CREPLIN, F. C. H. 1829. Nove observ. de entozois. Berlin. p. 70.

Csoxor, J. 1887. Ueber Pentastomen und Pentastomum denticu-

59

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 2, 1948

94.

101.

latum aus der Leber des Pferdes. Oesterreich. Vierteljahr. f.
wiss. Veter. 1:1-22. 6 figs. (Linguatuia serrata in the liver of a
horse).

. CunninetTon, W. A. 1920. The Fauna of the African Lakes: A

Study in Comparative Limnology with special reference to
Tenganyika. Pentastomida Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 571. (Lei-
peria cincinnalis in fishes).

. Curasson, G. 1929. Sur le mode de dévéloppment et sur quelques

hdotes nouveaux des Porocephales. Bull. Soc. Path. exot. 22:-
255-257. (Armillifer armillatus ex. African hosts). ;

. CurTIcE, C. 1890. The animal parasites of sheep. Bureau of Animal

Industry. U. S. Dept. Agric. Wash. pp. 11, 14, 16, 69-71. 6 figs.

2. Cuvier, G. A. 1817. Le Régne animal. 1:35-38.
. DALBerT, M. 1928. Pentastomides de Normandie. Bull. Soc. linn.

Norm. Cen. 10:62-63.

. Daruinec, S. T. 1912. A note on the presence of Linguatula serrata

Frohlich 1789 in man in Central America. Parasitol. 5:118.

. DarLine, 8S. T. and Ciark, H. C. 1912. Linguatula serrata (larva)

in a native Central American. Arch. Intern. Med. 9:401-405.
2 figs.

}. DEFFKE, O. 1835. Die Entozoen des Hundes. Berl. Arch. wiss. prakt.

Tierheilk. 17.

. Diesinc, C. M. 1835. Vers. einer Monogr. d. Gttg. Pentastoma. Ann.

Wien. Mus. Nat. 1:1-32. With pls. (General account of the
group).

1850. Systema Helminthum. Vienna. 1:609-617.

1863. Revision der Cephalocotyleen. Sitz. Math.-naturw. Cl.
Akad. Wiss. Vienna. 48-324-339.

. DusgarRpIN, F. 1845. Histoire naturelle des Helminthes. Paris. pp.

299-309.

. Evuis, M. 19387. A case of porocephalosis. W. Afr. Med. Jour. 9:41.
2. FANTHAM, H. B., STEPHENS, J. W. W. and THEOBALD, EF. V. 1916.

Pentastomida. In The Animal Parasites of Man. London. pp.
523-529.

. DE Faria, Gomes and Travassos, Lauro. 1913. Nota sobre a

presenca larva de Linguatula serrata Froelich no intestino do
homen, no Brazil, seguida de notas sobre os linguatulideos de
colecao do Instituto. Mem. Instit. Oswaldo Cruz. 5:123-128.
Eso

Faust, E. C. 1927. Linguatulida (Order Acarina) from man and
other hosts in China. Am. Jour. Trop. Med. 7:311-325. (Lin-
guatula serrata, Kriicephalus pattoni, Armillifer moniliformis,
Rheighardia sterne).
1928. Linguatulids in China. China Med. Jour. 42:107-108.

1931. The Animal Parasites of the Dog and the Cat in China.
Lignan Scientific Jour. 8:27-44.

. De Firrepr F. 1861(a). Quelques observations relatives a des

parasites nouveaux. Atti. soc. Elvet. sc. nat. Lugano. 44:18-19.
1861(b). Nuova Linguatula con embrioni di particolar forma.
Arch. Zool. Fisiol. Genova. 1:62-68. 3 figs.

. Froox, W. H. 1906-7. Linguatula tenioides in the Dog. Vet.

Record. London. 19:648. (L.serrata).

. Fonseca, F. 1939. Observacoes sobre o ciclo evolutio de Poroce-

phalus clavatus, especialmente sobre o seu orquidotropismo em
cobaias. Mem. Instit. Butantan. 12:185-190. 9 figs. (Life
cycle of P. clavatus).

Fornara, L. 1924. Notes sur un cas de localisation sous arachnoi-
dienne, d’une larve de Porocéphale. Ann. Soc. Belge Med. Trop.
3:233-236. (Armillifer armillatus in man).

60

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Parr 2, 1948

102.
103.

104.
105.

106.

107.

108.
109.

110.
111.

112.

113.
114.

115.

116.

117.

118.

119.

120.

121.
122.

123.

124.

125.

FReRIcHS, F. T. 1861. Clinical Treatise on Diseases of the Liver,
London 2:276.

FROHLICH, J. A. 1789. Beschreibung eineger neuen Hingeweide-
wurmer. Der Naturforscher. 24:148-151. 2 figs.

1791. Loe. cit. 25:101-105.

FULLEBORN, F. 1908. Porocephalen aus den Organen eines west-
afrikanischen Negers. Arch. Schiffs-u. Tropenhyg. 12:169-
170. (Armillifer armillatus in man).

1914. Ueber die Entwicklung von Porocephalus. Tran. Int.
Cong. Med. 1913, London. Sect. 21. Trop. Med. and Hyg. Pt.
2:298.

1919. Ueber die Entwicklung von Porocephalus und dessen
pathogene Bedeutung. Beihefte Arch. Schiffs-u. Tropenhyeg.
23. No. 1.

GaAIGER, S. H. 1909. Linguatula tenioides. Jour. Trop. Vet. Sci.
Calcutta. 4:528-531. (L.serrata).

GANIN, M. 1869. Beitrage zur Erkenntnis der Entwicklungsges-
chichte bei den Insekten (Keimstreifen der Pentastomen).
Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 19:441.

GEDOELST, L. 1921. Un Linguatule nouveau parasite d’un batracien.
Ree. Ind. Mus. Calcutta. 22:25-26. (Raillietiella indica).
GELLE, P. B. 1877. Pentastoma tenioides dans l’oreille du chien.

Soc. de Biologie. Gazette med. de Paris p. 545.

GERLACH, A. C. 1869. Pentastomum denticulatum bei zwei Ziegen.
Jahresber. Thierarzneis schule zu Hanover. Pt. 2. p. 73-80.
(Linguatula serrata in goats).

GERVAIS, P. and VAN BENEDEN, P. J. 1850. Zool. medicale. 1:500.

GHIRARDINI, G. C. 1860. Di un crostaceo parasito dell’ uomo e di
alcuni vertebrati. Dissert. Inaug. Pavia.

GiarD, A. 1896. Sur le Pentastomum constrictum Siebold parasita
du foie des negres. C. R. Soc. Biol. 3:469-471. (Armillifer
armillatus in human liver).

GIGLIOLI, G. S. 1922(a). The new Genus Alofia of the Family Lin-
guatulide. An anatomical account of A. gine. Jour. Trop.
Med. Hye... 25:371-3877. (Morphology).

1822(b). Armillifer brumpti n. sp. nouvelle espece de Lin-
guatulide de Madagascar. Bull. Soc. Path. exot. 15:565-572.
1923. On the Linguatulid Arachnid Raillietiella furcocerca
(Diesing, 1835) Sambon, 1922. Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:15-18.
(Morphology ).

1927(a). Notes on some Neotropical Species of Tongue Worms.
Human Porocephaliasis in Tropical America. Jour. Trop. Med.
Hyg. 30:33-39. (Distribution and records. Especially Poroce-
phalus clavatus).

1927(b). Observations sur la morphologie de l’oeuf de l’em-
bryon chez Porocephalus clavatus (Wyman 1845, Sambon 1910).
Bull. Soc. Path. exot. 20:260-270. 6 figs.

Guace. 1915. Fiinflochlarven in den Lungendriisen beim Rinde.
Deutsche Fleischbeschau Zeitung. 12.

GLover, W. E. 1928. Porocephalus armillatus. (Correspondence).
W. Afr. Med. Jour. 2:107.

Gorze, J. A. 1800. Erster Nachtrag zur Naturgeschichte der
EHingeweidewilirmer. Mit Ziisatzen und Anmerkungen versehen
von J. G. H. Zeder. Leipzig.

Goss, Lronarp J. 1939. Snake Parasites in a Man. Bull, N. Y. Zool.
Soc. 42:178-179. 2 pls. (Porocephalid in human lungs—New
York).

GorrHeit, W. S.: 1889. Pentastoma moniliforme, a rare parasite,
with remarks on the Pentastomide. Jour. Comp. Med. Surg.
Phila. 10: 42-46.

61

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Parr 2, 1948

140.

14].

Greve, B. A. 1818. Erfahrungen und Beobachtungen tber die
Krankheiten der Haustiere, im Vergleich mit den Krank-
heiten des Menschen. Oldenburg. 1:124, 184. (Linguatula
serrata).

Gros, G. 1850. Ueber Linguatula ferox. Fror. Tags. Zoolog.
Weimar. 1.

Gros. H. 1919. Fréquence des porocéphales chez les noirs de
l’ Afrique occidentale. Bull. Soc. Path. exot. 12.

Gurir. E. F. 1854. Verzeichnis der Thiere bei welchen Entozoen
gefunden worden sind. Arch. Naturgesch. 11:223-336.

. Von Harrner, K. 1922(a). Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Linguatuliden.

I. Ovarium und BHibildung von Porocephalus armillatus (Wvy-
man). Zool. Anz. 54:162-170. 10 figs. (Armillifer armillatus).
1922(b). Il. Zur Hireifung von Porocephalus armillatus (Wy-
man). Loc. cit. 54:170-177. 11 figs. (Armillifer armillatus).
1923. III. Uber den Hoden und die Spermatocystenbildung vou
Porocephalus moniliformis. Loc. cit. 58:285-290. 9 figs. (Armil-
lifer moniliformis ).
1924(a). IV. Die Korpermuskulatur von Porocephalus armil-
latus. Loc. cit. 59:270-276. 6 figs. (Armillifer armillatus).
1924(b). V. Die Drusen von Porocephalus armillatus. Loc.
cit. 60:126-136. 13 figs. (Armillifer armillatus).
1924(c). VI. Uber das Nervensystem von Porocephalus armil-
latus. Loc. cit. 61:183-186. 4 figs. (Armillifer armillatus).
1924(d). VII. Die systematische Stellung der Linguatuliden.
Loc. cit. 61:209-218. 1 fig. (Phylogeny).
1925. Linguatulida. Zungenwurmer. In Biologie der Tiere
Deutschlands. Berlin. 13.
1926(a). Sinnesorgane und Metamerie der Linguatuliden.
Verhdl. Deutsch. Zoolog. Geseilsch. Leipzig. 31:125-141. 2 figs.
(Morphology).
1926(b). Die Sinnesorgane der Linguatuliden, nebst einer
Besprechung tber die systematische Stellung dieser Tier-
gsruppe. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 128:201-252. 22 figs. (Mor-
phology and Phylogeny).
1927. Ergebnisse einer zoologischen Forschungsreise in Brasi-
lien 1913-1914 von Pref. Dr. E. Bresslau. Linguatuliden als
Parasiten von Marmosa. Abdhal. Senckenberg naturfortsch.
Gesellsch. 40:361-365. 2 figs.

HauHN, L. Ev LEFEBRE, E. 1885. Pentastome ou Linguatule. Dict.
Ency. Sci. Med. Paris. pp. 704-711. (General account and
patnology).

2. Hamerton, A. E. 1933. Report on Deaths occurring in the Society’s

Gardens during the year 1932. Pr. Zool. Soe. Lond. Pt. 2.
pp. 451-482.

3. HARLEY, GEORGE. 1857. On the Anatomy of a New Species of

Pentastoma found in the Lung and Air-sae of an Egyptian
Cobra. Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. pp. 115-122. 2 pls. (Armillifer
armillatus).

. Henry, A. ET JOYEUX, C. 1920. Contribution 4a la faune helmin-

thologique de la Haute-Guinée francaise. Bull. Soc. Path.
exot. 12.

5. Herman, C. M. 1939. Parasites obtained from animals in the co!l-

lection of the New York Zoological Park during 1938. Zo-
ologica 24(4): 411-485.

6. HerTwic, R. 1912. A Manual of Zoology. New York. pp. 157-158,

097-398.

. Herzoc, M. and Hare, C. B. 1907. Porcephalus constrictus in a

native Filipino. Trans. Am. Micr. Soc. 27:41-45. (Armillifer
moniliformis ).

for)
bo

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Parr 2, 1948

148. Herr, Mary L. 1915(a). On a new species of Pentastomid from a
N. African Snake. (Zamenis ravigieri). Quart. Jour. Micr.
Sci. London. 61:185. (Raillietiella boulengeri).

149. 1915(b). On some new Pentastomids from the Zoological
Society’s Gardens. Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. Pt. 1:115-121.

150. 1921. On a small collection of Pentastomids trom the Indian
Museum. Rec. Ind. Mus. Calcutta. 22:163-164.

151. 1923. On a new species of Linguatulid from Palestine. Rec.
Ind. Mus. Calcutta. 25:301-302. (Raillietiella spiralis).

152. 1924(a). On the Family Linguatulide. Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond.
Pt. 1. pp. 107-159. 13 figs. (General account, morphology and
classification).

153. 1924(b). Zoologica! Results of the third Tangayika Mxpedi-

tion, conducted by Dr. W. A. Cunningham, 1904-1905. Report
on the Linguwatulidew. Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. Pt. 1. p. 161.

154. 1934. On a Collection of Linguatulids (Pentastomida) from
Burma, with Description of a new Subgenus. Pr. Zool. Soc.
Lond. Pt. 2:425-431. (New Subgenus Heymonsia).

155. Von Hrymons, R. 1922. Beitrag zur Systematik u. Morphologie
der Zungenwurmer (Pentastomida). Zool. Anz. 55:154-167.
(Morphology and Classification ).

156. 1926(a). Pentastomida. In Kukenthal und Krumbach’s Hand-
buch der Zoologie. 3:69-131. (Morphology and Classification ).

157. 1926(b). Beitrage zur Kentnis der Gattung Raillietiella Samb.
Zool. Anz. 67:45-56. 5 figs. (Morphology).

158. 1926(c). Uber das Dorsalorgan der Pentastomiden. Sitz.
gesell. Naturforsch. Freunde. Berlin. (1/10): 22-24.

159. 1928. Ordnung: Zungenwtirmer, Pentastomida (Linguatulida).

In Brohmer, Ehrménn and Ulmer’s—Die Tierwelt Mitteleu-
rope. 3(1, Art. 1): 1-2. 5 figs. (Species of Central Europe).

160. 1930. Pentastomida der Deutschen Limnologischen Sunda Ex-
pedition. Arch. Hydrobiol. Stuttgart. Suppl. 8:193-196.
161. 1932(a). Hin Beitagz zur Kenntnis der Pentastomiden Aus-

tralians und benachharter Gebeite. Zeischer. Parasitenk. 4(3):
409-430. 12 figs.

162 . 1932(b). Eine neue Pentastomide von den Philippinen. Zool.
Anz. 97:295-299. (Alofia travossosi).
163. 1935. Pentastomida. In Brown’s Klassen und Ordnungen des

Tierreichs. Leipzig. pp. 1-268. 148 figs. (Complete account of
the group).

164. 1939. Beitrage zur Systematik der Pentastomiden. III. Pen-
tastomiden mit spiralig Gekrummten Korperformen. Zeitschr.
f. Parasitenk. 11(1): 77-94. Illustrated.

165. 1941(a). IV. Zur Kenntnis der Sambonide. Loe. cit. 12(3):
317-329. 3 figs.

166. 1941(b). V. Die Typenexemplare von Diesingia megastoma.
Loe. cit. 12(3): 330-339. 5 figs.

167. 1942. VI. Loc. cit. 12(4): 419-432. 7 figs.

168. Von HrEymons, R. and Grar VitzTHuM, H. 1935(a). Beitrage

zur Systematik der Pentastomiden. Loc. cit. 8:1-252. (General
account of the group and classification ).

169. 1935(b). Neue und wenig bekannte Pentastomiden aus Amer-
ika. Zool. Anz. 109:150-158. 6 figs.

170. Hitt, Howarp R. 1934. The Occurrence of Linguatulids in Pythons.
Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 33:117-122. 4 pls. (Distribution of
Armillifer species occurring in pythons).

171. 1935. New Host Records of the Linguatulid, Kiricephalus
coarctatus (Diesing) in the United States. Loc. cit. 34:226-
227. 1 pi.

172. Hirst, S. 1922. A new Linguatulid from the Adriatic. Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist. 10:289. (Alofia adriatica).

63

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 2, 1948

3. Hopmatrer, A. and Hospmater, M. 1940. On the life cycle of Lingua-

tula rhinaria. Am. Jour. Trop. Med. 20(2): 199-210. (L.
serrata).

4. Hott, Frep J. 1928. A linguatulid parasite from North American

fishes. Jour. Parasitol. 15(1): 63-66. 1 fig. (Sebekia oay-
cephala.

1932. The ecology of certain fishes and amphibians with special
reference to their helminth and linguatulid parasites. Ecol.
Monogr. 2(1):83-107. 10 figs. (Sebekia oxycephaia).

». HoyLe, W. E. 1883. On a new species of Pentastomum (P. protelis)

from the mesentery of Proteles cristatus with an account of
its Anatomy. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 32:165-193. 2 pls.
(Morphology of Armillifer armillatus).

77. VoN HumeBoxtpt, A. 1808. Ansichten der Natur. pp. 162 and 227.
nS)

1811. Recueil d’observations de zoologie et d’anatomie com-
paree 1:298-308. 1 pl.

. Huser, J. C. 1898. Sur le Pentastomum constrictum Siebold du foie

des negres. Centralbl. Bakt. Parasit. 23:1098-1099. (Armillifer
armillatus ).

. Inte, J. E. W. 1899. Ueber die systematische Stellung der Pen-

tastomen. Biol. Centralbl. 19:608-614. (Classification and
phylogeny ).

. lvEs, J. E. 1889. Linguatula diesingii from the Sooty Mangabey.

Pr. Acad. Nat. Soc. Phila. p. 31. (Armillifer armillatus in
monkeys).

2. Iwanorr, X. 1933. Untersuchungen uber die sog. Pentastomen—

oder Trematoden knotchen in den Gekrosylmphknoten von Rind
und Buffel. Zeitschr. Infektionskrankh. der Haustiere. 45:157-
190. (Linguatula serrata).

1937. Uber die Verbreitung der Linguatulose under den Ziegen
in Bulgarien. Loc. cif. 52:79-84. (Linguatula serrata in Bul-
garian goats).

. JACQUART, H. 1866. Mecanisme de la retraction des ongles des Felis

et des crochets des Linguatules trouvees dans les poumons des
Serpents. Jour. de ianat. et physiol. 3:383-402.

5. Jos, THeLte T. and Cooper, A. R. 1917. Notes on Porocephalus

globicephalus. Jour. Parasitol 3:138. (Kiricephalus coarctatus).

. JOHNSON, E. A. 1910. Note on a new Linguatula. Trans. Roy. Soc.

Sou. Australia. 34:248-260. (L. dingophila=L. serrata).

. JOHNSTON, T. H. 1911. Notes and Exhibits. Pr. Linn. Soc. N. S.

Wales. 36:157-158.

1912. A Census of Australian Reptilian Hntozoa. Pr. Roy. Soe.
Queensland. 23:233-249. (Waddycephalus teretiusculus).

1916. The Endoparasites of the Dingo, Canis dingo Blumb.
Loc. cit. 28:96-100. (Linguatula serrata).

. Jounston, T. H. and CLeLAnp, J. B. 1910. A note on the Occur-

rence of Pentastomes in Australian Cattle. Jour. Pr. Roy. Soc.
N. S. Wales. 44: 315-318. (Linguatula serrata).

i912. Same title. Rep. Gov. Bur. Microbiol. Sydney. N. S.
Wales. 2:199. (L. serrata).

2. De Joncr, Kiewier. 1906. Nadere inlichingen over de Porocephaius

moniliformis (Diesing). Geneesk. Tijdschr. Nederl.—Indie.
46:524. (Armillifer moniliformis).

3. Kastner, A. 1928. Arachnida. In Brohmer,, Ehrmann and Ulmer’s

—Tie Tierwelt Mitteleuropas. Leipzig. 3:1.

4. KAUFFMAN, W. 1847. Analecta de tubere. et entozoor. Cognit. dis-

sert. Berlin. p. 21.

5. Krecan, H. L. 1948. Some host records from the parasitological

collection of the State University of Iowa. Bull. Brooklyn Ent.
Soc. 88(2): 54-57. 2 figs. (Porocephalus crotali from the water
moccasin).

64

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 2, 1948

196.

WA.
198.

199.

200.

201.

202.

203.

204.

205.

206.
207.

208.
209.

210.

ailale
212.
213.
214.

215.

216.

217.

218.

219.

220.

1943. Observations on the Pentastomid Kiricephalus coarctatus
(Diesing) Sambon 1910. Trans. Am. Micr. Soc. 62(2): 194-
199. 4 figs. (Ex. indigo snake. Negative experiments with
eges).

Kisuipa, K. 1927. Fauna of Nippon. Tokyo.

1928. A new linguatulid, Armillifer yoshide, with notes on
the Porocephalide. Annot. Zool. Japonenses. 11(4): 397-405.
1 pl. (=A. moniliformis. From Python molurus. Characteriza-
tion of the Family Porocephalide@).

Kiros, J. and Scurorr. 1860. Sitzungsberichte d. Gesell d. Artze.
Wiens.

Kocu, M. 1906. Zur Kenntn. des Parasit. d. Pentastoma denticu-

latum. Arb. a.d. Pathol. Instit. Berlin. pp. 288-342. 2 pls.
(Linguatula serrata).
1912. Uber den Parasitismus der Linguatula rhinaria Pilger
(Pentastoma tenioides) im Vergeich zu dem der tropischen
Porozephalen. Arch. f. Schiffs-u. Tropenhyg. 4:95. 16:381.
(Linguatula serrata).

KORSCHELT, HE. and Heiper, K. 1893. Pentastomiden. In Lehrbuch
der vergleichenden Entwicklungsgeschichte der wirbellosen
Tiere. 2:645-653. 6 figs. (Morphology).

Krerert, G. 1871. On Australian Hntozoa with description of new
species. Trans. Entom. Soc. N. 8S. Wales. 2:214.

KUCHENMEISTER, F. 1855.. De la Linguatula ferox (Pentastomum
denticulatum aut serratum). Bull. acad. roy. belge. Vol. 22.
No. 1. (L. serrata).

1857. Pentastomum denticulatum als Jugendzustand. Zeitschr.
rat. Med. 3. (Linguatula serrata).
1857. Sur les metamorphoses du Pentastomum. L’Institut. 25.

KubaGcin, N. M. 1895. Uber den Bau des Darmcanals von Pentas-
tomum tenioides. Zool. Anz. 18: 499-500. 5
1898. Zur Naturgesch. d. Pentastoma denticulatum. Centralbl.
Bakt. Parasit. 24-489-534. (Linguatula serrata).

Kuntz, L. 1913. Kameruner Sektionsmaterial. Arch. f. Schiffs-u.
Tropenhyg. 17:273.

LAENGNER, H. 1906. Uber Pentastomum denticulatum beim Men-
sehen. Centraibl. Bakt. Parasit. 40:368-371. (Linguwatula
serrata). Pathology).

Dre Lamarck, J. B. 1815-4822. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans
vertebres. 3:594.

LAMEERE, A. 1929. Linguatules. Rec. Instit. Zool. Torley—Rous-
seau. 2:146-150. 5 figs.

Lanvors, L. 1886. Pentastomum taenioides. Jahresber. Westfal.
Prov. Ver. 15:17-18. (Linguatula serrata).

Lane, A. 1888. Arachnoidea. In Lehrbuch der Vergleichenden
Anatomie. Jena. pp. 527-563. 4 figs.

LaRRoussE, F. 1925. Larve de Linguatulide parasite de Bufo
mauritanicus. Arch. Instit. Past. Tunis. 14:101-104. (Rail-
lietiella sp.)

Laupon, J. 1878. Hin Kasiustischer Beitrag zur Aetiologie der
Nasenblutens. Berl. klin. Wochenschr. 15:730.

LAveran, A. and Perrit, A. 1909. Sur une hemogregarine du Python
sebe. C. R. acad. sci. Paris. 148-1142-1146. (Armillifer armil-
latus).

LEHMANN, J. F. 1914. Wichtige tierische Parasiten und ihre
Ubertrager. In Lehmann’s Med. Atlanten. Munich. 11:550-554.
(Pathology).

Leipy, J. 1856. A Synopsis of Entozoa and some of their Hcto-
congeners observed by the author. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 8.
1884. “Pentastomum proboscideum.” Pr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
p. 140. (Porocephalus crotali).

65

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 2, 1948

221.

222

223.

Lessg, A. §.1911. Linguatula larva and peritonitis. Jour. Trop.
Vet. Sci. Calcutta. 6:268-270. (Pathology).

2. LeucHarT, R. 1857. Demonstration par voie experimentale, de

Videntite specifique due Pentastoma denticulatum et du P.
twnioides. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. 2. (Linguatula serrata).
1860. Bau und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Pentastomen. Leip-
zig. u. Heidelberg. 160 pp. 6 pls. (Monograph on the structure
and development).

. LINDEMANN, K. 1870. Die Pentastomen. Deutsche Zietschr. F.

Staatzarznk. Erlang. 28:436-438.

. LEADING ARTICLE. 1922. The Linguatulide as Parasites of Man.

Unsigned. Jour. Trop. Med. Hyg. 25:389-390.

. Von Linstow, O. 1907. Parasites from the Ghavial (Gavialis gan-

geticus, Geoffr.). Jour. Pr. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 2:269-271.
(Alofia indica).

. LOHLEIN, M. 1912. Beitrage zur Pathologie der Hingeborenen von

Kamerun, 1910-11. Arch f. Schiffs-u. Tropenhyeg. 16-58. (Ar-
millifer armillatus).

5. LourMANN, E. 1889. Unters tib. cd. anat. Bau d. Pentastomen. Arch.

ft. Naturgesch. 55:303-337. 1 pl. (Alofia platycephala, Sambonia
lohrmanni).

. Looss. A. 1905. Von Witirmern und Arthropen hervorgerufens

Erkrankungen. In Menses Handb. d. Tropenkrankh. pp. 197-
199.

. Low, G. C. and Corpiner, G. R. M. 1935. A Case of Porocephalus

infection in a West African Negro. Trans. Roy. Soc. Trop.
Med. Hyg. 28:535-537. (Armillifer armillatus ).

1. Luxry. 1878. Pyatiustnik. Pentastoma denticulatum, linguatula.

Med. Prihavlen. St. Petersburg, Russia. 18:386-397.

2. Lunewitz, J. M. 1893. Ein Fall von Massenhafter Pentastomiden-

Invasion beim Rinde. Zeitschr. Fleisch. u. Milchhygiene., 3.
(Linguatula serrata).

. Lurgg, M. Z. 1929. Gewebsveranderungen bei Pentastomum den-

ticulatum. Zeitschr. Infektionskrankheiten, parasitare Krank-
heiten Hyg. der Haustiere. 36.

Macatister, D. 1874. On two new species of Pentastomids. Pr.
Roy. Irish Acad. Sci. 2: 62-66.

. Macriz, J. W. S. and J. E. L. Jonnsron. 1913. A Note on Five

Cases of Porocephaliasis in Man from Southern Nigeria.
Lancet. London. 2:1387-1389. (Armillifer armillatus in African
negroes).

3. MANSON-Baur, PHiuip H. 1931. The Linguatulide (Pentastomide).

In Manson’s Tropical Diseases. New York. pp. 799-803. (Gen-
eral account).

. Manuwa, 8. L. A. 1928. Notes on a Case of Porocephalosis. West.

African Med. Jour. 2:109-110. (Armillifer armillatus in hu-
man liver and spleen).

238. Mayer, C. 1851. Uber Pentastomum proboscideum Rud., Poroce-

phalus Humboldtiu und tber Hinteilung der Hingeweidewur-
mer. Froriep’s Tagesber. Fortschr. Natur. Heilkunde. 2:130-
131. (Porocephalus stilesi).

. Mazza, F.1892. Contribuzione all’anatomia macro e microscopia

del Pentastomum moniliforme Dies. Atti R. Univ. Genova.
11:54-938. 2 pls. (Ligamifer mazzai).

. MEGNIN, P. 1880. Les parasites et les maladies parasitaires. Paris.

pp. 448-456.

1883. Note sur les Helminthes rapportes descotes de la Laponie
par Mr. le Prof. Rouchet et en particulier sur un nouveau
pentastome, le Pentastoma lari Megnin. Bull. Soc. Zool. de
France. 8:153-156. 6 figs. (Reighardia sternw from gull).

66

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Parr 2, 1948

242.

243.

244,

263.

264.

Meyer, F. A. 1789. Abhandlung von dem Wurm-Krankheiten der
europadischen Haustiere aus der Saugtier-Klasse. Gottingen.
(Tenia rhinaris=Linguatula serrata).

Miconr, L. HE. 1915. Parasitologia de ciertos animales del Para-
guay. Pr. Pan. Am. Sci. Cong. Wash. Sect. 8. Pt. 2:574-576.

Miram, C. BE. 1835. Beitr. zur einer Anatomie des Pent. twnioides.
Nova Acta Acad. Leop. 17:625-646. (Linguatula serrata).
1836. Recherches sur lV’anatomie du Pentastuma tenioides.
Ann. sci. nat. Zool. 6:135-151. (Morphology of Linguwatula
serrata).

9. Montez, R. 1891. Linguatula rhinaria. Rev. biol. du Nord de la

France. 3. (L. serrata).

. MONZIOLS, COLLIGNON and Roy. 1920. Un Cas d’Ictere grave suivi

de mort et cause chez un Senegalais par le P. armillatus. C. R.
Soc. Biol. 83: 28-29. (Armillifer armillatus in liver, lungs, peri-
toneal cavity, intestinal wall—human).

. Morcan, B. 1901. Beitrag zu der Pentastomiasis beim Rinde.

Zeitschr. Fleisch-u Milchhygiene. 11. (Linguatula serrata).

. MoucHET, R. 1913. Notes anatomiques et medicales sur la Pathol-

ogie du Moyen Congo. Arch. f. Schiffs-u. Tropenhyg. Vol. 17.
No. 19:657. (Armillifer armillatus—human infection).

1914. Note sur Porocephalus moniliforme. Bull. Soc. Path.
exot. 7:497-501.

. Mousses, G. 1910. Linguatulose spontanee mortelle chez la chevre.

Recueil med. vet. Alfort.

. Murirz, Onaus, J. 1935. Alaska-Yukon Caribou. North American

Fauna No. 54. U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, Bur. of Biol. Surv.
p. 10. (Linguatula serrata).

. NARAYAN, Rao, M. ANANT and S. VAIDYNATEA MUDALIAR. 1932. Larvee

of Porocephalus species in the muscle of a fresh water fish.
Indian Vet. Jour. 9(1):10. 3 pls.

. Natvic, L. ReEInHARDT. 1932. En porocephal som fakultative para-

sitt hos norsk hvepseh6k. Norsk. Ent. Tidsskr. 3(%): 123-
128. 2 figs. (Armillifer armillatus in honey buzzard).

. NEUMANN, L. G. 1888. Traite des Maladies Parasitaires non

Microbiennes des Animaux Domestiques. Paris. pp. 491-499.
i899. Sur les Porocephales du Chien et de quelques mam-
miferes. Arch. d2 parasit. 2:356-361. (General account).
1905. A Treatise on the Parasites and Parasitic Diseases of
the Domesticated Animals. Londen. pp. 476-483. (General
account).

. NEVEU-LEMAIRE, M. 1900. Description d’une nouvelle espece de

Linguatula (Porocephalus sewrati). Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat.
Paris. No. 3. pp. 111-112. (Kiricephalus coarctatus).

. Noc, F. 1922. Infestation massive naturelle de la Genette du

Senegal par des larves de Porocephales. Bull. Soc. Path. exot.
15:621-631. 3 pls. (Arniillifer armillatus in genet).

1923. Sur lVembryon acariforme et les stades larvaires des
Linguatulides. Bull. Soc. Path. exot. 16:340-346. 6 figs. 1 pl.

. Noc. F. and G. Curasson. 1920. Contribution a l’etude de l’evolu-

tion biologique de Porocephalus armillatus Wyman. Bull. Soc.
Path. exot. 138:656-659. (Armillifer armillatus).

. Noc. F. and G. S. Gieriort. 1922. Linguatulids Parasitic in Moni-

tors. The New Genus Sambonia. Jour. Trop. Med. Hyg.
25:276-280.

Noc. F. and M. Nocts. 1919. Notes sur un cas de Porocephalose.
Bull. Soc. Med. Chirurg. Francaise de ]’Ouest—Atfricain. 1:6-9.
(Armillifer armillatus—human infection).

1920. Un nouveau cas de Porocephalose humaine. Loc. cit.
2:284-286. (Armillifer armillatus—human infection).

67

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Parr 2, 1948

. Von NorpmMann, A. 1832. Mikrographische. Beitrage zur Natur-

geschichte der wirbellosen Thiere. 2:141.

). ORTLEPP, R. J. 1934. Note on the occurrence of the tongue-worm

in a dog in South Africa. Jour. S. Africa Vet. Med. Assoc.
By (74) Sales

. Von Ostertac, R. 1892. Uber das Vorkommen von Pentastomen in

den Lymphdrtisen des Rindes. Zeitschr. Fleisch-u. Milchhyg. 2.
1907. Handbook ci Meat Inspection. pp. 513-520.

. OUDEMANS, A. C. 1887. Uber die Verwandtschaft und Classification

der sog. Arthropoden. Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierkund. Vere-
enigunzg. 2 Deel. 1.

. OuwENs, P. A. 1906. Porocephalus moniliformis niet alleen tot

Afrika. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl—Indie. 46:423.

. OWEN, R. 1835. On the Anatomy of Linguatula teniodes. Trans.

Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:325-330. (L. serrata).

2. Parona, C. 1887. Sopra due specie del genere Pentastomum Rud.

Ann. Mus. Civ. Geneva. 9:69-78.

3. Patron, W. S. and Crace, F.-W. 1913. A Text-book of Medical

Entomology. London. pp. 698-704.

. PEARSE, A. S. 1920. The fishes of Lake Valencia, Venezuela. Univ.

Wise. Studies in Science. No. 1. pp. 5-51. 1 fig. (Leiperia
gracilis in fisn.)

5. PEDERSON, H. O. 1938. A survey of the animal parasites with transi-

tory or stationary occurrence in the lives of ruminants and
swine. Shand. Vet. Tidski. 28(6): 345-362.

. PENN, Geo. H. Jr. 1940. Observations on the Life Cycle of a Lin-

guatulid, Porocephalus crotali (Humboldt 1808). Anat. Rec.
(8. Supp w25:

1942. The Life History of Porocephalus crotali, a parasite of
the Louisiana Muskrat. Jour. Parasitol. 28:277-283. 2 figs.
1942. Parasitological survey of Louisiana Muskrats. Jour.
Parasitol. 28 (4) :348-349.

. PENN, Geo. H. Jr. and Martin, Ernest C. 1941. The occurrence of

porocephaliasis in the Louisiana Muskrat. Jour. Wildlife
Management. 5(1):13-14. (Porocephaius crotali).

. PeruzzI, Mario. 1929. Sulla biologia e Vanatomia patologica

della Porocefalosi. Ann. Med. Navale e Coloniale. 1(15):1-19.
+ pls. (Armillifer armillatus—nathology).

1930. Un apparto valvolare nelle ghiandole stigmatiche del
Porocep. armillatus. Ann. Med. Navale e Coloniale. 1(5/6):
219-285. 1 pl.

2. Pincers, N. A. W. 1925. Linguatula serrata, Frohlich, in bovine

mesenteric lymphatic glands; a lesion of interest to a meat
inspector. Vet. Jour. London. 81:444-447.
1930. Notes on parasites in 1929: Vet. Rec. 10:448-450.

. Pinto, C. 1938. Zoo-Parasitos de Interesse Medico e Veterinario.

Rio de Janeiro.

. Pons, R. and Noc, F. 1922. Porocephaliase ganglionaire et Lym-

phadenie tuberculeuse a evolution rapide chez un Tirailleur
Senegalais. Bull. Soc. Path. exot. 15:951-954. (Armiliifer
armillatus ) .

. PorTER, ANNIE. 1928. Note on a Porocephalid found in a Shangaan

in South Africa. South African Jour. Sci. 25:359-363. (Armil-
lifer armillatus—human infection).

7. PROWAZEK, S. 1918. Hemogregarinen aus Porocephalus monili-

formis. Zool. Anz. 33.

. PRUNER, E. 1847. Pentastomum constrictum. Krankheit d. Ori-

ents. Erlangen. pp. 243-250. 2 figs. (Armillifer armillatus—
human infection).
LAEBIGER, A. 1910. Geistes krankheit bei einen Kamerunneger

68

BULLETIN, SO. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 2, 1948

308.

309.

310.

bedingt durch Porozephaliasis. Arch. f. Schiffs-u. Tropenhysg.
14:170-174.

. RAILLIET, A. 1884. Linguatule denticulee chez le surmulot. Recueil

Med. Vet. Alfort. 2.

1895. Traite de Zoologie medicale et agricole. Paris. pp.
616-623.

1900. Sur Une ancienne observation de Linguatula rhinaria.
(Pilger 1803) chez le chien. Arch. Parasitol. 3:199-202.

. Von Ratz, 8. 1892. Von der act. Wanderg. d. Pentast. denticulatum,

Centralbl. Bakt. Parasit. 12:329-333. (Linguatula serrata).
1913. Ueber den Parasitismus der Linguatula rhinaria und
ihr Vorkommen in Ungarn. Zeitschr. f. Tiermed. Jena. 17:
400-411. (L. serrata).

. RHIND, W. 1830. Description of a species of worm found in the

frontal sinus of a Sheep. Edinb. Jour. Nat. Geogr. Soc. (Lin-
guatula serrata).

3. Ripine, D. 1926. A case of porocephalosis. Ann. Trop. Med. Para-

Sitol. 20(1):148-144. 1 pl. (Armillifer armillatus in human
host).

7. Rivas, Damaso. 1920. Human Parasitology. Linguatulida. pp.

476-478.

. RoDHAIN, J. and VUYLSTEKE, C. 1932. Contribution a l’etude des

porocéphales des crocodiles africains. Rey. Zool. et Bot.
Africaines. 23(1):1-11. 5 flgs. (Leiperia cincinnalis).

. Roe, H. E. 1922. Linguatula twnioides. Term Paper, Univ. Calif.

Dept. Zool. 30 pp. (L. serrata).

. Roy, D. N. and Ganoeutry, S. K. 1940. Linguatulid infection in

man. Indian Med. Gaz. 75:478.

. Rupoteut, C. A. 1809. Entozoorum historia naturalis. 2:441-442.

1819. Synopsis Entozoorum. pp. 1238, 318, 4382-435, and 687.

3. SAGREDO, N. 1924. Linguatula rhinaria—Larva (Pentastoma den-

ticulatum) in den Lungen des menschen. Virch. Arch. F. Path.
Anat. u. Physiol. 251-608-615. 4 figs. (L. serrata—pathology).

. SALING, T. 1925. Der Stand unserer Kenntnis von den Lingua-

tuliden, besonders in hygienscher Beziehung. Zeitschr. f. Des-
infekt. u. Gsndhtsw. Dresden. 17:109-149.

. SALM, A. J. 1907. Drie gevallen von Porocephalus moniliformis.

Geneesk. Tijd. Neder.-Indie. 47. (Armillifer moniliformis).
1907. La Porocephale moniliforme (Diesing 1836) Pentas-
tomum constrictum. (Bilh.-v. Sieb. 1851). Gaz. hebd. d. Sc.
med. de Bordeaux 28:464. :

. SAMBON, L. W. 1909. Porocephaliasis in Man. Jour. Trop. Med.

Hyg. 12:79-99. Text figs.

1910. 13:17-24, 212-217, 258-263.

1912. 15:321-326, 371-374.

1913. 16:97-100 (General account. Pathology).

1910. Remarks on Preliminary Notes on three new species of
Tongue-worms (Linguatulide) in the collection of the Mu-
seum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris, by M. Clement Vaney and
Louis W. Sambon. Trans. Soc. Trop. Med. Hyg. 3:132-140.
1922. A Synopsis of the Family Linguatulide. Jour. Trop.
Med. Hyg. 25:188-206, 391-428. Text figs. (General account,
classification, distribution).

1928. The parasitic acarians of animals and the part they play
in the causation of the eruntive fevers and other diseases of
man. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol. 22:67-132.

. SCHAEFER, H. 1912. Vorkommen von Porocephalus moniliformis in

Kamerun. Arch. f. Schiffs-u. Tropenhyg. 16:109-113. (Armil-
lifer armillatus—human infection).
SCHORNAGEL, H. 1921. Linguatula rhinaria in the dog in Nether-

69

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 2, 1948

lands. Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk. Utrecht. 48:154-172. (1.
serrata).

. ScHusBart, T. D. 1853. Ueber die Entwicklung des Pentastomum

tenioides. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 6:116-118. 1 pl. (Linguatula
serrata).

. SEIFFERT, H. 1910. Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Porocephalus monili-

formis. Arch. f. Schiffs-u. Tropenhyg. 14:101-110. (Armillifer
armillatus—human infection).

5. Setr, J. T. 1947. Porocephalus crotali Humboldt (Pentastomida)

in Oklahoma. Jour. Parasitol. Suppl. p. 18. (In rattlesnakes).

») SHIVLEY, A. E. 1898. An Attempt to Revise the Family Lingua-

formis. Arch. Parasitol. 1:52-80. 23 figs. (General Account
Classification ).

1900. Linguatulide, Zoclogical Results. Part V. by Arthur
Willey pp. 565-565. 1 pl. (Kiricephalus tortus).

1903. On the Ento-Parasites collected by the “Skeat Expedi-
tion” to Lower Siam and the Malay Peniusula in the years
1899-1900. Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. 2:145-156.

1905. Notes on Ento-Parasites from the Zooiogical Gardens,
London and elsewhere. Pr. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1:248-254. 1 fig.
1909. Pentastomida. Cambridge Natural History. London.
4:488-497.

1910. Report upon two small Collections of Pentastomids with
the Description of a new Species of Porocephalus. Parasitol.
Se oo=2Se pi

. VoN SIEBOLD, C. T. Beitrag zur Helminthographia humana. Zeit-

schr. f. wiss. Zool. 4.-

. SMART, JOHN. 1943. A handbook for the identification of insects of

medical importance. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.

24. Sonose, Korcur. 1927. Ueber Linguatuliden-Larven-Knotchen (sog.

Pentastomen-Knotchen) des Leber des Menschen. Nebst
Bemerkungen zu der Veroffentlichung von N. Sagredo in Bd.
251 Virchows Archivs. Sei-I-Kwai Med. Jour. 46:1-13.

1927. Same title. Virch. Arch. Path. Anat. u. Physiol. 263(3):
753-768, 9 figs. (L. serrata—pathology).

). SOUTHWELL, T. 1924. On a Collection of Linguatulids in the Liver-

pool School of Tropical Medicine. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol.
Udi =5 Sie

27. SOUTHWELL, T. and Pititers, A. A Note on a nymphal Linguatulid—

Leiperia cincinnalis Sambon—from the musculature of the fish
Tilapia nilotica. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol. 23.

. SPENCER, W. Batpwtn. 1889. On the presence of a Pentastomum

parasitic in the lung of the Copperhead Snake (Hoplocephaius
superbus). Pr. Roy. Soc. Vict. Melbourne. (Waddycephalus
teretiusculus ). ; ;

1893. The Anatomy of Pentastomum teretiusculum. Quart.
Jour. Micr. Sci. 34:1-73. 9 pls. (Morphology of Waddycephalus
teretiusculus).

). SpreHN, Curt. 1928. Die Pentastomiden des arktischen Gebietes.

In Fauna Arctica by Romer et al. 5(3) :853-854. 1 nl.
1928. Zungenwurmer (Pentastomida Linguatulida). {n Die
Tierwelt Deutschlands. By F. Dahl. Part 8. 94 pp. 8 figs.

. STEPHENS, J. R. C. 1928. Porocephalus armillatus. William E.

Glover Correspondence. West Afr. Med. Jour. 2:107. (Armil-
lifer armillatus ing human).

. STEPHENS, J. W. W. 1908. Two new human cestodes and a new

linguatulid. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol. 1:549-554. 3 figs.
(Kiriecephalus pattoni).

. STiLes, C. W. 1891(a). Bau und Entwicklungs-geschichte von Pen-

tastomum proboscideum Rud. und Pextastomum subcylindricum
Dies. Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. 52:85-157. 2 pls. (Morphology).

va)

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Parr 2, 1948

337.

338.

339.

340.

341.

342.

343.

344,

345.
346.

354,

1891(b). Sur la biologie des Linguatules. C. R. Soc. Biol.
Paris. 43:348-353. (Life history).

1895. On the Recent Occurrence of Linguatula rhinaria Rail-
liet, 1886 and Twnia echinococcus v. Siebold, 1853, in the
United States of North America. Trans. Pan. Am. Med. Con-
eress. 2:1163-1165. (L. serrata).

1927. Note on the status of the names Linguatula rhinaris
Meyer 1789 and L. serrata (Froelich 1789). Jour. Parasitol.
14:61. (L. serrata=—correct name).

Stites, C. W. and Baker, Ciara E. 1934. Key-Catalogue of
Parasites for Carnivora (Cats, Dogs, Bears, etc.) with their
possible Public Health Importance. Nat. Instit. Health Bull.
163:998, 999, 1043, 1049, 1054, 1057, 1058, 1061, 1065, 1066, 1068,
1071, 1074, 1075, 1078, 1085-1088, 1090, 1093, 1113, 1119, 1131,
1133, 1138, 1159, 1141, 1176, 1180.

Stites, C. W. and Hassautu, A. 1927. Key-Catalogue of the Crus-
tacea and Ayrachnoids of Importance in Public Health. Hyg.
Lab. Bull. 148:239-242.

1929. Key-Catalogue of Parasites Reported for Primates
(Monkeys and Lemurs) with their possible Public Health Im-
portance. Hyg. Lab. Bull. 152:478-479.

STILES, C. W. and NoLan, MABELLE O. 1929. Key-Catalogue of Pri-
mates for which Parasites are Reported. Hyg. Lab. Bull. 152:
506, 520-522, 529, 531, 534, 538, 540-542, 545, 546, 549, 552, 563,
576, 577.

1930. Key-Catalogue of Parasites Reported for Chiroptera
(Bats) with their possible Public Health Importance. Nat.
Instit. Health Bull. 155:625, 735.

Srites, C. W. and Srannby, SAMUEL F. 1931. iKey-Catalogue of
Parasites Reported for Insectivora. (Moles, Shrews, etc.) with
their possible Public Health Importance. Nat. Instit. Health
Bull. 159:822, 850, 854, 883, 887, 886.

STRONG, RicHArD P. and OrHers. 1930. The African Republic of
Liberia and the Belgian Congo. Contr. Dept. Trop. Med. and
Instit. Trop. Biol. and Med. No. 5. 1:422, 426, 436, 458, 461.
2:798.

Sweet, GrorGIANA. 1907. List of Australian Linguatulide. Pr.
Roy. Soc. Vict. 21:391.

TARTAKOVSKI, M. G. 1901, Linguatulosis u Morskikh svinok. Arch.
vet. nauk. St. Petersburg, Russia. 21:1049-1053.

. TESSE. G. 19138. Frequentissimi casi di Linguatula denticulata nei

gangli mesenterici dei bovini sardi. Clin. vet. Milano. 36:148,
204. (L. serrata).

. Von Turret, P. H. 1926. Hine ungeloste Porozephalusfrage. Arch. f.

Schiffs-u. Tropenhyg. 30:585-594. (Encystment of larve).

. Turroux, M. 1906. Un cas de Pent. constrictum observe au Senegal.

C. R. Soc. Biol. Paris 59:78-80. (Armillifer arnvillatis ex.
peritoneal cavity—human).

. THomas, J. W. 1920. Porocephalus in a Hernial Sac. Jour. Roy.

Army Med. Corps. Voi. 34. No. 2.

. Tuor, Sic. 1929. Uber die Phylogene und Systematic der Acarina

mit Beitragen zu ersten Entwicklungsgeschichte einzelnen
Gruppen. XIII. Nyt Mag. fur Naturvidenshabene. 67:145-210.

. TISSERANT. 1870. Pentastomum tcenioides ou mieux Linguatule

tenioides cause de mort chez le chiea. C. R. Soc. Med. d.
Nancy pp. 50-64. (lL. serrata).

>. Travassos, L. 1924. Sebekia du poumon des Crocodiles d’Amerique.

C. R. Soe. Biol. Paris. 90:239-240. (S. oxrycephala, samboni,
acuminata).
Travassos, L. ArRTIGAS and Perera. 1928. Fauna helminthologica

71

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Parr 2, 1948

dos peixes de agua doce do Brasil. Linguatulide. Arch. Instit.
Biol. Defesa Agric. Anim. Sao Paula. 1.

355. TrRAvASsSos, L. and TEIXEIRA DE FREITAS, J. F. 1941. Relatorio da
quinta excurdao do Instituto Oswaldo Cruz rvealizada a zona da
Estrada de Ferro Norceste do Brasil em Janeiro de 1941. II.
Pesquisas parasitologicas. Mem. Instit. Oswaldo Cruz. 36(3):
272-295.

356. TREADGOLD, C. H. 1920. On Filaria loa papionis n. sp. parasitic in
Papio cynocephalus. Parasitol, 12:128.

357. TupanGul, M. A. 1924. Two larval parasites from the Philippine
Paim Civet (Paradoxurus philippinensis). Phil. Jour. Sci.
24:749-755. (Armillifer moniliformis ).

358. TuBpancul, M. A. and MASILUNGAN, Vicrorta A. 1936. Notes on
Philippine Linguatulids. Phil. Jour. Sci. 60:399-405. 3 figs.
(Pentastomum solaris, Raillietiella agcoi, Linguatula serrata).

359. TURNBULL, N. S. 1928. Porocephalus armillatus. (Correspondence).
West Afr. Med. Jour. 1:84.

360. Turr, J. F. D. 1913. Two cases of Pentastoma tenioides. Vet.
Record. London. 26:124.

361. VALENTIN, 1837. Repertorium. 3:135.

362. VANEY, C. and SAmMBoN, L. W. 1909. Preliminary Notes on three
new Species of Tongue-worms (Linguatulide) in the collec-
tion of the “Museum d’Histoire Naturelle.” Trans. Roy. Soe.
Trop. Med. Hyg. 3:128-154. (Raillietiella boulengeri, Sebekia
jubinii).

363. VELU, M. 1914. Sur la linguatuiose nodulaire des boeufs en Maroc.
Recueil Med. Vet. 91. ~

364. VENARD, C. E. and BauGHam, R. V. 1941. Sebekia oxycephala
(Pentastomida) from Florida Fishes and Some Notes on the
Morphology of the Larve. Ohio Jour. Sci. 41(1) : 23-28.

365. VircHow, R. 1857. Zur Verbreitung der Entozoen. Arch. f. Path.
Anat. 11:79.

366. WAGNER, R. 1856. Pentastomum denticulatum in der Niere. Arch.
Physiol. Heilkunde. Leipzig. p. 581.

367. WALpow. 1908. Porocephalus moniliforme Dies bei einem Kamer-
unneger. Arch. f. Schiffs-u. Tropenhyg. 12:321-324. (Armil-
lifer armillatus).

368. WALL, FRANK. 1912. The Common Indian Snakes.. Part 17. Jour.
Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 21(2) :472.

369. 1921. Ophidia Taprobanica or the Snakes of Ceylon. Colombo.
pp. 98, 120-121, 187. (Linguatulid records).

370. Watton, A. C. 1947. Parasites of the Ranide (Amphibia) Kirice-
phalus pattoni. Jour. Parasitol. Suppl. 33(6) :26.

371. WARD, HeNry B. 1899. On Reighardia, a new genus of Linguatu-
lide. Pr. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 48:254. ;

372. WepL, C. 1861. Zur Helminthentauna Aegyptens. Sitzber. Akad.
Wiss. Wien. 44:225-240. 12 figs.

3738. 1963. Ueber ein Pentastom einer LOwin. Loc. cit. 48:408-415.
6 figs. (Armillifer armillatus in lion).

374. WEINBERG, M. 1906. Nodules a pentastomes dans la paroi intes-
tinale du Chimpanze. Bull. et Mem. Soc. Anat. de Paris. 81:534.

375. WEINLAND. 1860. Tod einer Kuhantilope (A. bubalis) wahrschein-
lich verursacht durch eine Hakenmilbe (Pent. tenioides). Der
Zool. garten. No. 2:17-22. (Linguatula serrata).

376. Weiss, A. 1927. Linguatulide—Porccephales nouveaux de Tunisie.
C. R. Assoc. Franc. pour l’Avancement des Sciences. Constan-
tine. 51:566-567.

377. Weitcu, F. H. 1872. The presence of an Encysted Echinorhynchus
in Man. Lancet. London. 2:703-705. (Armillifer moniliformis ).

378. WHEELER, W. M. 1915. A new linguatulid from Ecuador. Rep.

-l
bo

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Parr 2, 1948

387.

388.

Harvard School Trop. Med. Appendix 1. pp. 207-208. (Poroce-
phalus crocodili=Sebekia oxycephala).

. WixLson, A. H. 1915. Notes on two cases of Porocephalus armillatus

Infection occurring in Mar. South Nigeria Ann. Med. Rep. for
the year ending Dec. 1913. p. 71. (Armillifer armillatus).

. WoopLaNnpb, W. N. F. 1921. On a remarkable new Species of Poro-

cephalus trom the Fore-gut of a Nigerian Cobra. Parasitol.
12:337-340. (Armillifer annulatus).

1923. Justification of Por. pomeroyi Woodland. Loc. cit.
15:40-42. (Armillifer annulatus).

2. WyMAN, J. 1847. Notice of two Species of Linguatulide. Pr. Bost.

Sec. Nat. Hist. 2:59.

1862. On Pentastoma armillata Wyman from the lungs of the
Python sebe. Jour. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 5:179-180, 186, 294.
1 pl. (Armillifer armillatus).

. YOSHIDA, S. 1927. Notes on parasitic worms found in large animals

died in Osaka. Rigakukai. 22(10):8-11.

. ZepER, J. G. H. 1803. Hinleitung zur Naturgesch. der Hingeweide-

wurmer. pp. 230, 372.

). ZENKER, F. A. 1854. Uber einem neuen thierischen Parasiten des

Menschen. Zeitschr. f. Rat. Med. 5:212-234. (Linguatula ser-
rata).

1856. Pentastomum denticulatum in der Niere. Arch. f. Phy.
Hlikde. 15:581. (Linguatula serrata).

1862. Pentastomum i. di. Milz. Loc. cit. 3:478. (Linguatula
serrata).

SUMMARY OF IMPORTANT PUBLICATIONS

(The numbers refer to the corresponding numbers in the Bibliography)

I.

General Account of the Group: 4, 36, 57, 60, 87, 152, 163, 168,
2238, 257, 307, 309, 316. .

Phylogeny: 136, 139, 179.

Life Histcry: 41, 71, 173, 223, 261, 335.

Distribution: 119, 170, 309, 338-343.

Morphology: 21, 116, 118, 130-135, 138, 139, 152, 155-157, 202,

223, 228, 245, 262, 309, 329, 334.

Classification: 87, 152, 155, 156, 168, 179, 223, 309, 316.

Pathology: 3, 36, 40, 41, 53, 71, 218, 221, 225, 303, 307, 314, 325.

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to KENNETH BH. STAGER

Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,

Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.

MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers
in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October)
in 1920.

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August;
Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2,
March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-
October; No. 6, November-December.

From 1925 to 1947, including volumes XXIV to XLVI, three numbers
were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April;
No., 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.

MEMOIRS

Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1,
1947.

74

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

For Sale at the Appended Prices

BULLETIN: To
Members
Complete set, Vols. 1 to 41, bound..............
(Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 38, bound ............
VO Sue NO Maroy il! OA oes :a:'cy av eve Yox'e euariavierrciiave:erelievele/ecetele eaters $ .25
ace Aya Coen (Dr ev atias le cilsi's a reilo elev oxeusie wiecelsis eave rkiers .25
ected On ME ARP OCs tos seve ovale sore wale. cuetersiehelleucseseie apemuateus 25
meme (Meme LO OG cers te: sreieie siscaeUavalfa((svancusnevalsnecsiicne: castevere 1.00
eee Corea ar Maret se () Di cs Ghats vs, aiken ini tenlorieneneaiisie' anevene) ate eee 1.00
hae) Mtr eS) Ronse salle sitacaver eile elie: ore Siehie ie Gls @iaieiai@ sree 2.00
CE D5 AR AB AA ea eer Ree renee Neen CH CRC Sgr Reieue ean erties 15
ete) acme OM crs, 5, atsalia ovo e esas ay etieus -evat's tevevstel etelat orate 1.00
arma) amnesic cet lag is tox atallgaavate SoeNerers euerernereiete 2.00
raceme ee lesa OIF ssh Lids. cole eilais lonavebengve ireietie; oveveieve 'eveceters 1.00
bear emma ue LO Gio scceccsi aoa ecra le eters ieverghel ciskeiene wishes een ole rs 15
cee pmmraiete o OM Bio 2." 5, iahcau ac “ekeneveieiete wiswre. elerene ciel wave 1.50
irl) emesis cet) 2.) are dc2e mio vac oder wsialie ies im lis ious oralloile erenaalece 50
ines pte A Stel! 9)2, ())=155's rors an citeatioye sue tever overs cotevetare: vaca ete 50
pater 2 pl rl O OID eicss cercyere wey casceacche iarare ethers rele) mae ererere 1.00
Seer Seer onos 456. 1924) (CACH))cici.0)ece ciel « .25
See let Oh SUL 25) AEACH)). vatcnche s ateecuersievcieceecsvers 25
eed neat LOG): car ailegeicre, sasue tevstectaieve Sie patie ehsveborenelsvecsie .25
to Onmmeeae ca ae D211) (ACH) -ereralte chest o} cliente vel dieceis-ecereie 25
Mae (opens Aeon lO 2 Si (CACH) sy cca ale acoasie)abeleralatensverers 225
seme Suara O29 = ((CACII); = aisreoreiiatsreverrctsrciese tee seicls .25
pero weno 3, OSL) (CACHING Ris cticigatelecacwusvare .25
rol emer cro MOS e) (GACH)! c1:cis a avereloiere wveveie: sveve .25
OD eel a3, LOSS: (CAC) os fare Sialaye wis cree ieveio.e 725
BOO ee td, Ot OS4 1 GACH) aravecleceiovct erate whe servers .25
eo dele AS IO SH (GACH). cycle erele srovatsicie eraierace .25
ee Oeste Ope 1 936 COACH) \\.ccrs-saveieleiesetovere eiatevere .25
SOOM Sorel OO COACH) corcrsers oles’ creronereronsicls 25
me Olemminh tle Ze oS 8 (CACM iia ck actus aoc stele: .25
MOS meme tel cot 3-193 Oi (IGACM))-cc.ccvatercrers ave = eee eleiovele .25
peo Meer Os LOA Ol lus sus cco Meare tl ae Ura acslalra) aie. attetccesle ie .25
eed Ottis oc osc OA (Seen is arc rate neve \eceroe.o.esease ile .25
eet renee S02 Bsc 42: (GACH) = seuer.voleveisicreicunie cisterers -25
reer walt.) O43 COACH) Micon a vevcecciere eyereie.o reeks 25
eee Seine ls utes el 4 Aer((GACHY)e ctalcnsys cle ate. cl stele usr econs .25
pA Arata la 25 On lO4 Hes (ACI) aicaaern sieves sucloieie axchote 25
need Seems ll e204 Gir(GACHs)eiorers eisvatsiercraierel eueicvevoxe .25
“ 46, “ 1, 2, 3, 1947 (each) .25

(Continued on next page)

75

To Non-
Members

$150.00
80.00
50

50

00

2.00
2.00
4.00

1.50
2.00

4.00
2.00
1.50
3.00
1.00
1.00
2.00
-50
00
50
50
00
00
50
50
50
00
50
50
50
50
50
50
.50
50
00
50
50
50
50

PUBLICATIONS (continued)

AppRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Care KENNETH E. STAGER)
Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

76

MEMOIRS To To Non-
Members Members
VO] Sal l9 3 8——Wapen, COMET wer icicks ciouclotelerererel one ot cions $2.00 $4.00
SE pitce oh a des bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00
soe Cierra aos printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00
ag) printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00
Vol--25 Nos 45, 1939—paper (COVCT: a <e-<ts onl ee eee 1E25 2.50
Bea a ae ree bound in black fabrikoid.... DNF 3.50
Se i Selm tie thle Sie, Bost printed on one side of page . 1.75 3.50
se SS UE 2, 194 4——paper COVER = 22 se Sen eee Sls 1.50
3D Se de 1947 —paper“COvVier occa eee 1.00 2.00
Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or
Co-operating Organizations
Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES
HAR TE @U:AKGH SS) (Resa! Eile 2c s.ces, « <0e oe tore sorerererereieiees bound 2.50
Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published),
chiefly Entomological, 1 colored plate .. 2 s.c-5sesmeeeeeee 1.00
Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of
Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00
FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David-
son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923................ 2.50
Reprints:
Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami-
lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed
on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes),
Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. 3 .50
The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County,
New Mexico, 1931... FF. -R. Wosbere 2... .-. eee .25
Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United
States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on
white bristol board, one side of page (without index)
suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1. oF To non-
MEMDELS® socicec eceleus eles cue wie ecelare tye 6 0ke e Ole Gen eeeee 3.90
A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their
habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis 50
A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA,
32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm.M.
TR SPAM, 5 os. S loeb sce bore eo be eles. we d's bles SORE .50
Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum—CHANNEL
ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers 1 to 33. Bound 3.00

The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf-
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this
program, the following forms are suggested:

Form of Legacy

To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects
of value.

I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of..............2222-.-:00::sseeeeeeeeee:
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses,
dispositions and benefits thereof forever.

Form of Devise
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy.

I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences”
Ofether@itvmofeWos Angeles: (ccc esse oe Sc eee case otic sconce ce conecoeeeseeneces
here describe the property or ground rent..............--...2------ cece cece eee eee eee Vo
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever.

oy eat ee

REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in
the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return
galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the
Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co.,
415 Hast Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor
paying for all his reprints,

PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS
(WITHOUT COVERS)

4pp. 8pp. 2pp. W6pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp.
50 copies ...... $3.75 $5.75 $850 $1025 $11.75 $13.50 $1600 $17.00

AA 5 Se RIS Be WS 8 SG Sc 8A st Be I 8
Ase ae Big, ae 525 9.25 1300 15.25 1825 21.00 2450 26.00
as a ee BOO EN OO: AAS ZOU AIO) eb 24 Te 28.75 |) 30.50
Pore me Oda etd \ATOO )Aeoe” LEED. Ado”, SOO! 35.09
eR EIN VO! VO Toe. ea OO US BeeS SRLO SAO

Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 4c each.
California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state.

NG

Distinctive

PRINIING

Books @ Catalogs @ Broadsides
Stationery and Office Forms

McBRIDE PRINTING CO.
PHONE: PRospect 2045
Sty BASH ELEVEN Uri: Dy.
“Since 1879” Los Angeles 15, Calif.

Pea

Bey ore AUB OARY
F a“ NEW, YORK
BOTALGCAL

WARDEN

Meee te rin OF THE

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNI

Vou. XLVII SepremBer-DECEMBER, 1948 Part 3

CONTENTS
PAGE
THE RELATIVE LENGTHS OF LIMB ELEMENTS IN CANIS DIRUS
Chester Stock and John F, Lance - “ “ “ « e Ea

A STATISTICAL STUDY OF THE METAPODIALS OF EQUUS
OCCIDENTALIS LEIDY

David P. Willoughby - - - - - 4 “ i -~ $4

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF BARNACLE FROM PANAMA
Frank Lee Rogers + - ~ * a _ - x se 95

A NEW AND UNUSUAL HELICOID SNAIL FROM LOS ANGELES

COUNTY, CALIFORNIA
Wendell O. Gregg, M. D. a es “a ve

- a ~

A NEW SPECIES OF AMBRYSUS FROM DEATH VALLEY, WITH
NOTES ON THE GENUS JIN FHE UNITED STATES (Hemiptera ;
Naucoridz)

Ira La Rivers - “ 4

THE PLEA GENUS RHYNCHOPSYLLUS IN THE UNITED STATES
(Siphonaptera ; Hectopsyllidee)
G. If. Augustson and Lloyd C. Ryan

Tssued Bebritary 6, 1949

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

OFFICERS anp DIRECTORS

Dr. A. Weir BELL EN MNT ORME Rieke sere ye ch heey My A President
Dr. Wrentam L. Lroyp = - ~ = «= = = First Vice President
Dr. Louis C. WEHRELER - = “= = om = Second Vice President
Mr. Kenneth WB. StaceR - - - = = «= (= = « Beeretary
Dr. W. Dwicut Pience SP ear igre Me SW Oi ta yh cl ul Lo a a
Dr, JOHN ‘A. COMSTOCK 0 wy ey et eee a OI ae are Oe
Dr. H. J. ANDREWS Dr. WitttamM L. Liuoyp
Dr. A. WEIR BELL Mr. THEODORE PAYNE
Dr. Joun A. Comstock Dr. W. DwicHt Pierce
Dr. Rosert D. Euery Dr. CHESTER STOCK
Dr. HinprGaRDE Howarp Dr. Lours C. WHEELER
Dr. SHeRwIn BF’. Woop
ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. Feep E. BurLew Dr. Howarp R, Hit
Mr. A. YoRrR ESCALANTE Mr. Kennetse E. STAGER

Dr, JoHN HERMAN Dr. R. H. Swrer
Mr, Russeri S. WocLumM

BOTANICAL SECTION
Miss Bonnit TEMPLETON, Chairman

SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION
Dr. Rosert D. Emory, Chairman

SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Dr. RAYMOND C. OSBURN, Chairman

SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES
Mar. Jos. B. Prckien TIl, Chairman
SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES

Dr. JOHN HERMAN, Chairman

SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES

Dz. PRESTON CLINE Caye, Chairman
SHCTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES
Mr. Russect 8S. Wostum, Chairman
SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCES
Pror. J. STANLEY Bropr, Chairman

ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. ARTHUR WoopwarpD, Chairman

FINANCE COMMITTER
Dr. Roser? D. Emery, Chairman

Dr. W. Dwight Prorcer, Dr, Jonn A, Comstock
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. A. Wer Bett, Chairman Dr. Lovuts C, WHEELER

HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE
Dr. W. DwicHt Pieros, Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Dr. Joun A. Comstock, Chairman
De. HuwpxcarpsE Howsarp Dr. Howarp R. Huu Dr, Witriam lL. Laoyp

COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION

Dr. SHERWIN EI’, Woop, Chairman
Max, Titkopork PAYNE Mr. R. 8S. Woenum
Prov, J, STANLEY Brope Dr. Joun A, ComMSTOGK

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif,

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences

VoLUME 47 = = = = - = Part 3, 1948

THE RELATIVE LENGTHS OF LIMB ELEMENTS
IN CANIS DIRUS

By CHESTER STOCK AND JOHN F. LANCE

Introductory remarks.—The lengths of four limb elements
(humerus, radius, femur and tibia) belonging to the dire wolf,
Canis (.denocyon) dirus, were measured for a large number of
fossil specimens available from the Pleistocene asphalt of Rancho
La Brea. The study was undertaken primarily to determine the
correct proportions of the limbs, and thus assist in current at-
tempts to restore this characteristic wolf of the Ice Age. In addi-
tion, the results of the measurements were utilized to calculate the
arithmetic mean, standard deviation and coefficient of variation,
and thereby add to the information obtained from a study of the
metapodials.’. The measurements furnish precise data that are
useful in comparing the lengths of the limb elements of the ex-
tinct dire wolf with those of the living gray or timber wolf and
supplement the observations of Merriam.’ In the subspecific
identification of the skeletal material of modern timber wolves
referred to in this paper the authors follow the terminology of
Young and Goldman.’

Materials available.—The total number of specimens for each
of the limb elements of one side measured in Canis dirus was as
follows:

TSIUIIAN@ GUS ee 496 entity se ee 313
TRENG TCG) eee ees 740 SDily tase os ee le 687

The disparity in numbers for individual elements was in large
measure due to the selection only of complete specimens. The
radii were particularly numerous, the abundance of this element
coming nearest to that of the metapodials.

In contrast, the sample of limb elements of the living wolf is

1Nigra, John O. and John F. Lance, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 40, pt. 1,
Jan.-Apr., pp. 26-34, pls. 6-8, 1947.

2Merriam, John C., Mem. Univ. Calif., vol. 1, no. 2, pp. 236-240, 1912.

*Young, Stanley P. and Edward A. Goldman, The Wolves of North America,
xx + 686 pp., illust., The American Wildlife Institute, Wash., D. C., 1944.

79

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

very small. Only eight individuals of the living species were
available, as follows:

Canis lupus occidentalis § No. 98231 A.M.N.H., Alberta, Canada
Canis lupus occidentalis g No. 98226 A.M.N.H., Alberta, Canada

Canis lupus occidentalis 9 No. 98231 A.M.N.H., Alberta, Canada
Canis lupus occidentalis 2 No. 98227 A.M.N.H., Alberta, Canada
Canis lupus occidentalis 9 No. 98225 A.M.N.H., Alberta, Canada
Canis lupus lycaon 9 No. 51773 C.M.N.H., Wisconsin
Canis lupus lycaon g No! 51772 C.M.N.H. Wisconsin
Camis lupus irremotus g No. 271651 U.S.N.M., Montana

Computations and comparisons.—In Plate 14 are shown the
frequency distribution curves of the lengths of the humerus,
radius, femur and tibia of the extinct dire wolf. The following
statistical data are computed from these lengths:

Limb O.R |S.R.(S.D.)?| Mean Stand acde Rcenicren ts
Element i z : ‘ Deviation of
(Right) in mm. in mm. in mm. in mm. Variation
UMIMNE TUS eee 47 58 217.9+.4 910 S==3 Zao a
RAGS teense etae 50 52 209.47 223 S202 Bikey eal
1XZ0NAPS Bo ee Om 43 55 241.8 .5 Stas Bh5) == al
MI ON Ey eras aces 49 57 PAD sas Se Sie e Bike - ol
= |

10.R.=Observed Range.

*S.R.(S.D.) =Standard Range from Standard Deviation. Estimate of mean popu-
lation range for population abundance of 1000 (Simpson, G. G., 1941, Am. Journ.
Sci., vol. 230, pp. 785-804).

°100 times Standard Deviation divided by mean (Simpson, G. G.,.and A. Roe,
1939, Quantitative Zoology, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York).

In Plate 15 are given the measurements of the average lengths
of the limb elements of Canis dirus. With these are included the
average lengths of metacarpal II] and-metatarsal III of the ex-
tinct Pleistocene species as determined by Nigra and Lance.’ In
the same diagram are also recorded the lengths of the comparable

elements of the timber or gray wolf, based on the eight individuals
listed above and representing three ‘subspecies of Canis lupus.

Plate 16 shows diagrammatically the relative lengths of the
bones in the fore and hind limbs taking the length of the humerus

tNigra, John O. and John F. Lance, ibid., 1947.

80

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

HUMERUS FEMUR

Nl
wil
USN
Vint
ALY

HLH
ail

Frequency

Frequency

TIBIA
42 Beet Soke
40]
38 —|
36 T 1 aa i
34
32
30|—-—+— }—_{. |. |
28 |_§ ff} 4
26 tft +— a2
o
2at—t ~ 2
an
> :
& 22 4 u
3
oS |
eo 4
18 ol i
|
16 1 + =
|
14
TN all T
jo} —
8
& +
6 © 9)
x 3
N
4 c I cf
8 u
2 = x
ol) = ; 4
210 220 23 240 250 260 180 190 200 10 220 230
Length, mm. Length, mm.

Frequency distribution curves of the lengths of the humerus, radius,
femur and tibia of the extinct dire wolf (Canis (Aenocyon) dirus Leidy )
from the Pleistocene of Rancho La Brea.

81

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vor. 47, Parr 3, 1948

TIMBER WOLF (Canis lupus)

DIRE WOLF (Canis dirus)

YA Cw
Humerus Radius Metacarpal Femur Tibia MeacinsieGell
PLATE 15

Bar diagram showing by comparison the maximum, minimum and
mean lengths of the limb bones of the dire wolf and the timber wolf.

and femur as 100. The following indices are derived from the
measurement data:

Humerus + Radius

Intermembral Index Femur Jeane 100 :
Canis dirus 90.0
Canis lu pits DZS
ee
Radiotibial Index eseTGis xhOOR
Tibia
Canis dirus ; 90.4
Canis lupus 90.6
Humerofemoral Index seus x 100 :
Femur
Canis dirus 90.1
Canis lupus 95.1

A consideration of the ratios derived from the measurements
of the limb bones in Canis dirus and in the northern timber wolves
leads to the following conclusions:

82

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Parr 3, 1948

3 Q Se
aS 3 28 ac
es sg RG
pu BU Te
100 100
90 390
80 80

Metacarpal I
Metatarsal II

40 40
5O 30
20 20
10 10
oO oO
Timber wolf cl Dire wolf
PLATE 16

Bar diagram showing relative lengths of radius and metacarpal 3
compared with humerus, and of tibia and metatarsal 3 compared with
femur in dire wolf and timber wolf.

(1) In size (exclusive of that of skull, sous and pelvis)
Camis dirus was, on the average, approximately 8 per ae smaller
than that of the northern siibspecies of timber wolf (C. lupus
occidentalis ).

In this connection it must be indicated that the subspecies of
gray wolf (Canis lupus irremotus) of more southerly range in
North America is a smaller animal than the northern w ot KC. anis
lupus occidentalis, No. 98227 Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.) from Al-
berta, Canada, on which the above statement is based. In a previ-
ous paper the dire wolf was illustrated as possessing an overall
size larger than that of Canis lupus irremotus.’

(2) In comparison to the great northern timber wolf (Canis
lupus occidentalis), the extinct dire wolf from Rancho La Brea
had a relatively shorter fore limb (humerus + radius + meta-
carpus) and, conversely, a relatively longer hind limb (femur +-
tibia + metatarsus).. This difference, Thoweves is slight. The

5Stock, Chester, John F. Lance and John O. Nigra, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci.,
vol. 45, pt. 2, pp. 108-110, pl. 9, 1946.

83

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 3, 1948

most outstanding difference between these two wolves exists in
the tibio-femoral and metatarso-femoral indices. Canis dirus had
a significantly shorter tibia and metatarsus than Canis lupus occi-
dentalis. The shortness of the lower segments in the hind limb,
seen also in the fore limb but to less degree, may be construed to
mean that the Pleistocene dire wolf was not so fleet of foot as the
Recent timber wolf.

California Institute of Technology,
Division of the Geological Sciences,
Contribution No. 460.

A STATISTICAL STUDY OF THE METAPODIALS
OF EQUUS OCCIDENTALIS LEIDY

By Davip P. WILLouGHBY

INTRODUCTION

A survey and statistical analysis of most of the skeletal ele-
ments of the Rancho La Brea horse (E. occidentalis Leidy) and of
other equine species living and extinct, is being made by the au-
thor. In the present paper the only bones of E. occidentalis to be
dealt with are the fore and hind metapodials. Although skeletal
remains of this species of horse occur likewise in the Pleistocene
asphalt of McKittrick, California, only the metapodials of the
Rancho La Brea horse are here treated statistically. The skeletal
elements of Equus occidentalis in the Rancho La Brea collection
of the Los Angeles Museum were generously made available for
measurement and study. It is a pleasure to acknowledge the op-
portunity to analyze these specimens.

REMARKS CONCERNING Eguus OCCIDENTALIS

The name Equus occidentalis (Leidy, 1865) is used in refer-
ence particularly to the equine skeletal remains recovered from
the Pleistocene tar deposits of Rancho La Brea and McKittrick,
in California. The possibility that the name should be replaced by
the prior designation Equus excelsus (Leidy, 1858) depends upon
whether E. occidentalis is to be considered a synonym of E. ex-
celsus or a distinct species. Since, however, identification of EF.
excelsus is uncertain because of insufficient material ; and in view
of its wide geographical separation (Nebraska) from the Pacific
coast Pleistocene horses, it is probably best to regard EF. occiden-
talis as a species distinct from EL. excelsus. The Californian spe-
cies, E. pacificus, has also been confused with E. occidentalis. A
detailed study of the teeth, metapodials, and phalanges of the latter

84

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

!

PLATE 17

Scale drawing, 1/3 natural size, of left metacarpal III of Hquus occi-
dentalis (average-sized specimen). The measurements indicated, and
the technique of taking them, are explained in the text.

85

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

shows, however, that E. pacificus stood in life no less than 64
inches at the shoulder and was proportionately larger than E. occi-
dentalis in almost every respect; the enamel pattern of its teeth
was distinctly more complicated ; and its horse-like hoofs, unusual
among wild Equide, were much broader and less asinine than
those of E. occidentalis. Thus there can be no doubt as to the
specific differentation of these two Pleistocene equine types.

Such a large amount of skeletal material, particularly of the
limb bones, of E. occidentalis has been recovered, perfectly pre-
served, from the asphalt localities of Rancho La Brea and Mc-
Kittrick that the characteristics of this species in every detail are
now either known or are determinable. No other species of fossil
horses have been found either at Rancho La Brea or McKittrick.
Therefore, unless a future revision of the entire list of Pleistocene
horses renders the name Equus occidentalis untenable, the author
shall continue to apply it to the equine material found, in par-
ticular, at Rancho La Brea and at McKittrick.

Equus occidentalis, or the fossil “western horse,” was from a
morphological point of view a disharmonic and distinctive equine
type. If it should be discovered that other Pleistocene horses
tended to the same conformation, it can be said that all such
“horses” differed decidedly in their head, body and limb propor-
tions from any single breed of domesticated horse of the present
time. In shoulder height an average-sized E. occidentalis stood
about the same as an average-sized Arab horse, namely 58 inches
or 14% hands. Its limb-bone lengths and proportions, and its
small hoofs, were characteristic of those of a present-day Bur-
chell’s zebra. Yet oddly enough it combined with these cursorial
features a robustness of build comparable to that of a draft horse.
Its large skull was suggestive of the head-to-body proportions of
a zebra. Its strongly-formed pelvis, while quite variable individ-
ually, tended more toward the high and narrow asinine type than
the broad and low equine type. Thus, to repeat, E. occidentalis,
was physically a “horse” of very heterogeneous characters.

PROCEDURE

Eight separate measurements were recorded of 74 metacarpals
and of 112 metatarsals belonging to E. occidentalis of Rancho La
Brea and including specimens of both right and left feet. From
these eight dimensions seven indices were computed. A statistical
presentation of these dimensions and indices is given in Tables 1
and 2. The measurements used, and the measuring technique em-
ployed, were as follows (see Plates 17 and 18).

Measurement 1. Maximum length. This is the greatest length
of the bone, parallel to its long axis, inclusive of the proximal
lateral spine and the distal sagittal ridge.

86

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

PLATE 18

Seale drawing, 1/3 natural size, of left metatarsal III of Hqwus occi-
dentalis (average-sized specimen). The measurements indicated, and
the technique of taking them, are explained in the text.

87

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

Measurement 2. Articular length. From the lateral edge of
the facet adjoining the fourth carpal bone to the lateral distal edge
of the trochlea, in line with the long axis of the shaft.

Measurement 3. Maximum proximal width. The greatest lat-
eral width of the top of the bone, roughly parallel to the lateral
axis of the shaft.

Measurement 4. Maximum proximal antero-posterior depth.
The greatest sagittal diameter at the upper end, including the an-
terior tubercle. In the metacarpal this diameter is approximately
parallel with the sagittal axis of the shaft. In the metatarsal, how-
ever, the measurement is taken with the bone rotated about thirty
degrees from the sagittal plane, as shown in the top view in
Plate 18.

Measurement 5. Minimum width of shaft. The least lateral
diameter of the shaft, approximately at the middle of the length
of the bone.

Measurement 6. Minimum antero-posterior depth of shaft.
Taken approximately at the middle of the length of the bone and
including any volar ridges.

Measurement 7. Maximum distal articular width. The great-
est lateral diameter across the volar surface of the trochlea. (The
width across the apophyses is, on the average, about the same as
the articular width. )

Measurement 8. Maximum distal antero-posterior depth. The
greatest diameter antero-posteriorly of the distal sagittal ridge.

Plate 19 shows the frequency distribution of the maximum
lengths of 74 metacarpals. Also plotted on the graph in a dotted
line is a normal frequency curve. Although the frequencies in the
observed distribution fluctuate widely, they appear to conform
reasonably well with the theoretical curve. It is apparent that the
distribution is unimodal. The mean length (maximum) of the
third metacarpal is 252.5 mm., ranging in 74 specimens from 237
mm. to 269 mm. As a matter of interest, the length was computed
separately for the right and left sides, but no significant differ-
ence was found. The average of the right metacarpal series is
251.5 mm.; that of the left metacarpal series is 253.5 mm. There
is probably a sex-differentiation of about 3 mm., the male meta-
carpals averaging 254 mm. in length and the female metacarpals
251 mm.

Plate 20 similarly is a plotting of 112 metatarsals. Again the
dotted line indicates the normal frequency curve, and to it the
observed data conform. The mean length (maximum) of the
third metatarsal is 292.4 mm., ranging in 112 specimens from 279
to 311 mm. It thus exceeds the length of the metacarpus by 15.8
per cent, or roughly 40 mm. This ratio between the length of the

88

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Parr 8, 1948

Numerical Frequency

CLATE V AA
a ae

240 245 250 255 260 265
. Length, mm.

PLATE 19

Frequency distribution of the lengths (maximum) of 74 metacarpals
of Equus occidentalis, ranging in length from 237 mm. to 269 mm.

metatarsus and the metacarpus approximates closely that which
exists in the modern domesticated horse.

In comparison with the metapodials of modern horses, those
of E. occidentalis are noteworthy in their general appearance
mainly for their massiveness and robustness. Certain details of the
bones, in their size and proportions, differ appreciably in the
typical E. occidentalis from those most typical of living horses.
Yet certain individual specimens of E. caballus, particularly those
of semi-draft build, may have metapodials which are practically
indistinguishable from those of certain individual Rancho La
Brea horses. As a single instance of this variation, it may be

89

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

noted that on the proximal surface of the third metatarsal bone
the posterior facet for the third tarsal (ectocuneiform) is, in pres-
ent-day domestic horses, commonly separated from the large an-
terior U-shaped facet by a distinct depression or trough. In most
specimens of EF. occidentalis this separating trough is absent, as is
shown in the top view of the third metatarsal in Plate 18.

In E. occidentalis the minimum caliber index (no. 4 in Table
1, under Indices) for the metacarpus is 16.9 in the male. The
average value of this index in Thoroughbred stallions is 13.85,
and in Percheron (draft) stallions, 18.5. Thus, in this particular
index, E. occidentalis stood much closer to a draft horse than to a
racehorse. If the width of the proximal end of the third meta-
carpal be taken in comparison with the length of the bone, E.
occidentalis stood exactly half-way between the draft and the
speed types of modern horses. By any standard the metapodials
are relatively thick, and indicate, together with other bones of the
limbs, an equine type of comparatively heavy build.

A graphic plotting of the metacarpal caliber index of E. occi-
dentalis shows clearly a bimodal distribution and suggests sexual
differentiation. This is indicated also by the relatively high value
(6.08) of the coefficient of variation for measurement number 5
in Table 1. If a C.V. of 3.80 (a good average value for other
width and depth measurements) be applied to the minimum width
of shaft, the range of this dimension in 74 specimens would be
from 36.2 mm. to 43.4 mm., whereas actually it ranged from 33.7
mm, to 44.6 mm., a range over 50 per cent greater. The same sex
difference is shown in the minimum width of the metatarsus.
Since all immature bones were excluded from consideration, the
difference is mainly or wholly sexual rather than due to age, al-
though it is possible that the metapodial caliber index does increase
shghtly with age. That there probably existed in the metapodial
caliber index a sex difference of the degree we have assumed is
interestingly suggested by measurements of the girth of the fore
and hind cannons in living horses. If an index be made by relat-
ing shoulder height to girth of the fore cannon, in Percheron
horses the average value of this index is 16.05 for stallions and
15.05 for mares. In the Argentine Criollo horse, the index is 13.60
for stallions and 12.96 for mares. Thus, the relative girth of the
cannon (and presumably of the underlying metacarpal bone) is
in the Percheron horse 6.6 per cent greater, and in the Criollo
horse about 5 per cent greater, in stallions than in mares,

The corresponding difference deduced from the metacarpal
caliber index in E. occidentalis is a male superiority of 6.5 per
cent. Curiously, this sex differentiation, while of marked degree
in the caliber of the middle of the metapodials, is only slight in
the proximal and distal ends. This is true both of the bones of
E. occidentalis and of modern horses. Finally, the superiority ex-

90

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Parr 3, 1948

O(ars for) pd ro Tie leealiaie ieealiniall aul ena Tes alma i
| lee ~
5
“ SN
7 Ny
4 \
4 N
7
/
4\— f 5 4
a oA N
& y ‘
y Af MI
KR 4 \
N rh ‘
w 3 7 +—~ +
; a ae
S 7) \
S vy \
: \
o 4 NX
S 2 y ‘
S
= 12
¢ os
| o We
7 \ XN
e iT ay
Vim S “N
r u Se
zg SS
st
fo) \ hf ee es ! i Lea at ! a ea

! l
280 285 290 295 300 305 3/0
Length,mm.

PLATE 20

Frequency distribution of the lengths (maximum) of 112 metatarsals
of Equus occidentalis, ranging in length from 279 mm. to 311 mm.

isting in the caliber of the metapodials in the male horse is not
generally evident in the other long bones of the limbs, with the
possible exception of the phalanges. In the draft horse, at least,
the hoof bones are distinctly broader in stallions than in mares.
No attempt has been made to determine the sex of the bones of
the third or ungual phalanx in E. occidentalis, since the coeffici-
ents of variation for measurements of this element show only
moderately high values.

An index useful in showing further the sexual differentiation
of the metapodials in E. occidentalis is the ratio of measurement
number 3 to measurement number 5. If the maximum proximal
width of the metacarpus be assumed as 100.0, the minimum width
of the shaft in males is, on the average, 68.7, ranging in 37 speci-
mens from 64.8 to 73.2. In female the average index is only 65.6,
ranging in 37 specimens from 59.5 to 72.6. The same male su-
periority in the thickness of the shaft relative to the ends of the
bone is presented in metapodials of modern domestic horses. This
thickness of the mid-shaft relative to the widths of the ends 1s,
however, noticeably greater in E. occidentalis than in most speci-
mens of living horses. Thus the metapodials of the Rancho La
Brea horse may be described as of more uniform caliber, with less

91

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 3, 1948

flaring of the ends, than those characteristic of modern horses.
Particularly is the distal width of the metapodials in EF. occiden-
talis relatively narrow, and this conformation possibly is corre-
lated with the small, zebra-like hoofs typical of this species.

No specimens of the second and fourth metapodials, or “splint”
bones, were studied. The extent of the two longitudinal roughened
areas on the volar surface of the third metapodials, and the width
across the articulating facets, indicate, however, that the splint
bones were of about the same proportionate length and caliber as
those existing in modern horses.

The range in length of the metapodials and of other long bones
signifies that the largest individual animals in an entire equine
population are about 10 per cent larger in linear dimensions than
the average-sized specimen. Thus the largest individuals of E.
occidentalis would stand at the shoulder about 64 inches.

SUMMARY

Eight measurements and seven indices of the middle meta-
podials of EF. occidentalis are recorded and the data compared
with similar information on living domestic horses of various
breeds. These measurements and indices, taken together with
those of other long bones of the skeleton, permit an osteometric
restoration of E. occidentalis. Tentatively, this fossil horse of
Rancho La Brea may be described as of moderately-large size (58
inches in shoulder height) and fairly heavy build, with long head,
sturdy limbs, and small, zebra-like hoofs.

The mid-width caliber indices cf the metapodials of E. occi-
dentalis indicate a sexual differentiation. The metapodial bones of
males, for a given length, average 6.5 per cent thicker in the
middle than those of females. The sex difference in the relative
caliber of the ends of the bones, although suggested, is slight.
These differences in relative caliber appear to be substantiated by
similar metapodial indices recorded of modern domestic horses,
as well as by girth measurements of the cannons of living horses
made on both sexes of given breeds.

California Institute of Technology,
Division of the Geological Sciences,
Contribution No. 464

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES,

IONIBILIS, IL

Vou. 47, Parr 3, 1948

Dimensions and proportions of metapodials of Equus occidentalis

from Rancho La Brea

74 Specimens of Metacarpal III

| INDICES

.» Maximum length / articular length x 100

. Maximum proximal width / articular length x 100 &
Maximum proximal width / articular length x 100 9

. Maximum proximal A-P depth / articular length x 100....

. Minimum width shaft / articular length x 100 @
Minimum width shaft / articular length x 100 9

. Minimum A-P depth, shaft / articular length x 100.......

. Maximum distal articular width / articular length x 100 o..
Maximum distal articular width / articular length x 100 @ ..

- Maximum distal A-P depth / articular length x 100.......

93

104.

i)
Het
ROA ©

24

—
N
i)

Range
Mean S.D. | C.V. |— —————
Measurements Standard
Observed (1000)
ieeViaxitmumelengthis 20... .. 0.2.2.5. 252.5+0.8] 6.52 | 2.58 | 237—269 | 231—274
PeeArticulanilength= sm: cis ssc ssc. - 242.4+0.8) 6.69 | 2.76 | 228—259 | 221—264
3. Maximum proximal width @..... Welas0).5 ih 6)
Maximum proximal width @...... 59. 1=-0..3 \2.28 SBS) | a0 | 22 67
4, Maximum proximal A-P depth...., 41.6+0.2} 1.58 | 3.80 | 38 —45 | 37 — 47
5. Minimum width shaft &..........| 41.140.3
iviovanoim weleh RAG C.-.- sec. 38. 640.3 \y 42 6.08 | 35 —44.6) 33 —47.6
6. Minimum antero-posterior depth. .| 31.54+0.1} 1.10 | 3.49 | 29 —34 | 28 —35
7. Maximum distal articular width | 54.9+0.2 oe
Maximum distal articular width 9| 54.5+0.2 \2.08 3.81 | 49 —59 48 —61
8. Maximum distal A-P depth....... 41.5+0.2| 1.50 | 3.62 | 38 —45 37 —46

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

TABLE 2

VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

Dimensions and proportions of metapodials of Equus occidentalis

from Rancho La Brea

112 Specimens of Metatarsal III

Range
Mean S:D= |SGave SSS
Measurements | Standard
Observed (1000)
i SMaximumblencth +. os eee 292.4+0.8 7.81 | 2.67 | 279—311 | 267—317
2 wArticulamiencth ee. seer 285.4+0.8) 7.81 | 2.74 | 272—303 | 260—310
3. Maximum proximal width @ .....| 59.1+0.2 eileatiogmlcs = nleq ce
Maximum proximal width @......| 58.50 3| 2.25 3.83 [53.765 .0|51.5—66.1
4. Maximum proximal A-P depth... | 48.540.2) 1.83 | 3.78 44 —53.4/42.6—54.5
5. Minimum width shaft @.......... 40.2+40.3 p >
Minitnum width shafe O°........ | 37.7220.3|f22/0 || (0 33 eee eos
6. Minimum antero-posterior depth. .| 37.140.2| 1.51.| 4.08 |33.4—41 |32.2—42
7. Maximum distal articular width @| 54.440.2 | eee Se
Maximum distal articular width 9 | 54/00. 2|)2 06 | 3-200 ee a
8. Maximum distal A-P depth. ...... 40.6+0.1) 1.46 | 3.60 |36.8—45 |35.8—45.3
INDICES
1. Maximum length / articular length x 100................ 102.5
2. Maximum proximal width / articular length x 100 @......| 20.7
Maximum proximal width / articular length x 100 @......) 20.5
3, Maximum proximal A-P depth / articular length x 100....| 17.0
4. Minimum width shaft / articular length x 100 @.........| 14.1 (13.2 — 16.5)
Minimum width shaft / articular length x 100 9......... | 13.2 (11.6 — 14.7)
5. Minimum A-P depth, shaft / articular length x 100....... eee
6. Maximum distal articular width / articular lengthx 100 #@..} 19.1
Maximum distal articular width / articular lengthx 100 @..| 18.9
7. Maximum distal A-P depth / articular length x 100....... 14.2

BULLETIN, ‘So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF BARNACLE
FROM PANAMA

By FRANK LEE ROGERS
California Academy of Sciences

In 1941, Mr. W. D. Clark, Canal Zone, Panama, presented
five specimens of a barnacle to the California Academy of Sci-
ences. These specimens, taken at Chamé Point, Canal Zone, Pan-
ama, represent a species possessing unusual and distinctive char-
acters which, so far as is known, has not hitherto been described.

BALANUS PANAMENSIS F. L. Rogers, new species
(Plates 21 and 22)

GENERAL DESCRIPTION. Barnacle of medium size, varying in
shape from a fairly steep to a spreading conic form; orifice
toothed when not eroded, somewhat heart-shaped; color of young
specimens vinaceous but on old forms the color is faded and ob-
scured by various growths on the shell.

SizE. Dimensions of the holotype: carinorostral diameter,
45 mm.; lateral diameter, 40 mm.; height of carina, 39 mm.;
height of rostrum, 32 mm.; length of orifice, 15 mm.

ScutumM. Valve somewhat concave, apex acute but not beaked,
basal border nearly as long as the tergal border; sculpture con-
sists of about 25 prominent, transverse ridges which are cut deeply
by longitudinal furrows, forming rows of short cylinders; in
young specimens each cylinder has a central pit, from which a
hair grew, judging from one specimen which showed rudiments
of such growth, in older specimens the lower part of the cylinder
is eroded away, leaving a small arch; articular ridge short, rather
high, ending in an obtuse point in adult specimens ; adductor ridge
in young specimens separated from the articular ridge by a space
but in older specimens the two ridges nearly touch due to con-
siderable thickening of the valve, this thickening causes a remark-
able difference in appearance between young and old valves.
There is a possibility that there is a varietal difference between
the valves here described as young and those described as adults.
However, until the organic structures of these barnacles become
available for comparison, the fact that unique external scutal
structure and parietal ornamentation are identical in both, seem
to afford reasonable ground for considering them to represent one
variety. The articular furrow also becomes deeper with thicken-

95

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 3, 1948

ing of the valve, the pit for the adductor muscle becomes raised in
position, and a prominent pit at the rostral corner becomes partly
enfolded.

TerGuM. Valves slightly concave, apex acute when not eroded,
articular furrow shallow in young specimens, but with growth
and thickening of the valve it becomes deeper; marked by several
longitudinal, finely grooved ridges. A broad spur is close to the
basiscutal angle, about one-fourth or more the height of the valve,
it is about one-fourth as wide as the valve, it widens slightly at
the end; a shallow spur furrow present. Crests for depressor
muscles are few in number, inconspicuous in young specimens but
becoming conspicuous in older ones; terga in young specimens
vinaceous, the coloration fading with age. Length of tergum in
the type specimen is 16 mm. Sculpture of tergum externally is
complex; broad, transverse ridges are finely groved and cut by
still finer radial grooving.

COMPARTMENTS. Rostrum short and broad, laterals broad,
carino-laterals very narrow; radii distinct, moderately wide in
young specimens, but in one adult specimen mere lines indicate the
junction of the compartments. The parietal tubes are cut into
square cells by thin partitions; near the base in older specimens
the cells are several layers deep; near the base of one a Lithophaga
13 mm. in length was removed. The compartments are very
subject to attack by boring organisms. In one young specimen a
hole which had been bored entirely through a rostro-lateral, near
the top, was mended on the inside by a deposit of white shell sub-
stance. The ribbing in young specimens is distinct, white radial
lines on a vinaceous ground; some ribs branch and some disappear
before reaching the base; on older specimens erosion obscures the
ribbing.

ORNAMENTATION OF ParteTEs. In older specimens erosion
obliterates the very unique ornamentation of the shell, but it is
usually present on the new growth near the base. It consists of
extremely fine, wavy striz running horizontally on the surface,
about 30 to the millimeter, about every third of a millimeter there
is a row of small, whitish beads, averaging about 10 to the milli-
meter, measured horizontally. On one young specimen about 70
rows of beads were counted. The sheath has roomy hollows be-
neath; color vinaceous in young specimens but fading in older
ones. It has transverse ridges, low on the rostrum, high on the
carina, somewhat irregular in contour, those on the carina having
the form of narrow plates inclined upward, and grooved on
the edges.

Basts. This is calcareous, strong, with rounded pores. Very
fine concentric ridging is visible on the lower side of some speci-
mens.

96

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES - Vou. 47, Part 3, 1948

PLATE 21

97

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 3, 1948

Holotype, No. 9434 and paratypes, Nos. 9435, 9436, 9437
(Galit. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll), trommlboes2532
(C.A.S.), from Chamé Point, Canal Zone, Panama; W. D. Clark
coll., 1941.

RELATIONSHIPS. Balanus panamensis, n. sp., appears to belong
to the Balanus concavus group. The external sculpture of its
scutum is very similar to that of Balanus concavus glyptopoma
Pilsbry,’ which was described from the Caloosahatchie, Pliocene
of Florida. Balanus regalis Pilsbry,” a Recent species from
Lower California, is illustrated on plate 21 of the same publica-
tion. In general appearance it resembles the adult B. panamensis
although the distinctive ornamentation of the latter is not men-
tioned as appearing on B. regalis.

1Balanus concavus glyptopoma Pilsbry, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 938, July 31, 1916,
p. 102, pl. 21, figs. 2, 3; pl. 22, figs. 2-2c. Caloosahatchie River, Florida. Pliocene.

2Balanus regalis Pilsbry, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 98, July 31, 1916, p. 108, pl. 21,
figs. 4, 4a. ‘‘from Point Abreojos, west coast of Lower California.”’

Ca

PLATE- 21

Fies. 1-5. Balanus panamensis F. L. Rogers, n. sp.

Fic. 1. Paratype, No. 9435. Young specimen. Vertical view

Fic. 2. Holotype, No. 9434. Vertical view.

Fic. 3. Paratype, No. 9436 (a-f). Compartments of a young specimen.
Fic. 4. Paratype, No. 9435. View showing lines of beads on parietes.
Fic. 5. Paratype, No. 9435. View showing lines of beads enlarged.

PLATE 22

Fies. 1-8. Balanus panamensis F. L. Rogers, n. sp.

Fies.1, 3, 4, 7. Paratype, No. 9485. Scutum, figs. 1 (9485a), and 4
(9435b). Tergum, figs. 3 (9435d) and 7 (9435c).

Fics. 2, 5, 6, 8. Holotype, No. 9434. Scutum, figs. 2 (9434a), and 5
(9434b). Tergum, figs. 6 (9434d) and 8 (9434c).

98

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES » Vou. 47, Part 3, 1948

Pues a poe aa SOAS Scones nite cs as eS oa

PLATE 22

99

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

A NEW AND UNUSUAL HELICOID SNAIL FROM
LOS ANGELES COUNTY, CALIFORNIA

By WENDELL O. Greco, M. D.

A surprise was in store for malacologists when it was learned
that a number of species and subspecies which we have been
grouping with Eremarionta, a subgenus of Micrarionta, did not
belong to that genus at all, but were more nearly related to the
genus Sonorella. Anatomically, they were found to lack the dart-
sac, mucus glands, and other subordinate structures that would
indicate relationship with Micrarionta or other Helminthoglyptine
snails. For this group, Dr. S. S. Berry (1943) created the genus
Sonorelix, with Micrarionta (Eremarionta) borregoensis Berry
as the type. This group is also characterized by a retiform sculp-
ture of the embryonic shell.

There are two species of land snails in northern Lower Cali-
fornia, Micrarionta, inglesiana Berry (1928) and Micrarionta
chacei Willett (1940), which both authors doubtfully referred to
the subgenus Eremarionta. Dr. Pilsbry (1939) pointed out the
resemblance of their apical sculpture to that of Helminthoglypta.
Recently, the anatomy of inglesiana has been studied by Dr. Berry
and it was found to belong to Sonorelix, with certain distinguish-
ing characters separating it from the typical subgenus. To this
subgeneric group, Dr. Berry has given the name Herpeteros
(1947).

During the past few years, numerous collecting expeditions
have been made by the author to various parts of Southern Cali-
fornia in search of land mollusks and considerable new material
has come to light, including some unusual forms. Of these, the
most amazing find was an undescribed species of the subgenus
Herpeterous from Los Angeles County. It may be known as
SONORELIX (HERPETEROS ) ANGELUS, N. Sp.

Shell helicoid, of moderate size, thin, moderately elevated;
whorls 5, convex, gradually increasing to ‘the body w *horl w hich
is moderately expanded; the last one-fourth of the body whorl
descends moderately so that the aperture lies at a 50 degree angle
with the axis of the shell. Base rounded; umbilicus small, one-
tenth the maximum diameter of the shell, half covered by the re-
flected inner lip. Aperture nearly circular, oblique; outer lip
slightly reflected, particularly at the base, not appreciably thick-
ened. When viewed with 40x magnification, the embryonic whorl
is seen to be covered with somewhat irregular closely-spaced pa-
pille with a suggestion of transverse arrangement. Incremental
wrinkles begin on the second whorl and continue throughout the
remainder of the shell. The above mentioned papillae become
sparser until they gradually disappear at the beginning of the
fourth whorl. Beginning on the second half of the first whorl,

100

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES: VoL. 47, Part 8, 1948

PLATE 28

Sonorelix (Herpeteros) angelus Gregg (Photos courtesy Los Angeles
County Museum).

there are, superimposed on the finer papillation, larger elongate
papilla which are widely spaced and arranged both spirally and
obliquely. These larger papille disappear at the end of the second
whorl. On the upper surface of the last two whorls, there are
traces of spiral striation. On the inferior surface of the body
whorl are faint incremental lines, traces of spiral lines, and a
strong papillation about the umbilicus. To the unaided eye, the
entire shell has a smooth polished appearance, marked only by
incremental lines.

Color light Saccardo’s Umber’ with occasional lighter radial
lines marking rest periods. A chestnut band, about one mm. wide
encircles the body whorl just above the periphery of the shell and
is seen above the suture on the last half of the penultimate whorl.
This band is bordered on either side by a somewhat narrower,
indistinct band which is lighter in color than the body of the shell.

Max. diameter 20.0 mm., min, diam, 16.8 mm., alt. 13.7, um-
bilicus 2.0 mm. .

Animal: Dorsum of the foot (specimen preserved in alcohol)
Neutral Gray: sides of the foot Light Neutral Gray; sole Olive
Buff, bordered with Light Neutral Gray; tentacles somewhat
darker in color than the dorsum of the foot. The mantle is con-
spicuously colored with irregular black markings on a white back-
ground, thus resembling certain of the Helminthoglypta. After
drowning, the entire foot was covered with a bright yellow mucus.
This dissolved when the dead animal was placed in 25% isopropy!
alcohol, leaving the solution brightly colored.

Upon opening the visceral cavity, certain distinguishing char-
acters are noted. There is an absence of dart-sac and mucus
glands. A well developed penis retractor muscle is inserted di-
rectly upon the apex of the penis. Both spermatothecal divertic-
ulum and epiphalic cecum are well developed. A large verge fills
the cavity of the penis.

1Capitalization indicates colors matched with those of Ridgway, Color Standards
and Color Nomenclature.

101

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 3, 1948

The jaw is strong with six unequal ribs, strongly denticulating
the convex margin. The radula has 50-1-50 teeth. The centrals
are large with mesocone nearly as long as the basal plate. The
laterals are wider. Both centrals and laterals are unicuspid. On
the marginals the cusp is split into endocone and mesocone. Fur-
ther out an ectocone appears.

Type locality: Hillsides on north side of the west end of
Soledad Canyon, Los Angeles County, Calif. All specimens were
taken during the months of February and March, 1947. They
were found under dead yuccas (Hes-
peroyucca whipplei). They were found
over a narrow area about 2.7 miles in
length between points 1.2 and 3.9 miles
from Solemint (western junction Sole-
dad Canyon road with Mint Canyon
Highway). All specimens found with-
in 300 yards of the canyon floor. Alti-
tude about 1,700 feet.

The type No. 3692a, author’s col-
lection. Paratypes in collections of Los
Angeles County Museum (No. 1085),
Dr. S:.S..Berry (No. 14582) pMiea Le:
Walton, and the author (Nos. 3645,
3666, 3683, 3685, and 3692).

The anatomical characters together
with the shell characters definitely
place this snail in the subgenus Her-

PLATE 24
Sonorelix (Herpeteros) angelus
Gregg, anterior part of hermaph-

rodite system (d, spermatothecal
diverticulum; ec, epiphallic czx-
cum; ep, epiphallus; od, oviduct;
p, penis; r, penis retractor; s,
spermatotheca; sd, duct of sper-
matotheca; v, verge; va, vagina;
vd, vas deferens).

peteros. S. angelus is distinguished
from S. chacet (Muicrarionta chacei
Willett, 1940) by its somewhat smaller
size, less strongly descending body
whorl, and by its half covered um-
bilicus. In S. chacei the umbilicus is
completely covered. S. inglesiana is

much flatter and the umbilicus is not covered.

LITERATURE CITED

Berry, S. STILLMAN

1928 A New Land Snail from Lower California with Notes on Other

Species.
1943

Jour. Ent. and Zool., vol. 20, no. 4, pp. 73-83, pl. I-II.
On the Generic Relationships of Certain California Xerophile

Snails. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. X, No. 1, pp. 1-24,

pl. 1-2, figs. 1-8, map.
On the Generic Relationships of Certain Lower California

1947

Helicoid Snails. Leaflets in Malacology, Vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 9-12.

PIussBry, Henry A.

1939 Land Mollusca of North America (North of Mexico).

Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phila., Monograph No. 3, Vol. 1, Pt. 1.

WILLETT, G.

1940 A New Land Shell from Lower California, Bull. So. Calif. Acad.
Sci., Vol. XX XIX, Pt. 1, pp. 80-82, Pl. 12.

102

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Parr 3, 1948

A NEW SPECIES OF AMBRYSUS FROM DEATH
VALLEY, WITH NOTES ON THE GENUS IN
THE UNITED STATES (HEMIPTERA:
NAUCORIDA)

Ira La RIVERS
University of California, Berkeley

NAUCORID4AE (Fallen) 1814
AMBRYSIN# Usinger 1941
Ambrysus Stal 1862

AMBRYSUS FUNEBRIS Sp. Nov.

General appearance: the smallest, most compact species known
to me—size 6.0-6.5 mm. long and 3.5 mm. wide. Dorsum con-
spicuously lighter anteriorly than posteriorly, unmottled, shiny.
Venter deep yellowish with conspicuous darkening centrally.

Head: smooth, shiny, minutely punctulate. Color light yellow-
ish in anterior two-thirds, brownish in posterior portion behind
eyes ; two unequally spaced dark, blackish sinuosities occupy cen-
trum, and between them, the very faint line of light brownish dots,
increasing in size posteriorly, so characteristic an Ambrysus pat-
tern, 1s barely discernible, fusing with the brownish posterior por-
tion of head (which latter represents the “bilobed”’ basal spot of
other species) ; some darkening at anterior margin of head also.
When oriented so that dorsal plane is perpendicular to line-of-
vision (i.e., the greatest amount of dorsum exposed to view),
front of head is seen to be slightly protuberant before eyes, and
distinctly truncate. Eyes coal-black ; outer margin slightly curved,
inner margin straight, posterior margin strongly curved; viewed
posteriorly, eyes very distinctly, but not exceptionally strongly,
protuberant above general head surface, the point of juncture
forming a prominent sinuosity. Head broadly and deeply set into
anterior pronotal border. Labrum same color as front of head;
ratio of length-to-width, 15::29 (50%); mouthparts darkening
at tip.

Head ratios are:
1) total length to width (including eyes), 75::107 (70%) ;

2) anterior distance between eyes to posterior distance, 51 ::72

(71%) ;

3) posterior distance between eyes to greatest length of head
posterior to this line, 72::28 (39%).

103

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

Pronotum: shiny, smooth, minutely punctulate with incipient
transverse rugulosities developing centrally behind region of deep-
est head penetration. Color whitish-yellow laterally and posteri-
otly, brownish on disc with some brownish dotting laterally ; cen-
tral “V-shaped area still detectable, with remnants of the two
large, oblong brownish spots so characteristic of the Ambrysus
pattern; thin, blackish, posterior, transverse pronotal line very
distinct, separating the darker disc from the whitish, broad pos-
terior pronotal border; two blackish, semi-lunar spots present in
antero-lateral area of pronotal disc. Lateral pronotal margins
smooth, unserrate, but rather conspicuously, although sparsely,
pilose. Per cent of lateral curvature, expressed in terms of
straight-line distance between anterior and posterior lateral angles
and greatest vertical distance between this base line and line-of-
curvature, is 16% (102::16). Postero-lateral angles well-rounded.
Venter generally yellowish-brown, lightening laterally, with some
darkening medially and along posterior border; conspicuous
pilosity along posterior margin and on keel.

Dorsal pronotal ratios are:

1) width between anterior angles to greatest pronotal width,
702118 (59%);

2) median length to greatest width, 44::118 (37%);

3) width between anterior angles to distance between anterior
angle and posterior base of pronotum, 70::67 (967%).

Scutellum: dark brownish-black with some lightening laterally.
Shiny but not polished, shagreened with dense, shallow puncta-
tion, each puncture the seat of a white spot. In normal position,
i.€., approximately on a plane surface with remainder of body,
ratio of three side, anterior and two laterals, is 114: :80::79.

Hemelytra: brownish-black with some vague, diffuse lighten-
ing to brownish at posterior end of clavus, and behind embolium,
which latter bears the only light yellow spotting of the entire pat-
tern. Surface shiny but not polished, shagreened as is scutellum.
Embolium approximately of average proportions for the genus

(length-to-width, 102 ::32—=32% . the proportions of embolium in
this species are difficult to judge, since the posterior bordering
line, usually well-developed, is nearly absent, and the caudal limits
must be approximated by the position of the wing sinuosity which
usually marks the lateral terminus of the line), sparse but con-
spicuous marginal pilosity present; anterior three-fourths light
yellow, posterior one-fourth and inner emboliar edge for most of
its distance brownish. Hemelytra rather weakly exposing lateral
connexival margins, which are light yellow with some darkening
at connexival junctures; marginal pilosity conspicuous. Postero-

104

BULLETIN, So. CALIr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES ) Vou. 47, Parr 38, 1948

lateral connexival angles non-spinose, but slightly angulate-pro-
duced in posterior segments. Hemelytra not quite attaining ab-
dominal tip.

V enter: the prothoracic venter has been discussed above. Re-
mainder of venter yellow-brown, abdomen covered with dense,
short, golden hydrofuge pelt, largely lacking over meso- and meta-
sterna; mesosternum with blackish along anterior border and
centrally. Emboliar venter distinctly longitudinally bicolored,
whitish exteriorly, yellowish interiorly. Connexival postero-lateral
angles completely non-spinose, and developing in size and angu-
losity from anterior-to-posterior; angles of segment I quite com-
pletely smoothed into the general body marginal contour; angles
of II minutely and shortly, bluntly, angulate-produced, hardly
breaking out of the general smoothness of the lateral contour;
angles of II distinctly and more strongly, but still bluntly, angu-
late-produced, while angles of IV are the ultimate in size and
angulosity (in the ¢ ; angle V is largest in the ¢ ), but still not
greatly larger than II]. Connexival margins smooth, unserrate ;
borders about medium in width, subparallel over most of their
lengths. Female subgenital plate simply and moderately concave
at apex. Male genital process entirely lacking.

Legs: (prolegs )—coxa elongate, somewhat angularly globular,
whitish-yellow, smooth, flattened to receive heel of femur, distal
edges distinctly darker. Trochanter well-developed, smooth, shiny,
same color as coxa, with a tuft of hairs distally on anterior end.
Femur smooth, whitish-yellow, polished, widest near proximal
end, narrowing rapidly to distal end (i.e., with the characteristic
swollen, incrassate appearance ), compressed dorso-ventrally, with
typical short, dense mat of hair along front border which serves
as a resting groove for tibia when closed against femur; ratio of
length to greatest width of ventral surface is 97::59 (61%). Tibia
long, slender, smooth, deep amber, darkening apically, curved
most strongly in distal part where, with the single tarsal segment,
it forms a continuous curved, grasping instrument—combined tibia
+ tarsus, when closed, distinctly and strongly exceeding adjacent
(proximal) end of femur. Tarsus darkening at tip.

(Mesolegs )—coxa long, somewhat angularly globular, yellow-
ish, equipped with short, dense pile, slightly curved from posterior
end weakly to anterior end, the outer face flat for reception of
basal part of femur. Trochanter large, distinct, same color as
coxa, smooth distally, pilose proximally. Femur long, narrow,
whitish-yellow, compressed dorso-ventrally, weak and sparse setu-
losity on outer or anterior edge; a row of short, reddish chitinous
points on dorso-internal (dorso-posterior) margin—ratio of length
to median width of ventral surface is 90::17 (19%), length 1.40
mm. Tibia same color as femur, smooth, shiny, long, narrow,

105

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 3, 1948

bristling with yellowish and reddish spines arranged in four longi-
tudinal rows representing the four weak “corners” of tibia;
ventro-internal (ventro--posterior) row of spines consisting of
strong reddish spines alternating with weak yellow spines (rather
than the usual condition for the genus in which single spines
alternate with short rows of transverse spines along this border) ;
distal end ventrally with two prominent, transverse rows of spines,
the terminal row set solidly across tibial apex, the secondary or
proximal row essentially complete to outer or anterior edge—
ratio of length to median width of ventral surface is 76::8 (11%),
length 1.25 mm. Tarsus smooth, long, narrow, whitish-yellow at
base, blackening toward tip, pilose and setulose ventrally ; two-
segmented, terminating in two slender, amber claws, darkening at
tips and rather strongly curved.

(Metalegs)—coxa swollen, globular, whitish-yellow, well-
furred with short, dense pile, flattened ventro-laterally for re-
ception of basal part of femur. Trochanter well-developed, same
color as coxa, pilose proximally, smooth and shiny distally. Femur
long, narrow, smooth, whitish-yellow, dorso-ventrally compressed ;
prominent, short, reddish spination on outer (anterior) margin;
inner (posterior) margin with a row. of reddish chitinous points
dorsally and ventrally, the latter accompanied, and rather ob-
scured, by a row of dense, short pile—ratio of length to median
width is 108::19 (18%), length 1.75 mm. Tibia long, narrow,
shiny, same color as femur, armed with four rows of reddish
spines, the rows more-or-less equally spaced about tibial circum-
ference; a mat of dense, long hairs occupying inner (posterior)
face—distal end ventrally with two prominent, transverse rows of
spines, the terminal row set solidly across tibial apex, the sec-
ondary or proximal row essentially complete to outer or anterior
edge—ratio of length to median width of ventral surface, is
123::13 (11%), length 2.0 mm. Tarsus smooth, long, whitish at
base, blackening toward tip; two-segmented, spinose and pilose
ventrally, terminating in two slender, amber claws, darkening at
tips and rather strongly curved.

Type locality data: CALIFORNIA—Death Valley (Inyo County )
(Cow Creek, 3 mi. E. Death See National Monument Winter
Headquarters (Funeral Range), 4(iii)48, R. Coleman ;’ 19(vi) 48,
LaR & Coleman, el. approx, 1.00 fits).

Disposition of types: Holotype male (No. 5946), allotype
(No. 5947) and four paratypes in California Academy of Sci-
ences, San Francisco; paratypes in the collections of Robert L.
Usinger ( Berkeley, California) ; Snow Museum, University of

'T am indebted to Mr. Richard Coleman, of San Francisco, an assiduous collector,
for the first specimen ever taken of this species, as well as for aid in procuring the
subsequent large series upon which the description is based.

106

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES . Vou. 47, Part 3, 1948

Kansas, Lawrence; U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.;
American Museum of Natural History, New York City; British
Museum (Natural History), London; Paris Museum, Paris;
Death Valley National Monument, California; and the writer
(Reno, Nevada).

Ecologic data: A. funebris is known only from the type lo-
cality, Cow Creek, which is a short, narrow, rather swift, warm,
slightly mineralized stream originating in the western foothills of
the Funeral Range on the eastern side of Death Valley. Its point
of origin is on a low plateau overlooking the Navares’ place three
miles east of the valley floor, and consists of several small springs
which converge into a single stream which then descends the 45°
travertine slope and flows swiftly in a straight line for approx-
imately a hundred yards and is ultimately channeled into a pipe
line for the Death Valley National Monument Winter Headquar-
ters three miles below. Ambrysus funebris was found only be-
tween the base of the low travertine slope and the Navares’ cabin
nearly a hundred yards downstream, and in suitable spots, very
abundantly. Collecting made it immediately apparent that the
species was quite particular in its preferences, occurring in only
one of the three distinct bottom types prevalent in the stream.
Where the stream flow was swift enough to keep the bottom swept
clear of sand and coarse gravel fragments, or slow enough to
allow an accumulation of fine sand, A. funebris was absent—only
where the flow was intermediate, strong enough to eliminate sand
but too weak to move coarse gravel, was the species found, and
then in large numbers, crawling about among the gravel. They
are tenacious crawlers, and seem little troubled by the compara-
tively swift water ; although they swim readily in still water (when
kept in an aquarium), they seemed never to swim in Cow Creek,
being helpless against the flow of water, but depended entirely
upon crawling to move about.

The vast majority of the sixty-odd specimens collected were
adults, only a few immatures coming to hand.

Water temperature, in the region inhabited by the species,
varied from 36°C to 35.5°C, being 40° at the source on the nearby
plateau. Associate animals seemed few in variety, but consider-
able in numbers and consisted chiefly of gomphines and coenagr-
ines. Taken commonly along shore was the gelastocorid Mononyx
fuscipes Guerin 1843.

This peculiar little Ambrysus, the smallest of the genus in the
United States, may be compared with such species occurring
around it and with which it might conceivably be confused, by the
following key :

107

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

1k, Lateral (connexival) edges of abdominal segments III-IV uni-
formly and distinctly serrate in contrast to the absolutely smooth
edges: of segments I-El-cise se ea ee ee eee pudicus Stal 1862

Abdominal edges not as above; if serrate, the serration is gradu-
ally developed anteriorly-to-posteriorly...................008. 2

2(1).Male completely lacking a genital process? (female with tip of
subgenital plate simply concave)............... funebris sp. nov.

Male always with a well-developed genital process............ 3

3 (2). Tip of female subgenital plate dominantly concave, either simply
OFEcomiplexdyy Sas, secs ckers ere ebay ene emai mormon Montandon 1909

Subgenital plate apically more-or-less truncate-to-multisinuate,
but never with a dominant concavity...................00.00e- 4

4 (3). Female subgenital plate strongly trifid at apex, the lateral angles
sharp, the central “angle” or process more rounded; male genital
process comparatively sharply right-angulate, narrowing to tip
Shae cae Rae Son iy Seda Tie Gate NaS o TER aR SEO Tees oh amet tem en aeeo Nee woodburyi Usinger 1946

Female subgenital plate either truncate or quadrisinuate apically;
male process not suggestively right-angulate.................. 5

5 (4). Postero-lateral connexival angles non-spinose, merely somewhat
angulate-produced...............6-- californicus Montandon 1897

Postero-lateral connexival angles strongly and conspicuously
SPIMEG) sos pasiahe sekie ns Saearare eee ee aero bohartorum Usinger 1946

Such other species as A. puncticollis, A. melanopterus, A.
guttatipennis and A. signoreti, which have been recorded from
Arizona and southern California, are large and generally robust,
no individuals of which, to my knowledge, are ever less than 10
mm. in length. 4. mormon, the most variable and widespread
species, is generally quite large and robust, but some of its ther-
mally-adapted ecads (such as A. m. heidemanni Montandon 1910),
may become reduced to 8 mm, in size. Very small individuals of
A. californicus bear the closest superficial resemblance to A.
funebris, but are easily separated on structural characters. A.
pudicus very probably does not occur within the immediate area
surrounding 4. funebris, indications now being that United States
records for the former species are erroneous. With A. pudicus
probably eliminated from the picture, A. funebris stands apart
sharply from all known United States Ambrysi as being the only
species in which the male genital process is completely lacking, its
point of origin being merely a rounded angle.

The early literature on Ambrysus in our northern quarter-
sphere is replete with misidentifications. The eminent American
hemipterist, Uhler, is the source of most of these early records,
and it is evident that his conception of Ambrysus was quite at
variance with what we now know of the group.’ Such is attested

2The male genital process is a thin chitinous flap arising, when present, on the
caudal edge of tergite,V, slightly to the right of the median line.
3An interesting sidelight on the early conception of the Naucoride is evidenced

by Uhler’s use of this family name for the belostomatide Abedus ovatus and Belostoma
fuseiventris (then in Zaitha) (1875).

108

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 47, Part 3, 1948

by his recording of A. pudicus from Baja California, where it has
never since been found; there is little doubt he was confusing /.
pudicus with the then undescribed A. hungerfordi Usinger 1946
which is quite distinct as we recognize it today, even though
superficially resembling 4. pudicus.

The United States Ambrysi are, rather peculiarly, restricted to
the western, mountainous half of the country, giving way to
Pelocoris in the East. After entering Texas from Mexico, the
easternmost known records of Ambrysus are from the vicinity
of the Balcones Escarpment on the south and east face of the
Edwards Plateau, and no records are known from the flat, semi-
tropical environs between the escarpment and the Gulf of Mexico,
an area presumably dominated by Pelocoris. The latter then
swings east and north to cover the United States east of the Rock-
ies. The finding of a single new species of Pelocoris from the
Great Basin (La Rivers MS), over a thousand miles west of its
nearest known relatives, does not invalidate the East-Pelocoris,
West-Ambrysus concept since no Ambrysi seem to occur beyond
the mountainous West.

The tropical nature of the genus is hardly in doubt on the basis
of its present preferences and population and species climaxes,
and it can be suspected that low temperatures may be the limiting
factor in its northward spread, particularly in view of the facts
that (1) the northernmost record (Yellowstone) is from thermal
waters, and that (2) the most widely distributed species, A. mor-
mon, found from the Rockies to the Pacific (from northern Cali-
fornia to southwestern South Dakota and south to southern Cali-
fornia, Arizona and New Mexico), from nearly sea level to ap-
proximately 8,000 feet in elevation and in waters varying from
swift, pure mountain streams to quiet, brackish lake waters, is an
extremely variable species with two recognized subspecies and
numerous un-named ecads. The significance of A. mormon in
this respect lies in the fact that, as the most variable species, it 1s
also the one which has penetrated farthest to the north. Appar-
ently then, an increase in its tolerance ranges for low tempera-
tures over the tolerances of the group as a whole has been of con-
siderable advantage to it, and other species, lacking such varia-
bility, have been kept farther to the south. A. bohartorum, a north-
ern affiliate of the southern California A. californicus, has man-
aged to penetrate the coastal fog belt into northern California, in
an environment much ameliorated over that which prevails a short
distance inland, where low temperatures would presumably prove
restrictive to it.

109

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

BIBLIOGRAPHY

HunGeRForRD, H. B. 1919. The biology and ecology of aquatic and semi-
aquatic Kemiptera . Kans. Univ. Sci. Bull. (Ent. No.
eS 4a

La Rivers, IrA. In press. A new species of Pelocoris from Nevada, with
notes on the genus in the United States. Ann Ent. Soc.
Amer.

Montanpon, A. L. 1897. Hemiptera cryptocerata. Fam. Naucoride.—
Sous. fam. Cryptocricine. Verh. zo6l.-bot. Ges. Wien. 47:-
6223:
1909A. Naucoride. Descriptions d’especes nouvelles. Bull. Soc.
Sci. Buc.-Roum. 18(1) :43-61.

1909B. Tableau synoptique des Ambrysus et descriptions d’especes
nouvelles. Bull. Soc. Sci. Buc-Roum. 17 (5-6) :316-330.

1910A. Trois especes nouvelles de la Famille Naucoride. Bull.
Soc. Sci. Buc-Roum. 19 (3) :438-444.

1910B. Hydroccorises de l’Amerique du nord; noes et descrip-
tions d’especes nouvelles. Bull. Soc. Sci. Buc-Roum. 18(5-
6) :180-191.

Strat, C. 1862. Hemiptera mexicana enumeravit speciesque novas de-
scripsit. Stet. Ent. Zeit. 23: 437-462.

UuHLER, P. R. 1875. Report upon the collections of Hemiptera made in
portions of Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico,
and Arizona, during the years 1871, 1873, and 1874. U. S.
Army Eng. Dept. Rept., Geog. & Geol. Expl. & Surv. W.
100th Merd. (G.M. Wheeler), 5:1-1021.
1894. Observations upon the heteropterous Hemiptera of Lower

California with descriptions of new species. Proc. Calif.
Acad. Sci. 2nd Ser., 4:223-295. :

Usincer, R. L. 1941. Key to the subfamilies of Naucoride with a generie
synopsis of the new subfamily Ambrysine. Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer. 34(1) :5-16.

1946. Notes and descriptions of Ambrysus Stal with an account
of the life history of Ambrysws mormon Montd. Univ. Kans.
Sci. Bull. 31(10) : 185-210.

110

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

THE FLEA GENUS RHYNCHOPSYLLUS IN THE
UNITED STATES (SIPHONAPTERA:
HECTOPSYLLID~)

By G. F. Aucustson’ AND Lioyp C. Ryan’

Among the many interesting ectoparasites received by the
authors for identification during the past few years from various
private collectors and through the courtesy of the Los Angeles
County Museum, are a small number of fleas collected from bats
in Texas. Thorough study of this material proved that they be-
long to the genus Rhynchopsyllus Haller, which previously has
never been reported from the United States.

All fleas in this small series were collected in Texas off the
Mexican Free-tail bat, Tadarida mexicana. In 1944 J. C. Couffer
obtained five specimens from bats in the Ney Cave, Medina
County, and two years later, D. G. Constantine took a single
female from a bat in the Frio Cave, Uvalde County. Unfortu-
nately like most “‘stick-tight”’ fleas, these specimens are in a badly
mutilated condition, however, there is little doubt that they are
Rhynchopsyllus pulex Haller, a common parasite of various South
American bats.

It is of interest to note that until recent years R. pulex was
assigned to the genus Hectopsylla Frauenfeld. Jordan and Roths-
child (1906) clearly recognized (pg. 63) that H. pulex differed
from other members of the genus in possessing a distinctly
rounded frons instead of angulate, and that the maxilla are long
and pointed backward instead of short and straight, or pointed
slightly forward. Jordan (1942, pg. 405) again indicated Rhyn-
chopsyllus as a valid genus,, adding that in females the orifice
of the spermatheca 1s located on a projection away from the body
of this organ, whereas in typical Hectopsylla it is flush with the
normal outline. Following this arrangement, da Costa Lima
(1943) listed both genera separately in his key to Brazilian fleas.

In camparison with known United States Hectopsylla, as re-
ported by Augustson (1944), female specimens of R. pulex are
readily separated from H. psittaci on the three generic differences
noted in the above discussion. It is unfortunate that as yet only
females have been collected in both genera from the United
States. These new records do, however, bring to a total of three
the known genera representing the Family Hectopsyllide within
this country. The following key not only identifies each genus, but,
to date, each known species from the United States.

1Manager, Madera County Mosquito Abatement District, Madera, Calif.
2University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California.

111

BULLETIN, So. CALir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 47, Part 3, 1948

FAMILY HECTOPSYLEIDZ¢

(Females only)

1. Head with frons distinctly angulate, spermatheca orifice not on

a projection 22.2 hae 2 nae eee 2
Head with frons evenly rounded, spermatheca orifice placed on
as PUOVCCHO Nes 2c eee eeese Rhynchopsyllus Haller 1880 (pulex)

bo

. Body of spermatheca not enlarged, fed specimens with abdom-
inal tergites and sternites widely separated__.......
Seen ret ae Hectopsylla Frauenfeld 1860 (psittact)
Body of spermatheca greatly enlarged, abdominal tergites and
sternites not widely separated in fed specimens_______-..___.-.--.---
at Sa Cin eer eae ge sae Echidnophaga Olliff 1886 (gallinacea)

LITERATURE CITED

Augustson, G. F. 1944. Further Report on a Chigoe-like flea from
California with a discussion of the true Chigoe, Tunga penetrans
(Linn.) Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 43(3):119-121.

da Costa Lima, A. 1943. Insectos do Brasil, tomo 4, Esc. Noe. de Agr.
pg. 44.

Jordan, Karl, and Rothschild, N. C. 1906. Revision of the Sarcopsyl-
lide. Thompson, Yates, and Johnson Laboratories Report, No. 7, 58-63.

Jordan, Karl. 1942. On the Siphonaptera collected by Dr. J. M. de la
Barrera in the province of Mendoza during 1939. Rev. Instit. Bact.
10(4) :401-415.

PLATE 25
Rhynchopsyllus pulex Haller

Head and coxa I, female

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to KENNETH E. STAGER

Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,

Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.
All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers
in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October)
in 1920.

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August;
Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

s)

The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2,
March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-
October; No. 6, November-December.

From 1925 to 1947, including volumes XXIV to XLVI, three numbers
were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April;
No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.

MEMOIRS

Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1,
1947.

113

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

For Sale at the Appended Prices

BULLETIN: To To Non-
Members Members

Complete set, Vols. 1 to 41, bound.............. : $150.00
(Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 38, bound ............ 80.00
ViOlKSe INO UATE 1904 rerccoatorev ave cssians aveierecete Sate ee eo eeetete $ .25 50
OAT DSO OD: _arevenai ss atarene svevauslacsteeavansteeiove oecetoreters 25 50
Sie Gegcee DSA OE. «i225 ra ats! ate sear ey stevero arrereeae oe eieeeee 5 50
SSeS Uguraiele, daw 9 OB eee c asia Gee sa aicusteraeepepetoee shee reee eee 1.00 2.00
ieee. pei ace eal KY)! peat t oe Ce Res apr mnrenie Mira acme te ee Pho: 1.00 2.00
ait Se neeee inten Ch I Meena terrence sh ESOP AC EE GigGo:c 2.00 4.00
BE QD ST OAIO) ao caste cvsce ssp etaieie oie erases oaeeerers tere 75 1.50
SMe st Nee 1 QELS eS Sareccnotavakayersreraueieiarstar olen eee 1.00 2.00
Be Qs hee 25 SQM ae tees oh cre sera tists act ovore Ginter eee 2.00 4.00
PAD WS LOM BR a ee iseavacs leccic ses adete, svaverhvevalausteterensiereaets 1.00 2.00
PAD 2 LOG ar sete wercsa a cnrsiercie oieren eee eee 75 1.50
SRL pc eee eo IB uy tires ah oes otnefaretcoverere To slavevereus: coareueters 1.59 3.00
PLO re SS 7 ls S92 Otek peice nc otale ret oisusvoloone aetetevererr neces 50 1.00
piles bs eae: Seal 1 Al omen ee RS ee In REGS ONGC 50 1.00
SONS 2A (DODD tee 3 Ssstecs aca Soest eee EES 1.00 2.00
Doers eee Oye 4 Or 1924 Ga CH) iyortetaire are vers 25 50
nD 4 ee EE 2Y So ell 9 2 ek (CAC) ie aecsrarse. ce oictesee oP .25 .50
Sei2O ce Ose 19D Ores paces ad siccore cscs eaten emesis are 25 -50
Tee Greece E2192 S(CACH ica wcsrctee sioner m eile -25 50
ile | Le decoe L928 = (GAC) ec else Sere Cie 25 50
Ser 285 ne SD EL O29. (CACHE wctsrsrccectrensiele erciear sere 25 50
oe OUsarby qels2eyoed 9ST (EACH) is ierccmerersrmanee cher oe 50
Se Se Lee Oy slOS2e((CACH is aeniesae san ene 25 50
pO perme alias 25e3 S983" COACH) = crete tvetersee te are PAD 50
Sore me ee did 9354. (EACH)) careloireia sce crac eraee: PS 50
oy be Poy Ib bey (CEM) sboccacd Sal sale ena 25 .50
$3 0y tees lee 2S 1936 (Gach) eietcreerceise eee 25 50
$2365 es ee 2a OST (CaAChy) he cevckes. cress cee ree 225 50
Oto el 23 1938) (EACH) ies iciees ease ere RSE 25 50
S88, on 2.23.2 1939) (leach), waseenecercn nee 25 50
Se OO a ee Ras LOO! very step saye-oleth sveretelevare a onsiecs rere CEE 25 50
Seach AS lero site lle (EKG sagopa berscbos dco 22D 50
sy ASN ermal SoD 235 LO 4235 (GACH hea. cie estas ere eee eTOe AE: 50
Pa Pe foe wl DR 104 3 (GA Chiws wc ciscnceto re een 25 50
HAD re lee Se DOLE, (each) isc. cesst ker seaeerNC Ie 25 50
et 2 ee lve ene ou key iva (ere Kelel) bere aaa ood eaU moc 25 50
SAG Sd, 62.3 A946 (each) sticc cam cee 25 50
4G. OS STS O47 A(each)! Nyeceie ec eee 225 50

(Continued on next page)

114

PUBLICATIONS (continued)

MEMOIRS To To Non-
Members Members

Vole lS 38——paper COVEN —. 2-28... .sene «cece $2.00 $4.00
Sean AN Misch bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00
Sesh aes printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00
ers o printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00
Vol. 2, No. 1, 1939—paper cover ...........-..00.% 1.25 2.50
SEG Ss sec ae bound in black fabrikoid.... 2.25 3.50
Sete eigen Se of printed on one side of page . 1.75 3.50
ea anne i944— “ADEM \GOVER: 2). sexes acne bot 75 1.50
“3 =“ 1, 1947—paper cover ............... 1.00 2.00

Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or
Co-operating Organizations
Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published) ...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES

BAIR MSKOUVAIRC DIS: ie, “by IehUll SococeegoaucGooogoous bound 2.50
Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published),

chiefly Entomological, 1 colored plate .................. 1.00
Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of

Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00
FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David-

son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923................ 2.50

Reprints:

Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami-
lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed
on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes),

Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin. 1927 .............. $ 50
The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County,
New Mexico, 1981. F. R. Fosberg .:................. .25

Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera- of Canada and the United
States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on
white bristol board, one side of page (without index)
suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-
TINE TING CUS cereale tear r nuit) Giemaiar ATEN, Buena men Ameae, qhie cue manele royce 3.00

A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their
habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis 50

A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA,
32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm.M.
HIST 2 a1g ASTIN Rae ass Seas cael eee cis Rcd cee Sreneaatace tate areuatetaus (ejects 50

Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum—CHANNEL
ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers 1 to 33. Bound 3.00

ADDRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Care KENNETH E. STAGER)
Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

115

The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf-
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this
program, the following forms are suggested:

Form of Legacy

To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects
of value.

I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....-.........2-..-.ccc-eeeeeeeeeeeeeees
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said ‘‘Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses,
dispositions and benefits thereof forever.

Form of Devise
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy.

I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences”
of the City: of Los Angeles, (¢..2:c:2022 eee
here describe the property or ground rent..............---------::---sse--eecceceeeeeeeee ),
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern

,

California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever.

Ng

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences

Vol. XLVII. 1948

INDEX OF SUBJECTS

A Check List of the Haplotre-
matide, Testacelide and Zon-
itide of California....................

Ambrysus, A new species of........
Ambrysus funebris LaRivers....

A New and Unusual Helicoid
Snail from Los Angeles Coun-
stryseei © edileiitco renal esate se OT aie

angelus, Sonorelix

Annotated Bibliography of the

ILMiNS WAGON,
appellaria, Chlorochlamys ........--
Arctonotus terlootii Hy. Hdw.....
asphalti, Ranatra _....................
CHACHICL, LO VIKOGURS oe ae
badia, Notonecta ..........................

Balanus panamensis Rogers.....-

Barnacle, Description of a New

SIOSGWSS) se ce ee anette er
bessomi, Ranatra...............2.....-.--
Boerhaavia coccinia Mill............
COMO , TEV OOU WMO Ae eee nyse eeneseae

Canis dirus, Relative Lengths of
Limb Elements in............2.........

carthaginensis, Manihot.............-
Chiorochlamys appellaria Pears

Chlorochlamys martinaria

SIO CuISTS Vige ste ee see che a
coccinia, Boerhaavia ..........----------
cordovee, Draycotia......................
Cycas revoluta Thund.................
Gevora, HUMCUS .....:....22.2---0---------

Description of a New Species of
Barnacle from Panama............

11
103
103

Dioon edule Lindl.......2.22..222.22..... 3
Draycotia Pierce —.....220...200000.2..... 43
Draycotia cordove Pierce.......... 43

Drepanulatrix rindgearia Sperry 9
Drepanulatrix ruthiaria Sperry 8
SO rae rane 19
Hlaphrus clairvillei lynni Pierce 52

effize, Odostomia

Elaphrus ruscarius foveatus

VET C Ci eC an ASR NA 54
elsize, Odostomia —.........-......... 19
Equus occidentalis Leidy, Me-

WEN OKOGINE WIS) OIE oe ee teens 84
Humeus atala Poey.................-.---
Humeus debora Hbn..................---
Humeus minyas Hbn................---
Humeus minyas brasiliensis

PSK E LIV Avis Save ele) SIE Ait ee Ree Se 3
Humeus minyas costaricensis

RS RENE CEA i eter peat e IGPU GNSS ep 3

nia

Four New Gastropods from the
Upper Pleistocene of Newport

Bay Mesa, Orange County,

Callisto Weel Geers ares ee ee 17
funebris, Ambrysus ..........---------- 103
grouardi, Turbonilla ..................-- abe
Hesperia leonardus Harv.......------ 1
integrifolid, ZAMAG.........-------.-.+--- 3
kanakoffi, Triphora -.............--.--- 20
Larva and Pupa of Humeus de-

bonavblbn eee. i ee 3

Life History of Hesperia leo-

TOP WPCOIUISS TELE WPS a 1
Linguatulida, Annotated Bibli-

OSM lays eOk er es 56
Manihot carthaginensis Muell.... 3
martinaria, Chlorochlamys........ 6
Mature Larva and Pupa of Arc-

tonotus terlootii Hy. Edw....-.. 49
minyas, Hummus |....---..--22------------ 3
Notonecta (Paranecta) badia

VP STG Se Se 24
Odostomia (Menestho) effize

RV Ville tateaiamee seer Re oe NOVO UNS Da ee 19
Odostomia (Chrysallida) elsize

AVA SUIT ee a 19
panamensis, Balanus.................... 95
Polites themistocles ...........2.-..---- 2
pulex, Rhynchopsyllus _....-......-- 111
Ranatra asphalti Pierce............. 29
Ranatra bessomi Pierce.__........... 2
Relative Lengths of Limb ele-

ments in Canis dirus................ 79

GFEVOLULA. CY CAS 22 ee 5
Rhynchopsyllus pulex Haller.... 111
rindgearia, Drepanulatrix.......... 9
ruthiaria, Drepanulatrix _.......... 8

Sonorelix (Herpeteros) angelus
(CHRS eater pate Oe aie Ee ea UN 100

Statistical Study of the Meta-
podials of Equus occidentalis

New varieties and species in bold face type.

INDEX OF AUTHORS

NUS UStSOm. Goh Se 111
Comstock, John A. .22....2 3, 49
Dye CMe Ge Oe 1
Draycot, Walter MacKay............ 35
Gregg, Wendell O................02....... 100
TEUULI, TSION ENOL Tete 56
Ingram, William Marcus............ 11

IDENMCO, MOM Vr eee os eee eas 79

PETG eis airsiaae Bsus ca SIRE eg! 84
The Flea Genus Rhynchopsyllus

in the United States.......00000...... 111
themistocles, Polites ...................- 2
Three Apparently Undescribed

Geometrid Moths from the

SOMME WS Se eee as A ete aN 6
Triphora kanakoffi Willett........ 20
Turbonilla calvini Dall and

ANTES Chaya ee Se ON raha aco 17
Turbonilla grouardi Willett...... 17
Zamia mtegrifolia Willd............. 3
Tia Ravi nSii laine ee ata eee 103

Pierce, W. Dwight, 21, 34, 42, 52,58

Rogers, Frank Lee......_..............--- 95
TRenveu, ToIlOnyOl) Go cesccccee oe oe 111
Sper. John eee 6
Stock. (Chester. 79
Willett, George .....-......--...-----------2- aly
Wiiloughby, David P..............--.-- 84

He

nee
ai be
Be 43

Pe

a

REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in
the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they retirn
galley proof to the Editor, They may be ordered through the
Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Frinting Co.,
415 East Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributsr
paying for all his reprints.

PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS
(WITHOUT COVERS)

4pp. 8pp. 12pp. I6pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. = 32pp.
50 copies ...... $3.75 $575 $850 $10.2 $13.75 $13.50 $1600 $i7.0

eas SOF 10 AD ee td ou N25 20.25) 21.50
ee owes. 825. 1BO0 525. 1B 25°) 21.00. 2450 26.0
HN aS Re 600. 100 91525 47-75. 2150 24.75 . 285 30.50
SR Ae tr soles 675 1275 1750 2.25 2475 2850 33.00 35.00
aR OE BOO) VA Re BO Bead. Shued. SP.O0

Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1c each.
California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state.

vi

Distinctive

met NL LNG

Books @ Catalogs @ Broadsides

Stationery and Olfice Forms
: ”

McBRIDE PRINTING CO.

PHONE: PRospect 2045
415 EAST. ELEVENTH: ST.

“Since 1879” Los Angeles 15, Calif.

Be athern: California
_ Academy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

Vou. XLVIIE=—SsJanuary-Aprit, 1949 Pant |

“CONTENTS

: : ! PAGE
STUDIES IN ARIZONA LEPIDOPTERA

I, aN new Subspecies of Speyeria atlantis (Edwards) from the Kaibab
Plateau
ee Rue at, Te RT 1

A NOTE ON CAICELLA MYSIE (DYAR) WITH A FIGURE OF THE
MALE GENITALIA
[Senet ene wer Genin eee Net n AMr as va a tila oH AA ch SA

SOUTHWESTERN GHOMETRID NOTES AND NEW SPECIES
John L, Sperry - - - - - - - = = 2 -- 2-5 2 = 7

v TWO NEW SPECIDS OF MYTILOPSIS FROM PANAMA AND FIJI
Leo George Hertlein and G. Dallas Hanna - = = - = - = 13

A CHECK LIST OF THE LIMACIDA), ENDODONTIDA, ARIONIDA:,
SUCCINEIDA, PUPILLIDA, VALLONIIDA, CARYCHIIDA,
AND TRUNCATELLIDAD OF CALIFORNIA
' William Mareus Ingram =~ - = - = = = = = = = = = «= 19

Issued June 20, 1949

NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
GABDEN

Southern California
Academy of Sciences

OFFICERS ann DIRECTORS ee
Dr. A. Weir Bell - eerie cate ene = - . President

Dr. William L. Lloyd = = = = = First. Vice President
Dr. Louis C. Wheeler - = = = = Second Vice President
Mr. Kenneth E. Stager - - Snes - = «= Secretary
Dr. W. Dwight Pierce = = = = = = - Treasurer
Dr. John A. Comstock - - - - - - aes _ Editor

Dr. H. J. Andrews Suet Dr. William L. Lloyd ;

Dr. A. Weir Bell Mr. Theodore Payne ~

Dr. John A. Comstock Dr. W. Dwight Pierce ©

Dr. Robert D. Emery Dr. Chester Stock Be

Dr. Hie Howard Dr. Louis C. Wheeler a

Dr. Sherwin F. Wood
ADVISORY BOARD

Mr. Fred E. Burlew Dr. Howard R. Hill
Mr. A. York Escalante Mr. Kenneth EH. Stager

Dr. John Herman Dr. R. H. Swift
‘Mr. Russell S. Woglum
BOTANICAL SECTION —
Miss Bonnie Templeton, Chairman
SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION
Dr. Robert D. Emery, Chairman
SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Dr. Raymond C. Osburn, Chairman
SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES
Mr. Jos. B. Ficklen III, Chairman —
SECTION OF HARTH SCIENCES
Dr. John Herman, Chairman
SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Dr. Preston Cline Caye, Chairman Cas
SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES.
Mr. Russell S. Woglum, Chairman
SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCES
Prof. J. Stanley Brode, Chairman
ARCHEOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. Arthur Woodward, Chairman
FINANCE COMMITTEER
Dr. Robert D. Emery, Chairman

Dr. W. Dwight Pierce Dr. John A. Comistocis
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. A. Weir Bell, Chairman Dr. Louis C. Wheeler

HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE
Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

Dr. John A. Comstock, Chairman
Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. Howard R. Hill Dr. William . Lloyd
‘COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION
Dr. Sherwin F. Wood, Chairman
Mr. Theodore Payne Mr. R. S. Woglum
Prof. J. Stanley Brode Dr. John A. Comstock
OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif,

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME 48 - - - - = = Part 1, 1949

STUDIES IN ARIZONA LEPIDOPTERA

PaaS hh CIS OK SRE VERIA ANLAN TIS (D-
VWs) PROM THE KAIBAB PEATEAU GRAND
CANYON NATIONAL PARK.

By JoHN S. GarTH

Allan Hancock Foundation, The University of Southern California

Significant progress toward the elucidation of the Great Basin
and Rocky Mountain distribution of Speyeria atlantis (W. H.
Edwards) (1863, p. 54) has been made recently by Dos Passos
and Grey (1945, 1947). However, the existence on the Kaibab
Plateau of northern Arizona of an isolated colony exhibiting con-
stant differences in size and maculation from the presently recog-
nized races of this polytypic species has apparently escaped atten-
tion. As a result of field work conducted by the Allan Hancock
Foundation at the North Rim of the Grand Canyon in the sum-
mer months of 1946 and 1947, a sufficient series has been accumu-
lated to permit its description.

SPEYERIA ATLANTIS SCHELLBACHI, new subspecies

Figures 1-4

Description: Above, similar to S. atlantis chitone (W. H.
Edwards) (1879, p. 82), but with a more ruddy color and more
heavily and diffusely patterned throughout. This is especially
apparent in the basal suffusion, which tends to obscure the broad-
ened band, and in the black scaling along the veins, which widens
perceptibly inside the extradiscal row of round spots.

Below, both sexes approaching S. atlantis nausicaa (W. H.
Edwards) (1874, p. 104), heavily silvered with occasional par-
tially silvered specimens, the silver spots tending to elongate, all
spots edged above with black; ground color of secondaries cin-
namon to violet brown mottled with buff, the narrowed submar-
ginal belt remaining buff instead of yellow.

Expanse: Males 54-61 mm. (holytype 61 mm.). Females
52-66 mm. (allotype 66 mm.).

Type material: Male holotype, AHF No. 471, and female
allotype, AHF No. 471a, from Neal Spring, North Rim, Grand
Canyon National Park, Coconino County, Arizona, 8,175 feet,

1

LIBRARY
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL

GARDEN

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

July 5, 1947, collected by John S. Garth, Allan Hancock Founda-
tion survey party. Twenty paratypes as follows: 1 female, North
Rim, Grand Canyon, July 29, 1939, Louis Schellbach, collector ;
1 female, North Rim, Grand Canyon, August 19, 1942, H. C.
Bryant, collector; 1 male, 1 female, Two River Junction, North
Rim, Grand Canyon, July 28, 1945, Louis Schellbach, collector,
the preceding four paratypes on loan from the Naturalist Work-
shop, Grand Canyon National Park; 1 male, 1 female, Neal
Spring, North Rim, Grand Canyon, August 16, 1940s aSe Garth,
collector; 2 females, Kanabownits Spring, North Rim, Grand
Canyon, August 22, 1946, J. S. Garth, collector; 7 males, 2 fe-
males, Neal Spring, North Rim, Grand Canyon, July 5 to 18,
1947, J. S. Garth, collector; 1 male, Robbers’ Roost Spring, North
Rim, Grand Canyon, July 10, 1947, J. S. Garth, collector; 2 fe-
males, Swamp Lake and Swamp Ridge, North Rim, Grand Can-
yon, July 12 and 14, 1947, J. S. Garth, collector.

The holotype, allotype, and ten paratypes are in the collection
of the Allan Hancock Foundation, the University of Southern
California. The remaining paratypes will be distributed as fol-
lows: one male and three females to the Naturalist Workshop,
Grand Canyon National Park, one pair each to the United States
National Museum, the American Museum of Natural History,
and the Los Angeles County Museum.

Remarks: The proposed new race of Speyeria has been vari-
ously determined by competent authorities on the basis of single
specimens submitted by park naturalist Louis Schellbach: as
“Speveria sp. close to chitone” by W. D. Field, and as Argynnis
nausicaa by J. A. Comstock, both currently recognized as sub-
species of S. atlantis. The status of chitone has been clarified by
Dos Passos and Grey (1947, p. 19) with the fixation of Cedar
Breaks National Monument, Utah, as type locality, thereby elim-
inating Arizona from the originally designated range. Similarly,
the type locality of mausicaa has been fixed, although not without
a question mark, as Cochise County, in the southeastern part of
Arizona. The same authors have ably defended the designation
as racial entities of homogeneous colonies illustrating transition
between dissimilar forms. In the light of this reasoning schell-
bachi may be considered as linking chitone and nausicaa, although
geographically isolated from either.

The study of the newly proposed race has been facilitated by a
series of 7 male and 8 female specimens of chitone from Cedar
Breaks, Utah, collected by J. A. Comstock, and by a much longer
series of nausicaa from the White Mountains of Arizona, col-
lected by EK, Yale Dawson. Pertinent to the study were topotypes
of the following races of atlantis: of nikias (Ehrmann) (1917,
p. 55), wasatchia Dos Passos and Grey (1945, p. 9), and dorothea
Moeck (1947, p. 73) in the collection of the Los Angeles County

S)
a

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

WEAL semcic |
NORTe

PLATE 1
SPEYERIA ATLANTIS SCHELLBACHI, new subspecies

Fig. 1. Holotype male, upper surface, x .78.
Fic. 2. Holotype male, under surface, x .78.
Fig. 3. Allotype female, upper surface, x .7.
Fic. 4. Allotype female, under surface, x .7.

Museum, and of tetonia and viola Dos Passos and Grey (1945,
pp. 9, 10) in the collection of the Allan Hancock Foundation.

I take pleasure in naming the new subspecies for Louis Schell-
bach, III, park naturalist, whose enthusiasm as a collector has re-
sulted in acquainting specialists in many fields with the novel and
interesting forms to be found within Grand Canyon National
Park.

REFERENCES CITED

Dos Passos, C. F., and L. P. Grey

1945. A new species and some new Subspecies of Speyeria (Lepidop-
tera, Nymphalide). Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 1279, pp. 1-17,
figs. 1-30.

1947. Systematic Ha roetie of Speyeria (Lepidoptera, Nymphalide)

with designations of types and fixations of type localities. Ibid.,
no. 1370, pp. 1-30.

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

Epwakrps, W. H.

“1862” [1863]. Descriptions of certain species of diurnal Lepidoptera
found within the limits of the United States and British North
America. No. 2. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 14,

pp. 54-58.
1874. Description of new species of diurnal Lepidoptera found in
North America. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. 5, pp. 103-111.

1879. Descriptions of new species of North American butterflies; also,
notes upon certain species. Canadian Ent., vol. 11, pp. 81-89.

EHRMANN, G. A.
1917. Some new North American butterflies. Lepidopterist, vol. 1,
pp. 54-56.

Moeck, A. H.
1947. A new subspecies of Speyeria atlantis (Edwards) from New
Mexico (Lepidoptera: Nymphalide). Ent. News, vol. 58, pp.

73-75.

A NOTE ON CAICELLA MYSIE (Dyar) WITH
A FIGURE OF THE MALE GENITALIA

By J.W. TILDEN

Caicella mysie (Dyar) was described in 1904 from two speci-
mens, the holotype and a paratype, taken by Oslar in the Pata-
gonia Mountains, Arizona. It would appear to be a rare or at
least a seldom collected species. Part of this may be due to the
rather isolated range. In any case, little information seems avail-
able beyond the original description, and the genitalia of the male
seem never to have been figured. A male specimen taken in the
type locality by the author on August 1, 1940, is figured by means
of a photomicrograph of the slide of the male genitalia in the
accompanying illustration, and for completeness, the insect itself
is also figured, since it differs in certain respects from the type.

The present specimen was kindly compared with the type by
Mr. W. D. Field of the United States National Museum, and he
states that the hyaline spot in the outer third of the cell is broad
in the type, completely crossing the cell on both surfaces. In the
present specimen this spot is smaller, and is confined to the upper
half of the cell, as can be seen by the photograph. Mr. Field also
compared the photomicrograph of the male genitalia with the
slide made from the male paratype of mysie, and considers them
to be conspecific. Thus it would appear that there can be little
doubt but what the individual that is figured in this article is of

4

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Parr 1, 1949

the same species as the two specimens that Dyar had before him
when he wrote his description of mysve.

Lists and revisions of the FHlesperiidze written since the de-
scription of mysie have had little to add to known information
because of lack of material. Dyar himself placed the species in
the genus Thorybes, but called attention to the similarity to Pha-
dinus caicus (THerr.-Schaef.). Skinner (1911) in his discussion
of certain North American Hesperiide, placed mysie as Eudamus
(Phedinus) mysie, merely repeating Dyar’s original description.

PLATE 2

Caicella mysie (Dyar), upper surface. Patagonia, Ariz.,
August 1, 1940. (topotype).

Skinner and Williams (1922) in their important paper on the
genitalia of North American Hespertide, list the species as Cogia
(Pheedinus) mysie, and state that “this species is not represented
in the Academy collection and we are not familiar with it.” They
do not figure it. Note, however, the emended spelling, Phadinus.

Lindsey (1921) did not have this species at hand when he
wrote “Hesperiodea of America North of Mexico.” Lindsey, Bell
& Williams (1931) state that they ‘do not know this species.” In
1934, Heming proposed Caicella as a new name for Phadinus
God. & Salv., which is preoccupied in Coleoptera (Cerambycide ).
Bell (1938) lists the species under its present name of Caicella
mysie.

These appear to be the major references to this species in
American literature, which seems to have been known mostly 1f
not entirely from the type material.

As will be noted, the genitalia of myysie differ in many details
from those of caicus as illustrated by Lindsey, Bell & Williams
(1931, Plate VII, fig. 3). In mysie the tegumen is larger and
more hood-like; the articulation of the valves of harpes with the

5

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

vinculum is marked by a raised condyle on the vinculum; the
saccus is shorter, the distal end of the harpe is more rounded, less
projecting, and while it has a blunt upturned point, is unarmed ;
most diagnostic of all, the edeagus has but a single internal
spicule.

The author is indebted to Mr. W. D. Field for his kindness in
comparing the material with the type, and to Mr. Lester Brubaker
of San Jose State College for making the photographs.

PLATE 3

Male genitalia, Caicella mysie (Dyar) Topotypical male,
Patagonia, Ariz., August 1, 1940.

LITERATURE CITED

BELL, E. L., Bull. Cheyenne Mt. Mus. I(1):10:19388.

Dyar, H. G., Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 12:49:1904.

GODMAN & SALVIN, Bio. Cent.-Am., Rhop. I1:335:1894.

HEMMING, F., Stylops 3:144:1934.

Linpsgy, A. W., Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. State Univ. lowa IX (4) :35:1921.

Linpsrty, A. W., E. L. Bett, & R. C. Witiiams, Jr., Denison Univ. Bull.,
Journ. Sci. Labs., XXV1I:37:38:1931.

SKINNER, H., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 37: :1911.
SKINNER, H., & R. C. WintraAmMs, Jr., Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 48: :1922.

6

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

SOUTHWESTERN GEOMETRID NOTES AND
NEW SPECIES

By Joun L. SPERRY

Riverside, California

Semiothisa fieldi Swett was described in 1916 (Can. Ent. p.
326) from a series of specimens taken in the La Puerta Valley of
southern California in July. This is a light ashen gray insect, with
prominent t.a. and t.p. lines and an annulate discal spot on the
primaries. In the collection of the Los Angeles County Museum
there is a short series of a much lighter insect, taken at Independ-
ence, Calif. by Dr. John A. Comstock in April and May, which
seems to be sufficiently stable and different from topotypical fields
to warrant a varietal name.

SEMIOTHISA FIELDI var. COMSTOCKI Var, n.

Palpi, head, legs, thorax and ground color of wings light til-
leul buff (Ridgway color) ; maculation, Hay’s brown. Compared
with fieldi Swett the t.a. line has a tendency to curve inward from
the upper edge of the cell and although very faint above that
point, in some specimens almost reaches the costa. In fieldi the
line is heavy and stops at the cell. The t.p. line is heavy in both
insects but in comstocki there is a narrow, smooth gray line sep-
arating the line from the distad shade and there is a smooth wide
band of lighter scales following that shade. In fieldi these light
lines are usually absent but when present are rough and irregular.
The annulate discal spots in fieldi are distinct, in comstocki very
faint.

Beneath, fieldi is darker and more heavily irrorate. Comstocki
has a distinct tendency toward albinism, in two specimens of the
type series the maculation is merely indicated. Expanse nearly
identical, 20-22 mm.

There are slight but constant differences in the male genitalia
which may indicate that these are separate species but that prob-
lem must wait their breeding. The outer central section of the
valve connecting the costa with the sacculus, in fieldi, leaves the
costa in a smooth, deep curve and makes a central rounded pro-
jection before going to the sacculus, in comstocki this leaves the
costa at an angle and goes to a point before angling to the sac-
culus. The octivals are pointed in comstocki and rounded in field1,
the excavation in comstocki is shallow and broad, in fieldi
deep and moderate and the plate in fie/di is narrow and long (al-

7

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

most 2 mm.) and in comstocki short and squat (less than 1%
mm. ).

Holotype male, Independence, California June 8, 1938 (Dr. J.
A. Comstock. coll.) in the collection of the Los Angeles County
Museum.

Allotype female same data, May 14, 1936 and in the collection
of Grace H. and John L. Sperry.

Paratypes 4 males, 1 female, same data, April 14 to May 14; 1
female Lone Pine, Calif. June — 1937 (Dre | AeGomstock,
coll.) ; 1 male, Cartago, Calif. July 2, 1940 (C. Henne) and in the
collection of the Los Angeles County Museum and the Sperry col-
lection.

It gives me great pleasure to name this beautiful insect in honor
of our friend Dr. John A. Comstock, on his retirement from the
Los Angeles Museum, as a slight token of the esteem in which we
hold him and with the hope that increasing leisure may find his
tent more often pitched in the pleasant places.

Among the many interesting geometrids taken by the Martins
and Dr. Comstock in the Santa Rita Mountains of Arizona in
1947 there was a good series of a well marked species of Nep-
terotea, McD. As N. diagonalis Cass. is missing from the Sperry
collection it was again necessary to impose on the good nature of
our friend, Dr. Nathan Banks for comparison with the type in
the Museum of Comparative Zoology and uorongin his kindness
the author is enabled to describe

NEPTEROT DOROTHEATA, Sp. N.

The ground color of legs, abdomen, thorax and wings is an
ecru drab, formed by an admixture of light gray and dark brown
scales, the depth of color depending on the percentage of brown
scales. Palpi short, porrect, heavily scaled in dark brown. Front
light over clypeus with broad black-brown band filling the center
of the front between the eyes, upper quarter and vertex of the
ground color. Male antennz dark brow n, moderately pectinated,
apex dentate, female antennz very shortly pectinate, color the
same. Maculation black brown.

Primaries: T.a. line narrow, from costa at 4% out at right
angles, diffuse to middle of cell, thence narrowing to a hair line
angles sharply back to inner margin 1/5 out from the base. A
weak median line from slightly beyond mid costa curves out and
inward through the distinct, round, black discal dot, thence sub-
parallel to t.a. line to inner margin at 4; t.p. line diffuse, irregu-
lar, heavier than the other lines starts at 34 out on costa at right
angles, goes to vein 7 forming a sharp outward tooth at that point

8

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

thence curving back to within a mm. of the median line and
parallel thereto to inner margin. There is a short triangular dash
on the costa halfway between the t.p. line and the apex. In some
specimens there is a very light hair line parallel to and distad about
Y mm. from the t.j line. There are three or four irregular dark
dashes above vein 4, parallel to and between the veins in the sub-
terminal area. There is an irregular, dark, broken terminal line
interrupted at the veins. Fringes of ground color, slightly dark-
ened at ends of veins.

Secondaries: Variable, t.a. line usually indicated or present
from end of t.a. on primaries curving across wing to inner margin
at 2/5. T.p. line continues from primaries, curves close outside
distinct discal dot and reaches inner margin 1 mm. beyond t.a.
line. There are usually indications of two dim subparallel lines
beyond the t.p. line, a scalloped terminal line, fringes as in pri-
maries. The ground color of the wings in the female is darker
than in the male.

Beneath: Ground color is much lighter, in some specimens al-
most white, discal dots present on all wings, usually immaculate,
there is sometimes indication of the maculation of the upper side
along the costa. Expanse both sexes, 20-22 mm.

This species appears closest to obliviscata B. & McD. is about
the same size and flies in the same part of Arizona but is distin-
guished from that species by the definite maculation. The male
genitalia is markedly different, the harpe in obliviscata consisting
of a bunch of.a dozen or more heavily curved subequal spines
whereas that of dorotheata is made up of a single long, heavy
curved spine backed by two or three shorter spines. The edeagus
in obliviscata is armed ventrally at the apex with a single short
spine and that of dorotheata is simple. The maculation separates
dorotheata from memoriata. Pears, and polingi Cass. and Dr.
Banks writes that “the tvpe specimen of diagonalis Cass. is but
little marked, the black dot, and beyond the oblique line is faint,
the fore wing is narrower and longer, the black terminal line is
continuously biack, not interrupted. Beneath, the fore wing is
plainly darker than the hind wing.” Dorotheata should be placed
in the genus between obliviscata B. & McD. and memoriata Pears.

Holotype male Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Ariz., Aug.
2, 1947 (Dr. J. A. Comstock and Lloyd M. Martin) and in the
collection of the Los Angeles County Museum.

Allotype female same data, July 24, 1947 and in the collection
omGrace HH. & John I. Sperry.

Paratypes 14 males, 11 females same data, July 16 to Aug. 29,
1946, 47 and in the collections of the Los Angeles County Mu-
seum, U. S. National Museum, Canadian National Museum, Mu-

a

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

seum of Comparative Zoology, American Museum of Natural
History, British Museum, French National Museum and the
Sperry collection.

It gives me great pleasure to name this interesting species in
honor of our friend Mrs. Lloyd M. Martin. I truly believe that
there must be a special place in heaven, reserved for the wives of
entomologists as a part payment for vacation trials and tribula-
tions suffered while helping a rabid husband to bring from the
wilderness a grain or two of new information to add to the
world’s store. So it gives me a special pleasure to name a species
of her own collecting for such an one of our friends. May there
be many more good trips, Dorothy, to fill in the blank spots in our
knowledge of the fauna of the Southwest.

Through the kindness of Mr. Lloyd M. Martin of the Los
Angeles County Museum and one of our best known Southern
California lepidopterists, Mr. M. L. Walton, the author has been
privileged to examine a short series of one of the most beautiful
geometrids which has been seen in some time. These four speci-
mens taken by Mr. Walton in the Chiracahua Mts. of Southern
Arizona represent a species unknown to the author and in due
course will probably require a new genus to receive them. For the
time being the author ventures to describe this species under the
old genus Azelina Gn. which should be broad enough to receive
almost anything in this group.

AZELINA WALTONARIA Sp. N.

Male antenne bipectinate, apex simple, female antenne den-
tate. Palpi short, scarcely reaching beyond the front, upturned,
heavily scaled, third joint short, close scaled. Thorax clothed
with long silky hair, parting this shows it loose scaled beneath.
Abdomen close scaled with short lateral tufts. Front. smooth
scaled, tongue developed, fore tibia unarmed, all spurs present,
hind tibia of male swollen with strong hair pencil.

Head, front and vertex ochreous-buff, antennz black-brown,
thorax bister, abdomen light mineral-gray. Fore wing, basal area
chestnut brown dusted with violet gray scales along costa and
inner margin and mixed with white scales along inner margin and
below cell. T.a., a thin black line, starts 14 out on costa, goes di-
agonally out toward tornus with outward tooth in cell, curves
sharply inward from vein 2 and outward to vein 1 thence inward
to inner margin at 4/10 from the base, edged inwardly, irregularly
with gray and white scales. The median area is liver brown. T.p.
line very thin, black, starts 1/5 out from apex on costa at right
angles, curves in from vein 8 and out to just above vein 6 making
a small double pointed, outward tooth at the vein, curves sharply
back and down to vein 4, thence in scallops, bulging out between

10

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

the veins, to inner margin at one third from anal angle, the deep-
est scallop is between veins 3 and 4. The beginning of a sub-
terminal scalloped black line 2 mm. out from apex on costa, fades
out at vein 6. Subterminal area is white except the apical area be-
yond the s.t. line which is light red brown, and a broad spot be-
tween veins 2 and 4 distad of the t.p. line and a diffused shading
of lines 2, 3 and 4 subterminally, which are rose brown. The
white area is stained with yellowish scales and the whole outer
area irrorated with black, in irregular lines subparellel to outer
margin, these irrorations lighter toward the tornus. Discal spot
annulate, violet gray center and irregular surrounding black ring.
Fringe white with wide, dark checks at ends of veins.

Secondaries, basal half of wing covered with long hairs.
Bright apricot orange, fading out above the cell to gray white,
with a dark area of purple gray scales below the cell to the junc-
tion with vein 2 thence to t.p. line.

T.a. line absent, t.p. line starts at inner margin 3 mm. from
anal angle narrow, bright brown and well marked to vein 2, thence
fading to red orange and almost lost in the ground color, scalloped
between the veins. The t.p. on the under side of the secondaries,
which is much heavier than that on the upper side and curves
nearer the outer margin above vein 2, shows through.

The tornal area between the t.p. line, vein 2 and the margins is
white irrorated with brown. Fringes yellowish white, slightly
darker at ends of veins. Discal spot beneath shows dimly through.
There is no terminal line on either wing.

Beneath, ground color pale grayish-blue-violet on both wings,
laved with yellow brown over upper half of fore wing to t.p. line
and between veins 2 and 4 and at apex on primaries. T.p. line of
primaries as on upper side but dim, as is the black discal spot
which is not annulate. Secondaries sprinkled lightly with yellow-
ish brown between base and t.p. line except for an unshaded band
along inner margin. T.p. line narrow bright brown, curved irreg-
ularly from 114 mm. above inner margin 3 mm. from anal angle
goes subparallel to outer margin to costa, with an inward scallop
between veins 4 and 6; veins outlined in straw-yellow. Fringes as
above. Discal spot black, distinct. Expanse, male 37 mm. fe-
male 40 mm.

The maculation of the female is the same, but the discal spot
on the under side of the secondaries is duller.

Holotype, male, Chiricahua Mts., Arizona, near Ranger Sta-
tion, Oct. 11, 1948 (M. L. Walton, coll.) and in the collection of
Grace H. & John L. Sperry.

Allotype, female, same data, in the Walton collection.

11

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF £CIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

Paratypes, 2 females, same data, and in the collection of the
Los Angeles County Museum and collection Walton,

There is no species in the North American fauna with which
the author is acquainted which remotely resembles waltonaria,
perhaps the closest of which I have knowledge is Gonodontis
paliscia, Prout from South Africa. The author is not satisfied
that the genus is correct, but the pectinate antenne of the male,
the dentate antenne of the female, the swollen male hind tibia
with hair pencil and the silky hair which makes up the vestiture
of the thorax in both sexes seem to definitely prevent its inclusion
in Pero, Stenaspilates or Gonodontis. The wing venation insofar
as can be seen without denuding the wings would fit in any of the
aforementioned genera. For the time being, the author will place
it, in the Sperry collection, immediately before the genus Stenas-
pilates, Pack.

It seems fitting that such a beautiful species shold be named
in honor of a lepidopterist who, over so many years, has collected
such a large number of interesting species in out-of-the-way cor-
ners of the Southwest and in so doing has greatly enhanced our
knowledge of the lepidoptera of this area. It gives me great pleas-
ure to name this fine species in honor of our colleague, Mr. M. L.
Walton of Glendale, California.

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

TWO NEW SPECIES OF MYTILOPSIS FROM PANAMA
AND FIJI

By Leo GreorGE HeErTLEIN and G. DALLAS HANNA

California Academy of Sciences

Recently we identified a series of marine mollusks collected by
Dr. James Zetek, of the Institute for Research in Tropical Amer-
ica, at Barro Colorado Island Biological Laboratory in the Pana-
ma Canal Zone. In this series we observed about 25 specimens of
Mytilopsis found at Miraflores Locks, Canal Zone, Panama. The
shells in this lot are remarkably constant in general features. They
differ from any described species in outline as well as in other de-
tails, therefore we describe this Panamanian form as a new
species.

Along with the type lot there is a small piece of wood in which
there are rounded holes approximately 10 mm. in diameter. In
the holes there are well-formed, uneroded shells of A/ytilopsis. It
appears then, that the species nestles in holes already made such
as mentioned regarding M. sallei by von Martens (Biol. Centrali-
Americana, Moll., 1900, p. 478).

Another species, apparently undescribed, also has come to our
attention. This species is represented by four specimens all with
both valves intact. These were present in a collection of shells
from “Viti Isles” presented by the Misses E. and L. Allyne to the
California Academy of Sciences in 1929.

FAMILY DREISSENSIID

Several authors have discussed the members of this family.
Among these are Fischer’, Andrussow,’ Crosse & Fischer’ and
Brusina’. Crosse & Fischer gave a review of the literature deal-
ing with the family, referred to previously described American
species and clearly explained the many changes in orthography
which the genus name Dreissensia has undergone. The genus,
according to Dewalque, and Crosse & Fischer, was named for
Henri Dreissens who lived in Limbourg, Belgium.

1Fischer, P., Journ. de Conchyl., Vol. 7, 1858, pp. 123-134.

2 Andrussow, N., Verhandl. Russ.-Kais. Min. Gesell. (St. Petersburg), Ser. 2,
Bd. 26, 1890, pp. 293. 240; Les Dreissensidz fossiles et vivants d’ Eurasie (St. Peters-
bourg), 1897, 683 pp., 15 fies. in text, atlas with 20 plates, also resumé of this paper
in the German language, (Jurjev) 1898 [according to Brusina, 1906].

3Crosse, H., and Fischer, P., Miss. Sci. au Mexique et Amér. Centrale, Zool. Pt. 7,
Moll., Vol. 2, 1890, pp. 497-505.

“Brusina, S., Journ. de Conchyl., Vol. 53, No. 3, 1906, pp. 272-297.

13

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

GENus MytTILopsis Conrad

Mytilopsis Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol. 9,
for June, 1857, p. 167 [apparently issued between January 7 and
May 1, 1858]. Species cited: Mytilus leucopheatus Conrad and
Dreissena domingensis Recluz—Dall, Trans. Wagner Free Inst.
Sci., Vol. 3, Pt. 4, 1898, p. 808. “Type M. leucopheatus Conr.,
1831”? [Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol. 6, April, 1831,
p. 263, pl. 11, fig. 13. “Inhabits the southern coast of the U. S.’].

Praxis H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Shells, Vol. 2, December,
1857, p.o22. Not Praxis Guence; 1852> Lepid:

Mytiloides Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Vol.
26, May 19, 1874, p. 29. Err. for Mytilopsis according to Conrad,
p. 83. Not MWytiloides Brongniart, 1822.

Shell mytiliform, attached by a byssus; hinge with a septum,
beneath which on the cardinal side is a triangular cup-shaped
process; cartilage groove rather deep. (Original description).

The genera Mytilopsis and Congeria differ from Dretssensia in
that a triangular process (myophore) is present on the under side
of the septum within the beaks.

The genus J/ytilopsis is represented by a number of species in
the tropical American region. It occurs in waters which are
slightly brackish or entirely fresh. It is known to occur at least
as early as the lower Miocene or upper Oligocene.

This genus also occurs in Africa and a new species, Wytilopsis
allyneana, described in the present-paper, came from Fiji. The
occurrence of this species is in harmony with the past history of
Fiji which, according to Ladd,° appears to have once formed a
portion of a continental area. Dall’ mentioned the occurrence of
“Congeria”’ in the Viti Isles. However, Mytilus leucopheatus
Conrad and other species now referred to M ytilo psis were placed
by Dall in Congeria Partsch. The type of Congeria’ is Congeria
subglobosa Partsch.

MyTiILopsIs ALLYNEANA Hertlein & Hanna, new species
Plate 4, Figures 5-8

Shell small, mytiliform, gently sloping dorsally, rather steeply
sloping ventrally; dorsal outline forming a very broad curve,
widest anterior to the center where it becomes subangulate and
then slopes posteriorly in nearly a straight line rounding into the
broadly elliptical posterior end; ventral margin slightly curved
and slightly but decidedly incurved below the beaks where a well

°See Ladd, H. S., Bernice P. Bishop Mus., Bull. 119, 1934, p. 51, fig. (p. 50).
°Dall, W. H., Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Vol. 3, Pt. 4, fect 1898, p. 809.
‘See Pilsbry, H. A., Nautilus, Vol. 25, No. 8, December, LOTT, p: 95:

14

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Parr 1, 1949

developed byssal gape is present ; umbos rounded, slightly eroded,
smooth, beaks terminal; interior septum and muscular impres-
sions are characteristic of the genus; fine radial striz are present
on the central and posterior portions of the interior of the shell;
exterior of shell whitish, covered with a thin, corneous perios-
tracum which is finely concentrically ridged in harmony with the
lines of growth; interior bluish-white with dark concentric mark-
ings. Dimensions of holotype: beak to base, 23.5 mm.; dorso-
ventral, 12.6 mm.; convexity (both valves together), 10.6 mm.

Holotype, No. 9452 and Paratype, No. 9453 (Calif. Acad. Sci.
Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from “Viti Isles” [Fiji].

This new species bears a general resemblance to Mytilopsis
africanus van Beneden from Africa. It differs from that African
species in that it is wider in proportion to the length and the beaks
are less attenuated. The less attenuated beaks and greater in-
curving below the beaks are features which assist in separating
this new species from the shell described by Reeve as Mytilus
tenebrosus.

MyriLopsts zETEKI Hertlein & Hanna, new species
Plate 4, Figures 1-4

Shell small, mytiliform, flattened dorsally, sloping rather
steeply ventrally; dorsal outline forming a broad curve, widest
slightly anterior to the center, continuing around the posterior
end which is obliquely elliptically pointed; ventral margin very
slightly curved except where it is distinctly incurved just below
the beaks ; umbos rounded, smooth, beaks terminal; interior with
a narrow septum which ventrally bears a sharp triangular process
(myophore) which extends down and somewhat posteriorly ; in-
ternal muscular impressions characteristic of the genus; fine
radial striz are present on the interior of the central and posterior
portions of some shells; shell white, covered with a thin, corneous
periostracum which is finely concentrically ridged in harmony
with the lines of growth; a dark byssus is present; interior white
often with bluish concentric markings. Dimensions of holotype:
beak to base, 25 mm.; dorso-ventral, 13 mm.; convexity (both
valves together), 14 mm.

Holotype, No. 9445 and Paratypes, Nos. 9446-9451 (Calif.
Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Miraflores Locks, Pan-
ama Canal Zone; James Zetek, collector, 1937.

The shells of some of the species described in this group ap-
pear to differ from each other chiefly in their outlines. The species
here described as new resembles in general features Mytilopsis
adamst Morrison, described from San José Island in Panama Bay.
It differs from that species in that the posterior dorsal outline is

15

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

PLATE 4

Fies. 1-4. Mytilopsis zeteki Hertlein & Hanna, new species. 1-2. Para-
type. No. 9446 (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.).
Beak to base, 23.5 mm. 3. Paratype, No. 9447 (Calif. Acad.
Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.). Beak to base, 26.5 mm. 4. Holo-
type, No. 9445 (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.).
Beak to base, 25 mm.

Fics. 5-8. Mytilopsis allyneana Hertlein & Hanna, new species. 5-7.
Holotype, No. 9452 (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.).
Beak to base, 23.5 mm. 8. Paratype, No. 9453 (Calif. Acad.
Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.). Beak to base, 24.9 mm.

straighter and the posterior end of the shell is more obliquely
elliptical.

This species is named for Dr. James Zetek who collected the
type specimens.
References to a number of Cenozoic species of Mytilopsis have
been consulted by us during our study of the present species. We
have brought these together here for the convenience of other

workers. The arrangement is alphabetic by species under the
genus as originally described.

16

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

Mytilopsis adamsi Morrison, Smithson. Miscell. Coll., Vol.
106, No. 6, (Publ. 3850), September 12, 1946, p. 46, pl. 1, figs, 4, 7.
“collected in the upper end of the lagoon at the mouth of Mussel-
shell Creek, which is the largest of the streams in the southeastern
part of San José Island. They were principally found attached by
the byssus to the underside of rocks in the uppermost end of this
(fresh-water) lagoon in the lowermost part of the stream proper,
in situations where there was plenty of stream current remaining.”

Dreissena africana Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Brux-
ellesmNOleZaalisso,p, 1674. 5. habite levhaut duo Senegaly x.
With fluviatile mollusks.—Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 10, Mytilus,
1858, sp. 47, pl. 10, fig. 47 (as Mytilus africanus). “Hab. Senegal.”

Mytilopsis cira Pilsbry & Olsson, Rev. Acad. Colombiana de
Cienc. Exact., Fis. y Nat., Vol. 4, Nos. 15-16, August-December,
1941, p. 416. “Formacion de la Cira: Rio Oponcito, inmediaciones
de Guanabanas, Colombia.” Upper Oligocene or lower Miocene.

Dreissena cyanea Van Beneden, Bull. Acad. Roy. Sci. Brux-
elles, Vol. 4, 1837, p. 41, pl. [unnumbered], figs. 1, 2, 3. “Nous ne
connaissons rien de certain sur la localité de cette espece, M.
d’Orbigny, qui a eu l’obligeance de me la communiquer, la rece
d’un de ses amis, qui la croit du Sénégal.”

Dreissensia dalli Joukowsky, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat.
Genéve, Vol. 35, Fasc. 2, October, 1906, p. 171, pl. 6, figs. 1-5.
“Localité: Ruisseau de Bombacho, au S. de Macaracas, 1™. au-
dessous de la couche de lignite.” Panama. Tertiary. [Probably
Miocene or Pliocene according to Woodring].

Praxis ecuadoriana Clessin, Malakozool. Blatter, N. F., Bd. 1.
1879, p. 180, pl. 15, fig. 8 (a, b). “Hab. in superiori parte fluminis
Cayapas in prov. Esmeraldas, Wolf legit.” P. 181 “Die Muschel
wird von den Indianern gegessen, und findet sich stellenweise
massenhaft an Felsen und alten, im Wasser liegenden Baumstam-
men. (Wolf).”

Praxis milleri Clessen, Malakozool. Blatter, N. F., Bd. 1, 1879,
p. 179, pl. 15, fig. 7 (a, b). “Habitat. Rio Verde in prov. Esmeral-
das; Wolf legit.” On p. 180 “Die Muschel sitzt in grosser Menge
an von Wasser uberflutheten Felsen, Buamenstammen, etc.”

Dreissensia ornata Morelet,, Journ. de Conchyl., Vol. 33, (Ser.
VOleZ >) p Now 1885, p32, pl. 2, figs. 10, 10a. “Le D. ornata vit
dans la riviére Mayumba.” Equatorial Africa.

Dreissena salle: Recluz, Journ. de Conchyl., Vol. 3, December,
1852, p. 255, pl. 10, fig. 9. “Habite le Rio dulce (république de
Guatimala), dans les pierres quelle perfore et ot on la trouve
agglomérée.”—Crosse & Fischer, Miss. Sci. Mexique et Amer.

17

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF £CIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

Centrale, Zool., Pt. 7, Moll., Vol. 2, 1890, p. 504, pl. 62, figs. 4, 4a,
5,6. [Referred to subgenus Mytilopsis}.

Dresseina scripta Conrad, Proc. Acad. Nat: Sci. Philadelphia,
Vol. 26, May 19, 1874, p. 29, pl. 1, figs. 12, 16. “Pebas Group.”
“On the upper Amazon.” Peru —Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philadelphia, Vol. 96, 1944, p. 152 (as Mytilopsis scripta). Pebas
Group, Peru. Probably Pliocene.

Mytilopsis singewaldi Pilsbry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-
delphia, Vol. 96, August 11, 1944, p. 147, pl. 11, figs) 35a sO" Sta
tion 154.” “About one-half mile upstream from San Antonio,
Pachitea River.” [As cited for Station 154 under Corbicula sp.,
p. 146. This differs in wording from that cited for Station 154
under Hemisinus (Longiverena) avus. p. 145]. Peru Upper Oli-
gocene or lower Miocene.

Mytilus tenebrosus Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 10, Mytilus, Jan-
uary, 1858, sp. 46, pl. 10, fig. 46. “Hab. Mississippi.” [Dreissena
cumingiana Recluz, Ms., cited in synonymy ].

Septifer trautwineana Tryon, Amer. Jour. Conch., Vol. 2, Pt.
4, October 1, 1866, p. 302, pl. 20, fig. 8. “Habitat—River San
Juan, New Granada.” ... “in the Rio San Juan, a small stream,
emptying into the Pacific in latitude 4°.”

Crosse & Fischer mentioned that all the American species
which they had examined were referable to Wytilopsis. They con-
sidered it to be a subgenus of Dreissensia. They stated that MW ytil-
opsis is represented by a large number of species now living in
the Americas and in Africa and by a number of species in the
Tertiary of eastern Europe.

In addition to the species which we have cited above there are
several others, chiefly in the Caribbean region, cited by Crosse &
Fischer under Dreissensia. These included: Dreissensia ameri-
cana Recluz, Florida; D. cwmingiana Dunker, Mississippi; D.
domingensis Recluz, Santo Domingo ;D. gundlachi Dunker, Cuba;
D. leucopheata Conrad, Virginia; D. mdrchiana Dunker, Island
of St. Thomas; D. pfeifferi Dunker, Cuba; D. riisei Dunker, Is-
land of St. Thomas; D. rossmassleri Dunker, (?) Brazil.

18

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

A CHECK LIST OF THE LIMACIDA, ENDODONTIDA,
ARIONIDA, SUCCINEIDA, PUPILLIDA, VAL-
LONIIDA, CARYCHIIDA, AND TRUN-
CATELLIDA OF CALIFORNIA

(From Henry A. Pilsbry's Monograph)

By WiLiiaAM Marcus INGRAM
Mills College, California

This is the third and last paper of a series forming a check
list of the Helicoid snails of California based on Henry A. Pils-
bry’s monograph, “The Land Mollusca of North America (North
of Mexico),” (1939) (1940) (1946) (1948). The mollusks
listed here are considered in volume 2, part 2 (1948), the final
part, of Pilsbry’s monograph. In addition to the listing of the
mollusks of Pilsbry’s (1948) final part of his monograph a list
of corrections and additions covering all parts of his monograph
are included, with a list of Berry’s (1940) species of Monadenia,
referred to by Pilsbry (1948).

To those who have the two prior papers of the writer’s check
list (1946) (1948), and this one there is available, then, a general
list that can be taken into the field to present data on mol-
lusks of a proposed collecting area. Too, a skeletal list 1s avail-
able that can be used to keep the number of California land snails
up to date as new species are added to our fauna. Locality data
likewise can be added to this check list as further collecting in the
state adds new localities for land snail species.

The families of land mollusks included herein contain the fol-
lowing number of species and subspecies: Limacide, eight spe-
cies; Endodontide, eight species and subspecies; Arionide, four-
teen species and subspecies; Succineidee, five species; Pupillide,
twenty species and subspecies; Valloniidze, five species ; Carychi-
ide, one species; Truncatellide, two species; and Helmintho-
glyptide, nine species and subspecies.

SHB CUsS IOUS

FAMILY—LIMACIDA#

Limax maximus Linnzus

Los Angeles County ; Hollenbeck Park, Los Angeles.
San Bernardino County: One mile southwest of Lake Arrow-
head, San Bernardino Mountains.

19

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

San Diego County: San Diego.
San Francisco County: Golden Gate Park, San Francisco.
No specific localities in Calaveras and Santa Clara counties.

Limax flavus Linneus

Alameda County: Berkeley.

Butte County: Chico.

Los Angeles County: Los Angeles.

San Bernardino County: Redlands.

San Mateo County: Halfmoon Bay.

Ventura County: Ojai.

No specific localities in Orange, San Luis Obispo, and Santa
Barbara counties.

Limax marginatus Muller
Los Angeles County: Santa Catalina Island.
Orange County: Carbon Canyon, 2 or 3 miles east of Olinda.
No specific locations in Alameda, Butte, Kern, Kings, Lake,
Madera, Modoc, Riverside, San Bernardino, Santa Bar-
bara, San Diego, San Mateo, Sutter, Tehama, Tulare, and
Ventura counties.

Deroceras reticulatum (Muller)
No specific localities in Alameda, Butte, Calaveras, Humboldt,
Los Angeles, San Bernardino, San Francisco, San Mateo,
Santa Clara, Tulare, and Ventura counties.

Deroceras leve (Miller)

Nevada County: Truckee (—Limax campestris var. occiden-
talis of Cooper )

San Diego: Julian (= Limax hemphilli of W. G. Binney)

San Francisco County: San Francisco (= Limax campestris
var. occidentalis of Cooper)

Santa Cruz: Santa Cruz (= Limax campestris var. occiden-
talis of Cooper )

Deroceras monentolophus ( Pilsbry)

Type: 180659 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Type locality: Carbon Canyon, Orange County.

Orange County: Carbon Canyon.

Mendocino County: One mile west of Hale’s Grove on the
Rockport (U.S. Highway 101) road.

Los Angeles County: Northeast end of Brea Canyon near its
junction with Puente Road; Cedar Creek, North fork of
San Gabriel Canyon, San Gabriel Mountains.

San Diego County: Near south end of Cuyamaca Lake.

20

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

Deroceras caruane (Pollonera)

Alameda County: Oakland; Berkeley.
San Francisco: Golden Gate Park, San Francisco.
No specific localities in Contra Costa and Monterey Counties.

Milax gagates (Draparnaud )

Los Angeles County: Middle Ranch Canyon and Cherry
Cove, Catalina Island.

San Diego County: Julian City.

San Francisco County: San Francisco,

Santa Barbara County: West Anacapa Island.

No specific localities in Alameda, Kern, Lake, Los Angeles,
Napa, Orange, Sacramento, San Bernardino, San Luis
Obispo, San Mateo, Santa Clara, Santa Cruz, Stanislaus,
Tehama, and Ventura Counties.

FAMILY—ENDODONTID-®

Discus cronkhiter (Newcomb )

Type: Type and paratypes numbered 26391 in the Newcomb
Collection, Cornell University.

Type locality: Klamath Valley, Oregon.

Butte County: Feather River Canyon.

Fresno County: Fish Camp, and Tehipite Valley.

Lassen County: Duck Lake, 20 miles west of Susanville, and
Eagle Lake.

Madera County: Flats Big Tree Creek.

Mariposa County: Yosemite National Park.

Modoc County: Goose Lake.

Siskiyou County: Bartles on McCloud River; Sacramento
River.

Tulare County: Wawona Meadow Sequoia National Park;
Panther Creek, Giant Forest ; Woods Creek; Bubb’s Creek
Falls; Summit Meadow; Funston Meadow, Kern Butte
and Big Arroyo Kern River; Little Kern Lake.

No specific localities except San Bernardino Mountains, San
Bernardino ( ?) County.

Discus shimeki (Pilsbry)
Type: 12297 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
Type locality: Yarmouth and Peorian loesses : near Iowa City,
Towa.
Inyo County: Wacobah Spring, Inyo Mountains.
Tulare County: Tyndall Creek.

Discus (?) selenitoides ( Pilsbry)
Type: 60010 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

21

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF £CIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

Type locality: Mariposa Big Trees in Yosemite National Park
near Wawona, Mariposa County.

Mariposa County: Mariposa Big Trees in Yosemite National
Park near Wawona; same general vicinity but just outside
of park boundaries at the junction of Alder Creek and the
South Fork of the Merced River.

Helhodiscus salmonaceus W. G. Binney
Type: 12752 Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Uni-
versity.
Type locality: “On the Salmon River,” Idaho.
Alameda County: Oakland (this record is subject to doubt).

Punctum californicum Pilsbry

Type: 62290 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Type locality: Fish Camp, Fresno County, California.

Alameda County: Hills east of Haywards.

Calaveras County: Around Murphy’s; Mercers Cave; Cala-
veras Big Trees.

Inyo County: Onion Valley; Kearsarge Pass.

Los Angeles County: San Rafael Hills, canyon end of El
Arbolito and North Fork South San Gabriel Canyon.

Mariposa County: Mariposa Big Trees.

San Bernardino County: Near Bluff Lake, San Bernardino
Mountains.

San Diego County: San Diege.

San Francisco County: San Francisco.

Siskiyou County: Headwaters of Sacramento River.

Tulare County: Big Trees; Forks of the Tule River; Little
Kern Lake.

Punctum conspectum (Bland)
Mariposa County: Between Camp Curry and Vernal Falls Yo-
semite Park.

No specific localities in Alameda, Calaveras, Los Angeles,
Mariposa, Marin, Monterey, Napa, San Bernardino, San
Diego, San Francisco, Santa Clara, and Siskiyou counties.

Punctum conspectum pasadene Pilsbry
Los Angeles County: Pasadena; North end of Griffith Park.
Oregon County: San Juan Capistrano Creek.

“Zonites” diegoensis (Hemphill)

San Diego County: Near Julian City, on Cuyamaca Mountain
4,500 foot elevation.

bo
bo

ULLETIN, . Cauir. ACADE SCIENCES Dp , Part 1,
B So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCE VoL. 48, P 1, 1949

FAMILY—ARIONIDA¢

Arion hortensis Ferussac

Alameda County: Oakland; Niles.
San Francisco County: San Francisco.

Arion circumscriptus Johnston
San Francisco County: Golden Gate Park, San Francisco.
Pilsbry’s (1948) note: Widely spread in the San Francisco
Bay Region.

Arion intermedius (Normand)

Alameda County: Berkeley.

Riverside County: Idyllwild.

Ventura County: Santa Paula Canyon.

Pilsbry’s (1948) note: Common in San Francisco Bay Region
(p. 676).

Prophysaon andersoni (J. G. Cooper )

Type: A Neotype 69010 Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila-
delphia.

Type locality: Oakland selected.

Alameda County: Oakland.

Pilsbry’s (1948) note: Counties west of Coast Range, Santa
Cruz to Humboldt (at Crescent City) ; near South and east
sides of San Francisco Bay to Santa Cruz (p. 684).

Prophysaon fasciatum Cockerell
Mendocino County: No specific locality.

Anadenulus cockerelli (Hemphill)

Type: In California Academy of Sciences; paratypes 63895
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Type locality: Julian, in the Cuyamaca Mountains, San Diego
County.

Kern County: Near North Fork of Cottonwood Creek by
ranch road 6 miles from junction with Breckenridge Moun-
tain Road.

Los Angeles County: Upper Millard Canyon; San Gabriel
Mountains ; Calbaden Canyon, Puente Hills.

Orange County: Carbon Canyon, Puente Hills, Limestone
Creek above Santiago Reservoir.

San Diego County: Julian in the Cuyamaca Mountains.

Ariolimax californicus Cooper

San Mateo County: Half Moon Bay; La Habra, Lake An-
dreas ; Pescadero; San Francisquito Creek ; Woodside.

23

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

Ariolimax californicus brachyphallus Mead
Type: Holotype and Paratype in collections of California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Type locality: Mt. Davidson, San Francisco, San Francisco
County, California.
San Francisco County: Mt. Davidson; Mt. Sutro, San Fran-
cisco.

Ariolimax dolichophallus Mead

Type: Holotype and Paratype in collections of California
Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.

Type locality: Saratoga, Santa Clara County.

Santa Clara County: Saratoga, Congress Springs; Los Gatos.

Santa Cruz County: Big Basin; Big Trees; Boulder Creek;
Chemeketa; Mt. Hermon, Brookdale; Hecker Pass; Santa
Cruz:

Ariolimax columbianus (Gould)

Concerning the distribution of this species Pilsbry (1948, p.
719) states, “... in California south to Salinas Valley on the
coast and at least as far south on the western slopes of the Sierra
Nevada as Tuolumne County.”

Ariolimax columbianus stramineus Hemphill

Type: Syntypes numbered 2317-2320 in California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco.

Type locality: Santa Cruz Island, Santa Barbara County.

Monterey County: Big Creek; Big Sur State Park; Hastings
Reservation; Salinas Valley; Vincente Creek; 20 miles
north of San Simeon.

San Luis Obispo County: Little Pico Creek.

Santa Barbara County: Cuyama Valley Road; El Montecito;
Santa Cruz Island; Pelican Canyon and Rockslide Canyon;
Santa Rosa Island in Water Canyon.

Ventura County: Santa Paula.

Hesperarion niger (J. G. Cooper )

Type locality: Pilsbry (1948) states, ““Cooper’s type was from
the neighborhood of San Francisco Bay.”
Alameda County: Mountains of Alameda County.
Kern County: No specific locality except northern Kern
County.
Marin County: Bolinas.
Santa Clara County: Santa Clara; near San Jose.

24

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

Santa Cruz County: Santa Cruz range ; 900 feet altitude.

Sonoma County: Santa Rosa; Healdsburg.

Pilsbry (1948), p. 724) concerning the distribution of this
species, states “... covers the Coast and Bay counties from
Sonoma to Santa Cruz. Tehama to Monterey counties.

Hesperarion hemphilh (W. G. Binney )

Type locality: Alameda County at Niles Station.

Alameda County: Niles Station; Haywards.

Los Angeles County: Elysian Park, Los Angeles; Arroyo
Seco Canyon; upper Millard Canyon and Santa Anita Can-
yon, San Gabriel Mountains.

Orange County: Santa Ana Canyon; Black Star Canyon;
Silverado Canyon; Trabuco Canyon, all in Santa Ana
Mountains.

Binneya notabilis J. G. Cooper

Type locality: Santa Barbara Island.
Los Angeles County: Santa Barbara Island.

FAMILY—SUCCINEIDA#

Oxyloma nuttalliana chasmodes Pilsbry

Type: Holotype numbered 5609 Academy of Natural Sci-
ences, Philadelphia.

Type locality: Stockton, San Joaquin County.

San Joaquin County: Stockton.

Succinea rusticiana Gould

Type locality: Merely, “Oregon, U. S. Exploring Expedition.”
Tulare County: Tulare Valley.

Succinea stretchiana Bland

Fresno County: Grouse Meadow; Tehipite Valley; Pavilion
Dome ; Palisade Creek ; Fish Camp.

Inyo County: Wacobah Spring.

Kern County: Funston Meadow.

Lassen County: Duck Lake, 20 miles west of Susanville.

Madera County: Pumice Flats; Red Meadow; Jackass Dyke.

Mariposa County: Yosemite Valley; near Wawona, Sequoia
Park.

Modoc County: Goose Lake.

25

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Parr 1, 1949

San Bernardino County: Bluff Lake, San Bernardino Moun-
tains.
Siskiyou County: Bartles, McCloud River.

Succinea gabbi Tryon
Type: Holotype and Paratypes 12487 Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia.

Type locality: Crooked Creek of Owyhee 60 miles west of
boundary Southeast Oregon.

Inyo County: Mazuka Canyon, Tank Spring.
Pilsbry (1948) in addition lists, “Crane Lake Valley N. E.
Calif. (Gabb).”

Quickella rekidert Pilsbry
Type: Holotype and Paratypes 147757 Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia.
Type locality: Davenport, Lincoln County, Washington.

In reference to the distribution of this species in California
Pilsbry (1948, p. 847) states, “In the Pacific states there is,
however, a long series of succineas which resemble rehderi
more or less, or are of stouter figure, and have generally
gone under the name of “S. oregonensis.” Shells of that
kind occur from Montana and Washington to southern
California.” No specific localities are cited in Pilsbry’s
(1948) distribution section for this species.

FAMILY—PUPILLIDA:

Gastrocopta pellucida hordeacella ( Pilsbry )

Type: Types and Paratypes 60460 Academy of Natural Sci-
ences, Philadelphia.

Type locahty: New Braunfels, Texas.
Riverside County: Palm Canyon in San Gabriel Mts., Mo-
jave Mt.
Vertigo ovata mariposa Pilsbry

Type: 11644 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Type locality: Meadow near Wawona, Sequoia Park, Mari-
posa County.

Mariposa County: Meadow near Wawona, Sequoia Park.

26

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

Vertigo berryi Pilsbry

Type: 105166 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Type locality: Mill Creek Canyon at 4600 feet in the San
Bernardino Mountains.

Vertigo andrusiana sanbernardinensis Pilsbry

Type: 118419 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Type locality: San Bernardino Mountains, 7550 to 7750 feet
in the cienaga below Bluff Lake.

San Bernardino County: 7550 to 7750 feet in the cienaga be-
low Bluff Lake; Bluff Lake meadow; area north of lake.

Vertigo sterku Pilsbry

Type: Pilsbry (1940) states that the type and type locality is
somewhere near or west of the western end of Lake Su-
perior.

Under this species Pilsbry (1940) states, “The typical mo-
desto 1s replaced in the Rocky Mountain system and Cali-
fornia by various weakly differentiated races.” Under V.
modesta corpulenta (Morse) Pilsbry (1940) assigns a
definite locality to V. modesta as from “Simpson's Meadow
King’s River.”

Vertigo modesta corpulenta ( Morse)

Type locality: Little Valley, Washoe County, Nevada, on the
east slope of the Sierra Nevada, 6,500 feet above the sea.

Pilsbry (1940) under this subspecies refers to two “forms,”
V. modesta parietahis (Ancey) and V. modesta micro-
phasma Berry. The latter form has a type locality, near
Bluff Lake in the San Bernardino Mountains at 7200 to
7550 feet; a type is housed as no. 2740 in the S. S. Berry
collection, Redlands, California and a paratype as 44788
in The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. Pils-
bry’s (1948) reference to the former “form’s” occurrence
in California is partially by general reference, “In the
Sierra Nevada counties of California V. modesta and
parietalis appear to be rather abundant’; and more spe-
cifically he lists, “ . valleys of the San Joaquin and
King’s River, Bear and Fish Creeks, Fresno County.”
Other lots are listed as from Pumice Flats, Bear Creek,
and Grouse Meadow (Fresno County ?). The type local-
ity for parietalis 1s Ogden Canyon, Utah; the type is
housed at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich-
igan.

27

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

Vertigo modesta castanea Pilsbry and Vanatta

Type: 11655 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philedelphia.

Type locality: Fish Camp, Fresno County.

Fresno County: Fish Camp.

Inyo County: Wawona Meadow; Onion Valley; Kearsarge
Pass.

Lake County: No specific locality.

San Bernardino County: Holcomb meadows, east of Sugar
Loaf Peak at 8300 feet in San Bernardino Mountains.

Tulare County: Ranger, Panther Creek, Wood's Creek, Fun-
ston Meadow on Kern River, Babb Creek Falls, Rae Lake.

Vertigo occidentalis Sterki

Type: 1860 in S. S. Berry collection, Redlands, California.
Type locality: San Bernardino Mountains at Bluff Lake, 7550
feet, San Bernardino County.

San Bernardino County: San Bernardino Mountains at Bluff
Lake at 7500 feet; Bluff Lake cienega in the cienega just
north and along the “New England Trail,’ 7500 feet;
cienega west of Green Valley at 6900 feet.

Vertigo allyniana Berry

Type: 3764in S.S. Berry collection, Redlands, California
Type locality: Donner Lake, Nevada County, California.
Nevada County: Donner Lake.

Vertigo dalliana Sterki

Type: 62.20383 Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg, Pennsylvania.
Type locality: Near Clear Lake, Lake County.
Lake County: Near Clear Lake.

Vertigo californica (Rowell)

Type: A paratype is numbered 59392 at Academy of Natural
Sciences, Philadelphia.

Type locahty: San Francisco, San Francisco County.

San Francisco County: San Francisco.

Vertigo californica trinotata (Sterki)

Type locality: Monterey, Monterey County.
Monterey County: Monterey.

28

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Parr 1, 1949

Vertigo californica diegoensis (Sterk1)
Type locality: False Bay near Asher Station, San Diego
County.
San Diego County: False Bay near Asher Station.

Vertigo californica cyclops (Sterk1)
Placer County: Rocklin (25 miles northeast of Sacramento).

Vertigo califormca longa ( Pilsbry )
Type locahty: San Clemente Island, Los Angeles County.

Los Angeles County: San Clemente Island; Santa Barbara
Island.

Vertigo californica catalinaria (Sterki)
Type locality: Santa Catalina Island, Los Angeles County.

Los Angeles County: Santa Catalina Island; San Clemente
Island ; Santa Barbara Island.

Vertigo californica cupressicola Sterki

Type: 118835 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
Type locality: Cypress Point, Monterey County.
Monterey County: Cypress Point.

Vertigo rowelli (Newcomb)

Type locality: Near Oakland.

Alameda County: Near Oakland.

El Dorado County: No specific locality.

Monterey County: No specific locality.

San Bernardino County: Cienega north of Bluff Lake, San
Bernardino Mountains.

Sterkia hemphilli (Sterki)

Type: 62.20384 Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg, Pennsylvania.

Type locality: Bank of San Tomas River, Lower California.

San Bernardino County: Waterman Canyon.

San Diego County: Around San Diego; False Bay, Asher
Station in drift; Mesa near Grantville under prickly pear
stems ; Pacific Beach.

Sterkia clementina (Sterki)

Type: 62.20392 Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg, Pennsylvania.

Type locality: San Clemente Island, Los Angeles County.

Los Angeles County: San Clemente Island; Santa Barbara -
Island.

29

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

FAMILY—VALLONIID&

Vallonia pulchella (Muller )

Type locality: (Europe) Denmark.
Calaveras County: Murphey’s.

Orange County: San Juan Capistrano Creek.
Santa Clara County: San Jose.

Shasta County: Redding.

Vallonia excentrica Sterki

Type: 10080 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.

Type locality: Staten Island, New York.

Pilsbry (1948) does not list this species in his distributional
list of states as being from California, but says in the text
under this species, “It [V. excentrica Sterki| occurred
among pulchella |Valloma pulchella| from Los Angeles,
Calif., collected by Dr. Stearns...”

Vallonia gracilicosta Reinhardt

Pilsbry (1948) does not include California in the locality list
under this species, but he does list a “form,” Vallonia
gracilicosta form montana Sterki under the species in the
s.s., and under the form he lists, “California: Mariposa
Big Wrees oH. Bi Baker)

Vallonia aibula Sterki

Type: 62.19236 Carnegie Museum, Pittsburg, Pennsylvania.
Type locality: St. Joseph, Quebec.
Tulare County: Funston Meadow.

Vallonia cyclophorella Sterki

Inyo County: Inyon Mountain.

Lassen County: Near Susansville..

Mariposa County: Mariposa Big Trees.

San Bernardino County: Mill Creek Canyon, San Bernardino
Mountains.

Tulare County: No specific locality.

FAMILY—CARYCHIID

Carychium occidentale Pilsbry
Type: 22539 Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
Type locality: Portland, Oregon.
Del Norte County: Ragged Canyon, 5 miles south of
Crescent City.

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

FAMILY—TRUNCATELLIDA:

Truncatella stimpsoni Stearns

Type: In United States National Museum, Washington. D. C.
Type locahty: False Bay near San Diego.

Los Angeles County: Santa Catalina Island, The Isthmus.
San Diego County: False Bay near San Diego; La Jolla.

Truncatella californica Pfeiffer

Type locality: San Diego.
Los Angeles County: Santa Catalina Island, The Isthmus.
San Diego County: San Diego.

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS

1.—In Ingram (1946, p. 62), Theba pisana (Muller) should be
changed to Helicella pisana (Muller); see Pilsbry (1948,
p. 1091).

2.—In Ingram (1946, p. 62, Family Helminthoglyptidie) the fol-
lowing species and subspecies should be added; see Pilsbry
(1948, pp. 1092-1093). Pilsbry’s (1948) statement should be
kept in mind, “The following species [of Monadenia| and
subspecies were described by Berry in Journ. of Entom. and
Zool., March, 1940. As the figures are in outline they do not
show features of pattern.and sculpture, which are among the
chief differential characters.”

Monademia marmarotis Berry

Type: 8615in S. S. Berry collection, Redlands, California.

Type locality: Altitude at about 5900 feet, one quarter to one
half mile south of Marble Valley Ranger Station, Marble
Valley, Siskiyou County, among marble and limestone
rocks.

Siskiyou County: At about 5900 feet, one quarter to one half
mile south of Marble Valley Ranger Station, Marble Val-
ley; at about 66000 feet, Marble Mountain, above Marble
Valley; Kelsey Creek Trail, one mile below Marble Valley
Ranger Station; (?) Canyon Creek Trail, 61% miles above
Scott River.

Monadenia rotifer Berry

Type: 7794 in S. S. Berry collection, Redlands, California.

31

BULLETIN, So. Cauir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 1, 1949

Type locality: Altitude at about 6000 feet on trail one half
mile west of Whiskey Camp, Salmon Mountains, Siskiyou
County.

Siskiyou County: Altitude at about 6000 feet on trail one half
mile west of Whiskey Camp, Salmon Mountains.

Monadenia callipeplus Berry
Type: 7693 in S.S. Berry collection, Redlands, California.
Type locality: Altitude 2300 feet, Tompkins Creek, one mile
above mouth.

Monadenia cristulata Berry

Type: 8614in S.S. Berry collection, Redlands, California.

Type locality: Altitude at about 5800 feet above Pleasant
Valley Lakes, Siskiyou County.

Siskiyou County: Altitude at about 5800 feet above Pleasant
Valley Lakes.

Monadema chaceana Berry

Type: 8678 in S. S. Berry collection, Redlands, California.

Type locality: Among rocks about halfway up a spur of
Badger Mountain on west side of Shasta River Canyon not
far above its mouth, Siskiyou County.

Siskiyou County: Among rocks about halfway up a spur of
Badger Mountain on west side of Shasta River Canyon not
far above its mouth. . Pilsbry (1948) states, “Among
woods,” which should really read following Berry (1940),
“Among rocks”; Lava rockslide 14 mile below Copco Di-
version Dam, Shasta River Canyon.

Monadenia fidelis scottiana Berry

Type: 8616in S. S. Berry collection, Redlands, California.

Type locality: Kelsey Creek, 1 to 2 miles above mouth, Sis-
kiyou County.

Siskiyou County: Kelsey Creek, | to 2 miles above mouth;
middle fork of Kelsey Creek, on trail 54% miles above
Scott River; Canyon Creek, from near mouth to one mile
above ; Middle Creek 1% mile above mouth.

Monadema fidelis callidina Berry

Type: 7087 in S.S. Berry collection, Redlands, California.
Type locality: “Dad’s Camp,” south side of Klamath River
across from Requa, Del Norte County.

32

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

Del Norte County: “Dad’s Camp,” south side of Klamath
River across from Requa; Chaffey Ranch, 7 miles above
mouth of Klamath River; Terwah (Turwar ?).

Humboldt County: Perch Creek.

Siskiyou County: Butler Creek, 4% mile above mouth.

Monademnia fidelis smuithiana Berry

Type: 6960in S. S. Berry collection, Redlands, California.

Type locahty: North side of Smith River, 3 miles below
Hiouchi Bridge, Del Norte County.

Del Norte County: North side of Smith River, 3 miles below
Hiouchi Bridge; bank of Smith River near Huouchi
Bridge.

Monadema infumata alamedensis Berry

Type: 5672, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco,
California.

Type locality: Haywards, Alameda County, California.

Alameda County: Haywards.

3.—In Ingram (1946, p. 67) under Helminthoglypta californiensis
(Lea) add these additional localities, see Pilsbry (1948, p.
1093) : “Found at several localities north of Monterey in the
sand dunes, the farthest north being at points south of Point
Lobos, the southernmost being just south of the mouth of the
Little Sur River, about 15 miles south of Point Lobos. Our
best collecting, both as to number of specimens and size of
shells, was in the sand dunes about 3 miles north of Monte-
eV

4—In Ingram (1946, p. 73) under Helminthoglypta sequoicola
(Cooper) delete south side of San Juan Grade, Monterey
County, a locality which should be placed under Helmintho-
glypta dupetithouarsi consors Berry, see Pilsbry (1939, p. 140;
1948, p. 1093).

5.—In Ingram (1946, p. 83) for Micrarionata tryoni carinata

Pilsbry read AMicrarionata tryoni hemphilli (Hannibal), see
Pilsbryv (1948, p. 1093).

33

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 1, 1949

BIBLIOGRAPHY

Berry 8S. STILLMAN

1940. Nine new snails of the Genus Monadenia. Pomona College
Journ. Entomology and Zoology. 17 pp.

INGRAM, WILLIAM MARCUS

1946.. A check list of the helicoid snails of California (from Henry A.
Pilsbry’s monograph). Bull. So. Calif. Acad Sci., vol. XLV,
pt. 2, pp. 61-98.

1948. A check list of the Haplotrematide, Testacellide, and Zonitide
of California (from Henry A. Pilsbry’s monograph). Bull. So.
Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. XLVII, pt. 1, pp. 11-16.

Henry A. PILSBRY

1939. Land mollusea of North America (North of Mexico). Mono-
graph 3, The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philedelphia, vol. 1,
pt. 1, pp. 1-573.

1940. Land mollusca of North America (North of Mexico). Mono-
graph 38, The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. 1,
pt. 2, pp. 575-994.

1946. Land mollusea of North America (North of Mexico). Mono-
graph 3, The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. 2,
pt. 1, pp. 1-520.

1948. Land mollusca of North America (North of Mexico). Mono-
graph 3, The Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. 2,
pt. 2, pp. 521-1113.

The SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
announces the publication of Part 2, Volume 3 of its

“MEMOIRS”

containing

NEARCTIC MITES OF THE FAMILY
PSHPUDOLE RA IDAs

By
E. A. McGREGOoR

Attention of Librarians is called to the fact that all issues of
this publication are still available, and may be obtained from the
Secretary of the Academy at the prices, and in the editions noted
below.

The “Memoirs” are financed from a special fund that is
required to be replenished from the sale of the publication, and
it is therefore impossible for the Academy to furnish these on
an exchange basis. Regular members of the Academy, in good
standing, are furnished a copy of each issue as published, without
cost, and are privileged to order additional copies at 50% of the
publication price.

MEVMOUS ISSUED iO DATE:

Vol.1. Complete in one issue. 275 pp. 1938. Contains “Check
List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of
America; Part 1; Macrolepidoptera”’, with Index and Corri-
genda, by J. McDunnough, Ph.D. Paper Cover.............. $4.00

Special edition of the above, printed on one side of page
only, with every facing alternate page blank, making
possible the write-in of notes and new species. Paper
COMETH ee ie Gas ssteunie ie ees PodovoocscogoodoodeuEHAgAEDEOOO DDO 5.00
A limited edition of the List, without index, was run on
white bristol board, suitable for use as cut-out labels. A
LOWALELAVATIADIOUAt cc. oe iscek sl Se eee Vaal store exevetajee als Geis 3.00

Vol. 2, Part 1. 172 pp. 1939. “Check List of the Lepidopt. of

Canada and the U. S. Part 2, Microlepidoptera”’, with Index,

by J. McDunnough, Ph.D. Papers................ccccccecces 2.50
A few copies of the special edition, printed on one side
Of AS SOM eisai ew laos onosobe toler scseercrot aie otelaione chereguelens paper 3.50

Vol. 2, Part 2.. 60 pp. 1944. “Revision of the North American
Genera and Species of the Phalaenid Subfamily Plusiinae (Lepidop-
EIR)? loi? Ve WGI bNTOKN, IMDS co ocansabacedcdoouscGoUuUED 1.50

Vol. 3, Part 1. 1947. 134 pp. “A Guide to the Literature and Distri-
bution of the Marine Alge of the Pacific Coast of North America”

Vale) WSOC. 2540S cepsieits isae euanen enjoin cmeuaae tuaviababepalene iSbensealetete 2.00
Vol. 3, Part 2. 1949. 45 pp. 10 text figs. 10 plates, as announced
BONIS). Sits oa Buea eS CCE SRS sl cnn Oar Coen ee Mn i et aaa er esa aU saa at 2.00

Address all orders and inquiries to
THE SECRETARY
SOUGHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY: OF SCIENCES

c/o Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A

35

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to KENNETH E. STAGER

Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,

Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.
MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri
cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers
in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued feur numbers (January, May, July and October)
in 1920.

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August:
Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2,
March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-
October; No. 6, November-Deceniber.

From 1925 to 1948, including volumes XXIV to XLVII, three numbers
were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April;
No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.

MEMOIRS

Vol. 1, 1988. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944- Voln3sBart 1,
1947. Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

For Sale at the Appended Prices

BULLETIN: To To Non-
Members Members

Complete set, Vols. 1 to 41, bound.............. 5 $150.00
(Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 38, bound ............ 80.00
WOO See INO esol OO 4S ay rare sve sate) aisiiecere eves o eke adersverevorsier ete $ .25 50
ale A ante eter HLS Oey iaro 0 airs levers lolral niet eloveveiie aie eevee caisievelece .25 50
neha Oper AED (Ysa se caves alae shatoaversiaie oa One wratene aus eile 25 50
pePee ce ole OO RSS) le Fron Sia ta ladaueyciletele isi snetaetarevenetone 1.00 2.00
mde eee tis, OO he cette: Siasancvesaveeustedss svete dhe a areveverouens 1.00 2.00
eats Orta sere eT ONC) eae ahs deemacensray Stole tovele Siete) aioe ore canese/s 2.00 4.00
Sen aera eT O STO pS cing cre! nave cetesteta crecoaaieloreuguansl ayaverouone s 15 1.50
panel OO eaintice soar csT ONT Deets a eoctrer chen avalisl eye cua cin eee: eiauere ere Seeds 1.00 2.00
Bae) Serres See OM Vee oe war sus wuatiavie go. e\teve ates ieierele lorie 2.00 4.00
sea armen ee MO api aigies fe nauatattelieie (elavigyotarehe re tee fev onel eereleiite 1.00 2.00
empl sy eat Ove TOM Garis cceveis secu eve wae le\'s ilcvela eieieve ss sronaceseusie 75 1.50
seamen (ptisecme att peo OUR es eae ac cuaiecuiles's cereal “sh aualoreroloverele 1.50 3.00
peel up ccniules O20)! so aicraeneva vayvavedsne Since Go eobte aca el Sn esaie 50 1.00
meee O Malema A sel) (elo ciretn tecaeuaiics tess 41 a taileverecelg sce ore ate cacenenete 50 1.00
same Oleg a 2H OUD 8 sia cS ccar chav ice "ench wis te eis lene. cose ona ene rales 1.00 2.00
oon le 23,4; 10; LODE COACH) secs sieve nice secs .25 50
ae 2A eens <1 2 (GACH) Osada lose wns eiereieve says 25 .50
poe Mme So OD G tat au SysPe iar ectcos sla ileie edevalouisuelorereieiace .25 50
ee Onemicen S25) LOD (CAC) ss cceis ecels aleve stan cieseoreieis .25 50
ech Me els Arto O28. (KC ACH) pa ierces sic cieveicle sueueroie os .25 .50
OOS} ah) Ay BA) (GEA ED)) “6 Sb oudoUoOb 000 barca O .25 .50
iS Oe Doo lO Sil (COACH) ito crsscnsretelarceere ele je ice .25 50
parolee tls. dO “(CACM )I Geis c cis sie iciais eve orsi siete 25 50
MRS 2 ese A eS O33). COACH) cus its aisvenscopavs ee alee ssie « .25 50
BOO Mm lho. NORA (CACHE Sivcrclolclers selereporcrei sels .25 .50
ee Aeon Det o ar O35) = (CaCI) misievereicsisteiarere elevators .25 50
2 BR, I Byes UBS (GENE) “Goosouedooo0Kucoode 25 00
meoOnieniels, 2 S.9 1 OSde COACH) 1.5 5c sleccists cyeieusciere/eleie .25 50
mr orienence We eD) SI G38) (Cah)? evel accrereiecetse cis srerars .25 .50
EOS eee lied Ose 1939 (CAC) asrecha cts eueresversiei yeverers .25 50
BO ecaer Ss LOA Ora erars cenedste cele Yorn sheyate cus ce oralerene mia .25 -50
pee Ort nua Suid. OAM (CaCI) acco cee ccs ec suelslcie siece .25 50
eal ietiecels 2. Sl G42 (CAC)! accuses hola ae oles .25 50
pea Se Mert Dai QA Bi KOACIN) ie rcrs cinies a) cneversie acereds 25 50
Meco Oss LO FAG (COACH) it ayceralece: syonchas tebevereisvei .25 50
Beta eel eZ ol OA he (CaCl) Nir. s asriees eeleroeneseneens .20 50
MLO ena nle 2321946) o (eachy)|i) favs seers ccaeiciee uy ae .25 50
pet Or ae PN DSO SP OAT (SACI) Meike aay ace Sega tec see) aueroaete 25 50
Aig = DDB G4 Sx (@aCh et ace. ceniat scr) cers 25 50

(Continued on next page)

37

PUBLICATIONS (continued)

MEMOIRS To To Non-
Members Members
Wo Issa eine Cones encscodaacondacouc000 $2.00 $4.00
A eras eae bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00
rae eo printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00
REE SERN aes printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00
Vol. 2, No. 1, 1989—paper cover ................ 1.25 2.50
Soi Resi elcsiptane Nir t es bound in black fabrikoid.... 2.25 3.50
Sern Seigh igoni ame tes gr ter printed on one side of page . 1.75 3.50
SOE oe Dea O44 nane4nr: COMET <csiciersscsisteleus CGO60 15 1.50
SB eh e947 paper -COWET, Hi. ty. cterccsrcussereneenes 1.00 2.00
Cae Cy serch 6)

2, 1949—paper .cover..............+.- 1.00 2.00

Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or
Co-operating Organizations
Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00

SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES
HARTHQUAKH SS, Re We ER. oo so sini ecocioteteyevoneteneners bound 2.50

Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published),
chiefly Entomological, 1 colored plate

Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of
Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00

FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David-
son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923................ 2.50

Reprints:

Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami-
lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed
on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes),
Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. $ .50

The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County,
New. Mexico; 1931. BR. (RR. Mosberge 2 oe .25

Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United
States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 19388, printed on
white bristol board, one side of page (without index)
suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-
members

A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their
habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis 50

A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA,
32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm.M.
TINSLAM ~ sale ee hale iio ered e e sials oo eidlabt atole ROE Reine .50

Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum—CHANNEL
ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers 1 to 33. Bound 3.00

ApbpRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO

SOUTIIERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Care KENNETH E. STAGER)
Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

38

—

The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf-
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this
program, the following forms are suggested:

Form of Legacy

To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects
of value.

I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....-....:....222......----eeeeeeeeeee
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses,
dispositions and benefits thereof forever.

Form of Devise
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy.

I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences”
ofatherCityof cos Angeles: -((..-.. 2 8
here describe the property or ground rent..............--...-----------e---s---e--eeeeeeee No
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever.

ois eaeah

Po

_ REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in

the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return
a aes proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the
Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co.,
i 415 East Eleventh Street, Los pial Calif., the contributor
pe for all his reprints.

PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS
(WITHOUT. COVERS)
Rieter a 4pp. 8pp. 12pp. 6pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp.
50 ‘copies . ww $3.15 $5.75 $850 $1025 $11.75 $13.50 $16.00 $17.00
POO! 20 ASOs oO NOD. 2 ioe) o.00 W256) 20.25) 21.50

Pe 2 525 925 «1300. 15.25 1825. 2100 2450 26.00
Pe 2 600. 1100 1525 1775 2150 2475 28.75 . 3050
sls cine 675 1275 1750 2025 2475 2850 3300 35.00

_ 300 erm sh 750 1450 19.75 22.75 2800 3225 3725 39.50
Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1c each.
California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state.

vo

Distinctive

PRINTING

Books @ Catalogs @ Broadsides
Stationery and Olfice Forms

es :
Baas es : : :

Bess:

piers ;

‘McBRIDE PRINTING CO.

PHONE: PRospect 2045
oi | 415 EAST ELEVENTH ST.
“Since 1879” — Los Angeles 15, Calif.

LLETIN OF THE

Southern California
.cademy of Sciences

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

_ SOUTHWEST :
zs jJohn lu. Sperry - 8 = i= oe we ee

: ‘OCCURRENCE OF BINARY FISSION IN THE METACYCLIC

FORM OF TRYPANOSOMA CRUZI CHAGAS FROM ee
_LONGIPES BARBER

i Sherwin F. Wood

C. Andresen Hubbard

FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA:
1. The Silphid Burying Beetles in the Asphalt Deposits
W. Dwight Pierce - - = - - - - - = 55

DDITIONAL PYRAMIDELLIDZ FROM THE GUE. OF CALIFORNIA
a A. M. Strong

DR. CATHERINE VIRGINIA BEERS

Issued November 4, 1949

Southern California
Academy of Sciences _

OFFICERS anp DIRECTORS

Dr. William L. Lloyd = = = = 2 aD Re aS : President
Dr. Louis C. Wheeler = = = = = First Vice President
Dr. Sherwin F. Wood - = - - - Second Vice President
Mr. Kenneth E. Stager = = = - = = - Secretary
Dr. W. Dwight Pierce - - - - - - - YFreasurer
Dr. John A. Comstock - > - - - - - - Editor
Mr. Lloyd M. Martin - = = - = Ass’t to Secretary
: Dr. H. J. Andrews Mr. "Theodore Payne
Dr. A. Weir Bell Dr. W. Dwight Pierce if
Dr. John A. Comstock Mr. Kenneth E, Stager —
Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. Chester Stock *
Dr. William L. Lloyd Dr. Louis C. Wheeler —

Dr. Sherwin F.. Wood

ADVISORY BOARD
Mr. Fred EH. Burlew Dr. Howard R. Hill ©

Dr. Preston Kline Caye Dr. Philip A. Munz —
Mr. A. York Escalante ~ Dr. R. H. Swift
Dr. John Herman Mr. Russell 8. Woglum

Mr. Arthur Woodward

BOTANICAL SECTION
Miss Bonnie Templeton, Chairman

SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION
Dr. Irving Rehmann, Chairman

SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Dr. Raymond C. Osburn, Chairman
SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES
Mr. Jos. B. Ficklen III, Chairman

SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES cae
Dr. John Herman, Chairman i

SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES
Dr. Preston Cline Caye, Chairman
SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES

Mr. Russell S. Woglum, Chairman —

SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCES
Mr. Carroll L. Lang, Chairman

ANTHROPOLOGICAL SECTION
Mr. Arthur Woodward, Chairman

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman
Mr. William Curry, Auditor Dr. John A. Comstock —
Dr. John Herman

PROGRAM COMMITTEE
Dr. William L. Lloyd, Chairman Dr. Louis C. Wheeler

HOSPITALITY COMMITTEHR
Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION
Dr. John A. Comstock, Chairman
Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. Howard R. Hill Dr. A. Weir Bell

COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION
Dr. Sherwin F. Wood, Chairman
Mr. Theodore Payne Mr. Carroll L. Lang
Prof. J. Stanley Brode Dr. John A. Comstock

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY ;
Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7, Calif.

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences
VOLUME 48 - = = - - - Part 2, 1949

TWO APPARENTLY NEW GEOMETRID SPECIES
FROM THE SOUTHWEST

By JoHN L. SPERRY

Riverside, California

In the Sperry collection, there has been for some time a series
of a Racheospila species, taken in the southern desert of Cali-
fornia and going under the name of diaphana, Warren. In com-
piling the original descriptions of the Geometridze the author
noted that the type locality of diaphana is Peru and it seemed that
there might be reason to doubt the occurrence of this species in
the deserts of Southern California. Furthermore, Prout (Gen.
Ins. 1912, 104) had placed diaphana in the first section in his di-
vision of the genus, which section is characterized by “Hindwing
with C never anastomosing, abdomen very rarely with embossed
spots, male antenne with short or very moderate. pectinations.”
Our Southern California species belonged without doubt in Sec-
tion II having “C anastomosing shortly with the cell and abdomen
with embossed white spots” although the male antennal pectina-
tions are not long.

An appeal to the British Museum for information brought an
immediate clarification of the problem. Mr. Fletcher informs me
that diaphana Warr. equals pomposa Dogn. and falls to the older
name. The types of pomposa, two males from Ecuador, are in
the National Museum at Washington and so are unavailable to
the author without a long journey which seems inadvisable.

The types of diaphana Warr., two females, are in the British
Museum and Mr. Fletcher has kindly made slides of a female of
our Southern Californian species and of one of type specimens
and writes as follows: “I have had the opportunity of examining
the types of Warren’s R. pomposa (diaphana) from Peru. Your
California specimen is certainly closely related to pomposa and
so far as I can see is nearest to the Mexican race p. indecora
Prout. In fact if your specimen had been larger I should probab-
bly have determined it as that without further check ... I have
made preparations of the tails and though they are very close
they are undoubtedly distinct.

In pomposa indecora the sclerotised plate in the ductus burs
is bluntly conical in shape, in the Californian specimen it is almost
square and barely half the size.”

41

i | |

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Parr 2, 1949

With grateful thanks to Mr. D. S. Fletcher of the British Mu-
seum staff the author proposes to give the Southern Californian
species a name and describes

Racheospila noél, sp. n.

Male and female: Palpi, moderate in male, long in female,
white tinged with rose. Front, smooth scaled, white with wide
dorsal rose band, white band between antennal shafts, collar nar-
rowly rose. Antennal shafts white, pectinations, straw. Legs thin
scaled with white, laved inwardly with pink atoms. Thorax and
both wings, rivage green (Ridgway color). Abdomen beneath
white, above green with large, raised, dorsal, white spots, circled
broadly with rose on the first six segments, those on the third,
fourth and fifth being larger than the others.

Primaries: Costa white bordered inwardly with rose, the lat-
ter heavy at the base and narrow or wanting beyond one-third out
from the base. T.a. line narrow, white, leaves costa at 4 goes at
right angles thereto to midcell, thence angling inward to lower
edge of cell, thence outward and back to inner margin at one-
third from base. T.p. line from beyond 34, on costa goes irregu-
larly across wing to inner margin at two-thirds out from base, and
angling sharply outward at the veins. A heavy, rose terminal line
broken at the veins by white spots. Fringe white, with spreading
rose spots at the vein ends. Discal spot distinct, rose, located at
end of cell centrally.

Secondaries: T.a. and t.p. lines continued as on the primaries.
T.a. line has shallow inward angle deviating from the curve and
reaches inner margin at one-third. T.p. line reaches inner margin
at four-fifths out from base. Fringes as in primaries. Discal spot
rose, smaller than on primaries, at end of cell.

Beneath: much lighter green than above, forewing darker than
hindwing.

Costa of primaries more heavily washed with rose than above.
Discal spots on both wings minute. Lines show dimly through
from upper side. Terminal line and fringes as above.

The expanse varies as does that of most desert geometrids, de-
pending largely on the precipitation and temperature. There must
be several broods, as the record shows winter, spring and summer
captures in the type series before me. Expanse: Male 17-19 mm.
Female 17-24 mm.

Holotype, male, Borrego, California, May 6, 1946, Grace H.
and John L. Sperry coll. and in the Sperry collection.

Allotype, female, same data and in the same collection.

42

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

Paratypes, 5 males, 4 females, Borrego, Calif. and Tub Can-
yon, Borrego, Calif. Jan., Mar., May, July, Nov. and Dec. 1946,
7 and 8. Noel Crickmer coll. and in the U. S. National Museum,
Canadian Nat. Museum, Museum of Comparative Zoology and
British Museum; 2 males, Palm Springs, Calif., Mar. 4 and 8,
1922, Karl B. Coolidge coll. and 1 female same locality Oct. 11,
1922 and in the Los Angeles County Museum; 1 female, Borrego,
Calif. Jan. 1946, Noel Crickmer, collector, and in the Crickmer col-
lection; 2 males, Palm Springs, Calif. March and March 19, 1922,
K. R. Coolidge, coll. and in the collection of the U. S. National
Museum.

This species belongs next to diaphana Warr. in our check list
and the author considers it doubtful if diaphana occurs in the
United States. It differs from pomposa Dogn., as far as can be
told from the description, by the lack of the yellow terminal and
costal shading, by the presence of well marked t.a. lines and geni-
talically as stated by Mr. Fletcher.

As the best flight of this insect in the southern desert appears
to begin about Christmas and as most of the Sperry series was
taken by our friend Mr. Noél Crickmer at his Tub Canyon Guest
Ranch in Borrego, California, it seems fitting to name this species
in his honor, which the author ventures to do, with great pleasure.

Since 1937 there has been, in the Sperry collection, a single
specimen of an unknown Chlorochlamys species from Mexican
Wells, California ; in 1947 and 1948, trips to the Organ Pipe Cac-
tus National Monument in Southern Arizona turned up a small
series which the author here describes as

Chlorochamys fletcheraria, sp. n.

Male and female: Palpi, rosy ochreous; front, light green;
antennal shaft light buff, pectinations short, tawny. Vertex light
buff between the antennal shafts. Legs light buff. Thorax, ab-
domen and both wings, vetiver green (Ridgway color) Costa of
fore wing and maculation light buff, the costal light buff area nar-
rower in the female.

Primaries: T.a. line starts at a triangular spot one-third out
on costa and curves slightly outward in going to inner margin at
one-third from base.

T.p. line irregular from triangular spot 84, out on costa to
inner margin 34, out from base. The t.p. line has a tendency to
bow inward slightly between the veins. The lines are narrow ex-
cept at costa but are distinct on both wings. Fringes very light
buff with a light-green shade line through the base. Discal dot
absent.

43

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

Secondaries: T.a. line wanting. T.p. from slightly nearer the
base than continuation of same line of the primaries, goes irregu-
larly across wing to two-thirds out on inner margin, bowing out
slightly between veins 2 and 5.

Discal dot wanting. Fringes as on primaries.

Beneath: Costa of primaries has a rosy ochreous tinge, lines
of upper side show dimly through. The green scales darken ter-
minally into an obscure terminal line. Color slightly lighter than
above, especially along inner margin of both wings. Distal dots
absent. Fringes as above.

Expanse, male 12-14 mm.; female 13-14 mm.

Holotype, male, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, Ari-
zona, April 14, 1948, Grace H. and John L. Sperry. coll. and in
the Sperry collection.

Allotype, female, Mexican Wells, California, July 7, 1937,
Grace H. Sperry collector and in the Sperry collection.

Paratypes, 9 males, 3 females, Organ Pipe Cactus National
Monument, Ariz., April 11-20, 1947, 48; 1 male, Alamo Canyon,
Ajo Mts., Ariz. Apr. 22, 1948, G. H. and-J. Li Sperryp@olleal
male, Nogales, Ariz. Aug. 16, 1947, F. H. Parker; 1 male Madera
Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Ariz. and 1 female same locality, July
31, 1947, Comstock and Martin, and in the U. S. Museum,
American Museum of Nat. History, British Museum, Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Canadian National Museum, the collection
of the Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument and collection
Sperry; 43 males, 3 females, Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts.,
Arizona, July 23 to August 27, 1946 and 1947 Dr. John A. Com-
stock and Lloyd Martin, coll. and in the collection of the Los
Angeles County Museum and collection Sperry.

This species belongs immediately after gelleraria Pack, in the
list and is the smallest of the known Chlorochlamys species. It is
a darker green than any other species known to the author. Un-
fortunately the author has found that the maculation of the
wings is too variable in this genus to be a reliable character for
separation at all times. The small size and the bright, well marked
lines on the dark green ground, together with the green scaled
front will separate this species from the others in most cases.

The genitalia are probably closest to gelleraria Pack. It has
the needle-like zedeagus of the genus but has a small needle-like
spine apically which is lacking in zelleraria, the uncus is shaped
the same in both species but in fletcheraria is shorter and broader
centrally ; the valve are narrower than in gelleraria and the cen-
tral raised ridge which is rough and almost toothed in zelleraria
is almost smooth in fletcheraria. In the female the chitinized vag-

44

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 2, 1949

inal opening is much heavier in gelleraria and there is a plate
above the opening which is lacking in fletcheraria.

It gives me great pleasure to name this beautiful insect in honor
of Mr. D. S. Fletcher of the British Museum staff, whose careful
examinations and friendly cooperation has encouraged the author
to again describe in this difficult genus.

THE OCCURRENCE OF BINARY FISSION IN THE
METACYCLIC FORM OF TRYPANOSOMA CRUZI
CHAGAS FROM TRIATOMA LONGIPES BARBER

By SHERWIN F. Woop

Los Angeles City College

Much discussion has centered about the presence or absence
of division in the trypanosome form of the causative agent of
Chagas’ disease or American human trypanosomiasis. Brumpt’*
believed metacyclic forms, 1. e., the infective rectal phase of the
parasite in the insect, were incapable of division and Dias’ sup-
ported this view after unsuccessful attempts at culturing metacyc-
lic trypanosomes. However, Nino’ recorded a form, Plate 1,
Fig. 29, suggestive of binary fission on slides prepared from feces
of Triatoma infestans, and demonstrated from culture a double
trypanosome stage with one kinetoplast in figure 14 of Plate 4.
Elkeles* published two excellent photomicrographs, 10 and 11, in
Plate 6 of Trypanosoma cruzi in binary fission from the feces of
Triatoma infestans. Whitaker’ was successful in culturing Tryp-
anosoma cruzi from Triatoma protracta feces and reported meta-
cyclic division forms in these cultures. Meyer’ observed binary
fission in the trypanosome form in fowl tissue cultures of Tryp-
anosoma cruzi.

The fragility of this parasite has been noted by Brumpt,'
Wenyon’ and other workers. The writer has been partially suc-
cessful in overcoming this by the use of heat fixation, i.e., warmed
glass slides. However, no exact temperatures have been worked
out which guarantee consistently uniform results.

On June 10, 1947, the writer received a naturally-infected fe-
male Triatoma longipes Barber from Mr. W. J. Cummings who

1Brumpt, E., Précis de Parasitologie, p. 236, 1927.

2Dias, E., Mem. Inst. O. Cruz, vol 42, p. 502, 1945.

3Nino, F., Misitn de Estudios de Patologia Regional Argentina, 4th Reunién,
pp. 600-604, 1928.

4Elkeles, G., Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias, vol. 36, p. 407, pl. 6,
figs. 10 and 11, 1944.

5Whitaker, B. G., Doctorate Thesis. Univ. Calif. Library, Berkeley, 1937.

SMeyer, H., Biol. Abs., vol. 19, p. 812, 1944.

TBrumpt, E., ibid, p. 231, 1927.

8Wenyon, C. M., Protozoology, vol. 1, p. 490, 1927.

45

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

lives near Nogales, Arizona. Wishing to preserve types in the
feces of this bug, the insect was fed on a guinea pig August 5th
and isolated in a glass jar. The first voluntary fecal droplet was
large and clear and was transferred with a capillary pipette to
previously warmed glass slides and small droplets spread as for
blood smears.” While searching for well-preserved metacyclic
forms as illustrated in figure 1, the elongated specimen with
single kinetoplast shown in figure 3 was found.

Subsequent study of ten smears prepared from this one fecal
deposit revealed 36 specimens in various phases of division, only
a few of which were well preserved. Twelve specimens showed
the double form of figure 3 but with two kinetoplasts separated
by protoplasmic bands of varying width. The division apparently
begins with separation of the flagellum, undulating membrane and
anterior organelles, followed by a splitting of the nucleus and
parting of the two cytosomes which remain connected by a single
kinetoplast as in figure 3. The division of the kinetoplast appears
to be accompanied by a diagonal separation of the interconnecting
broad, protoplasmic band, as in figure 2, resulting in a pointed
posterior protoplasmic extension of the body capping each kineto-
plast. The right kinetoplast in figure 2 was broken, as indicated
by its irregular shape, but the remainder of each trypanosome
showed typical nucleus, flagellum, undulating membrane and
cytosome. In several specimens the interconnecting protoplasm
was drawn out into a thin thread-like connection from broader
protoplasmic caps covering each kinetoplast. Thus, binary fission
apparently occurs in the metacyclic form of Trypanosoma cruzi
harbored by Triatoma longipes.

Wood, S. F., Am. Jour. Trop. Med., vol. 29, p. 44, 1949.

46

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

NEW FLEAS AND RECORDS FROM THE
WESTERN STATES

By C. ANDRESEN HUBBARD
Vanport College, Portland, Oregon

There are before the writer at this time two new pocket gopher
fleas from the State of Washington, several new collection records
from Washington and Oregon; a new flea which is from Kern
County, California and two new fleas found east of Death Valley,
California, through southern Nevada and into northwestern Ari-
zona and southwestern Utah.

WASHINGTON: The writer has before him at this time two
new pocket gopher fleas from Washington State. Mr. Al W.
Moore working in extreme southwestern Washington took a
series of new fleas off pocket gophers which he sent to the writer.
This new flea shall be called

DACTYLOPSYLLA MOOREI, a new species

Before the writer at this time are the holotype male and allo-
type female, a paratype male and two paratype females. The new
species seems to fall midway between D. comis Jordan and D.
pacifica Hubbard, but differs from them in the shape of the proc-
ess and finger in the male and the apical outline of the VII sternite
and its armature in the female.

Modified Segments: male. The process of the clasper is not
finger shaped as in comis and pacifica but somewhat dome shaped
and apically inclined towards the anterior. The finger of the
clasper is evenly rounded apically while comis is hooked and
pacifica is expanded. The anterior border is widened about half
way down by a triangular process. The armature of the finger
consists of a short spike at the apical anterior angle, two medium
bristles slightly below posterior apical angle and midway down
the posterior border a small bristle.

Female. Apical outline of the VII sternite undulate, the arma-
ture consisting of 30 or more bristles to the side, 10 of which are
stout. The spermatheca is typical for the series and has the oval
body, the crooked appendix and the apical appendage.

The new flea is large, as are all the giant pocket gopher fleas,
both male and female measuring 4 mm. in length.

The type locally as established by Mr. Moore is 12 miles
northeast of Cathlamet, Wahkiakum County, Washington where
on May 27, 1949 he took the fleas off what he designates as a new
subspecies of Thomomys talpoides.

47

BULLETIN, So. CaLir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

Depositories: The types are deposited in the National Mu-
seum, the first pair of paratypes in the British Museum and the re-
maining female paratype in the Los Angeles County Museum.

The new flea bears the name of Mr. Al W. Moore of the Port-
land, Oregon office of the Fish and Wildlife Service.

Engaged in plague suppressive measures in central Washing-
ton Dr. C. W. Clanton of the Washington Department of Health
removed two female fleas from Norwegian rats. These are doubt-
less true pocket gopher fleas. The writer finds them to be new.
They shall be called

FOXELLA IGNOTA CLANTONI, a new subspecies

The 2 female fleas before the writer have a genal armature
different from other ignota but seem to fall between F.2. fran-
ciscana Roths. from southern Oregon and California and F, 1.
recula J. and R. from the Pacific Northwest.

Head: Well rounded, the gena with two rows of bristles. The
lower row consists of 2 long bristles, close together and next to
antennal groove, then a short bristle midway between the margins
and at the margin dropped out of line and below the longest bristle
of the 4. The upper row is of 5 bristles, medium and evenly
spaced. Postantennal region with one long, major bristle and a
marginal row of a short, 2 very long and 5 medium bristles evenly
spaced. Small bristles along antennal groove.

Modified Segments: The apical outline of the VII sternite of
the female consists of a rounded lobe below, and above it the face
is undulate. Armature consists of 6 major bristles and about as
many minor bristles in an anterior row. The spearmatheca is
typically ignota but small for the size of the flea. It consists of the
globular body, the crooked appendix and the well defined ap-
pendage.

The 2 females under study measure about 3 mm. in length,

Dr, Clanton secured these fleas off Rattus norvegicus (Nor-
wegian rat—probably chance host) 4 miles east of Odessa in
Lincoln County, Washington on July 7, 1949. The holotype fe-
male is deposited in the National Museum, the paratype in the
British Museum.

During his plague investigation in central Washington Clanton
removed from the Sagebrush Vole (Lagurus c. pauperrimus) two
new fleas described earlier this year by the writer as Megabothris
clantoni and Thrassis gladiolis johnsom. These were delivered to
the Plague Suppressive Measures Laboratory of San Francisco

48

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Parr 2, 1949

for plague reaction and to the writer for determination. Hundreds
of them were available. Dr. Murray Johnson, physician and sur-
geon of Tacoma, Washington, working with Clanton for relaxa-
tion, secured specimens of the Idaho Pigmy Rabbit (Brachylaqus
idahoensis). The fleas were sent to the writer. The entire lot
consisted of Cediopsylla 1. inequalis Baker. This flea is not new
to Washington but the host record is the first for the State.

OrEGoN: The number of species and subspecies of fleas in
Oregon has remained at 90 for a number of years. Recently, how-
ever, two new records have been added to the list. The writer has
uncovered Epitedia stanfordi Traub in much of eastern Oregon.
Mr. R. C. Erickson of the Malheur Wild Life Refuge sent to the
writer specimens of fleas collected out of duck nests in the area.
These were determined as Ceratophyllus garei Roths. a bird flea
not yet recorded from Oregon. Specimens of the Idaho Pigmy
Rabbit collected in Central Oregon by members of the Biological
Survey were carrying fleas identified by the writer as C. 2. ine-
qualis Baker and Odontopsyllus dentatus Baker. The host record
is new for Oregon.

As new from Oregon at this time the writer wishes to describe

NEARCTOPSYLLA JORDANI TRAUBI, a new subspecies

There are before the describer at this time the holotype male
and allotype female and seven paratype females. The new flea is
close to Nearctopsylla jordani Hubbard 1940 from which it is
separated and from which it differs in the male in the armature of
the IX sternite. Whereas in N. jordani this armature consists of
orderly arranged stout bristles in N. 7. trawbi the arrangement is
unorderly and the bristles are both stout and long curved, mixed.
In the female the VII st. outline and the spermatheca differ
from N. jordan. In the new flea the outline of VII st. has two
sharp processes close together, the shorter one below. N. jordani
has but one of these processes. The spermatheca of N. jordani
has body directly running into appendix but in N. 7. traubi the
body is shorter and is definitely cut off from the appendix by a
constriction. The appendix is more hooked.

This flea which was taken at Sandy, Clackamas County, Ore-
gon (type locality) on June 23, 1942 off Scapanus townsendi
(type host) is a true mole flea with range probably east of Willa-
mette River in northern Oregon. The male is 2.50 mm. long, the
female 3.00 mm.

The holotype and allotype are mounted on one slide bearing
the writer’s number 1934 and deposited in the U. S. National
Museum. Paratypes are sent to Los Angeles Country Museum,
British Museum and California Academy of Sciences. The new

49

BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

flea bears the name of Major Robert Traub of the Army Medical
Department.

CaLiFoRNIA: Because of the great works by Gus Augustson
on fleas in central and southern California, the writer passed
through this section only once, on his way to headquarters from
southern Nevada. It was pure chance that in Kern County this
early spring day a Nelson Ground Squirrel presented too good a
mark to miss and when its fleas were examined there turned up a
Thrassis with the most distinct finger the writer had ever seen. To
commemorate the works of Augustson in this part of California
the new flea shall be called

THRASSIS AUGUSTSONI, a new species

There is before the writer at this time only the holotype male.
It belongs to that group of Thrassis which have the two modified
bristles on the VIII sternite of the male, and seems to be close to
Thrassis gladiolis. As stated above the finger is distinct both in
shape and armature.

Modified Segments: The process of the clasper is typically
Thrassis. The very characteristic finger might be described as be-
ing plow share shaped when viewed upside down. The posterior
border is armed with, below, the usual 2 stout characteristic
Thrassis bristles, followed above by a second pair of bristles not so
stout, then a bristle much longer than the lower ones, then a weak
bristle and then the usual very long one, which is a long way from
the apex, the distance between studded with 3 or so equidistant
munor bristles. VIII sternite not particularly prominent but armed
with the usual curved, stout bristle at the apex and below it the
2 modified bristles which in this case are grass blade shaped. The
IX sternite is apically angulate and armed with 3 short apical
bristles and below them several much longer ones.

The writer did not secure the female,

The male is small, measuring only about 1.50 mm. in length.
The type locality is east of Bakersfield in Kern County, California
and the type host is Nelson’s Ground Squirrel (Citellus n. nel-
son). It seems likely that this is a winter flea of Nelson’s Ground
Squirrel, so not turned up in plague investigations which are
usually carried on at other seasons of the year. The range of the
new flea may prove to be throughout the range of the type host.
The holotype is mounted on a slide bearing the date March 28,
1948 and is deposited in the United States National Museum,

Nevapa. The next of the new fleas is a winter flea found on
kangaroo rats and shall be called

50

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vout. 48, Part 2, 1949

THRASSOIDES HOFFMANI, a new species

This is the third of the strictly winter fleas of kangaroo rats to
be described. Prince in 1944 described off kangaroo rats Th.
campestris in the Great Plains region, Th. aridis in southern Ari-
zona and the species before the writer at this time comes from
west of the Rocky Mountains. These fleas appear in late fall on
kangaroo rats and mice that frequent their range, become very
abundant during winter and fade out during spring.

A good series lies before the writer at this time, the specimens
personally collected. They come from the southern half of Ne-
vada, east of Death Valley in California, in southwest Utah and
northwest Arizona. The selected types are from Beatty, Nye
County, Nevada.

Modified Segments: male. Process of clasper well rounded,
dome shaped apically armed with a strong bristle and several
weak ones. Finger not plump as in campestris and aridis but
slender and about as long as process is high, slightly broader at
base than tip, and apically tipped with the characteristic minute
spiniform. Posterior border armed below with 2 long strong
bristles, not short and stout as in Thrassis. Between these lower
bristles sometimes a medium one. Above along margin another 2
long slender bristles, the uppermost the longest and close to the
apex a small bristle. VIII sternite differing from aridis and
campestris in being apically broad and flat, the armature consist-
ing of 2 very heavy, longish bristles and 1 short bristle. Lower
lobe of IX sternite rounded and armed with the 2 usual curved
medium bristles and several minor bristles.

Female: The apical outline of the VII sternite of the female
is variable. The small lobe on the slanting surface through its
variation covers all stages from the small lobe of aridis to the
expressed lobe in campestris. The armature consists of a posterior
row of 8 major bristles and anterior to it a row of 4 medium
bristles. The spermatheca is very large, and shaped more like that
of Opisocrostis idahensis rather than any Thrassis and can be
described as, body slightly pear shaped, bulge of pear towards
outlet, appendix well crooked, finger-like and terminally ending
in well defined appendage.

This is the largest of the 3 winter fleas of kangaroo rats, the
male measuring 2.75 mm., the female 3.00 mm.

The pair selected as types by the writer were taken at Beatty,
Nye County, Nevada, which is the type locality, and the type host
is designated as Dipodomys deserti deserti but the flea is usually
at home on other kangaroo rats in its range.

The new flea probably ranges south of Walker Lake in Nevada

51

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

and adjacent California, Utah, and Arizona. West probably of
Rocky Mountains and Colorado River north of Colorado Canyon,
Arizona.

The holotype male and allotype female are mounted on one
slide bearing the writer’s number 2579, dated December 30, 1946,
collected at Beatty, Nye County, Nevada, and deposited in the
United States National Museum. Paratypes are deposited in all
maintained depositories of the writer. The flea bears the name of
Mr. Floyd Hoffman of Newberg, Oregon, long time friend of the
writer and who has been instrumental in helping the writer secure
many rare Oregon fleas from that part of Oregon.

The third of the new fleas is the southwest representative of
the species Monopsyllus wagneri and shall be called

MoNOPSYLLUS WAGNERI KYLEI, a new subspecies

There are before the writer at this time a good series of the
new flea from east of Death Valley in California, and southern
Nevada. Because it was first taken by the writer in Kyle Canyon,
northwest of Las Vegas in the Spring Mountains of Clark County,
Nevada, it is called kylei. The closest ranging subspecies 1s Mon-
opsyllus wagneri wagneri which the writer has from some 300
miles to the north at Carson City, Nevada. Kylei is probably most
closely related, then, to the prototype found in northern Nevada.
The two fleas differ in the modified segments, these differences
being: male, whereas the finger in M. w. wagneri is apically
squarish, in MW. w. kylei the apical part of the finger is dome
shaped. Female, in W/. w. wagneri the squarish lobe of the apical
outline of the VII sternite is cut to the ventral by a well defined
bay, this bay being found in specimens of M. w. wagneri all
through the northwest. In WV. w. kylei this bay is missing.

In all other features 7. w. kylei is similar to MW. w. wagneri.

The type locality is Kyle Canyon, Clark County, Nevada, the
type host the Deer mouse, Peromyscus maniculatus sonoriensis.
The writer has enough materials designated as paratypes that a
male and female mounted on a single slide will be deposited in all
his maintained depositories. The holotype male and allotype fe-
male are also mounted on a single slide which bears the writer’s
number 2396 and the collection date June 25, 1945, and is de-
posited in the United States National Museum,

Uranw and Arizona. The writer has taken Thrassoides hoff-
man off kangaroo rats in December in southwestern Utah and
northwestern Arizona. Monopsyllus w. kylei is also in the writer’s
collection from these localities off Deer Mice.

The 6 fleas described here as new bring to 32 the number of
North American fleas described by the writer.

52

Butt. So. Cau. ACAD. Scr. Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949 New Fleas. Hubbard

Ne@rctopsy lla

Rothschild 1915

Mole Fleas

PLATE 5

Dactylopsyli a QQ Toxella ignota

Boker
5 2 Vite VN Ste
Giant Fecket Gopher Sobristies Arial a
to side To side

Woshinaten
Of
Rottus

Northwest Pacific
Oregan ry A Northwest

: \ Ki.clantfoni
ah pacifico Hubbard 1949
4 1 ord

bi
43

PLATE 6

53

BULL. So. Cat. AcAD. Scr. Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949 New Fleas. Hubbard

TRrassoides

hoffmani
Hubbard 1944

ee, \ $ Nelean Groen
fer Flea ree
Kangaroo Rots - ae
Southwest
U.S.A.

Keen Gounly,
California

1 TReassis Gf
auqustsoni
Hubboed 1949

PLATE 7

|] Seuthwast
U.S.A.

Moweky Lei

Hubbard 1949

lal

PLATE 8

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 2, 1949

FOSSIL ARTHROPODS OF CALIFORNIA

Vea Stor iD) BiRYING BEETCES IN TEs AS-
PEt wii DE POSIMS: W Dwight) Pierce:

The most continuous death traps in existence are the asphalt
pits and seeps of the world. In some areas these deposits have been
trapping animals and plant materials continuously since Middle
Pleistocene times. Much has been written on the findings of bones
and other remains of ancient life in the asphalt, but too little
stress has been put upon the processes, which took place before
the bones were finally incorporated as a part of the asphalt.

Between the living struggling animal and the final deposition
of the separated bones of its skeleton in the asphalt, many things
took place, and many agencies were at work. In this article one
group of these agents of decomposition is to be critically studied,
but first it is desirable to insert into the annals of paleontology a
sketch of the periods of decomposition of animal bodies as worked
out in medical jurisprudence and sanitary entomology.

THE PERIODS OF DECOM POSITION OF ANIMAL BODIES

When an animal dies, a whole series of changes set in, and
these have been divided into periods of decomposition by Mégnin
and others, principally for use in legal problems, but also for guid-
ance of undertakers. The timing of the periods naturally varies
with temperature, humidity, and atmospheric pressure. In warm
climates, decomposition is more rapid, and the periods are shorter.
In cold climates they are comparatively longer. In dry climates
desiccation will take place earlier.

Because the insects of each period of decomposition are char-
acteristic of that period, we have a criterion to judge as to the time
that a carcass was exposed before complete submergence in the
asphalt.

It will be recalled that the study of the remains in the La Brea
and McKittrick asphalt fields shows that flesh was completely re-
moved or digested in the processes that took place; that horn and
nails disappeared, but that occasionally hairs and tiny feather
fragments survived. Insect chitin; mollusc and crustacean shell;
plant tissues, especially seed coverings ; all kinds of bones, some-
times ligaments, survived the processes of disintegration. Colors
of insects were not altered as a rule; even sete on insects occa-
sionally remain.

55

BULLETIN, So. Cantir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

The reasons for these survivals and disappearances can readily
be found in the descriptions of decomposition to follow.

Mégnin’s eight periods of progressive decomposition are based
on exposed human bodies in France, in which different chemical
substances are formed, and different bacteria and insects are at
work. In general we can assume that the periods will be approxi-
mately the same for all animals, but that the time may also be goy-
erned by the size or bulk of the body as well as by climatic con-
siderations.

In California asphalt deposits we may expect three degrees of
atmospheric moisture to have a bearing on the relative condition
of the bones and plant materials, rating Carpinteria at the side of
the ocean most humid, La Brea Pits next, and McKittrick as
driest.

Likewise the speed of submergence was governed by depth of
the asphalt liquid, which was greatest at Carpinteria and La Brea
Pits and least at McKittrick.

Inasmuch as this information has not entered the literature of
paleontology I am digesting the data from many sources, because
it may explain many things in our study of the life caught in
these deposits.

Pertop I. Body fresh. Internal decomposition is taking place
in the nature of autolysis, brought about by the action of the
body’s own enzymes, breaking down proteins into amino-acids and
other substances. In this period, the blue-bottle flies, Calliphora
vicina Robineau-Desvoidy (erythrocephala Meigen), and C. vomi-
toria Linnzus, are present at the moment of death, and soon after-
wards the lesser housefly, Muscina stabulans Fallén, and the
house fly, Musca domestica Linneus appear. Many fly puparia
belonging to this and the next period have been obtained by wash-
ing out the skulls of saber-tooth tigers, Smilodon, and will be re-
ported on when studied. One species was described in Article 8
of this series.

Fly larve secrete amylase, lipase, and protease, ferments
which digest the tissues, and the liquefied tissues are taken up by
the larvee.

Pertop II. Decomposition commences during the first three
months. This is usually accomplished by bacteria which break
down various amino-acids into ptomaines. The amino-acid, ly-
sine, is broken down into the foul smelling cadaverine or penta-
methylene diamine, NH;.(CH.);.NH». This happens in the
earlier stages of decomposition and may be the product of Proteus
vulgaris.

56

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

As soon as the odor of decomposition becomes evident, the
flesh flies of the genus Sarcophaga appear. Lucilia spp., the
green-bottle flies, appear at the initiation of gas formation (cadav-
eric emphysema).

The amino-acid, ornithin, is broken down into the poisonous,
ill-smelling putrescine, or tetramethylene diamine, NH».(CHz)s.
NH... This reaction takes place in the later stages of the putre-
factive decomposition.

The amino-acid, tyrosine, breaks down into tyramine, NH)».
(CH2)»2.CsH,OH, commonly found in cheeses.

The very poisonous amino-acid tryptophane breaks down into
skatole, C,H )N, and indole, CsH,;N. This is accomplished by bac-
teria of the Escherichia colon, and Proteus groups.

The amino-acid, histidine, breaks down into the very poisonous
histamine, C;H;N2, (CH2)..NHs.

The amino-acid, cystine, breaks down into ethyl mercaptan,
C.H;SH. Some of these reactions probably belong to the later
periods.

Pertop III. Formation of fatty acids, and beginning of case-
ous product formation takes place in the third to sixth month.
The fatty acids have the general formula CaHo»Q., or Cn.Hon4.
CCORE

The principal fatty acids are: cerotic (n=26), lignoceric
(a2) behemie(m—22)) arachidie(m—Z0))) steame (Gi—I8)
margaric (n—=17), palmitic (n—16), capric (n=10), nonylic
(n—9), caprylic (n=8), heptylic (n==7), caproic (n=6), valeric
(n=5), butyric (n=4), propionic (n==3), acetic (n=2), formic
(m1),

The insects present are Dermestes spp., and the moth Aglossa
pinguinalis, which are attracted to fatty substances.

Numerous Dermestes elytra have been recorded from the La
Brea pits. These beetles destroy skins and even horn, as well as
dry flesh.

Periop IV. Formation of caseous products, such as adipocere
(grave wax), in the third to sixth months.

The insects usually present are the ham beetles, Korynetes
spp.; Necrobia spp.; the cheese skipper, Piophila casei Linnzus ;
P. petasioms Dufour and Anthomyia spp. None of these have as
yet been identified from the asphalt.

Preriop V.Ammoniacal fermentation, black liquefaction in

57

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

the fourth to eighth months. Ammonia may be produced by the
action of such forms as Bacillus mycoides, Proteus vulgaris, Ba-
cillus megatherium, and B, ceres.

The beetles of the genera Ophyra, Silpha, Necrodes, Nicro-
phorus, Hister, and Saprinus, and flies of the genera Phora and
Lonchea, are present in this period.

The present article discusses the species of Nicrophorus and
Silpha so far recovered from the asphalt. Several species of
Histeride will be reported on later.

Pertop VI. Desiccation, in the sixth to twelfth months. The
visitors are principally mites (Acarina), and none have been re-
covered from the asphalt.

Periop VII. Extreme desiccation, one to three years. The
insects are the same which destroy dried animal and vegetable
matter in our homes, and none have been recovered from the
asphalt.

Pertop VIII. Debris, over three years. The insects are Ptini-
de and Tenebrionidee. Many kinds of Tenebrionide have been
recovered, but their relationship to carcasses is not evident.

From this we find that the insects of the first five stages of de-
composition are present in the asphalt, and we therefore assume
that the complete submergence of carcasses was quite slow, possi-
bly even up to five months being required at La Brea Pits. At
McKittrick the first seven stages of decomposition can be ob-
served in the present day seep.

RAMIEY SIEPHID A:

Only twelve valid species of fossil Silphide have been hereto-
fore reported, according to Dr. Melville Hatch (Jour. New York
Ent. Soc. 35:331-371, particularly 365-371).

From the standpoint of a paleoentomologist, the classification
of the insects of the genus Nicrophorus is very unsatisfactory, be-
ing to a large extent a matter of color pattern. When structural
characters are used, they deal with only a few parts of the skele-
ton, and are useful only when one has those parts.

The genera Silpha and Nicrophorus extend around the North-
ern Hemisphere, many European-Asiatic species extending into
the United States, some as far south as California. Silpha ramosa
and S. lapponica extend into Mexico, but the genus Nicrophorus
is absent from Mexico and Central America. We have then a
group of insects in two genera, which are definitely Nearctic-
Palearctic in distribution.

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

SUBRAVENIEYS SINE PE INAS
TRIBE SILPHINI

GENUS SILPHA LINN#US

Up to the present time our evidences of this genus are con-
fined entirely to 17 elytra and elytral fragments representing two
species, now classified in different subgenera. One of these species
extends from Europe and Asia through Alaska to Mexico, the
other is American only.

SILPHA (THANATOPHILUS) LAPPONICA HERBST
(Greunes) Ih yZ))

Four right elytra (one perfect, two almost complete, one hu-
meral fragment) from Pit A, one left elytron from Pit X (a lot
of material from which the label was lost), four right elytra from
Pit Bliss 29.

This is a necrobious insect occurring in Europe, Asia, Alaska,
Greenland, Northwest Terr., Labrador, Pennsylvania, District Co-
lumbia, Michigan, Wisconsin, Iowa, Kansas, New Mexico, Cali-
fornia, and Mexico.

The elytra (figs. 1, 2) have never been described in accord-
ance with standard wing nomenclature. The costal margin is the
deeply incised scutellar-sutural margin. Costa, subcosta and
radius form the sutural edge, costa crossing underneath, and lying
side by side with radius on the underside. The three veins on the
remigium or disc are evident both above and below and constitute
the two branches of medius and the cubitus. The lateral dorsal
portion which is depressed is the vannus, marked by a row of
punctures in the depression (Vannus 1), and defined on the lateral
margin by Vannus 2. The jugum is beneath infolded from base
to apex.

The two medial veins are sharp ridges, bordered on one
side in specimen C3d, and on each side in the other specimens, by
closely set deep punctures; the cubital vein is even more sharply
ridged, but not bordered by punctures. The interspaces radio-
medial, medial, medio-cubital, and cubito-vannal, contain rows of
round tubercles. Second medial and cubital unite apically to form
a wiggling ridge, and first medial is also apically hooked in speci-
men C30, but not in the others. Specimen C3d is illustrated.

A comparative study of 2 g and 2 9 from Skagway, Alaska,
and 2 g and 2 9 from Bodega, California indicates a great varia-
tion even between elytra on a single individual, in the number of
tubercles per interspace. With these are compared the eight fossil
elytra and it will be seen that the pattern is too variable to warrant
varietal separation on elytral tuberculation alone. The fossil ma-
terial ranges between the Bodega modern and the Skagway mod-
ern, and hence is within the range of the species as now classified.

59

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

TUBERCLES PER INTERSPACE IN SILPHA LAPPONICA ELYTRA

1 2 3 4
SINGLE ELYTRA Sex Radio- Medial Medio- Cubito-
medial cubital vannal
MODERN SPECIMENS:
Skagway, Alaska 1 of 9 i 10 10
2 of 10 11 11 10
3 2 8 8 6 8
4 g 9 9 7 12
mean = 9 8.7 8.5 10
Bodega, Calif. 1 of 7 5 4 4
2 of 8 7 5 8
3 g 8 8 7 U
4 Q 8 5 6 9
mean — lel 6.2 5.5 7
FOSSIL SPECIMENS:
Pit X. C3a —_ 8+ Wee 10 g*
Pit A. C3b of 9 8 6 9
C3c — 8+ 6+ 6+ Dace
C3d One 6 8 10 8
Pit 29: -O3f of 8 9 10 9
O3g 2 9 9 : all 8
C3h — 7+ Tar T+ 10*
C3i — 6+- Dele 4+- Gsies
MEAN 8 FOSSIL
(whole ones only) = 8 8.5 9.4 8.8
Mean 8 recent = 8.3 7.4 7.0 8.5
Mean 6 ¢& —— 8.5 7.8 7.6 8.3
Mean 6 2 — Ug 7.8 7.8 8.6

*Incomplete.

The measurements of the specimens are as follows:

SPECIMEN LENGTH BREADTH

Pit X= C3a — 8.6 mm. 3.7 mm.
Pit A. C3b o 8.1 all

C38c = — 3.3

C3d 9? Lett 3.2
Pit29 VC3i of 8.0 3.0

C39 2 8.8 3.6

C3h = — 3.4

C3i = — 2.9
mean ~- 8.2 3.27

60

BULLETIN, So. CALIF, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

The sexual differences in the elytra may have been noted, but
not in any references before me. The female elytron is definitely
lobately prolonged on the sutural apex, while in the male the
apical margin is very moderately sinuate, without forming the
semblance of a lobe.

SILPHA (HETEROSILPHA) RAMOSA SAy 1823
(Figs. 3a, 3b)

Three left elytra, one left fragment, two right elytra with
broken tips, one right elytron entire but in two pieces from Pit
Bliss 29, and one broken right elytron from Pit A, total 8 speci-
mens, maximum 5 individuals.

This species occurs in Wisconsin, Arizona, Southern Cali-
fornia, Baja California, and Mexico proper.

The name ramosa is well given, because the two medial and
the cubital veins are ridged and laterally branched like the branch-
es of a tree. The material at hand cannot be separated from the
modern species.

The under side of the elytra is a metallic green, while the
outer surface is black with a faint greenish tinge. While the
raised striz above do not show their origin, on the under side the
first two are clearly branches of medius extending to the axille.
The third stria is the cubitus. The jugum or shoulder and clasp-
ing edge is flattened at shoulders, and then raised to the clasp-
ing edge.

The tips of the elytra are of two types, one acute ( 2 ) in
Clc. e, f, and the other rounded ( g ) in Cla. See figures 3a, 3b.

TRIBE NICROPHORINI
GENUS NiIcropHorRuS Fabricius

This genus is present at McKittrick and at Los Angeles, there
being several distinct species in the asphalt. At present 70 heads,
63 pronota, 12 tibize, 6 scutella, and 20 elytra have been separated
out, representing 96 individuals at least.

There are two types of scutellum, four types of elytra, three
types of pronotum, two types of head in the series, and the heads
can be divided by sex.

The first and most important fact emerging from the study of
these fragments is that the head capsule of modern Nicrophorus
has been wrongly interpreted.

61

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 2, 1949

There is necessity for a rectification of an error by Dr. Horn,
who interpreted as clypeus all of the area in front of a transverse
line in front of the eyes. This line is the frontal suture. In front
of this are areas of two textures. He called the anterior portion
the “rhinarium.” This is the true clypeus, which more or less
deeply invades the frons, the two being separated by a very arcuate
epistomal suture. The frons becomes a two lobed sclerite with a
more or less narrow median bridge.

A study of modern specimens shows a fine sexual character in
the shape of these two organs. In the males the clypeus is usually
more quadrate with its margin parallel with the margin of the
frons so that the frontal bridge is narrow. In the females the
clypeus is more apt to be triangular, and the frontal bridge
broader, or the clypeus is shallowly rounded. This character
should be studied on all modern species. See figures 7, 8, 9, 14
for outlines of the epistomal suture.

In the disintegration of the insect the eyes, antennz, clypeus,
labrum, mandibles, maxilla, and mentum to labium have been lost.
Some of these severed parts are probably chitinous enough to per-
sist and may be found in the microscopic study of the sands re-
covered from the tar.

This cleavage is along the epistomal, pleurostomal, and hypos-
tomal sutures, and leaves a perfect ring segment, with a definite
neck behind the occipital suture. This does not agree with Snod-
grass’ claims of a segment including clypeus, pleurostoma, gula
and postocciput.

If this cleavage is segmental it means that the mouth organs,
including clypeus and submentum all belong to one segment, the
various parts of which have been subdivided. In other words, the
dorsal sclerite consists of clypeus and labrum; the dorso-pleural
sclerite, the pleurostome and mandible; the ventro-pleural scle-
rite, the hypostome and maxilla; the ventral sclerite, the submen-
tum, mentum and labium. The epipharynx and hypopharynx
could even be considered as a segment beyond this, which has
been drawn in. All of these are separated from the head capsule
in the processes of disintegration.

The segment that remains includes dorsally the frons, vertex,
epicranium, and postepicranium; dorso-pleurally the parietals,
with antennal and ocular sclerites; ventro-pleurally, the gene;
and ventrally, the very narrow gula : behind these the occipital
and postoccipital are complete rings.

Melville Hatch in his Studies on the Silphinz (loc. cit.) di-
vides the genus into various groups based on the shape of the
pronotum, and thus assists us in placing the specimens of thoraces
in species groups. His key is of no assistance for heads, scutella,
elytra, or tibiz. The only recourse is careful comparisons of mod-

62

BULLETIN, Su. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

ern species. While the various species differ greatly among indi-
viduals in size and color pattern, there is usually a well marked
distinction between species. The new characters of frontal and
clypeal sexual forms will force a reconsideration of species classi-
fication in some groups.

The elytra (figures 4a, 4b) in this genus are not only char-
acterized by the sinuate emargination of the apex, but also by the
long slanting costal margin caused by the large scutellum. The
humeri are rounded. Externally there is little evidence of the
strie, beyond a few larger punctures, two being faintly indicated
by a raised line on the disc, and the third on the upper edge of
the lateral declivity. Internally, the raised striz are much more
pronounced. The axillary condyle very clearly shows three prongs,
the lower and inner being the first axilla to which costa and sub-
costa are attached. At the apex of the scutellar emargination
there is a notch probably indicating the end of the subcosta, and
the twisting over of the costa, at which point radius takes the
outer margin with costa margining an infolded strip. The two
veins showing externally are the two branches of medius, quite
plain on the under side, united near base, and arising from the
second axilla. The cubitus is absent. The humerus is quite con-
vex and belongs to the vannal region. The first vannal forms the
dorso-lateral ridge and the second vannal the lateral margin of
the elytra, both reaching the apex; the vannal area being broad at
humeri and gradually narrowed to a point at apex. At the base
margining the second vannal vein there is an infolded strip which
corresponds to the jugum. The apex of each of the elytra is
sinuate from the subacute costal angle to the obtuse vannal angle,
and internally it is infolded to a transverse ridge paralleling the
margin except in the radial area where it is farther from the
margin and straight.

The surface of the elytra is regularly though sparsely and
shallowly punctate, with occasional larger punctures.

NICROPHORUS GUTTULUS LABREZ, new subspecies
(Figures 4 to 10)

One of the difficulties in placing the fossil fragments lies in
the proper determination of the modern species. In the Museum
collection running to Nicrophorus guttulus Motschulsky by the
Hatch key, there are two distinct types of male frons and clypeus,
the one with the square-cut clypeus dividing frons by a very nar-
row bridge; and the other in which the clypeus is small and frons
has a broad bridge. There is a series with black-clubbed anten-
nz, and a series with reddish or orange-clubbed antennz. Ob-
viously the modern species needs some very critical study.

63

BULLETIN, £0. CALiF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

Inasmuch as the material here considered does not com-
pletely agree with N. guttulus guttulus Motschulsky in the collec-
tion, in the range of size of pronotum, shape of prothoracic
scutellum, or in the indicated color pattern of elytra, a subspecies
name is given for purposes of identification.

The material consists of 8 more or less complete ¢ heads and
fragments of 5 more, 13 more or less complete ? heads and frag-
ments of 4 more from Pit X; 6 complete ¢ heads, and fragments
of 6 more and 21 complete 9 heads from Pit A; 1 ? head from
Pit B; 1 @ head from undesignated pit; and 2 heads from Pit
Bliss 29; totalling 65 heads. There were 24 complete and 5 frag-
ments of pronota from Pit X; 21 complete and 10 fragments
from Pit A; 2 pronota from Pit B; | from Pit 372) eionag bat
28; and 5 complete, 4 partial pronota from Pit Bliss 29; total 73
pronota. Also 4 complete and 3 fragments of elytra from Pit A;
one left fragment from Pit X; 2 fragments from Pit 81; 5
scutella from Pit A; one femur, 8 tibiz from Pit A, and 3 tibize
from Pit 81. While there are differences in sizes of heads and
pronota, it is believed that all of this material represents one
form. At least 77 individuals are represented as follows: Pit A—
33; Pit X—30; Pit B—2,; Pit 28—1; Pit 29=9% Pites7—— eat
81—2.

In describing a fossil species, where the elements were sep-
arated, the description must start with the most identifiable part,
and in the present state of the keys, the pronotum gives that
character.

The pronotum (Figures 5, 6) of this insect is strongly cordate,
much broader in front than behind, and is laterally strongly sinu-
ate, without apical angles. The narrow anterior margin is the
prescutum, set off from the scutum, by clearcut linear depression.
The broad anterior portion of the scutum is defined laterally by a
triangular broadening of the margin into a ledge, from which
arises the transverse depression or notaulix. This depression
crosses the notum and has three forward branches, which divide
the anterior portion of notum into two broad quadrate median
areas and two lateral parapsidal areas. .The posterior 24 of the
notum is the true scutum. Laterally and posteriorly the notum is
flattened into a marginal ledge. Ventrally the tergum has an-
terior, lateral and posterior folds. The anterior infold is the
acrotergite, lenticulate in form.

The ventro-lateral extension of the tergum is divided by the
notaulix into an anterior shoulder, which might be termed the
prescutal lobe ; and a broad lobate part of the scutum correspond-
ing to the suralare of a wing-bearing segment. Posteriorly, and
completely concealed externally in the whole insect, though con-
nected with the above mentioned suralare lobe, is the lenticulate
scutellum, and a postscutellar bilobed area, actually in front of

64

BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

the scutellum. The existence of a pronotal scutellum in beetles
has not previously been reported. The intersegmental skin is
attached to the inner margin of the postscutellum.

Measurements of the pronota attributed to this form range in
length on median line from 5.0 to 7.5 mm. (mean 6.0 mm.) ; in
greatest breadth from 5.9 to 9.0 mm. (mean 7.15 mm.) ; in ratio
of length to width from 1: 1.07 to 1: 1.28 (mean 1.187).

The head (figs. 7, 8, 9) in this species is readily separable by
sex. The male frontal bridge (fig. 7) is narrow, with its anterior
margin parallel with the margin uf the frontal suture. In the fe-
male (fig. 9) the shape of the clypeal indention is more triangular,
so that the bridge is narrow only at its median point.

The head has considerable movement, as the long occiput fits
deeply into the pronotum and must have a wide intersegmental
neck. Dorsally, the occiput has two posterior notches, and the
postocciput is a complete invaginated ring. The occiput is a broad
ring, cut only medianly beneath by the gular suture. In front of
the occipital suture the head is abruptly swollen. Between this
suture and the frontal suture above and the hypostomal suture be-
neath, the vertex, parietals, genze and gula form a complete ring,
with the large eye sockets in the anterior part of the parietals.
The vertex is shield shaped, rounded behind, defined by smoother
sculpture behind, and in front by two post frontal sutures; me-
dianly the coronal suture is partially indicated. The gula is nar-
row, defined by the tentorial pits, and acutely terminating in an
indistinct suture behind. In front of this solid ring are a number
of smaller pieces for attachment of the deciduous appendages.
Dorsally, the frons is two pronged, the frontal suture being sinu-
ate, transverse, turning forward at the sides of the frontal proc-
esses. The antennal sockets lie at the sides of and outside the
frontal lobes immediately in contact with the epistomal suture.
Beneath, the central piece is a broad bridge-like hypostoma sep-
arating gula from the deciduous mentum; and laterally are two
narrow subgenz for the attachment of the maxille.

Thus the cranial capsule consists of four rings: (1) postoc-
ciput; (2) occiput, postgene, gular suture; (3) vertex, parietals
with eyes, gene, and gula;(4) frons, peristome with antennal
sockets, subgenz, and hypostome. The front outline of this last
is the epistomal suture, and the deciduous parts are therefore
clypeus and labrum, mandibles, maxilla, mentum and labium,
epipharynx and hypopharynx. Some of these deciduous parts may
later be retrieved as the study progresses.

The mesothoracic scutellum (fig. 10) is large and interesting.
It has been found five times in the pit A material, varying slightly
in size. It is united with the scutum and this internally with the
phragma. The scutellum proper is bluntly triangular with the

65

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

ratio of breadth at base to length varying from 1:1.09 to 1:1.22
(mean 1.13), base bisinuate, sides sinuate. The scutellum is
broader at base than the subquadrate scutum, which is rimmed on
all sides and ridged on the median line, basal lateral angles diag-
onally truncate. The phragma is bilobed, but quite differently
from the specimen called N.obtusiscutellum (fig. 12).

A total of 6 right and 5 left elytra (Figures 4a, 4b) have been
found that are fairly consistent in character. These are uniformly
larger than those ascribed to the other species, measuring from
11.5 to 12.1 mm: in length, and 5.2 to 5.6 mm. in width. A faint
color pattern is apparent, the red being indistinct: consisting of
two transverse bands connected laterally; the anterior complete
with a lobe behind; the posterior not reaching the suture, and bi-
lobed. Internally the two forks of the medial vein are distinct.
The apex of the elytron is infolded with the inner edge more sin-
uate than the posterior edge.

NICROPHORUS GUTTULUS GUTTULUS LAJOLLe HATCH

Two right and one left elytra from Pit A. The two right elytra
measure 9.6 by 4.4 mm.; the left is smaller and measures 7.9 by
3.8 mm. These correspond to Hatch’s color variety Jajolle,
having a basal red spot near the base of the vannus. The vannal
ridge is sharp to the humerus. Punctation is clear, linear, but with
no indication whatever above of Medius 1 and 2. The punctation
is denser just before the smooth apical margin. Inner apex sub-
acute, apical margin sinuate, outer apex obtuse. On the under
side the 2 radial, cubital and vannal veins are clearly outlined, the
medial being raised. The red vannal spot is clear on the under
side.

NICROPHORUS GUTTULUS PUNCTOSTRIATUS, new subspecies

One elytron (C132b) from pit A is smaller than those previ-
ously discussed, measuring 7.0 by 3.4 mm., and is characterized
by transverse double punctures outlining the two median veins
and also cubitus.

NICROPHORUS MCKITTRICKI, new species
(Figure 11)

3ased on 1 pronotum (holotype), 1 right elytron, 1 left elytron
from Site 3, depth 2 ft. at McKittrick; 3 right and 3 left elytra
from Site 4, depth 4 ft, at McKittrick; with which are tentatively
associated 1 head, 1 pronotum from La Brea pits Pit A; 1 pro-
notum from Pit 28; 1 pronotum from Pit 29; 3 heads from Pit
X; and 1 head from Pit B.

66

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

This species probably belongs to the marginatus group, possi-
bly near guttulus, but the shape of the thorax (Figure 11) is dif-
ferent, being much less sinuate on the sides. The median impres-
sion on pronotum is distinct; the flattened posterior area is not
rounded regularly as in guttulus labree, but has two lateral angu-
lar processes into the convex area. Pronotum McK3a measures
4.72 mm, in length by 5.20 mm. breadth, or a ratio of length to
breadth 1: 1.101.

The elytra measure 8.1 by 3.8 mm., ratio 2.13:1. Vannal ridge
extends to a point opposite the humeral angle ; punctation is shal-
low, with no external indication of veins; the inner apical angle is
slightly acute. On the inside the veins are distinct.

NICROPHORUS OBTUSISCUTELLUM, new species
(Figure 12)

One scutellum from Pit A differs so radically from that of
C. guttulus labree and from any scutellum in the Museum’s mod-
ern collection that it is given name pending its correlation with
other materials to be later found. The scutellum proper measures
3.04 mm, in length by 3.84 mm. in breadth.

NICROPHORUS INVESTIGATOR ALPHA, new subspecies
(Figure 13)

Described from five complete and one fragmentary pronota
from Pit A, obviously belonging to the N. investigator series. No
other parts are as yet clearly associated with this species. The
form belongs near to N. 7. nigritus, and one specimen has the same
ratio of length to width as a modern specimen from Pasadena.

They vary in length from 4.16 to 5.44 mm., in breadth from
6.24 to 7.52 mm., and in ratio of length to width from 1:1.27 to
1:1.50. This thorax is subquadrate with the posterior angles di-
agonally truncate, the median sulcus distinct, the flattened areas
broad and irregular.

One head (C120d) from Pit X somewhat resembles heads in
the Museum collection of N. investigator, and so it is tentatively

called NicROPHORUS INVESTIGATOR LATIFRONS, new subspecies
(Fig. 14).

67

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 2, 1949

ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure 1. Silpha lapponica Herbst elytron; dorsal view of specimen C3d,
with outlines of the apex of °C3f and ¢ C3g. Cu—cubital vein; Ju—
jugum; M1, M2—medial veins; R—-radius; SC—subcosta; V1, V2—
vannal veins.

Figure 2. Silpha lapponica Herbst elytron, under side.

Figure 3. Silpha ramosa Say. a. tip of ¢ elytron (Cla); bd. tip of
elytron (Clic).

Figure 4. Nicrophorus guttulus labree Pierce elytron (C3d). a. upper
side; b, under side. Al, A2, A3—articular condyles; Af—apical fold;
C—costa; Ju—jugum; Mi, M2—medial veins; R—radius; SC—sub-
costa; Vi, V2—vannal veins.

Figure 5. N. g. labree pronotum (C2 f). ALS—anterior lobe of scutum;
LLS—antero-lateral lobes of scutum or parapsides; MLZ—marginal
ledge; No—notaulix; Prs—prescutum; Sc—scutum.

Figure 6. N. g. labrew, underside of pronotum. Atg—acrotergite; ML—
marginal ledge; Prs—prescutum; PrsL—prescutal lobe; PS—post-
scutellum; Sa—suralare; Scl—scutellum.

Figure 7. N. g. labrew, head of ¢ (C2bg). As—antennal sclerite; Cs—
coronal suture; Hs—epistomal suture; #r—frons; /'s—frontal suture;
Oc—occiput; Ocs—occipital suture; Ocv—ocular cavity; Os—ocular
sclerite; Pfs—postfrontal suture; Ve—vertex.

Figure 8 N. g. labrew, under side of ¢ head. Hs—epistomal suture;
Fr. frons; Ge—gena; Gu—gula; Hst.—Hyposterum; Ocs—occipi-
tal suture; Pge—postgena; Poc—postocciput; Pos—postoccipital su-
ture; 7T’p—tentorial pits.

Figure 9. N. g. labree, dorsal view of 2 head (C2bf). As in No. 7.

Figure 10. N. g. labrew, mesonotum (02bh). ITS—intersegmental skin;
Ph—phragma; Scl—scutellum; Sct—scutum. :

Figure 11. Nicrophorus mckittricki Pierce, pronotum (McK3a).

Figure 12. Nicrophorus obtusiscutellum Pierce, mesonotum (C120e).
As in No. 10.

Figure 13. Nicrophorus investigator alpha Pierce, pronotum (C121d).

Figure 14. Nicrophorus investigator latifrons Pierce, dorsum of 2 head
(C120d).

Fossil Arthropods. Pierce

BuLt. So. Cau. AcAD. Scr. VoL. 48, Part 2, 1949

PLATE 9

69

Buu. So. Cat. AcAD. Scr. Vou. 48, Part 2,1949 Fossil Arthropods. Pierce

Tos +r Fs
Ye. f f
--Pa
P£s- -

-Ocv

-Os

--Ps
: Pie 0cs

Oc ~

PLATE 10

70

BULLETIN, So. CAaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

ADDITIONAL PYRAMIDELLIDA FROM THE GULF
OF CALIFORNIA

By A. M. STRONG

Research Associate, California Academy of Sciences.

A paper on “Some Pyramidellide from the Gulf of California”
by Fred Baker, G. D. Hanna and the present writer’ was published
several years ago. The material on which that paper was largely
based was collected by Dr. Fred Baker during the Expedition of
the California Academy of Sciences to the Gulf of California in
1921. In the paper it is stated that “There was opportunity at
times to dredge in shallow waters” and “‘some small but very rich
samples were obtained at a few favorable localities.” By some
oversight the finer screenings from these localities were stored in
the basement of the Academy without being examined to see what
minute forms of mollusca it might contain. Later it was found
that this material contained a considerable number of small shells.
Part of it was sorted out at the Academy and the specimens so
secured and the rest of the unsorted material was turned over to
the writer for sorting and identification. The specimens found in
it form a considerable addition to the number of species of Pyr-
amidellide from the Gulf of California in the Academy’s col-
lection.

The failure to find these shells when the collection was first
gone over is not surprising. The writer has found that securing
them when they are present in dredged material requires special
treatment. They can seldom be recognized in the wet material and
have a tendency, particularly the slender species such as Turbonil-
la, of getting the apex into an opening in the screen and then be-
ing pushed on through by the coarser material. Good results can be
secured by washing all material brought up by the dredge in a
screen having from 20 to 30 wires to the inch in order to get rid
of all mud. The material retained on the screen is then thoroughly
dried and sized through a set of coarser screens and each size
picked over under a hand glass.

Many have questioned the advisability of describing and nam-
ing the great number of slightly differing forms of Pyramidel-
lidze occurring on the west coast until more is known of the limits
of variation of what may finally be determined as valid species.
Willett in reporting on “An Upper Pliocene Fauna from the Bald-
win Hills, Los Angeles County, California’ states “Our series of

1Baker, F., Hanna, G. D., and Strong, A. M., Proce. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser.,
vol. 17, No. 7, June 29, 1928, pp. 205-246, pls. 11, 12. ;

2Willett, G., Trans. San Diego Soe. Nat. Hist., Vol. 8, No. 30, December 15, 1987,
p. 403. us

TL

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

about 1,000 specimens of the subgenus Pyrgiscus clearly demon-
strates that many of the features generally used in differentiation
of the species in the group are of little value. Variation in number
and strength of both spirals and axials are endless. In many
groups, undoubtedly of the same species, it is difficult to find two
specimens exactly alike. These facts have caused the writer to
adopt an entirely different view of the definition of species in the
genus Turbonilla, with the direct result that no new ones are
named in this paper, although there are numerous specimens that
are different in appearance from anything hitherto described.”
Willett had many more specimens than are known from any single
locality in the living fauna. His findings may be the result of the
examination of the large number of specimens or because he was
dealing with a time of active breaking up of old species with the
formation of incipient species, many of which have now died out.
Of the specimens available to Dall and Bartsch in the preparation
of their “A Monograph of West American Pyramidellid Mol-
lusks” some 500 specimens were referred to Turbonilla (Pyrgis-
cus) tenuicula (Gould). They stated that this species “is the -
most abundant and most variable species of all the west American
forms, presenting many varieties or incipient species.”

Against this we have the fact that some of the better known
west coast species are very constant over a considerable geo-
graphic range. They can be recognized with certainty by minor
details of sculpture or shape. Some species are wide ranging
while others are very local in their distribution. Bartsch stated in
connection with the description of a number of species from Santa
Elena Bay, Ecuador,’ that “A very careful comparison of these
specimens with the magnificent Panama series in the United States
National Museum reveals the fact that every species represented
in this gathering proves to be undescribed.” In this family we
seem to be dealing with species which in some cases are variable
in details of sculpture, etc., and in other cases with species in
which these characters have become definitely fixed. Most of
the described forms are not well enough known for one to state
in which category they should be placed. It is not safe to assume
that intergrading forms exist connecting any two species simply
because they only differ in apparently minor details. It seems to
the writer that it is best to continue naming new species wherever
definite differences from the previously described forms are
found. This will call for a recording of intergrading specimens as
they may later be found and in the end will result in defining the
limits of variation in any given species, even if it is at the expense
of considerable synonymy.

‘Dall, W. H., and Bartsch, P., U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, December 18, 1909,
pp. 92-93, pl. 8 figs. 3 7, Ta, 12, 12a, 14, 14a.

‘Bartsch, P. New Mollusks from Santa Elena Bay, Ecuador, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., Vol. 66, No. 2551, Art. 14, October 17, 1924, p. 1.

72

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

The additional records and new species found in the material
secured by the Academy expedition of 1921 follow. Together
with these there is included the descriptions of three new species
collected by Dr. L. G. Hertlein, two at Mazatlan, and one at
Asuncion Island off the west coast of Lower California, Mexico.

1. TurBonitia (Chemnitzia) amortajadensis Baker, Hanna &
Strong.

Turbonilla (Chemmnitzia) amortajadensis Baker, Hanna & Strong,
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, No. 7, June 29, 1928, pp.
2095210) pl 11, fig. 2.

A second specimen agreeing with the type was secured at La
Paz. Two specimens from San Jose Island, the type locality, have
the intercostal spaces extending from suture to suture but seem to
agree with the type in all other ways. This difference does not
seem to warrant calling them a distinct species, at least until a
much larger series can be secured.

2. TURBONILLA (Chemnitzia) muricata (Carpenter)

Chemmitzia muricata Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, December,
1856, p. 428.

Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) muricata (Carpenter), Dall & Bartsch,
U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, 1909, p. 36, pl. 2, fig. 9—Baker,
Hanna & Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, No. 7,
1928, p. 210, pl. 11, fig. 3.

Carpenter reports the type and four specimens from off
Spondylus at Mazatlan and Dall & Bartsch repeat the record.
These Spondylus were probably shipped into Mazatlan from some
other point in the Gulf such as the pearl banks near La Paz. In
the previous paper specimens are recorded from Monserrate Is-
land. To this record is now added three specimens from La Paz.

3. TURBONILLA (Chemnitzia) sinaloana Strong, new species
Plate 12, Figure 2

Shell small, elongate-conic, very slender, translucent, white;
nuclear whorls helicoid, with a projecting apex, set at right angles
to the succeeding whorls in the first of which they are about one-
third immersed ; postnuclear whorls nine, at first narrowly, round-
ly shouldered, later closely appressed at the suture moderately
rounded: axial sculpture of strong, protractive, distinctly sinuous
ribs of which fourteen appear on the first whorl, increasing to
eighteen on the last whorl; intercostal spaces about twice as wide

73

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

as the ribs, terminating at or slightly above the periphery ; spiral
sculpture absent ; periphery and base well rounded; smooth except
for fine, microscopic lines of growth; aperture defective in the
type. The type measures: length, 2.9 mm.; maximum diameter,
0.8 mm,

Holotype, No. 9467 (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type
Coll.), from Loc. 27223 (C. A. S.), Mazatlan, Mexico; collected
by L. G. Hertlein.

This species resembles Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) aculeus (C.
B. Adams)° in many ways but is a smaller shell with narrower,
more sinuous axial ribs.

4. TuRBONILLA (Stroiturbanilla) c-b-adamsii (Carpenter)

Chemnitzia C.-B.-Adamsu Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, De-
cember, 1856, p. 427.

Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) c-b-adamsu (Carpenter), Dall &
Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, 1909, p. 52, pl. 3, fig.
3.—Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4,
VOL IZ NOw/ 928 pe 2 le

Carpenter records 13 specimens of this species collected off
Chama and Spondylus at Mazatlan and Dall & Bartsch repeat the
record. In our previous paper one specimen from the “Gulf of
California” is recorded but there is also recorded (p. 210) speci-
mens of Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) buttoni Dall & Bartsch’
from San Luis Gonzago Bay, La Paz, Monserrate Island and San
Jose Island. Examination of additional specimens from San Luis
Gonzago Bay, La Paz, Puerto Escondido, Concepcion Bay and
San Francisquito Bay make the latter identification doubtful. The
only noticeable difference between the Gulf c-b-adamsii and the
California buttoni seems to be in size. The type of the first is an
immature shell of 9 whorls measuring 3.75 mm. in length. An
adult from San Luis Gonzago Bay with 11 whorls measures 5.0
mm. in length. The type of buttoni from San Pedro, California.
also has 11 whorls but measures 6.3 mm. in length. In the key’ by
Dall & Bartsch, the species are separated by having the “Inter-
costal spaces terminating posterior to the periphery, having a
plain, smooth band in the suture” in buttoni and “Intercostal
spaces extending to the suture” in c-b-adamsu. This is not a con-
stant character 1n either the California or the Gulf shells. Another

SChemnitzia aculeus C. B. Adams, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, Vol. 5,
July 1852, pp. 388, 535 (separate, pp. 164, 311).—Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. No. 68, 1909, p. 38; pl. 2, figs. 2, 2a (as Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) aculeus).

°U. S Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, 1909, p. 48, pl. 3, figs. 4, 4a.

7U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, 1909, pp. 40, 41.

74

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

difference given in the description is in the spiral sculpture. In
both forms this is very variable, in some specimens entirely absent
and in others easily visible with a hand lens. They are both shore
or shallow water species and there is a long stretch of shore line
between Pt. Abreojos on the outer coast of Lower California and
La Paz on the Gulf coast from which neither have as yet been
reported. It is probably best to refer all Gulf specimens to c-b-
adamsu and retain buttom for the California shells, though the
latter might well be reduced to a variety.

5. TURBONILLA (Strioturbonilla) mexicana Dall & Bartsch

Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) mexicana Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 45, pl. 3, figs. 5, 5a.—
Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17,
Nom LS 285. 210:

In the original description 14 specimens are listed as dredged in
the vicinity of La Paz. In our previous paper 1 specimen was re-
corded from West Anchorage and 1 from Amortajada Bay, San
Jose Island. In the additional material there are 4 specimens from
Puerto Escondido, 1 specimen from Concepcion Bay and 3 speci-
mens from the Gulf of California without definite locality.

6. TuRBONILLA (Stroiturbonilla) nicholsi Dall & Bartsch

Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) nicholsi Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, pp. 46, 47, pl. 3, fig. 2.

The type is stated to have been collected in the Gulf of Cali-
fornia without definite locality. A few specimens from San Luis
Gonzaga and La Paz, while smaller than the type and with fewer
whorls, seem to belong to this species.

7. TuRBONILLA (Strioturbonilla) schmitti Bartsch.

Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) schmitti Bartsch, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 52, No. 2193, May 29, 1917, p. 644, pl. 43, fig. 8.—
Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad, Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17,
INO: 7p UGAS so, ZL, ole IL, seven,

The type locality for this species is Point Abreojos on the
outer coast of Lower California. In our previous paper specimens
from Cape San Lucas and San Francisquito Bay are referred to
this species and certain minor differences are pointed out. In the
additional material there are specimens from San Francisquito
Bay, La Paz and San Jose Island, also showing these same minor
differences. Q

75

BULLETIN, Sv. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

8. TursoniLLta (Strioturbonilla) asuncionis Strong, new
species.

Plate 12, Figure 6

Shell small, elongate-conic, translucent, white; nuclear whorls
smooth, forming a helicoid spire with a low apex not projecting
beyond the outline of the spire, and about one-fourth immersed in
the first postnuclear whorl; postnuclear whorls eight, moderately
rounded; axial sculpture of high, sinuous, protractive ribs which
are truncated and slightly swollen at the suture and pass feebly
over the periphery; of these ribs there are fourteen on the first
whorl, increasing to twenty on the last whorl; intercostal spaces a
little wider than the ribs, ending a little above the periphery, leav-
ing a smooth band at the sutures; spiral sculpture of very fine,
microscopic striations showing most distinctly on the sides of
the ribs; base well rounded, showing fine, irregular lines of
growth; aperture rather long, with the outer lip parallel to the
columella, basal lip a little expanded; columella straight, without
a visible fold at its insertion. The type measures: length, 3.4 mm. ;
maximum diameter, 1.0 mm.

Holotype, No. 9468, and paratypes, Nos. 9469, 9470 (Calif.
Acad. Sci.. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from-Loc. 272457¢(@ Ags»);
Ascuncion Island, Lower California; collected by L. G. Hertlein.
Eight additional specimens were secured at the same locality.

This species is quite similar to Turbonilla c-b-adamsu (Car-
penter)* but possesses a thinner, more delicate shell, with less dis-
tinct spiral strize, and the supra-sutural band is developed while on
c-b-adamsu it is absent or very narrow. It may prove to be an
extreme variety of that variable species.

9. TuRBONILLA (Pyrgolampros) gonzagensis Baker, Hanna &
Strong.

Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros) gonzagensis Baker, Hanna & Strong,
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, No. 7, June 29, 1928,
pp. 213-214. ply il tie. 7.

In the original description specimens were recorded from a
number of localities in the Gulf of California. In the additional
material there are 7 specimens from La Paz. These show con-
siderable variation in the spiral sculpture, some have it reduced to
6 or 8 incised lines between the sutures which cannot be followed
over the ribs. These would be placed in the subgenus Pyrgiscus
if it were not for the low, broadly rounded form of the axial ribs.

5Carpenter, P. P. Cat. Mazatlan Shells, peaeare 1856, p. 427—Dall & Bartsch,
U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, 1909, p .52, pl. 8, A835

76

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 2, 1949

10. Tursonitta (Pyrgolampros) pazensis Baker, Hanna &
Strong

Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros) pagensis Baker, Hanna & Strong,
ProcnGalim Acad) Sci, ser 4, voly 7, No; 7, June 29,1928;
pp. 214-215, pl. 11, fig. 8.

At the time of the original description this species was repre-
sented only by the holotype from La Paz. In the additional ma-
terial there are 2 specimens from Puerto Escondido and 5 from
Concepcion Bay.

11. Turponitia (Pyrgiscus) azteca Baker, Hanna & Strong

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) agsteca Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc.
@alit. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, No. 7, June 29, 1928, pp. 222-
223, pl. 11, fig. 14.

In the original description of this species specimens are re-
corded from San Luis Gonzaga Bay; also from Coyote Bay, Con-
cepcion Bay, and it is stated ““A small spot on the holotype and
one paratype is light horn-color, suggesting the probability that
the holotype is faded.” In the much larger series of specimens in
the additional material from Puerto Escondido, San Luis Gonzaga
and from the Gulf of California without definite locality this is
shown to be correct. In fresh specimens the nucleus and first one
or two whorls are translucent white, the following whorls grade
into pale brown, darker on the base and just below the sutures
where the preceding whorl shines through.

12. TursoniLia (Pyrgiscus) halidoma Dall & Bartsch

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) halidoma Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, pp. 99-100, pl. 10,
figs, 11; 11a.

The holotype is stated to have been dredged in 21 fathoms off
La Paz. Two specimens from San Luis Gonzaga seem to agree
with the description and figure of this species.

13. TursoniLia (Pyrgiscus) histias Dall & Bartsch

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) histias Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, pp. 105-106, pl. 10, figs. 8, 8a.

The type and two paratypes were dredged in 21 fathoms off La
Paz. In the description it is stated, “posterior half between the
sutures light yellow ; anterior half of base, chestnut.” Four speci-
mens in our material from La Paz agree with the description and
figure in size, shape and sculpture. They seem to be quite fresh

77

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 2, 1949

and are of a uniform translucent white. A single specimen from
Puerto Escondido also seems to belong to the same species but is
of a uniform pale brown.

14. TursponiLia (Pyrgiscus) macbridei Dall & Bartsch

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) macbridet Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 90, pl. 8, figs. 13,
13a.—Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4,
vol. 17, No. 7, 1928, 2. 217—-Lowe, Trans. San Diego Soc.
Nat: Hist. vol.'8; No.6, 1935) p. 30.

The holotype of this species was dredged in 9% fathoms off
La Paz. In our previous paper a number of specimens were re-
corded from drift at Espiritu Santo Island and Lowe reports the
species dredged in 10 fathoms at Punta Penasco. To these records
there is now added one specimen from La Paz and one from Con-
cepcion Bay.

15. TurBoNnILia (Pyrgiscus) porteri Baker, Hanna & Strong

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) porteri Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, No. 7, June 29, 1928, pp. 217-
ZS pk VE mig 10:

The holotype is stated to have come from the Gulf of Cali-
fornia without definite location. A single specimen from San Luis
Gonzaga is believed to belong to the species.

16. TurBontLia (Pyrgiscus) sanctorum Dall & Bartsch

Turbomilla (Pyrgiscus) sanctorum Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 98, pl. 9, figs. 2,
2a.—Lowe, Trans. San Diego Soc..Nat. Hist., vol. 8, No. 6,
1935) parole

In the original description of this species specimens are re-
corded from off La Paz and off Ceralvo Island. Lowe records the
species as dredged in 10 fathoms at Punta Penasco. To these rec-
ords can be added one specimen from La Paz and two from Con-
cepcion Bay.

17. TurBoNILLA (Pyrgiscus) superba Dall & Bartsch

Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) superba Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus,.
3ull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, pp. 80-81, pl. 7, figs. 10, 10a.

In the original description the type and two additional speci-
mens are recorded as dredged off La Paz in 21 fathoms. Two

78

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

specimens from Concepcion Bay seem to agree with the descrip-
tion and figure.

18. Tursonitia (Pyrgiscus) alarconi Strong, new species
Plate 12, Figure 5

Shell small, elongate-conic, the nucleus and first two post-
nuclear whorls white, the third whorl pale brown, the color rapidly
increasing on the following whorls to a uniform brown; nucleus
forming a flattened spire with the axis at right angles to that of
the succeeding whorls, in the first of which it is about one-fourth
immersed; postnuclear whorls eight, moderately rounded; axial
sculpture of slightly retractive, low, rounded ribs which pass over
the periphery and become feeble in the umbilical region; of these
ribs about twenty-eight appear on the first two whorls, twenty on
the third whorl and then gradually increasing to about thirty on
the last whorl, intercostal spaces about twice as wide as the ribs;
spiral sculpture of six to eight spirally elongated pits in the inter-
costal spaces on each whorl of the spire and a few fine spiral lines
between the upper pit and the suture; periphery of the last whorl
rounded, marked by a narrow, smooth space; base rounded, with
six spiral lines more or less broken into pits by the extension of
the axial ribs; aperture oval, outer lip thin, columella short,
straight. The type measures: length, 4.5 mm.; maximum diam-
eter, 1.6 mm.

Holotype, No. 9471, and paratype, No. 9472 (Calif. Acad. Sci.
Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 23808 (C. A. S.), Concepcion
Bay on the Lower California coast in the Gulf of California; also
a paratype, No. 9473, from Loc. 23802 (C. A. S.), San Luis Gon-
zaga Bay, Lower California ; collected by Dr. Fred Baker in 1921.

This is one of the few uniformly brown species as yet col-
lected in the Gulf of California. It is probably nearest to Tur-
bonilla (Pyrgiscus) larunda Dall & Bartsch® but differs in color,
size and in the arrangement of the spiral sculpture. The difference
in color and sculpture between the first two postnuclear whorls
and the remainder of the shell is quite striking in the type.

This species is named for Hernando de Alarcon, Admiral of
the Spanish Viceroy Mendoza, who in 1541 sailed to the head-
waters of the Gulf of California.

19. TurBoNILLA (Pyrgiscus) kaliwana Strong, new species
Plate 11, Figure 6

Shell elongate-conic, slender, white, with a pale brown band a
little above the sutures; nucleus with a flattened spire, set at right

°U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, pp. 109-110, figs. 4, 4a, 4b.

79

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

angles to the succeeding whorls, the maximum diameter of which
is a little greater than that of the first postnuclear whorl, in
which it is slightly immersed ; postnuclear whorls eleven, the early
whorls well rounded, the latter flattened in the middle; axial
sculpture of straight, retractive ribs which pass over the periphery
but fade out on the base; of these about eighteen appear on the
first whorl, increasing to twenty-eight on the last; intercostal
spaces a little wider than the ribs; spiral sculpture of about four-
teen irregularly spaced, incised, lines which do not cross the top
of the ribs, of these one at the periphery and one or more on the
middle of the whorls are deeper and wider than the others but can
hardly be defined as a “peripheral and median line of pits;” pe-
riphery rounded; base short, rounded, marked with six spiral lines
of which the upper appear as a line of pits; aperture small, ovate,
outer lip thin, columella short, curving to a junction with a strong
callus on the body of the basal whorl. The type measures: length,
6.0 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.2 mm.

Holotype, No. 9474, and paratypes, Nos. 9475, 9476 (Calif.
Acad. Sci: Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc: 238027(@ Ams);
San Luis Gonzaga Bay on the Lower California coast of the Gulf
of California, Mexico. Four additional specimens were collected
at the same locality by Dr. Fred Baker in 1921.

This species belongs in a group including Turbonilla (Pyrgis-
cus) ceralva Dall & Bartsch" and Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) azteca
Baker, Hanna & Strong’’ from the Gulf of California fauna. It
differs from both in the less strongly retractive axial ribs which
are less well developed on the base and in the arrangement of the
spiral sculpture as well as in the color.

The specific name of this species is derived from the tribal
name of the Kaliwa Indians, Lower California.

20. TuRBONILLA (Pyrgiscus) guaicurana Strong, new species
Plate 12, Figure I

Shell broadly conic, thin, delicate, white ; nuclear whorls large,
the apex flattened and the axis forming’an angle of about 60°
with that of the succeeding whorls in the first of which they are
nearly one-half immersed; postnuclear whorls six, flat-sided,
strongly, slopingly shouldered near the summit; axial sculpture of
nearly vertical ribs which are highest just below the shoulder and
pass feebly over the periphery, fading out on the upper part of
the base; of these ribs fourteen appear on all whorls; intercostal
spaces shallow, much wider than the ribs; spiral sculpture of in-
cised spiral lines which cut across both axial ribs and intercostal
spaces, the interspaces between them appearing as flat-topped

1°U). S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 104, pl. 10, fig Ss. 5, 5a.
F einen Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., Vol. 18, No. 7, June 29, 1928, pp. 222, 223, “pl. iit.
fee

80

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

threads; of these spiral lines the upper 1s midway on the sloping
shoulder and is deeply cut, leaving a nodose band between it and
the suture, this is followed by three closely spaced lines on the
lower half of the shoulder and six wider spaced lines on the flat-
tened portion of the whorl; periphery angulated, base short,
rounded, marked with twelve fine spiral threads; aperture defec-
tive in the type. The type measures: length, 3.2 mm.; maximum
diameter, 1.3 mm.

Holotype, No. 9477 (Calif. Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type
Coll.), from La Paz on the Lower California coast of the Gulf
of California; collected by Dr. Fred Baker in 1921.

While the unique type is undoubtedly a young shell it is en-
tirely distinct from anything previously described from the Gulf
region. In some ways it resembles Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) annet-
te Dall & Bartsch’* from Manta, Ecuador, but has a wider shoul-
der and entirely different spiral sculpture on both base and spire.

The specific name of this species is derived from the tribal
name of the Guaicura Indians, Lower California.

21. TursoniLia (Pyrgiscus) aripana Strong, new species
Plate 11, Figure 5 .

Shell elongate-conic, white; nucleus moderately large, with a
flattened apex, the axis at right angles to that of the succeeding
whorls, in the first of which it is about one-fourth immersed;
postnuclear whorls ten, nearly flatsided, the early ones narrowly,
slopingly shouldered, the latter one less so; axial sculpture of low,
protractive, rounded ribs which tend to flatten out at the summit
and pass feebly over the periphery, of these ribs fourteen appear
on the first whorl, increasing to eighteen on the last; intercostal
spaces shallow, a little wider than the ribs; spiral sculpture of
eight or more rows of pits in the intercostal spaces, varying in
number from whorl to whorl but with a tendency to form a —
deeper and wider series at the periphery and a little above the
middle of the whorls; periphery well rounded; base short, round-
ed, the upper third smooth, followed by nine incised spiral lines ;
aperature oval, outer lip thin, columella curved, reflected, body of
the shell with a strong callus. The type measures: length, 6.0
mm.; maximum diameter, 1.7 mm.

Holotype, No. 9478, and paratypes, Nos. 9479, 9480 (Calif.
Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc. 23805 (C. A. S.),
Puerto Escondido, on the east California coast of Lower Cali-
fornia; collected by Dr. Fred Baker in 1921.

This species is similar in size and shape to Turbonilla (Pyr-

12. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. No. 68, December 18, 1909, p. 76, pl. 7, fig. 7.

81

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 2, 1949

giscus) halidoma Dall & Bartsch” but differs from it and all other
species previously described from the Gulf region in the details of
the sculpture.

The specific name of this species is derived from the tribal
name of the Aripa Indians, Lower California.

22. TuRBONILLA (Pyrgiscus) cochimiana Strong, new species
Plate 12, Figure 4

Shell elongate-conic, slender, light horn color; nuclear whorls
decolate but evidently quite large; postnuclear whorls ten, roundly
shouldered at the summit, flattened in the middle and strongly
contracted at the suture, axial sculpture of low, rounded, retrac-
tive ribs which tend to flatten out at the summit and pass feebly
over the periphery, of these ribs fourteen appear on the first
whorl, increasing to twenty-four on the last whorl; intercostal
spaces shallow, about as wide as the ribs; spiral sculpture of eight
rows of pits in the intercostal spaces, varying in depth and spac-
ing from whorl to whorl but with a tendency to form a wider and
deeper peripheral row; periphery well rounded, base short,
rounded, marked with ten incised spiral lines, the upper three or
four of which are broken into elongated pits by the feeble exten-
sions of the axial ribs; aperture oval, outer lip thin, columella
nearly straight, reflected, body of the shell without callus. The
type measures: length, 4.9 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.2 mm.

Holotype, No. 9481, and paratypes, Nos. 9482, 9483 (Calif.
Acad..Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loc: 23805e(CeAeeS»):
Puerto Escondido on the Lower California coast of the Gulf of
California ; collected by Dr. Fred Baker, in 1921.

This species belongs in the same group with Turbonilla (Pyr-
giscus) aripana described in the present paper. It is smaller, with
the whorls higher between the sutures, the ribs more numerous
and the basal sculpture quite distinct.

The specific name of this species is derived from the tribal
name of the Cochimi Indians, Lower California.

23. TuRrBoNILLA (Pyrgiscus) pericuana Strong, new species
Plate 11, Figure 4

Shell elongate-conic, very slender, pale yellowish with a nar-
now, faint, brown band a little above the periphery on the last
two whorls; nucleus a flattened coil with the apex slightly pro-
jecting, the maximum diameter nearly as great as that of the first
postnuclear whorl on which it rests with the axis at nearly a right

13), S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 99, pl. 9, figs. 6, 6a.

82

BULLETIN. Su. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 2, 1949

angle to that of the succeeding whorls; postnuclear whorls eleven,
rounded, more or less flattened in the middle, slowly but regularly
increasing in size; axial sculpture of retractive, well developed
ribs which pass over the periphery and reach nearly to the um-
bilical region, of these ribs fourteen appear on the first whorl, in-
creasing to twenty on the last; intercostal spaces shallow, about
twice as wide as the ribs; spiral sculpture of eight rows of incised
lines in the interspaces, the lower line a little the strongest, the
others nearly equal in strength and spacing; periphery rounded,
marked by a narrow smooth band; base short, rounded, marked
by five incised spiral lines which cut the feeble extensions of the
axial ribs; aperture subquadrate, outer lip thin, columella nearly
straight, reflected, body of the shell without a callus. The type
measures: length, 6.0 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.3 mm.

b

Holotype, No. 9484, and paratypes, Nos. 9485, 9486 (Calif.
NeAdeocM Dept. raleo, Dype Coll.) trom Koc 23808) (Ee; A. S.);
Concepcion Bay on the coast of Lower California in the Gulf of
California; collected by Dr. Fred Baker, in 1921. Nine additional
specimens were collected in the same locality.

This species is similar in size and shape to Turbonilla (Pyr-
giscus) histias Dall & Bartsch"* but has the axial ribs less well de-
veloped on the base and different spiral sculpture. Some of the
paratypes show intercalary incised spiral lines in the interspaces
and a greater flattening of the whorls but agree in all other ways.
The extreme slenderness of the upper part of the spire is a strik-
ing character.

The specific name of this species is derived from the tribal
name of the Perict Indians, Lower California.

24. TursonitLta (Mormula) coyotensis Baker, Hanna &
Strong

Turbonilla (Mormula) coyotensis Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, No. 7, June 29, 1928, pp. 223-
224, pl. 11, fig. 17.

In the original description of this species 2 specimens are re-
corded from Concepcion Bay and one specimen from San Luis
Gonzaga Bay. To these there are added two specimens from Con-
cepcion Bay and one from San Luis Gonzaga Bay. The latter
specimen has many, fine, incised spiral lines instead of the 8 to 10
more distinct lines on the type.

25. TurBoNILLA (Bartschella) cf. sedillina Dall & Bartsch
Turbonilla (Dunkeria) sedillina Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus.,

144U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, pp. 105-106, pl. 10, figs. 8, Sa.

83

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

Bull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 121, pl. 12, fig. 3, 3a.

One specimen each from San Francisquito Bay and Puerto
Escondido and three specimens from San Luis Gonzaga Bay are
provisionally referred to this species. In the original description
specimens are reported from La Paz and off Ceralvo Island. In
our specimens there are fewer spiral cords and the angle at the
shoulder is sharper than that shown in the figure of the type.

26. TurRBONILLA (Bartschella) subangulata (Carpenter)

Dunkeria subangulata Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, Decem-
ber, 1856, p. 424.

Turbonilla (Dunkeria) subangulata Carpenter, Dall & Bartsch,
U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, 1909, p. 124, pl. 123g ae

Turbonilla (Bartschella) subangulata (Carpenter), Baker, Hanna
& Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. IZ Now7aal92s;
peZZo. plaids ret 19:

Turbonilla subangulata Carpenter, Lowe, Trans. San Diego Soc.
Nat. Hist., vol. 8) No; 6; 1935) px 3:

Carpenter records the type locality of this species as “Mazat-
lan; extremely rare, off Spondylus,’ and mentions four specimens
found by Mr. Hanley. Dall & Bartsch redescribe the Carpenter
specimens. In our previous paper one specimen was recorded
from Concepcion Bay and three from La Paz. Lowe records three
specimens dredged at Punta Penasco. To these records can be
added additional specimens from Concepcion Bay and La Paz
and from the Gulf of California without definite locality.

27. PERISTICHIA hermosa Lowe

Pyramidellide (Triptychus) hermosa:Lowe, Trans. San Diego
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, No. 6, March 21, 1935, p. 22, pl. 3, fig. 4.

Lowe described this species from San Felipe, near the head of
the Gulf of California. It is represented in the Academy’s collec-
tion by 11 specimens taken in Concepcion Bay on the Gulf coast
of Lower California. This species and “Odostomia (Ividella)”
pedroana Dall & Bartsch’’ from southern California, are entirely
distinct from anything else from the west coast and appear to be
referable to the genus Peristichia Dall. Rehder (Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., Vol. 93, No. 3161, p. 195, January 20, 1943) discussed this
genus and stated “It differs from Triptychus in having only one
basal entrant spiral cord, instead of two, and in lacking columellar
folds.” Lowe compared his species to Pyramidella (Triptychus)

150. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, December, 1909, p. 172, pl. 19, figs. 8, 8a.

84

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Parr 2, 1949

olssoni Bartsch’” which was described from Santa Elena Bay,
Ecuador. Judging from the features said to characteristic of
Peristichia it appears that Bartsch’s species should remain in
Triptychus Morch.

28. OposTomIA (Salassia) gabrielensis Baker, Hanna & Strong

Odostomia (Salassia) gabrielensis Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc.
Galiimetcad: Sci ser 4, vol: 17, No: 7, 1928, pp: 227-228, pl:
12, fig. 6—Lowe, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8,
Noro) 1835, p: 31.

In the previous paper specimens were reported from Espiritu
Santo Island, Monserrate Island, San Jose Island and La Paz.
Lowe reports 3 specimens from Punta Penasco. In the additional
Academy material there are numerous specimens from San Jose
Island, Concepcion Bay, La Paz and San Francisquito Bay, Gulf
of California.

29. Opostomta (Besla) convexa (Carpenter )

Chrysallida convexa Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, December,
1856, p. 424.

Odostomia (Besla) convexa (Carpenter), Dall & Bartsch, U. S.
Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, 1909, p. 135, pl. 13, fig. 4.—Baker,
Hanna c& Strong, Proc: Calit! Acad.Sc.) ser. 4 vol. 117, No. 7,
1928, p. 228.—Lowe, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8,
INowGn 1935, 7p. 31.

Carpenter described this species from two specimens off
Spondylus, at Mazatlan. Dall and Bartsch record two specimens
dredged in 26 fathoms off Cacachitas, Gulf of California. In our
previous paper one specimen from San Luis Gonzaga Bay is re-
corded. Lowe records 6 specimens dredged off Punta Penasco.
To these records is now added one specimen from Concepcion
Bay, one from Puerto Escondido and a number from the Gulf of
California without definite locality.

30. Opostomi1a (Chrysallida) ovata (Carpenter)

Chrysalida ovata Carpenter, Cal. Mazatlan Shells, December,
1856, p. 417.

Odostomia (Chrysallida) ovata (Carpenter), Dall & Bartsch, U.
S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, 1909, p. 152, pl. 15, figs. 7, 7a. —
Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17,
No. 7, 1928, p. 232.

16Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 69, No. 2646, Art. 20, December 16, 1926, pp. 2-8,
pl. 1, fig. 11.

85

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

Carpenter describes this species as from “Mazatlan; very rare,
off Spondylus.” Dall & Bartsch redescribe Carpenter’s type and
copy his camera lucida drawing. In our previous paper several
specimens are recorded from Cape San Lucas. To this can be
added one specimen from Concepcion Bay.

31. Opostom1a (Chrysallida) telescopia (Carpenter )
Plate 11, Figure 3

Chrysalhida telescopium Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, Decem-
ber, 1856, pp. 421-422.

Odostomia (Chrysallida) telescopium Carpenter, Dall & Bartsch,
U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, 1909, pp. 139-140, pl. 13, fig. 9.
—Lowe, Trans. San Diego, Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 8, No. 6,
1935; poe

Carpenter records ten specimens (mostly young) off Chama
and Spondylus at Mazatlan. Dall & Bartsch redescribe Carpen-
ters type and copy his camera lucida figure. Lowe reports the
species as dredged off Punta Penasco. In the additional material
in the Academy’s collection there are numerous specimens from
Concepcion Bay and La Paz. The species seems to be quite com-
mon in the upper end of the Gulf as it has been collected in con-
siderable numbers by various collectors at San Felipe. Adult
specimens of eight whorls reach a length of 5 mm., the additional
whorls giving the shell a more slender appearance than that shown
by the figure.

32. Opostomt1a (Chrysallida) torrita Dall & Bartsch

Odostomia (Chrysallida) torrita Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 142, pl. 14, fig. 2..

The type of this species is one of four specimens available to
Dall and Bartsch out of no fewer than five hundred specimens re-
ported by Carpenter"’ to have been “abundant among algz on
Uvamilla, somewhat rare on Chama, Spondylus, etc.,” at Mazatlan.
Carpenter described the species in detail but considered it to be
the same as Chemnitzia cummunis C, B. Adams’* from Panama.
To the original record of this very small species there is here
added 2 specimens from San Francisquito Bay and 3 from the
Gulf of California without definite locality.

33. Opostom1a (Chrysallida) vizcainoana Baker, Hanna &
Strong

Odostomia (Chrysallida) vizcainoana Baker, Hanna & Strong,

17Carpenter, P. P., Cat. Mazatlan Shells, November, 1856, pp. 419-420.
18C. B. Adams, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, Vol. 5, July, 1852, pp. 390,
536 (separate, pp. 166, 312).

86

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, No. 7, June 29, 1928,
pp. 229-230, pl. 12, fig. 10.

In the original description specimens of this species are re-
corded from off La Paz, Puerto Escondido, Agua Verde Bay and
San Jose Island. To these is now added six specimens from Con-
cepcion Bay.

34. Opostomia (Chrysallida) sorenseni Strong, new species
Riate il higuneZ

Shell elongate-ovate, small, yellowish-white; nuclear whorls
small, deeply immersed in the first postnuclear whorl above which
only the tilted edge appears ; postnuclear whorls six, flattened, sep-
arated by a deep, channeled suture ; axial sculpture or narrow, re-
tractive ribs with wider interspaces, of which 16 appear on the first
postnuclear whorl, increasing to 22 on the penultimate whorl; spi-
ral sculpture of narrow threads, at no place as strong as the axial
ribs ; on the first two whorls one spiral cord appears at the summit
and a second at the edge of the suture, beginning with the third
whorl intermediate threads begin to appear and increase in num-
ber and strength until on the penultimate whorl there are six sub-
equal cords; the intersections of the axial ribs and spiral cords
from rounded nodules while the interspaces appear as rectangular
pits ; periphery of last whorl marked by a deep groove; base some-
what produced, marked by six spiral cords and continuations of
the axial sculpture as very fine threads; aperture ovate, outer lip
thin in the central portion, thickened at the posterior angle; colu-
mella stout, reflected anteriorly, with a weak fold at its insertion.
The type measures: length, 2.2 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.0 mm.

Holotype, No. 9488, and paratypes, Nos. 9489, 9490 (Calif.
cada sci Dept) Paleo! Mype Coll.) trom Loc) 27223 (€. A. S:),
Mazatlan, Mexico. The type and 13 additional specimens were
collected by L. G. Hertlein.

This species appears to be quite distinct from anything previ-
ously described from the west coast. In the key to the subgenus”
by Dall & Bartsch it would follow reigent Carpenter’ in the Gulf
fauna, differing in the retractive axial ribs, nodulous sculpture
and in other ways.

This species 1s named for Mr. Andrew Sorensen of Pacific
Grove, California, who on several occasions, has collected mol-
lusks in the Gulf of California.

19U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, 1909, p. 137.
20Chrysallida reigeni Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, December, 1856, p. 422.—
Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus., Bull. No. 68, 1909, pp. 138-189, pl. 18, fig. 7.

87

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vout. 48, Part 2, 1949

35. Opvostomia (Pyrgulina) herrere Baker, Hanna & Strong

Odostomia (Pyrgulina) herrere Baker, Hanna & Strong, Proc.
Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, No. 7, June 29, 1928.pp= 233;
234, pl. 12, fig. 9.

The type of this species is reported to have been collected in
the Gulf of California. There is now recorded definite localities
of two specimens from San Francisquito Bay and two from
a Paz.

36. Opostomia (Ividella) ulloana Strong, new species
Plate Lh ircune al

Shell small, translucent white, elongate-ovate ; nuclear whorls
deeply, obliquely immersed in the first postnuclear whorl; post-
nuclear whorls five, flattened, strongly, almost tabulately shoul-
dered, separated by a deep suture; axial sculpture of strong,
curved ribs which extend over the shoulder to the suture and over
the base to the umbilical region, of these 12 appear on the first
whorl, increasing to 20 on the penultimate whorl; spiral sculpture
of four cords, the first, rather indistinct, marking the shoulder of
the whorl; the second, much stronger, a little below the middle of
the whorl; the third at the periphery of the body whorl; and the
fourth on the middle of the base; intersections of the axial ribs
and spiral cords slightly pointed; entire surface marked with
microscopic spiral strize and lines of growth; aperture ovate, outer
lip thin, slightly angulated by the spiral cords; columella slender,
curved, raised above a narrow umbilical groove, with an obscure
fold at its insertion. The type measures: length, 2.5 mm.; maxi-
mum diameter, 1.0 mm.

Holotype, No. 9491 (Calif. Acad: Sci. Dept sealeommiiype
Coll.), from -Loc. 23806 (C. A. S.), La Paz, Lower €alitomaay:
collected=by. Dr Ered Baker inalG21 ae

This is the fifth species to be described in a very closely related
group constituting the subgenus /vidella. The various species
range from Monterey, California, to Panama and differ princi-
pally in the number of spiral cords. The present species, with but
four cords, has the smallest number for any of them.

This species is named for Francisco de Ulloa, Admiral of
Cortez, who in 1540 arrived at the headwaters of the Gulf of Cali-
fornia,

37. Opostomia (Miralda) zpynota Dall & Bartsch

Odostomia (Miralda) epynota Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat. Mus.,
gull. No. 68, December 13, 1909, p. 178, pl. 19, fig. 5.

88

BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

In the original description one specimen of this California
species was recorded from Cape San Lucas. There is now re-
corded two specimens from Concepcion Bay which seem to belong
to the typical form.

38. Opostomia (Miralda) epynota planicostata Baker, Hanna
& Strong

Odostomia (Muiralda) e@pynota planicostata Baker, Hanna &
Strong, roc, Calit, Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 17, No. 7, June 29,
1928, p. 237, pl. 12, fig. 14.

This variety was based on four specimens from Cape San
Lucas. An additional specimen from San Francisquito Bay seems
to belong here.

39. Opostomia (Menestho) ciguatanis Strong, new species
Plate 12, Figure 3

Shell elongate-conic, milk white; nuclear whorls very small,
having an elevated spire with the axis at right angles to that of
the succeeding whorls in the first of which they are about one-
third immersed; postnuclear whorls six, flattened, regularly in-
creasing in size, sculptured with three strong, equal cords with
deep, grooved interspaces, equal in depth and only slightly nar-
rower than the channel suture; periphery angulated, marked by a
spiral cord a little less strong than those on the spire; base short,
with three spiral cords of which the upper, separated from the
peripheral cord by a narrow: groove, is much the strongest; aper-
ture ovate, effuse anteriorly, outer lip thin, somewhat angulated
by the spiral cords; columella curved, separated from the base by
an indistinct umbilical groove, with a strong fold at its insertion.
The type measures: length, 3.0 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.4 mm.

Holotype, No. 9492, and paratypes, Nos. 9493, 9494 (Calif.
Acad. Sci. Dept. Paleo. Type Coll.), from the Gulf of California
without definite location; collected by Dr. Fred Baker in 1921.
The collection contained nine additional specimens.

This species is very similar in appearance to Odostomia (Me-
nestho) grammatospira Dall & Bartsch** from Cape San Lucas,
but has three spiral cords instead of four and a more angulated
periphery and shorter base. All the specimens are bleached, the
living shells are probably a translucent white.

The specific name of this species is derived from that of a
pearl island Ciguatan, sought by Ulloa in the Gulf of California.

21Mem. Calif. Acad. Sci., Vol. 3, 1903, p. 285, pl. 1, figs. 6, 6a.—U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Bull. No. 68, 1909, p. 185, pl. 21, figs. 7, 7a.

89

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

40. Opostomta (Evalea) tenuis (Carpenter )

Odostomia tenuis Carpenter, Cat. Mazatlan Shells, November,
1856, p. 412.

Odostomia (Evalea) tenuis Carpenter, Dall & Bartsch, U. S. Nat.
Mus., Bull. No. 68, 1909, pp. 197-198, pl. 22, fig. 3.

Carpenter’s description is from two specimens off Spondylus
at Mazatlan. Dall and Bartsch redescribe the species and copy
Carpenter’s camera lucida drawing. In the Academy’s material
there are three specimens from Concepcion Bay which seem to
agree with the description and figure,

Plate 11

Fig. 1. Odostomia (Ividella) ulloana Strong, nsp. Holotype,
from La Paz, Lower California. Length, 2.5 mm.; maximum di-
ameter4 1 Omrn:

Fig. 2. Odostomia (Chrysallida) sorensent Strong, nsp. Holo-
type, from Mazatlan, Mexico. Length, 2.2 mm.; maximum di-
ameter, 1.0 mm.

Fig. 3. Odostomia (Chrysallida) telescopia Carpenter. Hypo-
type, from Loc. 23806 (C. A.:S.), La Paz, Lower Galitorna:
Mexico. Length, 4.1 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.3 mm,

Fig. 4. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) pericuana Strong, nsp. Holo-
type, from Concepcion Bay, east coast of Lower California,
Mexico. Length, 6.0 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.3 mm.

Fig. 5. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) aripana Strong, nsp. Holo-
type, from Puerto Escondido, east coast of Lower California,
Mexico. Length, 6.0 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.7 mm.

Fig. 6. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) kahwana Strong, nsp. Holo-
type from San Luis Gonzanga Bay, east coast of Lower Cali-
fornia, Mexico. Length, 6.0 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.2 mm.

All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type col-
lection of the department of Paleontology of the California Acad-
emy of Sciences. The photographs used in illustrating the species
were made by Frank Lee Rogers.

90

Strong

Pyramidellide.

Butt. So. Cau. Acapb. Scr. Vou. 48, PART 2, 1949

PLATE 11

VT

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

Plate 12

Fig. 1. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) guaicurana Strong, nsp. Holo-
type, from La Paz, east coast of Lower California, Mexico.
Length, 3.2 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.3 mm,

Fig. 2. Turbonilla (Chemmitzia) sinaloana Strong, nsp. Holo-
type, from Mazatlan, Mexico. Length, 2.9 mm.; maximum di-
ameter, 0.8 mm.

Fig. 3. Odostomia (Menestho) siguatanis Strong, nsp. Holo-
type, from the Gulf of California, exact locality unknown.
Length, 3.0 mm. ; maximum diameter, 1.4 mm.

Fig. 4. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) cochimiana Strong, nsp. Holo-
type, from Puerto Escondido, east coast of Lower California,
Mexico. Length, +.9 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.2 mm.

Fig. 5. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) alarconi Strong, nsp. Holo-
type, from Concepcion Bay, east coast of Lower California, Mex-
ico. Length, 4.5 mm.; maximum diameter, 1.6 mm.

Fig. 6. Turbonilla (Strioturbonilla) asuncionis Strong, nsp.
Holotype, from Asuncion Island, off the west coast of Lower
California, Mexico. Length, 3.4 mm. ; maximum diameter, 1.0 mm.

All the specimens illustrated on this plate are in the type col-
lection of the department of Paleontology of the California Acad-
emy of Sciences. The photographs used in illustrating the species
were made by Frank Lee Rogers.

BULL. So. Cau. Acap. Scr. Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

Pyramidellide. Strong

PLATE 12

93

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 2, 1949

DR. ROBERT DUDLEY EMERY
SEPTEMBER 6, 1877—Marcu 20, 1949

The death of Dr. Robert Dudley Emery on March 20, 1949
marks the passing of one of the pioneers in the development of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences.

Dr. Emery was born in Montpelier, Vermont, September 6,

1877.

He married Lora Bell Haney in St. Catherine, Missouri, April
27, 1900. A son by this marriage, Clyde K. Emery, M. D., sur-
vives him.

His second marriage to Beatrice E. Hutchinson occurred in
Alhambra, California on January 6, 1932

Robert D. Emery held three doctorate degrees. He received
his D.O. in 1899, and was granted his M.D. in 1908. Five years

94

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

prior to his death he was awarded an honorary Doctorate in
Science.

He was admitted to the practice of medicine and surgery in
Massachusetts in 1904, but five years prior to that had begun
private practice in Hawaii. He specialized first in surgery and
later in radiology.

Dr. Emery was a student throughout all of his useful and
very active life. He made frequent trips to the European Clinics,
and the larger eastern Clinics of the United States, and had post-
graduate work in the New York Post-graduate Medical School
and Hospital; the West London Post-graduate Medical School
and Hospital; Queen Charlotte’s Lying-in Hospital, and the All-
gemeines Krankenhaus of Vienna.

He served a term as President of the California Osteopathic
Association, and as Vice-president of the American Osteopathic
Association, and he also held the Presidency of the California
Board of Osteopathic Examiners. In addition he filled positions
of trust and responsibility in a number of professional organi-
zations.

Dr. Emery was a Fellow of the Southern California Academy
of Sciences and at the time of his death was a member of its
Board of Trustees and Chairman of its Section of Health and
Sanitation. He was respected for his scholarly attainments, and
beloved for his willingness to give of himself and his substance in
the interests of mankind.

JeACAG:

95

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 2, 1949

IN MEMORIAM: CATHERINE VIRGINIA BEERS
June 3, 1892—A pri 22, 1949

The death of Dr. Catherine Beers, after a brief illness in the
Queen of Angels Hospital, was a shock to her many friends in the
Southern California Academy of Sciences where she had been a
member since May 2, 1941.

Dr. Beers was an associate professor of zoology at the Uni-
versity of Southern California where she had been a member of
the faculty for 33 years. She not only taught day classes, but also
University College (night) classes in heredity and zoology. Many
doctors and biology teachers did undergraduate sion in her
classes. Her enriched life of activity and enviable achievements
on the frontiers of science included forethought, by decreeing in
writing that an autopsy be performed immediately following
death, the results to be used to augment the fight against cancer,
the cause of her death.

96

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

Internationally known as a geneticist, Dr. Beers had many
interests: people, students, faculty, teaching, scholarship, re-
search, fundamental genetics, medical genetics, and cancer.

Miss Beers began life in a mid-western community, Chicago,
Illinois. She received her Bachelor of Arts and Master of Arts
degrees from Northwestern University in 1914 and 1915 respec-
tively, and her Doctor of Philosophy from Columbia in 1938.
Her studies in marine life were attained at the Oceanographic
Laboratories of the University of Washington, the University of
California at La Jolla, and on the east coast at Woods Hole, Mass.
She taught at Hunter College, N. Y. and at Washington Square
College of the same state.

Professional organizations were favored by her presence and
her contributions to science. She was a member of the Amer.
Assoc. for Advancement of Science; the Soc. of Sigma Xi; Phi
Kappa Phi, President, 1947-48; Genetics Soc. of Amer.; Western
Soc. of Naturalists ; Univ. of Southern California Faculty Science
Club, President; served as Sec. of the Local Chap. of the Amer.
Assoc. of Univ. Professors; founder-member of Phi Sigma, Nat.
Honorary Biol. Soc.; Faculty Adviser for Omega Delta, Univer-
sity College Soc.; Amer. Assoc. of University Women; Phi Lamb-
da Theta, Education Honorary Soc.; Genetics Soc. of Amer.;
Kugenics Soc.; Science Teachers of Amer.; Honorary member of
Mortar Board Phrateres; and other organizations.

Last year she was honored as the first woman to give the sci-
ence research lecture at the annual dinner of the Graduate School
of Research at the University of Southern California.

The experimental work of Dr. Beers is based on her study of
200 generations of the fruit fly, and the results together with
methods, are correlated with problems of the human species.

Eminence abroad is attested by her invitation paper presented,
1939, before the International Congress of Geneticists in Edin-
burgh, Scotland, and again last year under the same auspices in
the presence of 600 famous scientists from 38 nations at Stock-
holm, Sweden. Following the latter meeting she made a world
tour by airplane.

Dr. Beers emphasized basic problems in heredity and medical
genetics among her contributions to science. One of her early pa-
pers (1937), “Linkage Groups in Drosophila pseudoobscura, Race
B,” published in the Jour. of Genetics 22, was followed by “Mu-
tants of Drosophila pseudoobscura, Race B,” presented as a dem-
onstration at the autumn, 1939, meeting of the Genetics Soc. at
Woods Hole, Mass. Another paper, “Human Genetics,” was given
at the 1940 meeting of the Hollywood Acad. of Med., while
“Inherited Hollow-chest” was presented at the Monterey 1939

97

BuLieTin, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 2, 1949

meeting of the Western Soc. of Nat. A joint-authorship paper
with Lathan Clark, ‘““A Hemangioma and Metatarsus Atavicus,”
was published in the Jour. of Heredity 33. Another joint paper
with Estel A. Cheever on “Hereditary Ataxia,’ appeared in the
Jour. of Heredity 36. “Four Generations of Heart Trouble” was
presented at the June 1947 meeting of the Western Soc. of Nat-
uralists, and, “Four Generations of Rheumatic Heart Disease”’
was presented at the 1948 meeting of the International Congress
of Genetics at Stockholm, Sweden. During the same year another
paper, “Human Genetics,” was given at the Chundikuli Girls’
College, Jaffna, Ceylon.

Friends of Dr. Beers have been inspired to establish a Dr.
Catherine V. Beers Memorial Fund to provide money for research
at the University of Southern California.

Dr. Beers also taught classes in ornithology, wrote poetry and
would laugh at words like these:

Ever cheerful with a sense of humor
Undaunted by embolism or a tumor
Ever jovial to meet a friend

Courageous, she was fearless to the end.

GEORGE R. JOHNSTONE

98

The SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
announces the publication of Part 2, Volume 3 of its
“MEMOIRS”
containing

NEARCTIC MITES OF THE FAMILY
ESE UDOEE Pa LD AT

By
E. A. McGREGoR

Attention of Librarians is called to the fact that all issues of
this publication are still available, and may be obtained from the
Secretary of the Academy at the prices, and in the editions noted
below.

The “Memoirs” are financed from a special fund that is
required to be replenished from the sale of the publication, and
it is therefore impossible for the Academy to furnish these on
an exchange basis. Regular members of the Academy, in good
standing, are furnished a copy of each issue as published, without
cost, and are privileged to order additional copies at 50% of the
publication price.

VEEMOUS 1SSUED LO: DALE:

Vol.1. Complete in one issue. 275 pp. 1938. Contains “Check
List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of
America; Part 1; Macrolepidoptera”’, with Index and Corri-
genda, by J. McDunnough, Ph.D. Paper Cover.............. $4.00

Special edition of the above, printed on one side of page
only, with every facing alternate page blank, making
possible the write-in of notes and new Species. Paper
(GONVOIE 55S aeRO ETE ROE Mere EL set PRR oat a amr iE 5.00
A limited edition of the List, without index, was run on
white bristol board, suitable for use as cut-out labels. A
fewer evavialla ler atsvertouisrvact cite loach tere menelelol nl Onvaleion tar netebers 3.00

Vol. 2, Part 1. 172 pp. 1939. “Check List of the Lepidopt. of

Canada and the U. S. Part 2, Microlepidoptera’”’, with Index,

by J. McDunnough, Ph.D. Papers..............cccccccccccce 2.50
A few copies of the special edition, printed on one side
OfMMASS OMT Ve Sevier ie eta Eats et cvaveosee a eanertle teuratnrewonevenrene paper 3.50

Vol. 2, Part 2.. 60 pp. 1944. “Revision of the North American
Genera and Species of the Phalaenid Subfamily Plusiinae (Lepidop-
tera) kebyae Mec Dunnoweh) PhD yen cs ci enicieiicio er sicieleiereree 1.50

Vol. 3, Part 1. 1947. 134 pp. “A Guide to the Literature and Distri-

bution of the Marine Alge of the Pacific Coast of North America”’

LON ID: NORMS DI Wy SY ON oh oeesertctee = eer A yiernmueies ove acer en: Steeles a ie ON ae 2.00
Vol. 3, Part 2. 1949. 45 pp. 10 text figs. 10 plates, as announced
EOXONS). 5, 5 sigh yt ORE eee ee eee erat err eeao Uta dena ei eat ct SOUT Eee abana iit rans 2.00

Address all orders and inquiries to
THE SECRETARY
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

c/o Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

99

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to KENNETH E. STAGER

Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,

Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.

MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers
in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October)
in 1920.

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August;
Vol. XX, No. 3, December. ;

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2,
March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-
October; No. 6, November-December.

From 1925 to 1948, including volumes XXIV to XLVII, three numbers
were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April;
No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.

MEMOIRS

Vol. 1, 1938. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Vol. 2, Part 2, 1944. Vol. 3, Part 1,
1947. Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949.

100

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

For Sale at the Appended Prices

BULLETIN: To To Non-
Members Members

Complete set, Vols. 1 to 41, bound.............. 5 $150.00
(Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 33, bound ............ 80.00
VOTES NOUR OS 0 4 cae teeta eve aoe aie rele initey die dusieve we sleie nieve $ .25 .50
meme A aM cceen LOO). H.'s colts sla -aecaia lel sie o eves ¢isielaiiove evecere ec¢ .25 50
param Omen n Sa! O.OiGoiens ey'clrca’'. cies cite/le\'atelaiel evesciiavvele we reiele serene .25 500
Seer Rumen TOO Re eS oxg se Es Rapavienele revere teh canvonchorelaiels 6 1.00 2.00
cee O sem PL OO) ois ciovel a seje evacyce elslistions Oceleconsee’ steveieveievs 1.00 2.00
semen enamel eet OU: () pero carers aie saves iciaialie iio aie ipvelelere core ace - 2.00 4.00
Seen amen ee OOM ea aics cetera, avis svensicleleceigh eieteietoie te gveiers 15 1.50
Stal) emcee LOVIN s 6) SUaveirassls, oo\sareliers ails leligtere toler onborat ste 6 1.00 2.00
mackie ll ) archer POMEL (eo OS rer errs cee (oveire tev Vevolel ele? suatecoveneie ove 2.00 4.00
pace 2 emerges ctetTIDSLRSi-2ig clgteise atta e oe fele'e ilahgs cvevareela ce osene 0,0 2.00
Senell setae men ome OM GH RE 6 Rocce 6 creteuerevereiwie eve sieleteierevele 615 1.50
sal featur Ot Wilt O Sie Jaracaiy ciel ebctave:leve leisnera iors (aleveleisie suelesote 1.50 3.00
lO ue decemele MALO Ol is catielaiere ced ereceorevelsy ele. s-ecauele silaviel ensuelle 50 1.00
oO aime REL D (iy se aie cca tee gs wlevereheereie’o ete lence sie, cuore . .b0 1.00
aun 2 emma Oa Deh ire) cyicdir aves veralicr Sten aicioy ei wieuerel ane ledeneserel ors 1.00 2.00
ne orl Dos (45.05 1924 (CACH) vest cisiesausiere se 13D 15
ae A emcemeen 2 rs NOD 5 (COACH) (os ecco ches caus side ee .35 15
SE ag 2 Co Net Gt aie eer ee RDN te acy 3 15
2 OG, as By IR (GHG) oases Aah el HALE ee .39 15
en meme 2.31928 (CACM) chemise eireai ca £35) 15
ane Oma 2 1929) (CACH) s:cicier wie ais ecm calas-te.s .35 15
“SO, So aly Ao 8ks IBA (GRO Ne Woodosesecnunodue 35 15
atom e a 2h 3.) LOS (CACH)i ieceicrescaei ce accel .30 .15
moo meme 2 8 1993 (GACH) ois ove dca wan .35 615
OO Wels 23. WOS4. (CACH) iar cere < ses Se oe ees .35 215
eee Arammeel 2/351 935 (GACH) cravcieles.« stew eets au .35 15
moO 253) 1936" (CACN) Me sae ec ask cose .3D 215
me oO mms) O, 19S0, COACH) \eiecieac secs caeeigao le .35 75
Bolen lo) 3, 1988: (each) 2% cs ovens sc wean .35 75
eo Somme 251; 1939 | GEACH), seis c sree sales cs .35 15
ROO EOS LOA On Ss 1ste os crctye cc eieee Hetee aesisieme noche .35 15
mad Oia ol D3. TOA (each): clsinstes saice sen auke 35 15
peal col 13, 1942) (each) |... cos coe seen .35 ol
pelos 2. S81 G43! (Gach rr merocie: cians siamese a5) 15
BETS cele. so L944: (each). | cemares cc seve crete .85 215
| 44, “ 1, 2, 3, 1945 (each) ..... BSR ek ie ariee ei cusiels .35 15
eer oe will 23) ol O4'Gs(@aCh)) sr cet as wake ene .35 .75
eal ON eee ols 23. G4 (ACH)! \aadcnc we esto loin es .35 15
Ren ce A S29 8) NOAR (each) Meas lainss slccnia ote aeee .35 15

(Continued en next page)

101

PUBLICATIONS (continued)

MEMOIRS To To Non-
Members Members
Vole dey 1988 —paper COVER? 2am occisicrsrete ore evel sl cletetersis $2.00 $4.00
Sane Sea. ee bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00
ar ea printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00
SSeS os printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00
Vol. 2, No. 1,-1939—paper Cover .. 22.5 <iccs elerelerere LAs 2.50
Caer tthe Tah ire Pas bound in black fabrikoid.... 2.25 3.50
ue sce tent nda printed on one side of page . 1.75 3.50
es SS 1944-——paper iCOVEr: os ccss orereiets Perens 15 1.50
2) 33S Al 1947%— paper (COVER <2. asec cee 1.00 2.00
Se SS 2 ol 949 ——Naper (COVED sans. sss oe 1.00 2.00
Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or
Co-operating Organizations
Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES
HARTHQUAKHS; Roi. Mill 2... vs coer bound 2.50
Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published),
chiefly Entomological, 1 colored plate .................. 1.00
Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of
Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00
FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David-
son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923..........-eee0- 2.50
Reprints:
Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami-
lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed
on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes),
Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. $ .50
The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County,
New Mexico, 1931. F. R. Fosberg ...............00-: 25
Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United
States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 1938, printed on
white bristol board, one side of page (without index)
suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-
MMCMDCLS) sig 5 colo ee eaves cie oler's a:sia,8 o wiwel trereredepenereteleteRenedenRenenerens 3.00
A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their
habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis 50
A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA,
32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm.M.
IN STAM 6 Se eie dais eee ee ¥ aioe oe oe etude thet e oT CO Ore .50
Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum—CHANNEL
ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers 1 to 38. Bound 3.00

ADDRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO

SoUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Care KENNETH E. STAGER)
Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

102

The work of the Southern California Academy of Sciences is carried
on entirely through the generosity of private citizens, who are suf-
ficiently interested in the advancement of education and cultural
endeavor to donate funds or make bequests to the Academy. As a
guide, in the matter of bequests, for those who plan to further this
program, the following forms are suggested:

Form of Legacy

To be used when it is desired to leave the Academy any personal
property, such as money, stocks, bonds, works of art, or other objects
of value.

I give and bequeath unto “Southern California Academy of
Sciences,” of the City of Los Angeles, the sum Of....................--..--eeeeeceeeeees
Dollars: To have and possess the same unto the said “Southern Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences,” its successors and assigns, to the uses,
dispositions and benefits thereof forever.

Form of Devise
To be used when it is desired to leave real estate to the Academy.

I give and devise to “Southern California Academy of Sciences”
Ofsther@itysofeWos: Angeles, (..40 28ers a shee eee ests
here describe the property or Zround rent.uuu.........--.--eecceeecccceeeeeeeeceeeeeeees ),
together with the appurtenances, in fee simple, and all policies of
insurance covering said premises, whether fire, title or otherwise, free
from all taxes: To have and to hold the same unto the said “Southern
California Academy of Sciences,” its successors or assigns forever.

103

ga ie ie to the Editor. ie may be ordered through the
Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co., —
_East ae Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor .

PRICE LIST OF REPRINTS

hey (WITHOUT COVERS)
ie 4pp. 8pp. 1I2pp. I6pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp.

copies ...... = «$3.75 $5.75 $850 $10.25 $11.75 $1350 $16.00 $17.00
; m ~6©450 «6750 1075 1275 1500 1725 2025 21.50
aN 525. .9.25 13:00 15:25. 18:25" 21.00 24:50 26.00:
ee OO. 002 15,297 2 td, 21.50. 3) 24. 75° * 28-755: 30.50
Poeee® 695) 2p DO. 20.25: 2415) 328'50% 33.00).7-35.00
ee 50> 14.50" 19.15. 22.75). 28.0043,32.25, 237.25 . 39.50
Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1c each.
a California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state.

oe

vs

DOD Estinctive

Be INTING
Books @ Catalogs ® Broadsides
stationery and Office Forms
A @ |
McBRIDE PRINTING CO.

PHONE: PRospect 2045
Pe ae a5 EAS) GLEVENTH Si.
“Since 1879” Los Angeles 15, Calif.

LIBRARY
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL

GARDEN

Sepr.-Drc., 1949 .

ohare:

DLEYA STOLONIFERA, A NEW SPECIES FROM ORANGE
COUNTY, CALIFORNIA

Le ae OF THE NEVADA AREA,
EXCLUSIVE OF THE DYTISCIDA
Ira La Rivers. -

Issued May 5, 1950.

Southern California .

Academy of Sciences _ 7

OFFICERS anp DIRECTORS fs _q

Dr. William L. Lloyd = =
Dr. Louis C. Wheeler = =
Dr. Sherwin F. Wood - - - =
4 Mr. Kenneth E. Stager - -

Dr. W. Dwight Pierce 5 =
Dr. John A. Comstock = =
Mr. Lioyd M. Martin ~- ei =

Dr. H. J. Andrews

Dr. A. Weir Bell ;

Dr. John A. Comstock

Dr. Hildegarde Howard

Dr. William L. Lloyd

Sie emicn.
First Vice President ‘4
Second Vice President

S Ass’t to D Secretary
Mr. Theodore Payne |
Dr. W. Dwight Pierce —
Mr. Kenneth E. Stager — a
Dr. Chester Stock an “3
Dr. Louis C. Wheeler — :

Dr. Sherwin F. Wood ok he g

ADVISORY BOARD ; = wes

Mr. Fred E. Burlew
Dr. Preston Kline Caye
Mr. A. York Escalante
Dr. John Herman

‘

Dr. Howard R. Hill - ie
Dr. Philip A. Munz — eet; ; :
Dr. R. H. Swift St Mag

Mr. Russell S. Woglum Pe &
Mr. Arthur Woodward : bs 4

BOTANICAL SECTION oa $f : 2
Miss Bonnie Templeton, Ohairman ey

SECTION OF HEALTH AND SANITATION 2 . dee
Dr. Irving Rehmann, Chairman aren

SECTION OF ZOOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Dr. Raymond C. Osburn, Chairman
SECTION OF CHEMICAL SCIENCES ae
Mr. Jos. B. Ficklen III, Chairman _ ee
SECTION OF EARTH SCIENCES Aes |
Dr. John Herman, Chairman 3 Saas Bia
SECTION OF PHYSICAL SCIENCES %
Dr. Preston Cline Caye, Chairman he es: -&

SECTION OF AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES
Mr. Russell S. Woglum, Chairman

SECTION OF JUNIOR SCIENCES = E>.
Mr. Carroll L. Lang, Chairman pe ge Soe 4
ANTHROPOLOGICAL SECTION es 7a
Mr. Arthur Woodward, Chairman getty 2s) i

FINANCE COMMITTEE
Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman
Mr. William Curry, Auditor Dr. John A. Comstock ~
Dr. John Herman i

PROGRAM COMMITTEE ; e
Dr, William L. Lloyd, Chairman Dr. Louis C. Wheeler

HOSPITALITY COMMITTEE Regents
Dr. W. Dwight Pierce, Chairman Bea ie
COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION

Dr. John A. Comstock, Chairman ;
Dr. Hildegarde Howard Dr. Howard R. Hill Dr. A. Weir Bell

COMMITTEE ON CONSERVATION ane Ee
Dr. Sherwin F. Wood, Chairman ; Ta
Mr. Theodore Payne Mr. Carroll L. Lang : a
Prof. J. Stanley Brode Dr. John A, Comstock — peer, j

OFFICE OF THE ACADEMY
Los Angeles County Museum, Exposition Park, Los Angeles 7 ere

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences
VoLuME 48 m = = - = S Part 3, 1949

DUDLEYA STOLONIFERA, A NEW SPECIES FROM
ORANGE COUNTY, CALIFORNIA

By Re1p Moran

This new species of Dudleya occurs near Laguna Beach,
California, in two canyons of the San Joaquin Hills. It is of par-
ticular interest because it seems intermediate in some respects
between the subgenera Eududleya and Stylophyllum. Also de-
scribed is a putative natural hybrid between the new species and
DPD. edulis (Nutt.) Moran, a member of the subgenus Stylo-
phyllum.

Chromosome counts of the two plants were made by Dr.
Charles H. Uhl of Cornell University. He has kindly consented
to the inclusion here of his previously unpublished data.

PLATE 13

Figs. a-c. Chromosomes of Dudleya at first meiotic metaphase, X3900.
Camera lucida drawings by Dr. Charles H. Uhl. Fig. a, D. edulis, hills
south of Tijuana, Baja California, Moran 2103. Fig. b, D. edulis X
stolonifera, Aliso Canyon, Orange County, California, Moran 3097,
Fig. c, D. edulis X stolonifera, approaching D. edulis, Aliso Canyon,
Moran 3257.

DUDLEYA STOLONIFERA Moran, species nova.

Caudex diametro 14%-3 cm., usque 10 cm. longus, ramos
laterales horizontales diametro 3-8 mm. et mox 5 cm. longos in
axillis foliorum infimorum edens. Rosula se#pe subplana, diametro
5-12 cm., foliis 15-25 constans. Folia rosulata oblongo-obovata,
breviter acuminata, 3-7 cm. longa, 114-3 cm. lata, 3-4 mm. crassa,
viridia sed szepe precipue dorsaliter aliquid purpurascentia, non
glauca, supra plana vel concava, subtus convexa, marginibus sub-
acuta, basi 10-20 mm. lata, circa 1 mm. alta incrassata. Caules

105

BULLETIN, £o. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

florifert in axillis foliorum inferiorum, 8-20 (—25) cm. alti,
diametro 2-4 mm., supra basim 3-6 cm. tantum nudi. Folia caulina
horizontales, cordato-ovata, acuta, eis infimis 8-13 mm. longis, 5-7
mm. latis. Inflorescentia plerumque duobus interdum pluribus
cincinnis ascendentibus constans. Cincinni 1-6 cm. longi, 3-9 flores
ferentes. Pedicelli erecti, eis inferioribus 5-8 mm., eis superiori-
bus 3-5 mm, longis. Calyx 5%-7 mm. latus, 3-4 mm. altus, basi
usitate truncatus ;segmentis triangularibus, crassis, 2-3 mm. longis,
214-4 mm, latis. Petala lutea, elliptica, acuta, erecta, inter se
contingentia, apice tantum leviter excurvata, 10-11 mm. longa,
3-34 mm. lata, basi 1-2 mm. connata. Stamina 5%4-6% mm.
longa, ad basim corolle 114-2 mm. adnata, eis antesepalis sensim
longioribus. Antherz lute, circa 114 mm, longee. Carpella sub-
erecta, sensim separata, supra basim dilatata, inde fastigata, infra
stylum circa | mm. longum 4-6 mm. alta; eis maturis ascendenti-
bus, apicibus 2-3 mm. separatis. Squame albze, 14-1 mm. lata.

TTT ETAT

PLATE 14
DUDLEYA STOLONIFERA MORAN

Caudex 114-3 cm. thick, becoming 10 cm. or more long. Hort-
zontal branches f from the axils of the lower rosette leaves, 3 8 mm.
thick, soon becoming 5 cm. long. Rosette often rather flat, 5-12
cm. in diameter, with about 15-25 leaves. Rosette leaves oblong-
obovate, short acuminate, 3-7 cm. long, 144-3 cm. broad, 3-4 mm.
thick, bright green, not at all glaucous, often becoming maroon
especially dorsally and towards apex, plane or concave above, con-
vex below; the margins subacute ; the base 10-20 mm. wide, ca 1
mm. high. Floral stem 8-20 (—25) cm. high, 2-4 mm. thick, leafy

106

BULLETIN, SO. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 3, 1949

to within 3-6 cm. of the base. Cauline leaves horizontal, cordate-
ovate, acute, the lowermost 8-13 mm, long, 5-7 mm. broad. In-
florescence commonly of two simple ascending cincinni, occasion-
ally of three or more branches which may bifurcate. Cincinni 1-6
cm. long, with 3-9 flowers. Pedicels erect, the lower 5-8 mm. long,
the upper 3-5 mm. long. Calyx 5%-7 mm. broad, 3-4 mm. high,
usually truncate below; the segments deltoid, thick, 2-3 mm. long,
2%-4 mm. broad. Petals bright yellow, elliptic, acute, erect, ap-
pressed with only the tips outcurved, 10-11 mm. long, 3-3'% mm.
broad, connate 1-2 mm. Antesepalous stamens 6-614 mm. long,
adnate 144-2 mm; epipetalous stamens 514-6 mm. long, adnate
1%-2 mm. Anthers yellow, ca 1144 mm. long. Carpels at anthesis
nearly erect, but separated, broadened above the base, then taper-
ing, 5-7 mm. high including styles 1-144 mm. long; predehiscent
mature carpels ascending, with tips ca 2-3 mm. apart. Scales
white, %4-1 mm. broad. Chromosome number: n =17.

Type Cotrection: North-facing cliff near the mouth of Aliso
Canyon, San Joaquin Hills, Orange County, California, June 23,
1948, Moran 3095. Type specimen in the herbarium of the Uni-
versity of California at Berkeley.

DistriBuTION: Locally abundant on north-facing cliffs at 10 to
250 meters in Aliso and Laguna Canyons. Represented in the
Pomona College Herbarium by F. /. Reed 4994 collected in Aliso
Canyon in 1925.

This is the only species of Dudleya known to be stoloniferous ;
other species branch only dichotomously unless the terminal bud
is injured. This species is also remarkable for the broad low
calyx and the combination of erect petals and spreading prede-
hiscent carpels.

DUDLEYA EDULIS X STOLONIFERA Moran, hybrida nova.

Caudex diametro 2-2% cm., dichotome ramosus, igitur czs-
pites parvos formans. Rosula diametro 6-12 cm., foliis ascen-
dentibus circa 25-30 constans. Folia rosulata linguiformia, ad
medium leviter dilatata, subapiculata, 5-11 cm. longa, 9-15 mm.
lata, 3-4 mm. crassa, non glauca, supra plana, subtus convexa,
marginibus rotundata, basi 15-20 mm, lata, 1-2 mm. alta incras-
sata. Caules floriferi 18-30 cm, alti, diametro 3-5 mm., supra
basim 5-10 cm. nudi. Folia caulina ascendentia, trianguli-ovata,
acuta; eis infimis 10-25 mm. longis, 6-10 mm. latis. Inflorescentia
circa tres ascendentibus ramis simplicibus vel bifurcatis constans.
Cincinni subcircinati, 5-11 cm. longi, flores plerumque 7-13
ferentes. Pedicelli erecti, inferioribus 2-3 mm., superioribus 1-2
mm. longis. Calyx 5-7 mm. latus, 4-5 mm. altus, basi rotundatus
vel truncatus; segmentis trianguli-ovatis, acutis, 3-4 mm. longis,

107

BULLETIN, £o. CALtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Von. 48, Part 3, 1949

PLATE 15
DUDLEYA EDULIS X STOLONIFERA

2%-4 mm. latis. Petala pallide lutea, elliptico-oblonga, acuta,
10-13 mm. longa, circa 3 mm. lata, ad basim versus erecta, 114-2
mm, connata, supra excurvata, apice ascendentia vel expandentia.
Stamina subzequalia, 6-814 mm. longa, eis epipetalis circa 2 mm.
adnatis, eis antesepalis circa 14% mm. adnatis. Anthere aurantie,
circa 1% mm. longe. Carpella primo suberecta, separata, infra
stylum circa 2 mm. longum 4-6 mm, alta; eis maturis diametro
circa 3 mm., ascendentibus, apicibus circa 5 mm. separatis.
Squame albze, %-1 mm. late.

Caudex 2-2% cm, thick, branching dichotomously to form
small clumps. Rosette 6-12 cm. in diameter, with about 25-30
ascending leaves. Rosette leaves broadly linear, shghtly broadened
near the middle, subapiculate, 5-11 cm. long, 9-15 mm. broad,
3-4 mm. thick, not glaucous, plane above, convex below, with
rounded margins; the base 15-20 mm. broad, 1-2 mm. high.
Floral stems 18-30 cm. high, 3-5 mm, thick, leafless in lower 5-10

108

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 3, 1949

em. Cauline leaves ascending, triangular-ovate, acute, the lower
10-25 mm. long, 6-10 mm. broad. Inflorescence of about three
ascending simple or bifurcate branches. Cincinni subcircinate,
5-11 cm. long, with usually 7-13 flowers. Pedicels erect, the lower
2-3 mm. long, the upper 1-2 mm. long. Calyx 5-7 mm. broad, 4-5
mm. high, rounded to truncate below; the segments triangular-
ovate, acute, 3-4 mm. long, 2'4-4 mm. wide. Petals pale yellow,
elliptic-oblong, acute, 10-13 mm. long, 3 mm. broad, erect below,
gently curved outward so that the tips are ascending or spreading,
connate 144-2 mm. Stamens nearly equal, 6-84 mm. long, the
episepalous adnate ca 114 mm., the epipetalous ca 2 mm. Anthers
orange, ca 1% mm. long. Carpels at first nearly erect but sep-
arated, 6-8 mm. high including styles ca 2 mm. long; predehiscent
mature carpels ca 3 mm. thick, ascending, with tips ca 5 mm.
apart. Scales white, %-1 mm. broad. Chromosome number:
e/a

Type CoLitection: With the type of Dudleya stolomfera from
north-facing cliff near mouth of Aliso Canyon, June 23, 1948,
Moran 3097. Type specimen in the herbarium of the University
of California, Berkeley.

Since the cross has not been duplicated artificially, the hybrid
origin of these plants cannot be considered proven. However, the
circumstantial evidence from morphology and distribution seems
so strong that there is little reason for doubt. Also, the cyto-
logical data are consistent with this interpretation.

The plant described in the text and in Table 1 as a hybrid is
what may be called the primary hybrid type. In nearly all re-
spects, this is morphologically intermediate between the two
parent species. Perhaps especially striking are the relative width
of the rosette leaves, the attitude of the petals, and the color of
the petals and anthers. Presumably this type represents or ap-
proximates a first-generation hybrid.

Also present, but less abundant, are plants which may be
called secondary hybrid types. These are intermediate between
the primary hybrid type and one or the other parent species, as if
by backcrossing. These do not show a random recombination of
characters. Rather, each seems to depart from the primary hy-
brid type toward one of the parent species by about the same
amount in each character.

Since the series of hybrids more or less connects the two
parent species, a description embracing all the hybrids would
practically amount to the combined descriptions of the two parent
species. It has therefore seemed best to describe the primary
hybrid type alone.

109

a
H
fo
|
oo
a
%
<
Ay
oo
H
=|
(o)
>

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

T aTd VL

LI=u
MOTION

peaAinojno sd
ATUO YIM ‘aqn} BSUIUIIOJ ‘O01,
MOT[OA JUSIIG

OPIM ‘WU F-4,7% ‘SUOT “WU §-Z
Ie[NSuUClLLL

SUO[ “WI B-G

a1eoINjIGq ABUT
YyoIyM seqouviq F-g Jo sow}
-aulos {1UUTOUTD 8[duIs Z Jo UaIJO

SuO[ “UU ET-8
[ey UOZLIOY ‘UIT

Ory} “UU $-Z
[ey “WL EZ-8

“Ut PE X “WU YE-Gl K “WY LE
YOY} UBY} Lapvoid Saul} g-¢
aynoVqns SULSIBIN

a}yeUIUINoOe 1104S

8}BAOGO-SUOTGCO

suo[o}s Aq

VHHHINOTOLS VAATIOCG

‘ 1T =u
esuvIoO

O[PPIUL WOI, SUT
-peaids 10 SUIPUsDSe ‘MOTE JD01q
MOT[VA V[ed

OpImM “UU F-94% “SUOl ‘WW F-E
9}7BAO AB[NSUPILL

SuUOl “WU §-Z

9}eIINJIq 9voUO 10 9{dtuIS
ale YOIYM SoyouRiq F-g Jo ATpensy

SuUO] ‘WU GZ-O0T
Sutpusose ‘prsiny,
MOIy} “UU G-¢g
ITB} “UO OE-S8T
“UU F-§ XK “UW GT-§ X “Wd TI"
Ory} UeY Aapvoiq Selul} F-g
pepunol SUISIvIN,
ayeUTUINOeqnsS 0} 9INoV
aAOqe poua
-pvoig JeYMEWOS ‘IeVaUI] A[PROl|

SNOWOJOYIIC,

Liu
po9y

@[PPIUL WOT; pexoy
-al 10 suTpevoIdsepIM ‘MOTeq eIG
OFT M
OpIM “WU G%Z-Z ‘SUOT “WW 4, F-%4Z
9}¥AO SUOLGO

SUO[ “WUE Z-T

901M} 10 90U0 91BOINITG
YOIGM SePOUBA [BIIAVS JO A[TBNS()
SUO[ “UWIUL 0G-0Z
SUIPUBNSB A[SUOT}S ‘939.10,
YOY} “UU OQ [-F
[Te} “Wd OF-GZ
‘UU 9-2 X “WU 6§-F X “WO (7-8
(aseq 78 1d90xe )
yoy} Uuey} Jepvoiq Soul} YT-T
BAOGR SBI, JV 9Je1BL
a1PULIUINOeGNS 0} IINIV

GAOGe pollapeorIg JOU ‘IvaUTTT

Snowlo OIG

SouloS
-oumlo1yp

S1oqqUy

S[BJOd

sjedes

speorped
JOMO'T

aoued
-sa1oyul
SOARI|
aul[neg
sure}s
[el0TA

SOAK
a18soy

xopneo jo
Surypouvig

dIuaxH

STITOAGH VAATING

110

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 48,

, 1949

ers as Bee Str DIE NN ME NER een Aa aan cea onan NR CREEP OAS sepia:

111

PLATE 16

DUDLEYA STOLONIFERA, robust plant and average plant

BULLETIN, £o. CaALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

The hybrids have been found only where the two parent
species grow together. In the mouth of Aliso Canyon, Dudleya
edulis apparently reaches its northern limit. It is abundant on
the higher north-facing slopes, and a few plants of it grow below
on the cliffs with D. stolonifera. The hybrids are found on these
same cliffs. Not more than a score of hybrids were seen, though
both parent species are abundant close by. Further up Aliso Can-
yon and in Laguna Canyon, D. edulis apparently is absent from
the cliffs where D. stolonifera grows. The hybrid also appears to
be absent there.

For the type collection of Dudleya stolonifera, Dr. Uhl re-
ports a haploid number of 17 chromoscmes. Likewise, in a collec-
tion of D. edulis from the same locality and in eight collections
from other localities throughout the range of the species, the
haploid number is 17. The hybrid also has a haploid number of
17. The occurrence of the same haploid number in both putative
parent species and in the putative hybrid is consistent with the
hypothesis of hybridity.

In one collection of the primary hybrid type and in one collec-
tion of a secondary hybrid type, Dr. Uhl found no evidence of
abnormality in meiosis. In another collection of a secondary hy-
brid type too old to show meiosis, he found some indication of
slightly reduced fertility in the pollen. However, in various
species he has found a similar condition in the last flowers of the
season, even though the plants probably were quite normal. Since
the parent species seem very different from each other morpho-
logically, it is interesting that there should be no convincing eyi-
dence of meiotic irregularity. However, the comparative scarcity
of hybrids may be an indication of reduced fertility.

THE PosITION OF DUDLEY STOLONIFERA

The plant here named Dudleya stolonifera was treated by
Munz (1935) under Echeveria cespitosa (Haw.) DC. The plants
usually identified with this name form .a difficult polyploid com-
plex distributed along the coast from central California to Point
Mugu, Ventura County. They do not closely resemble D. stoloni-
fera, differing especially in their dichotomously branching and
often elongating caudex, longer, narrower, and thicker leaves,
taller and stouter floral stems, denser and more complex inflor-
escence, and erect predehiscent carpels.

In synonymy under Echeveria cespitosa, Munz listed Dudleya
ovatifola Britt., of the Sierra Santa Monica. This plant is quite
distinct from the D. c@spitosa complex: it appears to belong in-
stead with the widespread polytypic diploid D. cymosa (Lem.)
Britt. & Rose (Echeveria laxa of Jepson and other authors).

112

48, Part 3, 1949

VoL.

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

Dudleya ovatifolia also is quite distinct from D. stolonifera,
as shown in Table 2. Despite the differences, however, there are

90U99
-SIYap e10yeq Surpesids 10N

OpIM “WIUL %7-Z%

J9}9WIeIp UL ‘WU ¢ jnNOgGY
MOTIq Pepunoy

Ysly WU ¢-%zZ ‘peoig “WU F-¢g
qed U0) BIO]

8] B[OIDURI-91BAO ‘B1BPIOD

1B} “Wd ET-F

aPIM “WD YZ-AT “suol “wo ¢-¢g
a} eUIUINde

0} oynoBe ‘9}7eAO 0} ONAITIA

SOABZ[ YI-9 SUIUIBIUOD
Ja}JVWIVIP Ul “Wd 8-F

SuUO[ ‘Wd ¢ Al[BIBVY
Ja}JoMIVIP UL “Wd YAT-T
(u9es SB IBJ OS) poyoueIquy

VIIOAILVAO VAWHICONG

6 ATaVL

soUeDSTyap s10Jeq sSuUIpvaIdsS
OPIM “WU Y%E-g
IaJ9WIP UT ‘WU G ynNoGYy

MOTOq 9}B9UNLY,
Ysty ‘WU F- ‘pvVoiq “WU )-Y%E

91BAO ‘9JBP1OD

ITB} “U9 GE-8

OPIM “WD E-%T ‘suol “wid )-¢
os Ajtjdnaiqe AT[ensn ‘oyeU
-Iuunde ‘aiernzyeds 0} 93}]8A0qGO

SOABZ. GZ-GL SUIUIBUOD
Io}JIWIVIP Ul “UID ZI-G

a1OUL IO “UD QT 0} SUIJeSUOTA
1a}J9WBIP UL “Wd ¢-4%T
sno1eJIUO[oS

VUaHINOTIOLS VAHTICGNG

sjed.i1ey
s[Te19d

B[[O10D

XA[BO

goula9
-so10yuy

SOAVO
eur[neg

sue}s
[eLOTH

SOAR
910807

979080

xepneg

The rosette leaves may be of about
the same size and shape; and they are similar in color, even to

the maroon suffusion dorsally.

many points of similarity.

The

\ ple.

The floral stems are short and

The inflorescence in both is usually rather sim
bright yellow petals are narrowly acute and slightly outcurved at

the apex. These similarities add up to a strong general resem-

slender, and their leaves are similar in number, size, shape, and
blance.

attitude.

Other members of the Dudleya cymosa complex resemble D.
stolomfera in other respects; but D. ovatifolia seems to bear it

113

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

the closest resemblance. It is difficult to say what characters are
“fundamental” and hence to what extent this resemblance is
superficial. But there seems to be no other species of Dudleya
more closely approaching D. stolonifera.

Dudleya edulis 1s an unquestioned member of the subgenus
Stylophyllum, being in fact the tvpe species. The occurrence of
an apparently fertile hybrid between D. edulis and D. stolonifera
suggests a close relationship between these two species and might
therefore appear to suggest that they be placed in the same sub-
genus. Little evidence is available, however, concerning crossa-

bility in Dudleya.

Although the species of Dudleya included in the subgenus
Stylophyllum (Moran 1942) seemed to form a natural group, the
only reliable character for separating them from Eududleya
appeared to be in the attitude of the carpels. Since its carpels are
spreading, D. stolonifera would appear on this basis to belong to
Stylophyllum. However, its broad rosette leaves and erect bright
yellow petals suggest Eududleya. Since the plant which it most
closely resembles is a member of Eududleya, D. stolonifera is
tentatively placed in the subgenus Eududleya.

This treatment invalidates the one diagnostic character which
appeared reliable for the separation of Eududleya and Stylo-
phyllum, namely the attitude of the predehiscent carpels. These
two groups now appear less distinct than they did before and less
worthy of the rank of subgenera. Nevertheless, they do not seem
entirely artificial and hence are maintained for the present.

LITERATURE CITED

Moran, R. V. 1942. The Status of Dudleya and Stylophyllum. Desert
Plant Life 14: 149-157. :

Munz, P. A. 1935. Manual of Southern California Botany. Claremont,
California. :

114

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 3, 1949
¢) d >

FLEAS OF THE STATE OF NEVADA

By C. ANDRESEN HUBBARD
Vanport College
Portland 3, Oregon

This paper on the fleas of the State of Nevada fits geograph-
ically between the works of J. S. Stanford in Utah; the works of
Gus Augustson in the Central Sierran region of California and
Pacific Southwest ; and the works of C,. A. Hubbard in the Pacific
Northwest. As far as the writer knows he is the only student of
the fleas in Nevada. The last several years he has made four
trips a year (March, June, September, December) through the
state, entering at Vya in the northwest corner, traveling south
along the west border to Searchlight in the southern tip, thence
north along the east border to Wells and Contact in the northeast
corner, then west to Reno.

Ten years have elapsed since the writer first entered the state
to set traps at McDermitt, Humboldt County, on July 8, 1939.
During 1940 he reported 10. species and subspecies from the
state, in 1943, 14; in 1947, 36; and at this writing 62.

This study shows that the fleas of Nevada are Rocky Moun-
tain along the eastern border, Oregonian along the northern
border, Cascadan on the western border north of Lake Tahoe,
and south of it Sierra Nevadan.

The great majority of the fleas of the state are off rodents
and as any siphonapterist soon learns fleas off predators are gen-
erally the fleas of the rodents caught for food, therefore a good
survey of rodent fleas brings to light most of the fleas of the
state. Moles, shrews, bats and birds may add one or two species
each. The following study is, then, primarily a study of the fleas
of the rodents of Nevada.

The study also shows that certain Nevada fleas are seasonal
in their appearance.

“Mammals of Nevada” by Hall from the University of Cali-
fornia Press, 1946, and “Fleas of Western North America” by
Hubbard from Iowa State College Press, 1947, are the sources
used. So that the reader can readily refer to these the writer has
placed after the flea name in brackets first in italic numbers the
page upon which the flea description is found in Hubbard, fol-
lowed by the-number of the page in Hall upon which the descrip-
tion of the host is found, thus:

Monopsyllus w. wagneri off Peromyscus m. gambeli [221-513].

115

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 3, 1949

To further facilitate the study of fleas of Nevada the writer
has sent to the National Museum to become part of his Master
Collection, there, a hundred capacity case entitled “The Fleas of
Nevada” in which the student will find the fleas upon which the
records are based. A similar case is sent to the California Acad-
emy of Science, and a case almost as complete to Los Angeles
County Museum, and University of Nevada.

The generic sequence used here is the same found in all check-
lists of Hubbard.

In the first section of the paper, which follows, only the
writer's own records appear.

1. Hoplopsyllus affinis (Baker) 1904 [71-612], a Rocky Moun-
tain rabbit flea was taken off the Cottontail, Sylvilagus, a.
arizone at Las Vegas, Clark county, on June 29, 1945.

. Hoplopsyllus g. foxi Ewing 1924 [65-610], has been taken off
Sylvilagus n. nuttalli in the extreme northwestern corner of
the state in Washoe county.

3. Hoplopsyllus anomalus (Baker) 1904 [72-314-495], has been
taken during June the entire length of the state through the
range of Citellus I. leucurus, off this Antelope Ground Squir-
rel and off Southern Grasshopper Mouse, Onychomys torridus
longicaudus, at Alamo and Searchlight. This is a summer
flea and a very efficient vector of plague.

4. Cediopsylla i. inequalis (Baker) 1895 [74-607], the small
Great Basin rabbit flea has been taken off Cottontails through-
out the state.

5. Anomiopsyllus amphibolus Wagner 1936 [83-528], described
from the Rocky Mountains has been taken off Neotoma I.
lepida at Beatty, Nye county, during December of 1947.

6. Orchopeas sexdentatus agilis (Rothschild) 1905 [93-528].
The writer is inclined to believe that the flea he has taken off
Neotoma I. lepida through the southern portion of the state is
Rocky Mountain, therefore O. s. agilis.

7. Orchopeas sexdentatus nevadensis Jordan 1929 [95-530], with
expanded terminal portion in lobe of VII st. female, is, this
writer believes, confined to the northwest quarter of the state.
He has it off Neotoma Il. nevadensis from Washoe county and
adjacent Oregon and California.

The Public Health Service reports that in 1938 field workers
in Clark county, Nevada noticed large numbers of deserted wood
rat nests. Plague was suspected, but in no animals examined was
the disease found. 1500 fleas taken from the area and designated

bo

116

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 3, 1949

in part as O. s. nevadensis proved plague positive. It is probable
that Orchopeas sexdentatus, regardless of subspecies, is a vector

of

plague and wood rats and their fleas should constantly be

watched for possible reservoirs.

8.

10.

13h,

US

Orchopeas nepos (Baker) 1904 [99-352], the Cascade Pine
Squirrel flea has been taken off Tamiasciurus d. albolimbatus
on Incline Creek, Lake Tahoe, Washoe county, September 12,
1948.

. Orchopeas leucopus (Baker) 1904 [105-511], has been taken

all over the state off Peromyscus maniculatus and off Mi-
crodipodops m. oregonus at Hausen, Washoe county, during
June of 1944 and 1945.

Opisodasys keeni (Baker) 1896 [110-511], a northwest Deer
Mouse flea has been taken as far south in the state as Carson
City and Ely off Peromyscus maniculatus,

Opisodasys vesperalis Jordan 1929 {113-353], the western Fly-
ing Squirrel flea was taken off Glaucomys sabrinus lascivus at
Incline Creek, Lake Tahoe, Washoe county, September 12,
1948.

. Thrassis jellisont Hubbard 1940 [7124-308], described from

Humboldt county off Citellus b. oregonus has also been taken
off the Oregon Ground Squirrel at Vya, Washoe county, dur-
ing June and July.

Thrassis h. howelli Jordan 1925 [128-286], the California
Marmot flea has been taken only in Washoe county off Mar-
mota f. avara. Marmots have always been looked upon with
suspicion as far as plague is concerned, therefore their fleas
early became center of plague investigation. It is reported that
33 per cent of 16 fleas of this subspecies experimented with
became infected with plague and 17 per cent of these trans-
mitted plague to guinea pigs.

14. Thrassis rockwoodi Hubbard 1942 [152-300, 308], has been

19),

taken off Citellus b. oregonus and Citellius t. canus in the
northwest corner of the state.

Thrassis francisi C. Fox 1927 [134-301-495], an eastern Ne-
vada ground squirrel flea has been taken off Citellus t. mollis
during July 1945 at Ely, White Pine county, and off Grass-
hopper Mouse, Onychomys torridus longicaudus at Alamo,
Lincoln county during April, 1948.

Both Thrassis rockwoodi and francisi are considered vectors
of plague.

117

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

16.

We

bo
[ont

26.

Thrassis gladiolis gladiolis Jordan 1925 [135-314, 495], is a
year around flea of Citellus 1. leuwcuruws which ranges over all
of western and southern Nevada. The writer has it off this
Antelope Ground Squirrel throughout its range and off Grass-
hopper Mouse at Searchlight, Clark county. The flea is con-
sidered a plague vector.

7. Thrassis gladiolis johnsoni Hubbard 1949 [ —_-560], has been

taken off Lagurus curatatus intermedius, the Sagebrush mead-
ow mouse at 49 Ranch; 4 miles west of Vya, Washoe county
during 1949,

. Thrassis arizonensis arizonensis (Baker) 1898 [138-424],

can be reported only as a single specimen taken as a stray off
Dipodomys m. merriami, Kangaroo rat, at Las Vegas, Clark
county on January 1, 1947.

Thrassoides hoffmani Hubbard 1949, is a common winter flea
of Kangaroo rats all over southern half of Nevada and ad-
jacent California, Arizona north of Colorado River and Utah.
It is found as a stray on Deer Mice.

.Diamanus montanus (Baker) 1904 [147-289], is. found all

over the state where there are ground squirrels. The flea is a
vector of plague.

. Opisocrostis tuberculatus tuberculatus (Baker) 1904 [152-

308], has been taken off Oregon Ground Squirrel, Citellus b.
oregonus at Vya, Washoe county during June, 1945. The flea
is a plague vector.

. Opisocrostis labis (J. and R.) 1922 [156-301], has been taken

off Citellus t. mollis, Townsend Ground Squirrel at Ely,
White Pine county, July 13, 1945. This flea is considered a
vector of plague.

. Opisocrostis oregonensis G. and P. 1939 [160-308], has been

taken off Citellus b. oregonus at Vya, Washoe county during
June, 1945.

. Oropsylla idahoensis (Baker) 1904 [163-308], is the most

common flea found on ground squirrels in Washoe county
during June. It is widely spread in the state.

. Foxella ignota recula (J. and R.) 1915 [176-434], the small

northwest pocket gopher flea has been taken off pocket go-
phers in Washoe, Lander, Humboldt and Douglas counties.

Foxella utahensis arizonensis Hubbard 1947 [184-471], was
taken off Thomomys b. centralis at Alamo, Lincoln county on
April 29, 1948.

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 3, 1949

27. Dactylopsylla bluei (C. Fox) 1909 [191-471], one of the
giant pocket gopher fleas is found abundantly through south-
ern Nevada in winter. The writer collected a large series off
T. b. centralis at Beatty, Nye county during December 1946,
1947, and April 1948.

28. Dactylopsylla monticola Prince 1945 [193-451], has been
collected at Lake Tahoe, Washoe county.

Da ely lo ps Ila

24 bristles 29

Large Fleas
OFF

Focket Gophers |

Around || Cascade |

Bs D.comis
Peince 1945 Jordan 1929

PLATE 17

THE ALLOTYPE MALE

When Prince described this flea in Canadian Entomologist
77:17, 1945 the male had not yet been collected. He associated
it with D, bluei. Male specimens in the hands of the writer
lead him to believe monticola is more closely associated with
comis.

There are before the writer at this time the allotype male,
5 paratype males and a good series of females taken north
and west of Lake Tahoe at Incline Creek and Tahoe Meadows
August 1949 off Thomomys m. monticola.

Modified segments: Male. Both process and finger are
of the comis shape, but more squat and plump. The finger is
apically hooked anteriorly, and scythe-blade shaped. The
process is not long and slender as in comis but much shorter
and broad. The VIII sternite is neither blue: or comis-like but
instead in the shape of a hook with a major bristle and a
series of 5 or so medium bristles below it on ventral border.
The IX sternite is of the pattern of comus.

Length: The male measures 3.50 mm., the female 4.50
mm.

Range: Probably all about the Lake Tahoe region of Ne-
vada and California on Thomomys m. monticola, the Moun-
tain Pocket Gopher.

119

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

DepositEs: The allotype male is being sent to the United
States National Museum and bears the writer’s number 2730 and
collection data as follows: Tahoe Meadows, 8600 ft. elevation,
Washoe county, Nevada. Paratypes with same data are being
sent to depositories maintained by the writer. The holotype fe-
male collected west of Carson City in Ormsby county on August
19, 1937 is deposited in the Plague Suppressive Measures Lab-
oratory at San Francisco.

29. Malareus telchinum (Rothschild) 1905 [198-502], a Deer
Mouse flea has been secured all over the state north of Kyle
Canyon. Burroughs working during 1944 at Hooper Founda-
tion found this flea to be a very efficient vector of plague.

30. Malareus sinomus (Jordan) 1925 [201-502], is very common
in the south on Deer Mice but in the northern part of the
state it is uncommon.

31. Malareus euphorbi (Rothschild) 1905 [206-513]. During
October of 1944 the writer took a series of fleas off Peromys-
cus m. gambeli at Vya, Washoe county which he determined
as M. bitterrootensis, as did Augustson for specimens from
the central Sierras, but Prince studying these during 1949 re-
determined them as VW. euphorbi.

32. Megabothris abantis (Rothschild) 1905 [213-184], has been
taken off Microtus montanus micropus at Vya, Washoe
county, during June of 1945; off a small short-tailed weasel
at Incline Creek, September 12, 1948; off Zapus at Marlette
Lake, August 27, 1949.

33. Megabothris princei Hubbard 1949 [ —_-560], has been col-
lected off Lagurus, the Sagebrush Vole, west of Vya, Washoe
county during 1949, This flea was also taken at Ft. Bidwell,
California.

34. Megabothris asio orectus Jordan 1938 [216-546], was recov-
ered from the nests of Wicrotus montanus on 12 Mile Creek
northwest Washoe county during August 1949. Many of the
mice examined did not carry the flea which is probably a nest
flea of this meadow mouse. This flea was also taken at Ft.
Bidwell, Modoc county, California.

(SS)
or

. Monopsyllus wagneri wagneri (Baker) 1904 [221-502, 571,
497, 493], the common Great Basin Deer Mouse flea has been
collected over most of Nevada north and east of Carson City.
It has been taken off Deer Mouse, House Mouse and Harvest
Mouse at Reno and Grasshopper Mouse at Wells.

36. Monopsyllus wagneri kylei Hubbard 1949 is the variation
from JV. w. wagneri found in southern Nevada on Deer Mice.

120

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 3, 1949

O7h

38.

3),

40.

41.

43.

44.

45.

46.

47.

Monopsyllus ciliatus mononis (Jordan) 1929 [233-345], is
found on the large Townsend chipmunk around Lake Tahoe,
where it was collected at Incline Creek, Washoe county, off
Eutamias t. senex on September 13, 1948 and south end of
Lake Tahoe, Douglas county, June 21, 1944. It has also been
taken off Pine Squirrel at Incline Creek. The flea has been
proved a vector of plague.

Monopsyllus eumolpi eumolpi (Rothschild) 1905 [237-326],
is the common flea found all over the state on the Desert
chipmunk, Eutamias minimus, and other Nevadan chipmunks
found within the state.

Monopsyllus eumolpi charlestonensis Hubbard 1949 is found
on Palmer’s chipmunk and other chipmunks of Spring Moun-
tain, northwestern Clark county.

Odontopsyllus dentatus (Baker) 1904 [266-607], has been
taken off Cottontail at Vya, Washoe county. It is the large
western wild rabbit flea.

Callistopsyllus terinus (Rothschild) 1905 [281-515], is a
seldom taken Deer Mouse flea which the writer has collected
off Peromyscus m. sonoriensis all about the shores of Lake
Tahoe.

. Catallagia decipiens (Rothschild) 1915 [285-513], has been

taken often off Deer Mice in the northwestern portion of the
State.

Stenistomera alpina (Baker) 1895 [305-528], was taken in
large numbers from a few Neotoma I. lepida collected at
Beatty, Nye county on December 27, 1947. The writer has
not collected it at other seasons of the year.

Epitedia stanfordi Traub 1944 [312-513, 497], has been col-
lected at Carson City off Deer Mouse during December, 1946
and off Harvest Mouse March, 1945.

Neopsylla inopina Rothschild 1915 [314-308, 515], was taken
off Citellus b. oregonus at Vya, Washoe county from the
colonies at 49 Ranch during June 1945 and during July of
1939 in Humboldt county. It was collected off Deer Mouse
south end of Lake Tahoe, Douglas county, June, 1944.

Meringis dipodomys Kohls 1938 [320-403], is the common
all year around kangaroo rat flea of Nevada. It is plentiful in
the south but rapidly fades out in the north.

Meringis cumming (C. Fox) 1926 [321-420], has been taken
off Dipodomys microps aquilonius in south end Surprise Val-
ley, Washoe county.

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

48.

49,

50.

D3.

54.

Meringis parkeri Jordan 1937 [323-403], is the common kan-
garoo rat flea of northern Nevada. The writer has not found
it in the southern half of the state.

Meringis hubbardi Kohls 1938 [326-502, 377, 357], has been
taken off Deer Mice, Gnome Mice and Pocket Mice in north-
ern Nevada.

Peromyscopsylla hesperomys (Baker) 1904 [329-502], has
been collected as far south in the state as Beatty, Nye county,
Ot Deer sMiice;

.Peromyscopsylla selenis (Rothschild) 1906 [333-546], was

taken off Microtus m. yosemite on Incline Creek, Lake Tahoe,
Washoe county on September 12, 1948.

. Peromyscopsylla ravalliensis (Dunn) 1923 [332-515], seems

way out of range at Beatty, Nye county, where the writer col-
lected it off Sonoran Deer Mouse on December 30, 1946 but
Augustson 1s recorded as having taken it in the early 1940s
across the state line in the high Sierra Nevadas of California.

Carteretta cartert C. Fox 1927 [341-515], a California flea
distinctly out of place in Nevada was taken by the writer off
Sonoran Deer Mouse at Beatty, Nye county on December 30,
1946. California records suggest this flea a winter one.

Doratopsylla jellisoni Hubbard 1940 [344-502], a northwest
shrew flea was taken by the writer off Deer Mice at Reno,
Washoe county and in Douglas county at Lake Tahoe.

. Micropsylla sectiis (J. and R.) 1923 [349- ], is a small

flea taken often in northern Nevada off various rodents in
winter and spring.

56. Actenophthalmus heiseri (McCoy) 1811 [352-314], 1s a winter

flea of Citellus 1. leucurus. The writer took this flea off the
Antelope Ground Squirrel the entire length of the state in
December of 1947.

McCoy in describing this flea in 1911 did not have the
male and no host data was mentioned. He placed it in the
genus Ctenophthalmus. Carroll Fox not satisfied with this
generic designation erected in 1925 the new genus Actenoph-
thalmus to hold the flea and designated it as genotype.

The writer has before him at the time of this comparing
25 pairs of M. sectilis, 25 pairs of IM. goodi and a good series
of A. heisert and from them he redescribed the genus Ac-
tenophthalmus as follows: Very close to Micropsylla. Head
bullet shaped as in Micropsylla. Arrangement of genal teeth
same in both genera, 4 or 5 in Micropsylla, 5 in known Ac-

122

BULLETIN, So. CALIF, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Parr 3, 1949

tenophthalmus arranged with roots in a gentle arc on the
border of the gena and all teeth with their roots close together.
No irregularity in arrangement as suggested by all illustra-
tions to date. Above genal teeth 2 heavy long bristles in
Actenophthalmus, 3 in Micropsylla, in each case extending
far beyond genal teeth. Second row of genal bristles medi-
um, 4 to 6 in number. Many bristles on post-antennal region
in 3 rows.

Pronotal Comb of about 18 dark heavy teeth as in Micro-
psylla. Antepygidial bristles also as in Micropsylla, none in
male, 2 in female. Modified segments in male as in Muicro-
psylla. Spermatheca of Actenophthalmus in shape of that
found in Micropsylla but with apex expanded not compressed
as in Micropsylla. Lateral plantar bristles 6 pairs to tarsal
segment V of each leg, Micropsylla with but 4.

Actenophthalmus

CoFox 1925

Nevada

Colifornia

OFF \
Antelope Ground rec
Squirrel A.heiseri
McCoy 19

PLATE 18

THe ALLOTYPE MALE

There are before the writer at this time the allotype male,
ten paratype males and 25 females collected in Nevada during
December of 1947 off the Antelope Ground Squirrel.

Modified segments: Male. Very similar to the pattern
found in the flea Micropsylla goodi. Hubbard, and frequently
confused with it. The process of the clasper is large and
bulky, rounded apically and on the posterior border a series
of small triangular prominences each armed with a bristle.
The finger is very small in comparison to the size of the
process and has an unusually large articulating surface with
the process. The exposed portion of the finger might be
called finger shaped. It is armed with a medium bristle at
posterior apical angle, another of about equal size well below
it and a short bristle at the anterior apical angle. The apex
is well clothed with short bristles. The VIIi sternite is hooked

123

BULLETIN, £0. Cattr. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

ion
~]

60.

61.

and very prominent and covered with bristles of various sizes.

Length: The specimens before the writer are considerably
larger than indicated for the holotype female, and measure
male 2.75 mm., female 3.50 mm.

Range: Probably throughout the range of Citellus 1.
leucurus, the true host, which is from southeastern Oregon,
through all of western Nevada and parts of eastern Cali-
fornia. The holotype is from Mojave, California, the allotype
from Carson City, Nevada.

Deposites: The allotype male is deposited in the National
Museum and paratypes are being sent to depositories main-
tained by the writer. In each case slides bear the writer’s
number 2621 and the date December 24, 1947 off Citellus
l. leucurus at Carson City, Nevada.

The female, known since 1911, has a high undulate out-
line on VII sternite. The spermatheca has no definite junc-
tion between body and appendix, the latter curving nicely
over the former. The apex of the appendix is fully ex-
panded, not compressed as in Micropsylla.

This flea further resembles species of JWicropsylla in that
it is taken mostly in winter months.

. Hystrichopsylla gigas dippiet Rothschild 1902 [357-515], has

been taken off Deer Mice in Charleston Park northwest of
Las Vegas in Clark county and far to the north in extreme
northwest Washoe county out of the nests of Microtus mon-
tanus.

RECORDS FROM OTHER SOURCES AND DouBTFUL ONES

. Thrassis gladiolis cauducus Jordan 1930 [137-289], has been

reported off Citellus from Baker, White Pine county.

. Nosopsyllus fasciatus (Bosc) 1801 [207-569], the common

European rat flea was reported by Prince in 1943 from Reno
and Sparks, Washoe county, off rats.

Orchopeas sexdentatus schisintus Jordan 1929 [97-403]. A
female flea suggestive of this species was taken off a Kan-
garoo rat at Las Vegas, Clark county January 1, 1947. Both
host and locality are wrong, however. This flea should not
be west of Colorado River and generally rides only on Wood
rats.

Thrassis setosis Prince 1944 [141-515]. A male and female
flea taken off a Deer Mouse at Searchlight, Clark county sug-
gests this species. This flea should not be found west of Colo-
rado River.

124

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

62. Myodopsylla gentilis J. and R. 1921 [374-129] was identified

—

tn

by the writer from material taken off Macrotus californicus,
California long nosed bat by Professor La Rivers of the Uni-
versity of Nevada. The bats were reported taken in the
Nightingale Mts. July 24, 1946.

FLEAS TO BE LOOKED FoR IN NEvADA But Nort
YET RECORDED FROM THE STATE

After 30 years of study devoted to the fleas of western
states, the writer feels that predictions can be made as to the
appearance of unreported fleas if the proper host is present.
These predictions give a field of research for new students in
the study of siphonaptera.

.Echidnophaga gallinacea (Westwood) 1875 [50- J, the

Sticktight or Tropical Hen flea may possibly have been re-
ported from the state. It is common in joining states on
ground squirrels, wild mice and at times poultry.

.Pulex writans Linneus 1758 [57- ], the human flea is

common in surrounding states in dwellings and in and around
pig pens. The flea is also found on coyotes, skunks, deer and
many other wild animals.

. Ctenocephalides felis (Bouche) 1835 [60- |, the common

cat flea is doubtless found in the state as a household pest.

. Ctenocephalides canis (Curtis) 1826 [52- |, the common

dog flea is usually not so common in the West as is the pre-
ceding. It should, however, be found on dogs in the state.

. Xenopsylla cheopis (Rothschild) 1903 [65- |, the Oriental

rat flea should in time show up on domestic rats where their
population is heavy. Prince did not record this flea from
Nevada in his rat flea study of 1943.

. Anomiopsyllus nudatus (Baker) 1898 [79- ], a wood rat

flea of southern California and Arizona should show up in
southern Nevada on wood rat. There is no barrier to keep it
from coming in from California.

.Amphalius necopinus (Jordan) 1925 [170- |, was de-

scribed off Muir’s Pika from Mono county, California. It
seems likely that this flea will be found on the same cony in
Nevada around Lake Tahoe. Shelton’s Cony farther to the
south around Mustang Mt. in Esmeralda county should also
carry this flea.

. Monopsyllus exilis exis (Jordan) 1939 [243- |, the true

flea of Grasshopper Mice should be found on the various
Grasshopper Mice of the state.

125

BULLETIN, So. Canir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 3, 1949

2

. Ceratophyllus garei Rothschild 1902 [253- _], is found com-
monly in the nests of water fowl in south central Oregon and
therefore it should show in the nests of the same birds on the
lakes of northwest Nevada.

10. Dolichopsyllus stylosus (Baker) 1904 [264- ], should be

11

12

NS:

14

—
ont

—t
(oe)

19

21

OND)

found on the Mountain Beavers (A plodontia) which Hall re-
ports from Marlette Lake and Lake Tahoe, Washoe county.

. dugustonius ashcrafti Augustson 1941 [269- ], will probaby
be found on Muir’s and Shelton’s cony in western Nevada.

.Ctenophyllus terribilis (Rothschild) 1903 [270- ], should
be found in the northwest corner of the state on Ochotona p.
schistice ps,

Atyphloceras multidentatus (C. Fox) 1909 [276- _ ], and
others of the 4 species of this genus in California should
come to light on mice in the state.

. Callistopsyllus deuteros Jordan 1937 [283- ], should be
found on mice in western Mineral and Esmeralda counties.

. Megarthroglossus procus, [297-. ], in some _ subspecies
should appear on Tamiasciurus around Lake Tahoe in winter.

.Epitedia wenmanni (Rothschild) 1904 [310- ], should be
found on Deer Mice at Lake Tahoe and Marlette Lake,
Washoe county during Fall.

7. Phalacropsylla monticola Augustson 1941 [339- |, may be

taken off Muir’s and Shelton’s cony in western Nevada.

.Phalacropsylla allos Wagner 1936 [340- _], can be looked
for in eastern Nevada on wood rats.

. Hystrichopsylla scheffert Chapin 1919 [359- |, may be
found on Mountain Beaver (Apfplodontia) at Marlette and
Tahoe Lakes in Washoe county.

.Corypsylla [363- |, found on moles should appear on the
western border of the state north of Mineral county. What
species will show is hard to predict, although C. ornata is the
common mole flea all over the West.

. Nearctopsylla |368- J, another genus of mole flea should
appear with the preceding in Nevada.

-25. Because of the large number of bats listed by Hall from
the state, the writer believes, when they are studied, that they
will be found to carry at least four types of fleas.

126

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, PArT 3, 1949

Host INDEX

CireLtLus—Hoplopsyllus anomalus; Thrassis jellisoni, rockwoodi,
francisi, g. gladiolis, g. cauducus; Diamanus montanus; Op-
isocrostis t. tuberculatus, labis, oregonensis ; Oropsylla idaho-
ensis; Neopsylla inopina; Actenophthalmus heiseri.

DiropoMys—Thrassis a. arizonensis; Thrassoides hoffmani; Me-
ringis dipodomys, cummingi, parkeri.

EKutamias—Monopsyllus ¢. mononis, e. eumolpi, e. charles-
tonensis.

GLAucoMys—Opisodasys vesperalis.
Lacurus—Thrassis g. johnsoni; Megabothris princei.
Marmota—Thrassis h, howell.

Microprpopops—Orchopeas leucopus; Meringis hubbard1.

Microtu iris abantis, a. orectus; Peromyscopsylla

selenis,
Mus—Monopsyllus w. wagnetri.

NEotoma—Anomiopsyllus amphibolus; Orchopeas s. agilis, ne-
vadensis; Stenistomera alpina.

OnycHomys—Hoplopsyllus anomalus; Thrassis g. gladiolis,
francis!; Monopsyllus w. wagneri.

PEROoGNATHUS—Meringis hubbard1.

PERoMyscus—Orchopeas leucopus; Opisodasys keen1; Thras-
soides hoffmani; Malarzeus telchinum, sinomus, euphorbi;
Monopsyllus w. wagneri, w. kylei; Callistopsyllus terinus;
Catallagia decipiens; Epitedia. stanfordi; Neopsylla inopina ;
Meringis hubbardi; Peromyscopsylla hesperomys, ravallien-
sis; Carteretta carter1; Doratopsylla jellisoni; Hystrichopsylla
g. dippiei.

R:

REITHRODONTOMyS—Monopsyllus w. wagner1; Epitedia stan-
fordi,

STG eed ae ae affinis, foxi; Cediopsylla 1. ine-
qualis ; Odontopsyllus dentatus.

Nosopsyllus fasciatus.

TAMIAScIuRUS—Orchopeas nepos; Monopsyllus c. mononis.

THomomys—Foxella i. recula, u. arizonensis ; Dactylopsylla bluei,
monticola.

Zapus—Megabothris abantis.

127

BULLETIN, £0. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

SIPHONAPTERAN PROBLEMS STILL UNSOLVED IN NEVADA

Probably the most interesting problem still unsolved among
Nevada rodents is the cony fleas. The writer feels that a state-
wide survey of Ochotona would add to the list of known Nevada
fleas at least 6 species. Aplodontia, the Mountain Beaver, pre-
sents another problem. In a mythical way these primitive little
burrowing animals have been reported about Marlette Lake. If
found they should carry 3 of their own fleas as they do all over
their range There is some question that Beavers and Muskrats
carry fleas. The question might be answered in Nevada.

While moles are found only along the California boundary in
the north half of the state, shrews are fairly well represented
over the state. The fleas of these Insectivora would make an in-
teresting study.

Brachylagus and Lepus when studied will probably carry the
same fleas as Sylvilagus. This is the case in other western states.
The writer has had no experience with the rodent Sigmodon.
Hall reports taking 15 one-half mile north Calif._Nev. Monument
on the Colorado River in Clark county. One wonders .if this
Cotton rat has brought P. gwyni into Nevada.

Hall devotes 40 pages in his manual Mammals of Nevada, to
bats but Hubbard uses only 8 pages in Fleas of Western North
America to describe all western bat fleas. In spite of the few
known bat fleas their study in Nevada should prove interesting.

There has been little study given to the bird fleas of the West.
They have generally failed to interest the student. Bird fleas are
seldom gathered from the birds but rather from the nests of
birds. Bank swallows and burrowing owls and birds which build
in man’s bird houses or in tree cavities usually have nests which
teem with fleas. After removing fleas from nesting materials the
material and debris should be placed in paper sacks, kept moist
and from time to time examined. Most larva will pupate and
emerge as fleas in due course.

When all sources have been thoroughly explored the writer
predicts 90 species and subspecies of fleas for Nevada. This 1s
comparable to the 95 listed by him for Oregon and 105 for Cali-
fornia.

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

HYDRADEPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF THE NEVADA
AREA, EXCLUSIVE OF THE DYTISCIDA

By Ira La Rivers

University of Nevada, Reno

CARABOIDEA
(Amphizoidee )

This monogeneric family of rather odd and unique water
beetles is still not common in collections, nor is its biology well-
known. Members of the family are known only from the north-
western United States, adjacent Canada and a small portion of
northeastern Asia. They are mountainous forms preferring cold,
swift water and such poor swimmers that crawling is their only
efficient means of transportation in water. Oddly enough, the
first United States species was placed in the family Tenebrionide,
which has no known aquatic species. Of the little which has been
published concerning the family, Darlington’s notes (1929) are
probably the most applicable :

“The three species have mutually similar habits. They occur
chiefly in two sorts of places, either in gravel at water level along
the banks of streams, or in masses of floating trash which have
gathered against obstructions. In the first case they are nearly
always at the side of an eddy or at a curve in the stream, or
where for some reason the current is throwing up detritus ... In
favorable places the shores are often so undercut that the beetles
must be sought in shallow caves or under overhanging rocks.
Good collecting may be found in both swift and comparatively
slow brooks, but in the latter the Amphizoa are usually in the
rapid stretches.

“From all this it will be seen that the species of Amphizoa
live in cover where a brook or the current set up by a wind will
bring them food, and it is a fair deduction that the insects are in
some part scavengers, although I have never seen them feeding.
I do not know whether they travel much, but I knocked down a
single leconte1 as it flew over the lake at Banff” (Alberta,
Canada).

“The beetles may be taken easily once their haunts have been
discovered. Where they are among rocks or in gravel, the bank
is dug out at water level, and raked a little at a time into the
brook; where they are in floating material, the latter is spread
out on the water and beaten with a stick or the flat of the hand.
The treatment in either case is to dislodge the beetles and separate
them from the cover. When this is done, they swim slowly with
their backs breaking the surface, for they cannot dive.

129

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

““Amphizoa emits an odor which is rather pleasant, at least to
the collector, and which Horn compares to that of decaying wood.
The beetles also exude a thickish, yellow fluid from the joints, so
that they leave a cigarette-like stain on the fingers.”

(AmpuHizoa Le Conte 1853)

Since there is still much to be learned of the total distribution
of these insects, Van Dyke’s second 1927 key to the genus is in-
cluded; all three species in the United States are known only
from the Far West, and none has yet been found in Nevada, al-
though the possibility of A. insolens occurring in the State is
hardly to be doubted.

1. Elytra flattened at middle; (fifth interval strongly elevated;
prothorax hardly sinuate in front of hind angles, in general
broadest at base; color black or somewhat rufous in places;
elytra almost smooth; average length 12-13 mm. British Co-
lumbia through Rocky Mountains to Alberta, Idaho, and
Wyoming) . . . (leconter Matthews [e7Z)

— Elytra evenly convex from side-to-side...... gee 2

bo

. Prothorax deeply sinuate in front of hind angles, in peneral
broadest at middle and markedly crenulate along lateral mar-
gin anteriorly: color coal black; elytra very irregularly and
coarsely rugose especially at sides; average length 12 mm.
Alaska, British Columbia, Cascade and Sierra Nevada Moun-
tains to. Mount San Bernarding, Calitornia..)- eee
paca va det ss x8 so RN eee Sire OER IN AE ADA SON sce (insolens Le Conte 1853)

— Prothorax hardly sinuate in front of hind angles, generally

broadest at base; color black with sides of prothorax, elytral

intervals and parts of underside somewhat rufous; elytra al-

most smooth; average length 14 mm

Northbend, W ashington Foore .(striata Van Dyke 1927)

HALIPLID-E

These interesting little insects are poor swimmers, relying
mainly upon crawling in both larval and imagine stages, and are
herbivorous. Adults have the hindcoxe enormously enla rged into
flat plates, which are an integral part of their underwater respir-

atory mechanism. Wilson (1923) has summarized this function
in the haliplids as:

.the elytra are held firmly in place by groovings in the
pleura and by knoblike structures at the outer ends of the pos-
terior coxe. The latter project backward far enough to cover
from three to five abdomen segments. The posterior end of the
body is thrust out of the water, and air is admitted to the space
between the broad posterior coxe and the ventral surface of the

BULLETIN, £0. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Parr 3, 1949

abdomen. This air finds its way to the reservoir beneath the
elytra through a groove in the pleurum at the anterior end of each
coxa. The structural modifications in this family” (for respira-
tion) “thus include the peculiarly modified posterior cox, the
grooves leading to the dorsal reservoir, and the enlargement of
the metathoracic and first abdominal spiracles.”

Unlike the majority of aquatic beetle larve, the young hali-
plids need not come to the surface for air, but either possess
chzetee on the thoracic and abdominal lateral and dorsal surfaces
which contain fine tracheoles capable of obtaining oxygen directly
from the water, or accomplish the same result through thoracic
and abdominal spiracles. As far as known, the larve feed ex-
clusively upon algz, and crawl a greater distance from the water’s
edge than most aquatic beetles when ready to pupate; pupation
is carried out in an earthen cell. Whereas the larve are extremely
sluggish when moving about, the adults are agile walkers, and
when swimming, swim slowly with an alternate movement of
the legs.

GENERA KNOWN OR OF POSSIBLE OCCURRENCE IN NEVADA
Adults

1. Hind coxe margined, reaching to base of last sternite their
lateral margins parallel with, and covering inner parts of, the
epipleura ; elytra on apical half with a finely-incised stria near
suture; last palpal segments larger than penultimate seg-

sternite, their sides posteriorly diverging from inner edge of
epipleura; elytra without fine sutural stria; last palpal seg-
Meisimaller than penultimate, Segimemty re i eye eran 2

bo

. Pronotum flat, on each side with a longitudinal stria, often
reaching to the anterior fourth (except parvulius), the sides
parallel in anterior half, narrowing anteriad; hind claws about
smlonmesas Second) tarsal Segments yn 4 ame oe ( Brychius )

— Pronotum convex, without longitudinal stria, or with a short

one which does not reach anteriad of basal third of pronotum,

sides of which are narrowed caudad to cephalad; hind claws
about half as long as second tarsal segment..... ( Haliplus )

LARV.E

Abdominal tip pointed, ending in two filiform sete; body seg-
ments with short triangular appendages......... ( Haliplus )
Abdominal tip bluntly rounded; body segments with filiform
tracheal appendages as long as body itself...... PELTODYTES

131

BULLETIN, So. CALIF. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

PuPz

Wings loosely held against body and very rough; styli in form of
short, trianoular SpineS=... «22-50. =) eee (Haliplus )
Wings folded tightly against body and smooth; styli in form of
long, curved, linear spines, not segmented....... PELTODYTES

(Brycuius J. Thompson 1860)

B. horni Crotch 1873 is the only species to be looked for in
Nevada, being known from adjacent California.

(Havirtus Latreille 1802)

SPECIES OF POSSIBLE NEVADA OCCURRENCE

(Wallis 1933A )

1. Species with basal*pronotal: plice." 22.2223 eee 2
—. Species without ‘such ‘plicz....:... J... 2s eee ee eee 5

2. Basal pronotal plice shorter, less than one-quarter length
measured from plical base along plica to anterior margin of
PrONOUM.. oe. hs4 ws aw HS ene se ee cine 3)

— Plice longer, more than one-quarter such length.......... +

3. Prosternal process rather deeply channeled longitudinally,
especially over declivity; head width between eyes less than
one-half total head width; elytral maculation usually distinct,
consisting of six black spots in a half ellipse, enclosing a com-
mon sutural blotch; in extreme cases, the maculation may
almost entirely disappear ...... (immaculicolus Harris 1828)

— Prosternal process rather feebly and narrowly channeled ;
head width between eyes one-half or more than total head
width; elytra without black markings of any kind; the more
widely-spaced punctures are a little darker than the ground
color and occasionally some of their color extends from clus-

4. Prosternal process evidently channeled). 22 332 eee
FE rs si ai aren sph cok ecemt ae ene (dorsomaculatus Zimmermann 1924)
— Process not or very feebly channeled (longulus Le Conte 1850)

5. Prosternal ridge not margined at sides, or at most only feebly

SO NEAL APCX. ose see etede ele eet ole ee cucllele CRONE eee 6
— Ridge plainly margined at sides... .=-.--. 4-0 eee 7
6: Blytral humeri asperates ss.) 402 (tumidus Le Conte 1880)
—— FLumen!) notmasperate sss.) aan ares (concolor Le Conte 1852)

7. Mid-metasternum depressed behind middle coxe...........

ee et eam He ar NE eA i ats (gracilis Roberts 1913)

BULLETIN, So. CALir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

— Mid-metasternum about on same level behind as between
mid-coxe, with a circular or subtriangular fovea at middle
ses eg wae De wee aie (subguttatus Roberts 1913)

All the above Halipli are known from the adjacent Pacific
Coast, and most of them may occur in Nevada.

PELTOpYTES Regimbart 1878
Our species are (Roberts 1913):

ld ltonewato a distinct callosity 3. 2.4. 422h..55. 5540. callosus
SE EROMevatnouty Such ay-callositys: 4.5 oth. sess cia gee ee 2;

2. Apex of prosternal process not distinctly margined. . simplex
— Apex of prosternal process distinctly margined. Ba Us MRE Ata
MP ee hie a does (dispersus Roberts 1913)

P. Cartosus (Le Conte) 1852. Washoe County (Truckee
Meadows (Reno) 5/1V/41, el. 4500 ft. -Lak). This small species
is common in ponds about Reno, and undoubtedly has a much
wider distribution in the State. Le Conte described it from San
Francisco and San Diego (California) specimens.

P. Stmptex (Le Conte) 1852. Nye County (Beatty (Amar-
oca skavem) 29/1/46, el. 3375 ft) -LaR) @. ). Trelease, By Er.
Banta and R. G. Miller). This was taken in large numbers from
a small slough lying adjacent to the icy Amuareosa River (see
Hydroscapha natans), a slough which seemed slightly warmer
than the river itself, never freezing at night.

P, dispersus, recorded from Arizona and Utah, may be a syn-
onym of P. simplex (fide Chandler 1946). My Nevada specimens
seem to be intermediates between the two species.

Wilson (1923) says of P. edentulus (Le Conte) 1863 in the
Mid-West:

“The eggs are fastened individually to filaments of Nitella or
Chara. The average time required for hatching is about two
weeks,

“This larva can only crawl about slowly over the alge, trail-
ing its long spines. It can not run or swim at all, but it is a most
persistent crawler and, when hunting for a place to pupate, trav-
els a longer distance from the water’s edge than any other larva
studied, except that of the gyrinid (Dineutes americanus).

“Tt is the only larva that constantly refused to pupate in an
artificial mud cell. It always persisted in crawling out and making
its own pupal chamber somewhere else. In spite of its porcupine
coat of bristles it can burrow readily into mud considerably hard-
ened. It feeds entirely upon filamentous algz, such as Spirogyra

133

BULLETIN, £0. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

and Mougeotia, and the structure of its mouth parts and legs is
peculiarly adapted to this sort of food. It breathes through
tracneoles in the long jointed spines, and thus has no need to
come to the surface for air. It has no visible spiracles.

“From 20 to 25 days after hatching the larva is ready to pu-
pate. It crawls a long distance from the water’s edge and forms
its pupal chamber in rather dry mud. Into this it pushes for half
an inch or more and there hollows out a spherical chamber about
5 mm. in diameter. It remains inside of this chamber from four
to six days before transforming. The jointed spines are all dis-
carded with the larval skin; of course many of them get broken
during the formation of the pupal chamber, especially the long,
narrow ends where the tracheoles are located. It would seem,
therefore, as 1f the spiracles must begin to function before the
transformation has taken place. They become visible during this
prepupal period, and with the disappearance of the tracheolar
spines they assume their proper function.

“The adults swim slowly and with considerable effort, moving
the legs alternately as in walking. The tibize of the first and sec-
ond pairs of legs and the tarsi of all three pairs have long fringes
of swimming hairs. In marked contrast to their labored swim-
ming they walk and run on land with great agility, but can not, or
at least do not, jump at all. They fly readily from pond to pond,
but apparently can not cover very long distances. They live
among the plants in shallow water and are not found in the open
parts of the ponds. As far as observed they feed entirely upon
Chara and Nitella.”

GYRINOIDEA
GYRINID

This is a small family of volunteer surface dwellers, the com-
mon “whirligig” beetles of pond and stream surface. For the most
part, the adults appear to be scavengers, eating available (usually
dead) insects floating upon the surface film, and from the nature
of their mandibles, may occasionally be vegetarians. The larva
of one of the larger species has been noted to consume fish
fry under the abnormal conditions occasioned when a pond is
lowered and its inhabitants brought into close proximity; this is
not surprising, however, since under normal conditions, they are
decidedly carnivorous, possessing suctorial mandibles.

The characteristic activity of the adult consists of swift cir-
cular or zig-zag motion, generally in company with others of its
kind, over the water’s surface, and vast swarms are sometimes
seen, whirling dizzily about at such speed that well-timed strokes
with a net are needed to catch them. Certain species dive readily,
and are difficult to approach, but most of them dive only under
strong compulsion. As in the Dytiscide, extreme telescoping

134

BULLETIN, So. CaLir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Parr 3, 1949

and streamlining of body segments and contours is present in
order to achieve structural rigidity and smoothness for water
travel. In addition to the structural modifications mentioned
under the Dytiscidz, both families have concavities in the venter
for the reception of the fore- and mid-legs to further reduce drag.
A peculiarity of the gyrinidg shared by none of the other families
under consideration is the complete separation of each eye into
two; the upper pair lie above the surface film and so are presum-
ably adapted to air vision, while the lower pair are submerged
and are reasonably assumed to be modified for underwater sight.

Like other coleopterous aquatics, gyrinids have specific modi-
fications for respiration under water. Wilson (1923) has ad-
mirably summed these up as:

a . the lateral or outer margin of each elytron is turned
downward and a little inward and its free edge is grooved. The
lateral margins of the meso and meta thorax and the anterior
abdomen segments are fused and raised into a longitudinal
ridge, which “ats into the groove along the edge of the ely (ia, Uae
two locking together like the lateral hinge on a fresh-water mus-
sel. Opposite “the junction of the meso and meta‘ thorax is a
rounded peg just inside the edge of each elytron, which fits into
a socket in the thorax and holds the elytron securely in place. In
Dineutes at the posterior end the under surface of each elytron
and the upper surface of the abdomen segment immediately be-
neath it are covered with short hairs, which make a tight, joint
when the elytra are closed. In Gyrinus the same closing of the
joint is accomplished by a transverse ridge, which runs around
the posterior end of cach elytron on the under surface. The air
enters the dorsal reservoir through a groove just inside the pos-
terior end of the turned-down lateral margin of each elytron. In
this family, accordingly, the structural modifications for breathing
consist in the interlocking margins of the elytra and the body, in
the peg for fastening the two together, and in the posterior groove
for the admission of air. The spiracles are all about the same
Size."

Unlike the vast majority of aquatic coleopterous larve, gy-
rinids are capable of extracting oxygen directly from the water
by means of lateral abdominal gills. They resemble haliplids in
this respect.

While most water beetlés require some portion of the air res-
ervoir they take below the surface as part of their hydrostatic
equipment, gyrinids have an even-more pronounced need for
accurate flotation technic since they support themselves upon the
surface film. This they accomplish by means of a short hydrofuge
pelt covering the venter which entangles a thin, uniform film of
air over the lower surface, buoying the animal up—none of this
fair has any relation to the mechanics of respiration,

135

BULLETIN, So. Catir, ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

Gyrinids fly well, but must launch themselves from some ob-
ject above the surface film—they appear incapable of flying up
directly from the water.

ADULTS
Important genera are (Leech 1948) :

1. Last apparent abdominal sternite elongate, conical, pubescent
along median line; scutellum not visible; small species, about

5) AMMAAG 2 Sale netiis un ome Gace in acaahs ae Se er (Gyretes )
—Last sternite broader and flatter, not conical, not pubescent
along median line; scutellum visible or not; size variable... .2
2. Scutellum visible; elytral striz punctate; smaller species,
4,5-8.0) mins tka eee a ee GYRINUS
—Scutellum invisible; elytral strize not punctate; larger, broader
species, LOTS mmiiy.e Oe. een. ke os ee ( Dineutus )
Larv&

1. Head subcircular with collum narrow and distinct ; mandible
falcate without retinaculum (lateral abdominal filaments not

plumiose): ». 2%. 282) Se es eee (Dineutus )

—Head elongate with collum about as wide as rest of head and

not distinct; mandible with retmaculum... 443s eee 2

2. Nasale> without teeth. 02: occ... + oe (Gyretes )

—Nasale with 2-4 teeth in a transverse row (lateral abdominal

hlaments all’ plumose) 2.272... 23.22... eee GyYRINUS
GYRININI

GyrINus Geoffroy 1762

GyRINI OF NEVADA AND ENVIRONS
(Fall 1922A )

I. Venter entirely metallic black... 32 eee: Z
NOt cae es We Seale Hed alll aust as Do Utne er 3
2. Strial elytral punctures much larger at sides than near the

suture; the lateral stria canaliculate...... (parcus Say 1834)

—Punctures less evidently larger laterally, frequently scarcely
at all so; lateral stria not or scarcely impressed= eee

PPAR Te Bs ete eon Dea Me, Tar SIMS isc (picipes Aubé 1838)

3. Venter, including hypomera and epipleura, testaceous or

FErruginOus ocak sre eS ese aie eiw woe, oie Unease ae 4
—Venter metallic black, hypomera and epipleura testaceous
OF TULOUS ...2 2 os ea wk oa ce glee = ese eee 7
4. Dorsum finely alutaceous and minutely punctulate, more no-
ticeably ‘So in/the females) 5.00.23) ee eee bifarius
—Dorsum highly-polished, and either not at all alutaceous or
punctulate, or only visibly so under high magnification..... 5

136

BULLETIN, So. Catir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 3, 1949

5. Ventral color nearly uniform, the surface without trace of

MMChOSEHIpiuTe im either Sex...) 4. (plicifer Le @onte 1852)
—Venter normally darker medially than along margins...... 6
6. Sides of ventral segments bright rufous, contrasting sharply

MnUMcnedank median areas northern. )..00..). maculiventris
—Sides merely brownish, little differentiated from the darker

eine CUA MMRNIGS Miae ees haeny cen Ra Ui yet a me aalete te ok consobrinus
7. Surface in both sexes micropunctulate and minutely alu-

PECSOUS 5c sSiieahete NCEP nee ace eee eat ea pleuralis
—Surface in both sexes thickly covered with very fine, short,

OOMG US SHOES AE Be weeeaenne eee eter ant ane (affinis Aubé 1838)

G. Consoprinus Le Conte 1852. Washoe County (Truckee
Meadows) (Reno) 14/1V/39, el. 4500 ft. -LaR). Common, at
least in western Nevada. Originally described from San Fran-
cisco and San José (California) specimens. In addition, speci-
mens in the California Academy of Science collection bearing
labels “Bijou, Lake Tahoe, 21/V11I/21, Blaisdell” indicate an
additional Nevada area where collecting will undoubtedly pro-
duce the species.

G. Birartus Fall 1922. In his original description, Fall listed
Paris, Maine as the type locality and mentioned “Nevada” in a
long list of localities extending from coast-to-coast. I have no
specimens.

G. PLeuratis Fall 1922. Washoe County (Truckee Meadows
(Reno) 14/VII/40, 18/VI111/40, el. 4500 ft. -Lak). The com-
monest western Nevada species. The types were collected by
H. F. Wickham at Laramie, Wyoming.

G. Macutiventris Le Conte 1868. Elko County (Ruby Val-
agi Cimie rues. 1927-— rot Spring No, 28 (G3.0°©, sp, em
1.0009, pH 9.4) (Brues 1928). I have no specimens.

There are specimens of Gyrinius affinis in the California Acad-
emiyon Sciences collection irom ~ Bijou, ake Wahoe, 21a) 21,
Blaisdell,” just across the Nevada-California state line.

Wilson (1923) furnishes the following compendium of bio-
logic information on Gyrini. He had two species in the Fairport,
Iowa fishponds, G. ventralis Kirby 1837 and G. limbatus Say
1823, neither of which bred in the ponds but adults were com-
mon there.

The eggs are laid in rows on the leaves or stems of water plants.
Larval Gyrini swim like Dineutes “with a sinuous motion of the
whole body up and down after the manner of a flatworm. There
are no swimming fringes on the legs, but instead the eight pos-
terior pairs of lateral gills are heavily fringed on both sides, and
thus serve for locomotion as well as for breathing. By lashing
them up and down the larva can move either forwards or back-

137

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

wards with great rapidity.......According to Miall...... ne
Gyrinus larva feeds upon water insects and possibly upon other
aquatic animals. Failing these it will eat the tender parts of-sub-
merged plants.’ According to Needham the larve also ‘feed upon
the body fluids of bloodworms and other small animal prey.’ It
is difficult to understand how a larva like this, whose mouth parts
are typically carnivorous, and whose mandibles are suctorial like
those of the Dytiscide, can eat vegetable food as stated by Miall.”

Since Dineutus is a possibility for southern Nevada, and be-
cause of the general paucity of such information in print, Wil-
son’s notes on D). americanus Say 1826 are pertinent (1923):

“The eggs were found in clusters varying from 7 to 40 in
number on the under surface of the leaves of Potamogeton illino-
ensis in pond 2D. They were white in color and were arranged
diagonally at an angle of 45° with the mid rib of the leaf, all on
one side near the base. They were regular elongated ellipsoids,
1.85 mm. long and 0.64 mm, wide ... The larva is folded length-
wise inside the eggshell in the same manner that the mature larva
afterwards folds itself inside the pupal chamber.

“When the egg hatches, the shell splits lengthwise on the bot-_
tom through the space uncovered by the prismatic layer from end
to end. The larve all hatch at about the same time and crawl
around on the surface of the leaf amongst the empty eggshells
for several hours before swimming away. The hatching occurs
five or six days after the eggs are laid.

“As soon as it is once straightened out the newly hatched
larva is from 5 to 5.5 mm. long, and the head, which is the widest
part of the body, is 0.75 mm. in diameter. This larva is like the
fully matured one, except that the prothorax is as wide as the
mesothorax and metathorax, and the first two pairs: of lateral
gills are plumose like the others.”

The swimming motion is as described above under Gyrinits.
In addition: “On the land it crawls quite rapidly; being unable
to lift the posterior part of the abdomen above the ground, it aids
locomotion by using the last segment with its hooks like the pos-
terior prolegs of the caterpillar, arching the abdomen upward
like the so-called inchworm. It can also jump quite a distance by
snapping its body in the same manner as the Thermonectes larva.
When two larve come together out of the water, the first instinct
is self-preservation, and each jumps back as far as it can.

“Tn an aquarium the larva rests nearly always on the bottom
and not on the water plants, and the abdomen maintains a con-
stant trembling motion up and down, which is evidently its mode
of breathing. Hence, it never needs to come to the surface for an
air supply.

“Tt is not voracious but will defend itself fiercely when at-
tacked and will catch anything that is unfortunate enough to

BULLETIN, So. CaLtir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES Vou. 48, Part 3, 1949

crawl against it. . . It shows a preference for the nymphs of
damselflies and mayflies and the larve of Corethra and Chi-
ronomus.

“When the larva is full grown, it crawls out of the water and
up on the bank, and its lateral gills shrivel up and fall off, except
the last double pair and the single pair just in front of them,
which are also used for locomotion. The distance traveled and
the place finally selected appear to depend upon the moisture of
the earth, which must be soft enough to be easily worked but not
moist enough to be muddy. The larva is quite particular in its
choice and often covers a considerable area before finding a loca-
tion that suits it.

“Then there must be a convenient support to which the pupa
case may be attached. The under surface of a dead grass or rush
stem was usually chosen, since it was near enough to the ground
for the larva to reach after building material and at the same
time far enough removed to give the space requisite for the com-
pleted case. The case is made of pellets of earth stuck together
with saliva. The earth apparently is not chewed and thoroughly
mixed with the saliva after the manner of the mud wasps; rather,
a mouthful of material is seized by the mandibles, wet with
saliva, and pressed into place, and there 1s no smoothing of the
outside surface or shaping by the mandibles. The outside of the
case is rough, but the curve of the walls is quite regular. Sand
grains, small fragments of rock, bits of wood, and pieces of leaves
are mixed with the mud pellets in the walls. The larva clings to
the grass stem with its posterior hooks and constructs the case
around its own body. When the case 1s finished, except a small
orifice at one end, the larva transfers enough material to the in-
side of the case and completes it from there. The case is 13 to
16 mm. long, 8 to 10 mm. wide, and is usually a fairly regular
ellipsoid. The walls are about 1 mm. in thickness, except at the
ends, where it is increased to 2 mm. A full-grown larva is about
30 mm. long, and hence its body must be folded inside the case;
it assumes the form of the letter C, the ventral surface inside.
After resting two or three days the skin splits open along the
dorsal mid line from the base of the head to the ninth abdomen
segment and flattens out against the inside of the case.”

ENHYDRINI

The two species of Dineutus of nearby southern Arizona and
California have been keyed by Leech (1948) :

Length 12-15 mm.; forefemora of males with a small tooth at
apical three-fourths, on lower anterior margin; apex of me-
dian lobe of male genitalia dorso-ventrally flattened, apices of
patamenres sub-acute (SubgenusmO iments in 14a qui suis yee
0: 6 i NC ee RRC, ec Regs (sublineatus (Chevrolet) 1833)

139

BULLETIN, So. CaLir. ACADEMY OF SCIENCES VoL. 48, Part 3, 1949

Length 9-10 mm.; male forefemora without a small tooth at
apical three-fourths on lower anterior margin; apex of median
lobe distinctly arched, not flattened, apices of parameres
broadly round (Subgenus Cyclinus) (solitarius (Aubé) 1838)

ORECTOCHILINI
(Gyretes Brullé 1834)

G. californicus Regimbart 1907 and G. sinuatus Le Conte
1852 are known from extreme southern California to Texas, and
are not likely possibilities for Nevada.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

BerTRAND, H. 1928. Les larves et nymphes des Dytiscides, Hygrobiides,
Haliplides, Encycl. Ent. (a)10:vi plus 366.

1929. Les larves des Dytiscides, Hygrobiides, Haliplides.
Univ. Paris, pp. xv plus 370.

Bovine, A. G. and F. C. CraicHeapD. 1931. An illustrated synopsis of the
larval forms of Coleoptera. Ent. Amer. 11, 256 pp., 125 pls.

Bruges, C. T. 1928. Studies on the fauna of hot springs in the western
United States and the biology of thermophilous animals. Proc. Amer.
Acad. Arts & Sci. 63(4) :139-228. -

CHANDLER, H. P. 1943. A new genus of Haliplide (Coleoptera) from
California. Pan-Pac. Ent. 19(4) :154-158.

DaRLINGTON, P. J., JR. 1929. Notes on the habits of Amphizoa. Psyche

36 (4) :383-385.

Fart, H. C. 1901. List of the Coleoptera of southern California with
notes on habits and distributions and descriptions of new species.
Occas. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci. 8:1-282.

1922. North American species of Gyrinus. Trans. Amer.
Ent. Soc. 47:269-306.

Hatcu, M. H. 1926. The morphology of Gyrinide. Papers Mich. Acad.
Sci., Arts & Letters, 7:311-350.

1927. Notes on the biology of Dineutus (Gyrinide). Bull.
Brook. Ent. Soc., 22(1) :27-28. :

Leecu, H. B. 1940. Dinewtus in California. Pan-Pac. Ent. 16:74.

1948. Contributions toward a knowledge of the insect fauna
of Lower California. No. 11. Coleoptera: Haliplide, Dytiscide, Gyrin-
ide, Hydrophilide, Limnebiide. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (4th series)
24(11) :375-484.

MartruHeson, R. 1912. The Haliplide of North America, north of Mexico.
Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc. 20(3) :156-192.

REGIMBART, M. 1907. Essai monographique de la Famille des Gyrinide,
3rd Supplement. Ann. Soc. Ent. France 76:137-245.

Roperts, C. H. 1895. The species of Dineuwtes of America north of
Mexico. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 22:279-288.

1913. Critical notes on the species of Haliplide of America
north of Mexico with descriptions of new species. Jour. N. Y. Ent.
Soc. 21 (2) 219-1123:

Van Dyke, E. C. 1927A. A new species of Amphizoa (Coleoptera). Pan-
Paceebntersi(3) 9-98:

1927B. The species of Amphizoa (Coleoptera). Pan-Pac.
Ent. 3 (4): 197-198.

WaLtis, J. B. 1933. Revision of the North American species (north of
Mexico), of the genus Haliplus, Latreille. Trans. Roy. Canad. Inst.
LD} Gl) aE TG:

140

The SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
announces the publication of Part 2, Volume 3 of its
“MEMOIRS”
containing

NIAIRCIUCG IMOMINES QU ISIS, IAUMOLEN!
2 SIS VIDOE IP WIND)48,

By
E. A. McGreGor

_ Attention of Librarians is called to the fact that all issues of
this publication are still available, and may be obtained from the
Secretary of the Academy at the prices, and in the editions noted
below.

The “Memoirs” are financed from a special fund that is
required to be replenished from the sale of the publication, and
it 1s therefore impossible for the Academy to furnish these on
an exchange basis. Regular members of the Academy, in good
standing, are furnished a copy of each issue as published, without
cost, and are privileged to order additional copies at 50% of the
publication price.

MEVi@ORSaiSSUED LO DATE:

Vol.1. Complete in one issue. 275 pp. 1938. Contains “Check
List of the Lepidoptera of Canada and the United States of
America; Part 1; Macrolepidoptera’”’, with Index and Corri-
genda, by J. McDunnough, Ph.D. Paper Cover.............. $4.00

Special edition of the above, printed on one side of page
only, with every facing alternate page blank, making
possible the write-in of notes and new species. Paper
COWES Seas a eae eee Bye ets eS a Leta RIAN OTR GENER alin bs a a 5.00
A limited edition of: the List, without index, was run on
white bristol board, suitable for use as cut-out labels. A
EWM ALO CAVE LAD ON Gra tie ete ie csevsse ce ik. coo ce eine ats eule. by wr ohlena recs feyereoanauene 3.00

Vol. 2, Part 1. 172 pp. 1939. “Check List of the Lepidopt. of

Canada and the U. S. Part 2, Microlepidoptera”’, with Index,

Dye eMC Dunn owsh PhDs Papers a. as cie ocueeie cles eel eteereroieiens 2.50
A few copies of the special edition, printed on one side
Oh WALS OMe s eilen se sre ah cleave ait ieneite elcne eve: euerane Teacneneseteuenenets paper 3.50

Vol. 2, Part 2.. 60 pp. 1944. “Revision of the North American
Genera and Species of the Phalaenid Subfamily Plusiinae (Lepidop-
USI)? LON dig MIG Dhbuot aon oes cts a Denon Giro eta cto ooo ob obo noo 6 1.50

Vol. 3, Part 1. 1947. 134 pp. “A Guide to the Literature and Distri-
bution of the Marine Alge of the Pacific Coast of North America”’

LAREDO HCH A WSO ates CA liea catia anaes act el Lisle On ere Sine tra aw GR Aina state 2.00
Vol. 3, Part 2. 1949. 45 pp. 10 text figs. 10 plates, as announced
BOO WE 6 i eles rate NR egTS Oe Ero e SP OLA TR eer RUA Te er athe ne aM EE te fry tn 2.00

Address all orders and inquiries to
THE SECRETARY
SOUMEBRN “EALINORNIA ACADEMY OF “SCIENCES

c/o Los Angeles County Museum
Exposition Park
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

141

BULLETIN of the SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY of SCIENCES

Published by the Academy at Los Angeles, California
Subscription—$2.00 per year

Free to Life Members and Unlimited Annual Members
of the Academy (Annual Membership Fee $5.00)

Address all communications to KENNETH E. STAGER

Care of Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,

Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

The Academy has published to date the following:

PROCEEDINGS, 1896 to 1899. Six numbers—Vol. 1, Nos. 1 to 6.

MISCELLANEOUS BULLETINS issued under the imprint of the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station, 1897 to 1907. Ten numbers.

All issues of the above are now out of print.

Bulletin of the
Southern California Academy of Sciences

Began issue with Vol. 1, No. 1, January, 1902. Issued ten numbers
in 1902; nine numbers in 1903, 1904, 1905; three numbers in 1906. Issued
two numbers annually from 1907 to 1919, both inclusive (except 1908—
one issue only). Issued four numbers (January, May, July and October)
in 1920.

The 1921 issues are: Vol. XX, No. 1, April; Vol. XX, No. 2, August;
Vol. XX, No. 3, December.

The 1922 issues are: Vol. XXI, No. 1, March; Vol. XXI, No. 2,
September.

The 1923 issues are: Vol. XXII, No. 1, March; No. 2, July.

The 1924 issues are: Vol. XXIII, No. 1, January-February; No. 2,
March-April; No. 3, May-June; No. 4, July-August; No. 5, September-
October; No. 6, November-December.

From 1925 to 1948, including volumes XXIV to XLVII, three numbers
were published each year. These were issued as No. 1, January-April;
No. 2, May-August; No. 3, September-December, for each volume.

MEMOIRS

Vol. 1, 1988. Vol. 2, Part 1, 1939. Voi. 2, Part 2, 19445) Voloan Part 41)
1947. Vol. 3, Part 2, 1949.

142

PUBLICATIONS OF THE SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA
ACADEMY OF SCIENCES

For Sale at the Appended Prices

BULLETIN: To To Non-
Members Members

Complete set, Vols. 1 to 41, bound.............. 6 $150.00
(Incomplete set) Vols. 8 to 38, bound ............ 80.00
WO SMMDIN ON Clrg 19 A asec. 5 Seu elie ceiat elie lose -e) clehel sletevevoyole(s $ .25 50
SIA Puente 5), Mile racials eleilation exratienarerreroueiele lishacevoten evareiers .25 00
ene OMe gr SNL (fi srcllesletictictevetiavoviesis) ai'sielicyer's, cus cavaieverebay aieieliavre .25 50
mamta (fect PLO) SincrevercycNcvetolles=vayeleVolisle\ creel elovera(cveker echels - 1.00 2.00
cee ener MPL OD) ic: Sirs, ccanaces w) s:'s) etelacelio%e) kas eue) st als eet stele 1.00 2.00
al) eee ater es sD) ica oice scare aia iaila’o is wie (oiloleceda 'sievelle pone sieveleie 2.00 4.00
Some O enti MOVIN) ski cee cisars esa n\'e el oteitesers sabe lara loveversltsustells 75 1.50
mel merece let TO SLG tice ek Snsite gai evetrocnive ere pslies ot atereie aceveunele ee - 1.00 2.00
se mene ODOM sits 8 Bs ieee el eietors, @ e-ove! ea @versreusle's 2.00 4,00
aml 2 Mae ecremel cin QIN 9 oaes yeh ovevey ov evsteyeita|iofaylol/s\.ccaite oi el ayetisusiieeve a e00 2.00
peel mmmnnioneee 2c QING: fo 55.5 5 adits ei havatione: cvere esie’s slalere eo eters 75 1.50
eam bere Ose TOMER cies cathe ai’ ep oveleiie: slovaca ouelioe: « isles iene 1.59 3.00
eae leO aammicm mle n el O12 (Dh ie ravers seco Us eile cavei(el allele dlaiva versilavese\evevs si er .50 1.00
care) rrmenremnee Ase: (Pi, Pi ecios ay caiictsrelto bie ialieleigione’ wi aiebereielol a ois'ells 50 1.00
oat Prarie reel) Oy see Wren a1 s\n 7% does eile aleisayievetonene wuareieel sialece 1.00 2.00
ano Sle eon 4s OF L924) (CRCH) Rie ce ieicrasic siete 35 15
ee A eae ecnaalia Zen ee lO) es (CC ACIN) tieha sveseni ca cosleuele eiatevens 33) 1D
mar Osama te Otro ODO ahs esas eiisiciciscioscoe el i ON me eae atte oe) a(S)
COG, Poly ey Ue (ERAN) os ggsoc AU Atel ciGenenee lots 130) 15
artim 2s Otel 92'S, CAC) i hiss eater sveiccs avdinrs pene 5) 5S
ra Sramine al 281929) (ACh): aie sels cee. See eee .35 15
ear Ome Zeno. lO SMe EACH) ocr areoseare siete ots aes) 15
peony 2 319325 (each) ciciee ce vecck coe ot 5) BD
Meo ema mel e237 1 G3 (COACH era ie.aieieiSavceerc ois tolerate 235) 3UB
OS men hee Duc Se OS 0 (CACHI) 0 og wrehetek Lou nle paver sisi ere 335) 615
eee seme To Do LODO) (GACH) teeisiecericsen alvereve se 35 oll
OSB, Ss a By oy UO (CEYO ag odedueeudencouoD oD 215
~ BG, al, ye, IB (CRON) Soséconbcodnceagcsc .OD 215
Meola nos MOSS sCCACKI) ie waco armor sesame > .35 15
BOS wae ol 2s cN939™ (CACM) ciclsis cise see aces: .35 215
meMOO eige s LOL Ol, fcreners is) ra erchaysienevclowsic- ais else hoi a oa oe 15
Sed Onecare vas NO AT (Cac hy) ie trsistereraurse cnc ctalsvn tees .85 oh
pm aes eNOS OA De CACH)! cern severe nici oie escm auenel« .oD .15
ea, I By By els} (CEO) colooénoocccuec0d0d .35 15
Lope Os LOADS COACH a aiie ste vccve co eieveeterle ol .35 15
Aare cope Qe Bool O4 Fi Gach )iorsencstec «is eanistersieusisuece 5) lB
Bat OMe rs Leda Ss el 94 Oy (CCACH)) Se aiets cr taxe 5 etevere croutons .oD oD
mee Oe le Se OAT (GACH) Ris sieve syncs loin else oes .35 615
peat eed SeeliGA SGA Ce ist cba erat aio svavelo/ecare .385 arte
PRLS vec lide Sera SAO (ACh joc kas eoatee tees 5) aU)

(Continued on next page)

143

PUBLICATIONS (continued)

Reprints:

A Check List of the HELICOID SNAILS OF CALIFORNIA,
32 pages, from Henry A. Pilsbury’s Monograph, by Wm.M.
jh ass tzhoaitrene eI eGR aA inn ci oieio a oioa doo dod O00 OneCE

Contributions from the Los Angeles Museum—CHANNEL
ISLANDS BIOLOGICAL SURVEY. Papers 1 to 83. Bound
AppRESS ALL INQUIRIES TO
SoUTHERN CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
(Care KENNETH E. STAGER)
Los Angeles Museum, Exposition Park,
Los Angeles 7, Calif., U. S. A.

144

MEMOIRS To To Non-
Members Members
WO al Roe COE aan aodoo om osoboodoood0s $2.00 $4.00
eta tage! He Wha bound in black fabrikoid ........... 3.00 5.00
a sf printed on one side of paper ....... 3.00 5.00
a cS Tiga printed on one side of page (bound) 4.00 6.00
Vols 25 No: 45 939 paper iCOVieT) Seiials acre cielelsiererens 1.25 2.50
Pan caiine ssa in bound in black fabrikoid.... 2.25 3.50
PROS SN ose er cor printed on one side of page . 1.75 3.50
Soe Se SS 2. N94 4a pen —COVER -ch.6 oie seis cronies SMD 1.50
MeN OL er ale NO 47 ——naperiucOmel: sicacc co coon 1.00 2.00
Macgn Loew ween G4 G9 a1 Green COMET os Seka cas eee eee 1.00 2.00
Miscellaneous, Publications of Affiliated or
Co-operating Organizations
Lorquinia—Vols. 1, 2 (all published)...bound $1.50, unbound $1.00
SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA GEOLOGY AND LOS ANGELES
DVMay Make WV NLS ge Mle ehh tiwe roan MnO o ooo ood bound 2.50
Southwest Science Bulletin, May 5, 1920 (all published),
chiefly Entomological, 1 colored plate .................. 1.00
Check-list of the Recent Bivalve Mollusks (of N. W. Coast of
Am. from the Polar Sea to San Diego), W. H. Dall ..... 1.00
FLORA OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA by Anstruther David-
son and George L. Moxley, 452 pp., 1923...............- 2.50
Check-list of the Lepidoptera of Boreal America. Superfami-
lies Sphingoidea, Saturnioidea and Bombycoidea (printed
on one side of page only, to allow of additional notes),
Wm. Barnes and Foster H. Benjamin, 1927 .............. $ .50
The Cacti of the Pyramid Peak Region, Dona Ana County,
New Mexico, 1931. (i. R. Posbers) oo) so. secre 25
Check-list of the Macrolepidoptera of Canada and the United
States of America by Dr. J. McDunnough, 19388, printed on
white bristol board, one side of ‘page (without index)
suitable for labels. To Academy members, $1.50. To non-
MMCMUDETS: ose s ee Se Re Sian Shee ie isa eee Remote 3.00
A List of the ANTS OF CALIFORNIA with notes on their
habits and distribution. 44 pages, 3 plates, by Arnold Mallis 50

3.00

Bulletin, Southern California Academy of Sciences

Vol, NEW, S49

INDEX OF SUBJECTS

A Note on Caicella mysie Dyar 4
Additional Pyramidellide from

the Gulf of California............. 71
alarconi, Turbonilla....................-- 79
allyneana, Mytilopsis -................. 14
alpha, Nicrophorus ....................-- 67
aripana, Turbonilla -_..-.............--- 81
Arizona Lepidoptera, Studies in 1
asuncionis, Turbonilla....-..........--- 76
augustsoni, Thrassis -....--.----.------- 50
Azelina waltonaria n. sp............. 19
Beers, Catherine Virginia, in

itera Orel raa) eeeee ene eee neces 96
Caicella mysie Dyar ............------.- 4
Check list of the Limacide,

Endodontidz, ete. of Cali-

TECO)DETOIL EY ee eee ee ee ee 19
Chemnitzia sinaloana.........-.......- 73
Chlorochlamys fletcherarian.sp. 43
ciguatanis, Odostomia .............--- 89
clantoni, Foxella ignota.........----- 48
cochimiana, Turbonilla -............. 82
comstocki, Semiothisa -..-........- 7
Dactylopsylla moorei n. sp......--- 47
dorotheata, Nepterotza -............ 8
Dudleya stolonifera N. Sp..._........- 105
Dudleya stolonifera, A New

Species from Orange County,

Calliionmias 221-32 2s ee eed 105
Emery, Robert Dudley................ 94

Fleas of the State of Nevada.... 115
43
55

fletcheraria, Chlorochlamys......

Fossil Arthropods of California

48
Geometrid Notes, Southwestern 7

Foxella ignota clantoni.............-

Geometrid Species, Two Appar-

iti, SING ayy ee aca a I eat 41
guaicurana, Turbonilla —............. 80
Helicoid Snails of California,

Check ist OF =. 19
hoffmani, Thrasscides................ 51
Hydradephagous Coleoptera of

the Nevada Area, Exclusive

of the Dytiscide.........02.222..222.... 129
kaliwana, Turbonilla ................-- 79
kylei, Monopsyllus ..........--.---..---- 52
labreze, Nicrophorus .................... 63
mcekittricki, Nicrophorus .........- 66
Monopsyllus wagneri kylei-...-...

Ts SSIS eee eS ST erste 52
moorei, Dactylopsylla-................. 47
TOISUG, (OCUCCWUO cericreneececcccosecoeeceee 4
Mytilopsis allyneana n. Sp......... 14
Mytilopsis zeteki n. Sp...-........... 15
Mytilopsis, Two New Species.... 13
Nearctopsylla jordani traubi

TD TSS Det eae eee see rt cme ee 49
Nepterotza dorotheata n. Sp... 8

New Fleas and Records from
the Western States..............2..... 47

Nicrophorus guttulus labrez

TS! SSID es oe ee eae eC er cose 63
‘Microphorus guttuluws puncto-

SIPEG 1, SS Oocceccsasorcseoscocecoscecs 66
Nicrophorus investigator alpha

I OLSORLTS\S}] Ogee ere vniaete te g meme Wha Sapa Wists 67
Nicrophorus mckittricki n. sp. 66

Nicrophorus obtusiscutellum n.

SO eee we IS ree eee 67
noel, Racheospila ...................----- 42
obtusiscutellum, Nicrophorus.... 67
Odostomia ciguatanis N. Sp........- 89
Odostomia sorenseni Nn. SD...-..... 87
Odostomia ulloana n. Sp...........-- 88
pericuana, Turbonilla --.............. 82
punctostriatus, Nicrophorus...... 66
Pyramidellide, Additional, from

the Gulf of California.__........... (git
Racheospila noel n. Sp...-.-..---.--- 42
schellbachi, Speyeria atlantis, 1
Semiothisa fieldi comstocki

TOS SSID Bae ee enue ene 7
sinaloana, Turbonilla -................ 73
sorenseni, Odostomia ................. 87
Southwestern Geometrid Notes

and New Species....................-.-- i
Speyeria atlantis schellbachi

TD. SSO Gc ae ee 1

Studies in Arizona Lepidoptera 1
The Occurrence of Binary Fis-

sion in the Metacyclic Form
of Trypanosoma cruzi Chagas
from Triatoma longipes Barber 45

The Silphid Burying Beetles in

New species and subspecies set in bold face type.

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Comstock, John A.....................-.-- 94
Garth Johny Si ee 1
EannawGaeDallass isis ee 13
Hertlein, Leo George.................... 13
Hubbard, C. Andresen........ 47, 115
Ingram, William Marcus............ 19
Johnstone, George R...................-. 96

the Asphalt Deposits...............- 55
Thrassis augustsoni n. Sp...-----.-- 50
Thrassoides hoffmani n. sp.......-- 51
traubi, Nearctopsylla jordani.... 49
Turbonilla alarconi n. sp..--....-.. 79
Turbonilla aripana n. Sp.......------ 81
Turbonilla asuncionis n. sp......- 76
Turbonilla cochimiana n. Ssp..... 82
Turbonilla guaicurana Nn. Sp.....-- 80
Turbonilla kaliwana n. sp........... 79
Turbonilla pericuana n. Sp.......-- 82
Turbonilla sinaloana n. sp.......-. 73
Two Apparently New Geometrid

Species from the Southwest.... 41
Two New Species of Mytilopsis

from Panama and Fijji............ 13
ulloana, Odostomia..................-..- 88
waltonaria, Azelina ___..................- 10
zeteki, Mytilopsis -...................... 15
a Rivers ina ae 129
Moran Reid an eee es 105
Pierce, W. Dwight.................-...... 55
Sperry John Wee 7, 41
Strone,CAe) Mess eee ao eees Cal
AD utile rise Wace rae eines 4
Woods Sle nayainy Hees seen 45

el a ee

Ee a et a ee

Ee a ed er ETRY, 1 ee ee

REPRINTS: Contributors of articles accepted for publication in
the Bulletin should order reprints, if desired, when they return

galley proof to the Editor. They may be ordered through the

Editor at the following rates, from the McBride Printing Co.,

415 East Eleventh Street, Los Angeles, Calif., the contributor

paying for all his reprints.

PRICE HIST? OF REPRINTS
(WITHOUT COVERS)
4pp. 8pp. 12pp. 6pp. 20pp. 24pp. 28pp. 32pp.

50 copies ...... $3.75 $5.75 $850 $10.25 $11.75 $1350 $16.00 $17.00

TO cGy she AO. 7.505% 100s 1275 T5007. Wzo: 6-20.25, 21.50
WoO eee 25) 9:25 13.00). 15.25. 18:25. 21.00: 2450 26.00
79,0 dee sea 600 11.00 1525 17.75 2150 24.75 28.75 30.50
ZO IG 5. sateen Gd 12.95" 17.50 8: 20.25... 2475), 2850)* 33.00! + 35:00
SOO pe 500-1450 19.75 22.75} 28.00. 32.25... 37.25... 39.50

Covers: 50 for $2.00—additional covers 1¥4c each.
_ California State Sales Tax to be added if delivered within the state.

NG

Se ae

PRINTING

Books @ Catalogs @ Broadsides

Stationery and Office Forms
® a.

McBRIDE PRINTING CO.

PHONE: PRospect 2045
415 EAST ELEVENTH ST.

“Since 1879” Los Angeles 15, Calif.

ew York Botanical Garden Librar

00296 8210